5085E, 5095E and 5100E

Tractors Repair Technical

Manual

REPAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL

5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors
TM128319 28OCT13 (ENGLISH)

For complete service information also see:

5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors Diagnostic

Technical Manual................................................. TM128219
4045 PowerTech OEM Diesel Engines Below
130kW (174 hp) (Interim Tier 4/Stage III B
platform) ............................................................... CTM114619
Alternators and Starting Motors ........................ CTM77
Front-Wheel Drive Axles 725, 730, 733, 740,
745, 750 and 755 .................................................. CTM4820
Service ADVISOR Machine Connection
Information........................................................... CTM441
PowrReverser Transmission - John Deere
Pune Works.......................................................... CTM900519

John Deere Augusta Works

PRINTED IN U.S.A.
 Introduction
Foreword
This manual is written for an experienced technician. Information is organized in groups for the various
Essential tools required in performing certain service work components requiring service instruction. At the
are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. beginning of each group are summary listings of all
Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools,
introduction of this manual and the cautions presented other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits,
throughout the text of the manual. specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values.
Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific
This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the
symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing,
potential for personal injury. and repair.
Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and Fundamental service information is available from other
operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals
the components. Operation and tests sections help you of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type
identify the majority of routine failures quickly. of failures and their causes.
DX,TMIFC -19-29SEP98-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=2
 Contents
Section 10—General Information
Group 05—Safety Section 90—Operator Station Repair—Cab
Group 10—General Specifications and Open Operator Station
Group 15—Fuel and Lubricants Group 05—Seat and Support
Group 20—Serial Number Locations Group 06—Roll-Gard
Group 10—Control Console and Panel
Section 20—Engine Group 20—Cab Components
Group 05—Engine Group 30—Air Conditioning System
Group 10—Cooling System Group 35—Heating System

Section 30—Fuel, Air Intake and Exhaust Section 99—Special Tools

Systems Group 05—Dealer Fabricated Tools
Group 05—Fuel System Group 10—Service Tools
Group 15—Air Intake System
Group 20—Air Exhaust System

Section 40—Electrical Repair

Group 05—Battery, Starter and Alternator
Group 10—Electrical System Components
Group 15—Wiring Harnesses

Section 50—Power Train Repair

Group 05—Clutch Housing
Group 11—Clutch Assembly
Group 15—PowrReverser™ Transmission

Section 56—Drive System

Group 05—Differential
Group 10—Final Drives
Group 15—Rear PTO Drive Shaft
Group 20—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive

Section 60—Steering and Brake Repair

Group 05—Steering Repair
Group 10—Brake Repair

Section 70—Hydraulic Repair

Group 05—Hydraulic Pump and Filter
Group 10—Hydraulic Oil Cooler
Group 15—Rockshaft
Group 20—Rear Selective Control Valve
Group 25—Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve
Group 30—Hydraulic Lines
Group 35—Hydraulic Trailer Brake Valve

Section 80—Miscellaneous Repair

Group 15—3-Point Hitch
Group 20—Fenders
Group 25—Hood

Original Instructions. All information, illustrations and specifications in this

manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication.
The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
COPYRIGHT © 2013
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved.
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION ® Manual

TM128319 (28OCT13) i 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=1
 Contents

TM128319 (28OCT13) ii 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=2
 Section 10
General Information
Contents

Page
Page
Group 05—Safety
Prevent Battery Explosions ........................... 10-05-1 Handle Agricultural Chemicals
Prevent Acid Burns........................................ 10-05-1 Safely....................................................... 10-05-19
Service and Operate Chemical Service Cooling System Safely ................... 10-05-19
Sprayers Safely ......................................... 10-05-2 Use Steps and Handholds
Handle Agricultural Chemicals Correctly .................................................. 10-05-20
Safely......................................................... 10-05-3 Transport Tractor Safely .............................. 10-05-20
Protect Against High Pressure Servicing Electronic Control Units................ 10-05-20
Spray ......................................................... 10-05-3 Welding Near Electronic Control
Work In Ventilated Area................................. 10-05-4 Units ........................................................ 10-05-21
Recognize Safety Information ....................... 10-05-4 Keep Electronic Control Unit
Avoid Backover Accidents ............................. 10-05-4 Connectors Clean.................................... 10-05-21
Prevent Machine Runaway............................ 10-05-5
Avoid Contact with Agricultural Group 10—General Specifications
Chemicals.................................................. 10-05-5 Features and Accessories ............................. 10-10-1
Clean Vehicle of Hazardous Machine General Specifications .................... 10-10-3
Pesticides .................................................. 10-05-5 Drain and Refill Capacities ............................ 10-10-5
Use a Safety Chain........................................ 10-05-6 Service Recommendations for
Work in Clean Area ....................................... 10-05-6 O-Ring Boss Fittings.................................. 10-10-5
Dispose of Waste Properly ............................ 10-05-6 Service Recommendations For
Avoid Harmful Asbestos Dust........................ 10-05-7 Flat Face O-Ring Seal Fittings .................. 10-10-7
Avoid Hot Exhaust ......................................... 10-05-7 Metric Bolt and Screw Torque
Clean Exhaust Filter Safely ........................... 10-05-8 Values ........................................................ 10-10-8
Handle Fuel Safely—Avoid Fires................... 10-05-9 Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque
Prepare for Emergencies............................... 10-05-9 Values ........................................................ 10-10-9
Handle Fluids Safely—Avoid Glossary of Terms........................................ 10-10-10
Fires........................................................... 10-05-9
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ......................... 10-05-10 Group 15—Fuel and Lubricants
Install All Guards ......................................... 10-05-10 Diesel Fuel..................................................... 10-15-1
Use Proper Lifting Equipment...................... 10-05-10 Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel .................. 10-15-1
Illuminate Work Area Safely ........................ 10-05-11 Lubricity of Diesel Fuel .................................. 10-15-2
Live With Safety........................................... 10-05-11 Testing Diesel Fuel ........................................ 10-15-2
Service Machines Safely ............................. 10-05-11 BioDiesel Fuel ............................................... 10-15-3
Support Machine Properly ........................... 10-05-12 Do Not Use Galvanized
Remove Paint Before Welding or Containers ................................................. 10-15-4
Heating .................................................... 10-05-12 Fill Fuel Tank ................................................. 10-15-5
Park Machine Safely.................................... 10-05-12 Diesel Engine Break-In Oil —
Stay Clear of Rotating Drivelines................. 10-05-13 Non-Emissions Certified and
Follow Safety Instructions............................ 10-05-13 Certified Tier 1, Tier 2, Tier 3,
Use Proper Tools ......................................... 10-05-14 Stage I, Stage II, and Stage III .................. 10-15-6
Service Tires Safely..................................... 10-05-14 Diesel Engine Oil — Interim Tier
Keep ROPS Installed Properly .................... 10-05-15 4, Final Tier 4, Stage IIIB, and
Construct Dealer-Made Tools Stage IV..................................................... 10-15-7
Safely....................................................... 10-05-15 Oil Filters ....................................................... 10-15-7
Practice Safe Maintenance.......................... 10-05-16 Diesel Engine Coolant (engine with
Understand Signal Words............................ 10-05-16 wet sleeve cylinder liners) ......................... 10-15-8
Replace Safety Signs .................................. 10-05-17 Operating in Warm Temperature
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Climates..................................................... 10-15-8
Fluid Lines ............................................... 10-05-17 Testing Diesel Engine Coolant....................... 10-15-9
Wear Protective Clothing............................. 10-05-17 Transmission and Hydraulic Oil ................... 10-15-10
Handling Batteries Safely ............................ 10-05-18

Continued on next page

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=1
 Contents

Page

Additional Information About

Diesel Engine Coolants and
John Deere LIQUID COOLANT
CONDITIONER ....................................... 10-15-11
Use Correct Transmission/Hy-
draulic Filter Element............................... 10-15-11
MFWD Axle Housing and Wheel
Hub Oil..................................................... 10-15-12
Grease......................................................... 10-15-13
Mixing of Lubricants..................................... 10-15-13
Alternative and Synthetic
Lubricants ................................................ 10-15-13
Lubricant Storage ........................................ 10-15-14

Group 20—Serial Number Locations

Serial Numbers.............................................. 10-20-1
Product Identification Number ....................... 10-20-1
Engine Serial Number ................................... 10-20-1
Alternator Identification Number
Location ..................................................... 10-20-2
Power Steering Valve Serial
Number Location ....................................... 10-20-2
Starter Serial Number Location ..................... 10-20-2
Transmission Serial Number ......................... 10-20-3
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
(MFWD) Serial Number
Location ..................................................... 10-20-3
Air Conditioner Compressor Serial
Number Location ....................................... 10-20-3
Cab Serial Number ........................................ 10-20-4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=2
 Group 05
Safety
Prevent Battery Explosions
Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from
the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object
across the posts. Use a volt-meter or hydrometer.

TS204 —UN—15APR13
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F).

DX,SPARKS -19-03MAR93-1/1

Prevent Acid Burns

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong
enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause
blindness if splashed into eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get
medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Do not induce vomiting.
2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not

TS203 —UN—23AUG88
exceed 2 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.

DX,POISON -19-21APR93-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=7
 Safety

Service and Operate Chemical Sprayers

Safely
Chemicals used in agricultural sprayers can be harmful to
your health or the environment if not used carefully.
Always follow all label directions for effective, safe, and

TS272 —UN—23AUG88
legal use of agricultural chemicals.
Reduce risk of exposure and injury:
• Wear appropriate personal protective equipment as
recommended by the manufacturer. (See ‘Handle
agricultural chemicals safely’ found in the Safety
Section.)
• Fill, flush, calibrate, and decontaminate sprayer in an
area where runoff will not reach ponds, lakes or streams,
livestock areas, or gardens, or near other people.
• Keep children away from the chemicals, chemical
solutions, and rinsates.
• If spray or chemical concentrate contacts skin, hands,
or face, wash immediately with soap and water.

TS220 —UN—15APR13
If spray or chemical concentrate gets into eyes, flush
immediately with water.
• If nozzle clogs or system malfunctions, stop engine and
relieve spray pressure from system.
• Do not place nozzle tips or other components to the
mouth to clear obstructions. Keep spare tips on hand
for replacement.
• Minimize risk of spray drift.
• Properly dispose of unused chemicals, flushing solution,
- Use large nozzle tips operated at lower pressures and empty chemical containers.
- Do not operate solution delivery system at pressures
exceeding 345kPa (3.5 bar) (50 psi).
• Decontaminate equipment used in mixing, transferring,
and applying chemicals after use.
- Do not spray when winds exceed 16 km/h (10 mph).
- Do not spray when wind is blowing towards a nearby
sensitive crop, garden, or populated area.
DX,WW,CHEM02 -19-05APR04-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=8
 Safety

Handle Agricultural Chemicals Safely

Chemicals used in agricultural applications such
as fungicides, herbicides, insecticides, pesticides,
rodenticides, and fertilizers can be harmful to your health
or the environment if not used carefully.
Always follow all label directions for effective, safe, and

TS220 —UN—15APR13
legal use of agricultural chemicals.
Reduce risk of exposure and injury:
• Wear appropriate personal protective equipment as
recommended by the manufacturer. In the absence
of manufacturer's instructions, follow these general
guidelines:
- Chemicals labeled 'Danger': Most toxic. Generally
require use of goggles, respirator, gloves, and skin
protection.
- Chemicals labeled 'Warning': Less toxic. Generally
require use of goggles, gloves, and skin protections.
- Chemicals labeled 'Caution': Least toxic. Generally

A34471 —UN—11OCT88
require use of gloves and skin protection.
• Avoid inhaling vapor, aerosol or dust.
• Always have soap, water, and towel available when
working with chemicals. If chemical contacts skin,
hands, or face, wash immediately with soap and water.
If chemical gets into eyes, flush immediately with water.
• Wash hands and face after using chemicals and before
eating, drinking, smoking, or urination.
• Do not smoke or eat while applying chemicals. • Store chemicals in a secure, locked area away from
human or livestock food. Keep children away.
• After handling chemicals, always bathe or shower and
• Always dispose of containers properly. Triple rinse
change clothes. Wash clothing before wearing again.
empty containers and puncture or crush containers and
• Seek medical attention immediately if illness occurs
dispose of properly.
during or shortly after use of chemicals.
• Keep chemicals in original containers. Do not transfer
chemicals to unmarked containers or to containers used
for food or drink.
DX,WW,CHEM01 -19-24AUG10-1/1

Protect Against High Pressure Spray

Spray from high pressure nozzles can penetrate the skin
and cause serious injury. Keep spray from contacting
hands or body.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any high
TS1343 —UN—18MAR92
pressure spray injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene may result.
Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference
a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is
available from Deere & Company Medical Department in
Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

DX,SPRAY -19-16APR92-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=9
 Safety

Work In Ventilated Area

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If
it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area,
remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust
pipe extension.
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the

TS220 —UN—15APR13
doors and get outside air into the area.

DX,AIR -19-17FEB99-1/1

Recognize Safety Information

This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol
on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential
for personal injury.
Follow recommended precautions and safe operating
practices.

T81389 —UN—28JUN13
DX,ALERT -19-29SEP98-1/1

Avoid Backover Accidents

Before moving machine, be sure that all persons are clear
of machine path. Turn around and look directly for best
visibility. Use a signal person when backing if view is

PC10857XW —UN—15APR13
obstructed or when in close quarters.
Do not rely on a camera to determine if personnel or
obstacles are behind the machine. The system can be
limited by many factors including maintenance practices,
environmental conditions, and operating range.

DX,AVOID,BACKOVER,ACCIDENTS -19-30AUG10-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=10
 Safety

Prevent Machine Runaway

Avoid possible injury or death from machinery runaway.
Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals.
Machine will start in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.
NEVER start engine while standing on ground. Start

TS177 —UN—11JAN89
engine only from operator’s seat, with transmission in
neutral or park.

DX,BYPAS1 -19-29SEP98-1/1

Avoid Contact with Agricultural Chemicals

CAUTION: This enclosed cab does not protect

against inhaling vapor, aerosol or dust.

1. When operating in an environment where pesticides

are present, wear a long-sleeved shirt, long-legged

TS220 —UN—15APR13
pants, shoes, and socks.
2. If pesticide use instructions require respiratory
protection, wear an appropriate respirator inside the
cab.
3. Wear personal protective equipment as required
by the pesticide use instructions when leaving the
enclosed cab:
• into a treated area
• to work with contaminated application equipment
such as nozzles which must be cleaned, changed
or redirected

TS272 —UN—23AUG88
• to become involved with mixing and loading activities
4. Before re-entering the cab, remove protective
equipment and store either outside the cab in a closed
box or some other type of sealable container or inside
the cab in a pesticide resistant container, such as a
plastic bag.
5. Clean your shoes or boots to remove soil or other
contaminated particles prior to entering the cab.
DX,CABS1 -19-25MAR09-1/1

Clean Vehicle of Hazardous Pesticides

CAUTION: During application of hazardous 1. Sweep or vacuum the floor of cab.

pesticides, pesticide residue can build up
on the inside or outside of the vehicle. 2. Clean headliners and inside cowlings of cab.
Clean vehicle according to use instructions 3. Wash entire exterior of vehicle.
of hazardous pesticides.
4. Dispose of any wash water with hazardous
When exposed to hazardous pesticides, clean exterior and concentrations of active or non-active ingredients
interior of vehicle daily to keep free of the accumulation of according to published regulations or directives.
visible dirt and contamination.
DX,CABS2 -19-24JUL01-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=11
 Safety

Use a Safety Chain

A safety chain will help control drawn equipment should it
accidentally separate from the drawbar.
Using the appropriate adapter parts, attach the chain to the
tractor drawbar support or other specified anchor location.
Provide only enough slack in the chain to permit turning.

TS217 —UN—23AUG88
See your John Deere dealer for a chain with a strength
rating equal to or greater than the gross weight of the
towed machine. Do not use safety chain for towing.

DX,CHAIN -19-03MAR93-1/1

Work in Clean Area

Before starting a job:
• Clean work area and machine.
• Make sure you have all necessary tools to do your job.
• Have the right parts on hand.

T6642EJ —UN—18OCT88
• Read all instructions thoroughly; do not attempt
shortcuts.

DX,CLEAN -19-04JUN90-1/1

Dispose of Waste Properly

Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the
environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.

TS1133 —UN—15APR13
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can
damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste
from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your John Deere dealer.
DX,DRAIN -19-03MAR93-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=12
 Safety

Avoid Harmful Asbestos Dust

Avoid breathing dust that may be generated when
handling components containing asbestos fibers. Inhaled
asbestos fibers may cause lung cancer.
Components in products that may contain asbestos
fibers are brake pads, brake band and lining assemblies,

TS220 —UN—15APR13
clutch plates, and some gaskets. The asbestos used in
these components is usually found in a resin or sealed in
some way. Normal handling is not hazardous as long as
airborne dust containing asbestos is not generated.
Avoid creating dust. Never use compressed air for
cleaning. Avoid brushing or grinding material containing
asbestos. When servicing, wear an approved respirator.
A special vacuum cleaner is recommended to clean Keep bystanders away from the area.
asbestos. If not available, apply a mist of oil or water on
the material containing asbestos.
DX,DUST -19-15MAR91-1/1

Avoid Hot Exhaust

Servicing machine or attachments with engine running
can result in serious personal injury. Avoid exposure and
skin contact with hot exhaust gases and components.
Exhaust parts and streams become very hot during

RG17488 —UN—21AUG09
operation. Exhaust gases and components reach
temperatures hot enough to burn people, ignite, or melt
common materials.

DX,EXHAUST -19-20AUG09-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=13
 Safety

Clean Exhaust Filter Safely

During exhaust filter cleaning operations, the engine
may run at elevated idle and hot temperatures for an
extended period of time. Exhaust gases and exhaust
filter components reach temperatures hot enough to burn
people, or ignite or melt common materials.

TS227 —UN—15APR13
Keep machine away from people, animals, or structures
which may be susceptible to harm or damage from hot
exhaust gases or components. Avoid potential fire or
explosion hazards from flammable materials and vapors
near the exhaust. Keep exhaust outlet away from people
and anything that can melt, burn, or explode.
Closely monitor machine and surrounding area for
smoldering debris during and after exhaust filter cleaning.
Adding fuel while an engine is running can create a fire
or explosion hazard. Always stop engine before refueling
machine and clean up any spilled fuel.

TS271 —UN—23AUG88
Always make sure that engine is stopped while hauling
machine on a truck or trailer.
Contact with exhaust components while still hot can result
in serious personal injury.
Avoid contact with these components until cooled to safe
temperatures.
If service procedure requires engine to be running:
• Only engage power-driven parts required by service
procedure
• Ensure that other people are clear of operator station
and machine

TS1693 —UN—09DEC09
Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power-driven
parts.
Always disable movement (neutral), set the parking brake
or mechanism and disconnect power to attachments or
tools before leaving the operator’s station.
Shut off engine and remove key (if equipped) before
leaving the machine unattended.

TS1695 —UN—07DEC09

DX,EXHAUST,FILTER -19-12JAN11-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=14
 Safety

Handle Fuel Safely—Avoid Fires

Handle fuel with care: it is highly flammable. Do not refuel
the machine while smoking or when near open flame or
sparks.
Always stop engine before refueling machine. Fill fuel
tank outdoors.

TS202 —UN—23AUG88
Prevent fires by keeping machine clean of accumulated
trash, grease, and debris. Always clean up spilled fuel.
Use only an approved fuel container for transporting
flammable liquids.
Never fill fuel container in pickup truck with plastic bed
liner. Always place fuel container on ground before
refueling. Touch fuel container with fuel dispenser nozzle Do not store fuel container where there is an open flame,
before removing can lid. Keep fuel dispenser nozzle in spark, or pilot light such as within a water heater or other
contact with fuel container inlet when filling. appliance.
DX,FIRE1 -19-12OCT11-1/1

Prepare for Emergencies

Be prepared if a fire starts.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,
hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

TS291 —UN—15APR13
DX,FIRE2 -19-03MAR93-1/1

Handle Fluids Safely—Avoid Fires

When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near
heaters or other fire hazards.
Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not
incinerate or puncture pressurized containers.

TS227 —UN—15APR13
Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.
Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn
spontaneously.

DX,FLAME -19-29SEP98-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=15
 Safety

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Inspect hydraulic hoses periodically – at least once
per year – for leakage, kinking, cuts, cracks, abrasion,
blisters, corrosion, exposed wire braid or any other signs
of wear or damage.

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
Replace worn or damaged hose assemblies immediately
with John Deere approved replacement parts.
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin
causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands medical source. Such information is available in
and body from high-pressure fluids. English from Deere & Company Medical Department in
Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 1-800-822-8262 or +1
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid 309-748-5636.
injected into the skin must be surgically removed within
a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar
DX,FLUID -19-12OCT11-1/1

Install All Guards

Rotating cooling system fans, belts, pulleys, and drives
can cause serious injury.
Keep all guards in place at all times during engine
operation.

TS677 —UN—21SEP89
Wear close-fitting clothes. Stop the engine and be sure
fans, belts, pulleys, and drives are stopped before making
adjustments, connections, or cleaning near fans and their
drive components.

DX,GUARDS -19-18AUG09-1/1

Use Proper Lifting Equipment

Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe
injury or machine damage.
Follow recommended procedure for removal and
installation of components in the manual. TS226 —UN—23AUG88

DX,LIFT -19-04JUN90-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=16
 Safety

Illuminate Work Area Safely

Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use
a portable safety light for working inside or under the
machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage.
The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite
spilled fuel or oil.

TS223 —UN—23AUG88
DX,LIGHT -19-04JUN90-1/1

Live With Safety

Before returning machine to customer, make sure
machine is functioning properly, especially the safety
systems. Install all guards and shields.

TS231 —19—07OCT88
DX,LIVE -19-25SEP92-1/1

Service Machines Safely

Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie,
scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when you work near
machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get
caught, severe injury could result.
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical

TS228 —UN—23AUG88
shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

DX,LOOSE -19-04JUN90-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=17
 Safety

Support Machine Properly

Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground
before you work on the machine. If the work requires
that the machine or attachment be lifted, provide secure
support for them. If left in a raised position, hydraulically
supported devices can settle or leak down.

TS229 —UN—23AUG88
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles,
or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not
work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.
Follow recommended procedures in this manual.
When implements or attachments are used with a
machine, always follow safety precautions listed in the
implement or attachment operator's manual.
DX,LOWER -19-24FEB00-1/1

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated
by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Remove paint before heating:

TS220 —UN—15APR13
• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area
to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,
wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
fumes and dust away.
before welding or heating.
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
will take place.
DX,PAINT -19-24JUL02-1/1

Park Machine Safely

Before working on the machine:
• Lower all equipment to the ground.
• Stop the engine and remove the key.
• Disconnect the battery ground strap.
• Hang a "DO NOT OPERATE" tag in operator station.
TS230 —UN—24MAY89

DX,PARK -19-04JUN90-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=18
 Safety

Stay Clear of Rotating Drivelines

Entanglement in rotating driveline can cause serious
injury or death.
Keep tractor master shield and driveline shields in place
at all times. Make sure rotating shields turn freely.

TS1644 —UN—22AUG95
Wear close fitting clothing. Stop the engine and be sure
that PTO driveline is stopped before making adjustments,
connections, or cleaning out PTO driven equipment.
Do not install any adapter device between the tractor and
the primary implement PTO drive shaft that will allow a
1000 rpm tractor shaft to power a 540 rpm implement at
speeds higher than 540 rpm.
Do not install any adapter device that results in a portion of
the rotating implement shaft, tractor shaft, or the adapter
to be unguarded. The tractor master shield shall overlap
the end of the splined shaft and the added adaptor device
as outlined in the table.
PTO Type Diameter Splines n ± 5 mm (0.20 in.)
1 35 mm (1.378 in.) 6 85 mm (3.35 in.)
2 35 mm (1.378 in.) 21 85 mm (3.35 in.)
3 45 mm (1.772 in.) 20 100 mm (4.00 in.)

H96219 —UN—29APR10
DX,PTO -19-30JUN10-1/1

Follow Safety Instructions

Carefully read all safety messages in this instruction. Read
the product operators manual for operating instructions
and safety messages. Do not let anyone operate without
instruction. (A copy of the operators manual may also be
available from the Service ADVISOR™ application.)
TS201 —UN—15APR13

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

DX,READ,INS -19-23JUN09-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=19
 Safety

Use Proper Tools

Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and
procedures can create safety hazards.
Use power tools only to loosen threaded parts and
fasteners.

TS779 —UN—08NOV89
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct
size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on
metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping
wrenches.
Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications.

DX,REPAIR -19-17FEB99-1/1

Service Tires Safely

CAUTION: Explosive separation of a tire and rim

parts can cause serious injury or death.
Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you
have the proper equipment and experience
to perform the job.

Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate

the tires above the recommended pressure.
Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat
can cause an increase in air pressure resulting in a tire
explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform
the wheel.
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension
hose long enough to allow you to stand to one side and
NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety
cage if available.
Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged
rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.

TS211 —UN—15APR13
DX,RIM1 -19-27OCT08-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=20
 Safety

Keep ROPS Installed Properly

Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the
roll-over protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or
removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper
torque.
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS

TS212 —UN—23AUG88
is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an
overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding,
bending, drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should be
replaced, not reused.
The seat is part of the ROPS safety zone. Replace only
with John Deere seat approved for your tractor.
Any alteration of the ROPS must be approved by the
manufacturer.
DX,ROPS3 -19-12OCT11-1/1

Construct Dealer-Made Tools Safely

Faulty or broken tools can result in serious injury. When
constructing tools, use proper, quality materials, and good
workmanship.
Do not weld tools unless you have the proper equipment

LX1016749 —UN—01JUL97
and experience to perform the job.

DX,SAFE,TOOLS -19-10OCT97-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-15 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=21
 Safety

Practice Safe Maintenance

Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep
area clean and dry.
Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is
moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing from power-driven
parts. Disengage all power and operate controls to relieve
pressure. Lower equipment to the ground. Stop the
engine. Remove the key. Allow machine to cool.
Securely support any machine elements that must be
raised for service work.
Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed.
Fix damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground
cable (-) before making adjustments on electrical systems
or welding on machine.
On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from
tractor before servicing electrical system components or
welding on machine.

TS218 —UN—23AUG88
DX,SERV -19-17FEB99-1/1

Understand Signal Words

A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—is
used with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies the
most serious hazards.
DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near
specific hazards. General precautions are listed on

TS187 —19—30SEP88
CAUTION safety signs. CAUTION also calls attention to
safety messages in this manual.

DX,SIGNAL -19-03MAR93-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-16 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=22
 Safety

Replace Safety Signs

Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the
machine operator’s manual for correct safety sign
placement.

TS201 —UN—15APR13
DX,SIGNS1 -19-04JUN90-1/1

Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

Flammable spray can be generated by heating near
pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to yourself
and bystanders. Do not heat by welding, soldering,
or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or other
flammable materials. Pressurized lines can accidentally

TS953 —UN—15MAY90
burst when heat goes beyond the immediate flame area.

DX,TORCH -19-10DEC04-1/1

Wear Protective Clothing

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment
appropriate to the job.
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment
or loss of hearing.

TS206 —UN—15APR13
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises.
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
while operating machine.
DX,WEAR -19-10SEP90-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-17 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=23
 Safety

Handling Batteries Safely

Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks and flames away
from batteries. Use a flashlight to check battery electrolyte
level.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object
across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.

TS204 —UN—15APR13
Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first and
replace grounded clamp last.
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous and strong
enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause
blindness if splashed into eyes.
Avoid hazards by:
• Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area
• Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves
• Avoiding use of air pressure to clean batteries
• Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added
• Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte
• Using correct battery booster or charger procedure.
If acid is spilled on skin or in eyes:
1. Flush skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid.
3. Flush eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get
medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Do not induce vomiting.
2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not
exceed 2 L (2 qt.).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related

TS203 —UN—23AUG88
accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

DX,WW,BATTERIES -19-02DEC10-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-18 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=24
 Safety

Handle Agricultural Chemicals Safely

Chemicals used in agricultural applications such
as fungicides, herbicides, insecticides, pesticides,
rodenticides, and fertilizers can be harmful to your health
or the environment if not used carefully.
Always follow all label directions for effective, safe, and

TS220 —UN—15APR13
legal use of agricultural chemicals.
Reduce risk of exposure and injury:
• Wear appropriate personal protective equipment as
recommended by the manufacturer. In the absence
of manufacturer's instructions, follow these general
guidelines:
- Chemicals labeled 'Danger': Most toxic. Generally
require use of goggles, respirator, gloves, and skin
protection.
- Chemicals labeled 'Warning': Less toxic. Generally
require use of goggles, gloves, and skin protections.
- Chemicals labeled 'Caution': Least toxic. Generally

A34471 —UN—11OCT88
require use of gloves and skin protection.
• Avoid inhaling vapor, aerosol or dust.
• Always have soap, water, and towel available when
working with chemicals. If chemical contacts skin,
hands, or face, wash immediately with soap and water.
If chemical gets into eyes, flush immediately with water.
• Wash hands and face after using chemicals and before
eating, drinking, smoking, or urination.
• Do not smoke or eat while applying chemicals. • Store chemicals in a secure, locked area away from
human or livestock food. Keep children away.
• After handling chemicals, always bathe or shower and
• Always dispose of containers properly. Triple rinse
change clothes. Wash clothing before wearing again.
empty containers and puncture or crush containers and
• Seek medical attention immediately if illness occurs
dispose of properly.
during or shortly after use of chemicals.
• Keep chemicals in original containers. Do not transfer
chemicals to unmarked containers or to containers used
for food or drink.
DX,WW,CHEM01 -19-24AUG10-1/1

Service Cooling System Safely

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling
system can cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough
to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop
to relieve pressure before removing completely. TS281 —UN—15APR13

DX,WW,COOLING -19-19AUG09-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-19 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=25
 Safety

Use Steps and Handholds Correctly

Prevent falls by facing the machine when getting on and

T133468 —UN—15APR13
off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps, handholds, and
handrails.
Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present
slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease
or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.

DX,WW,MOUNT -19-12OCT11-1/1

Transport Tractor Safely

A disabled tractor is best transported on a flatbed carrier.
Use chains to secure the tractor to the carrier. The axles
and tractor frame are suitable attachment points.

RXA0103709 —UN—01JUL09
Before transporting the tractor on a low-loader truck or
flatbed rail wagon, make sure that the hood is secured
over the tractor engine and that doors, roof hatch (if
equipped) and windows are properly closed.
Never tow a tractor at a speed greater than 10 km/h (6
mph). An operator must steer and brake the tractor under
tow.

DX,WW,TRANSPORT -19-19AUG09-1/1

Servicing Electronic Control Units

IMPORTANT: Do not open control unit and do
not clean with a high pressure spray.
Moisture, dirt and other contaminants may
cause permanent damage.

RG16946 —UN—31MAR09
1. Control units are not repairable; replace only if
indicated in the diagnostic procedure.
2. Since control units are the components LEAST likely
to fail, isolate failure before replacing by completing
the diagnostic procedure.
3. The wiring harness terminals and connectors for
electronic control units are repairable.
4. Before putting back into service, verify the control unit
IMPORTANT: Misleading diagnostic messages and is programmed identical to the original controller.
poor performance may occur if an electronic
control unit is not programmed identical
to the original controller.
DX,WW,ECU01 -19-11JUN09-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-20 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=26
 Safety

Welding Near Electronic Control Units

IMPORTANT: Do not jump-start engines with arc
welding equipment. Currents and voltages are
too high and may cause permanent damage.

1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable(s).

TS953 —UN—15MAY90
2. Disconnect the positive (+) battery cable(s).
3. Connect the positive and negative cables together. Do
not attach to vehicle frame.
4. Clear or move any wiring harness sections away from
welding area.
5. Connect welder ground close to welding point and
away from control units. 6. After welding, reverse Steps 1—5.
DX,WW,ECU02 -19-14AUG09-1/1

Keep Electronic Control Unit Connectors Clean

IMPORTANT: Keep terminals clean and free of foreign
debris. Moisture, dirt and other contaminants 3. Observe the locking mechanism of the connector
may cause the terminals to erode over time and when disconnecting and reconnecting.
not make a good electrical connection. 4. Do not pull on wires to disconnect.
1. If a connector is not in use, put on the proper dust cap 5. Before reconnecting:
or an appropriate seal to protect it from foreign debris
and moisture. • Look for bent terminals; do not force connectors into
each other.
IMPORTANT: Do not probe through the wire insulation • Replace any terminal where corrosion exists.
or through the back of the connector. Do • Clean the connector of any foreign debris.
not insert items such as paper clips or wires • Dry the connector of any moisture.
into connector terminals.
6. When reconnecting, make sure seals around the
connector pairs are functional.
2. Make measurements on a connector terminal using
JDG10466 Flex Probe Kit in SERVICEGARD.
DX,WW,ECU03 -19-11JUN09-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-21 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=27
 Safety

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-05-22 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=28
 Group 10
General Specifications
Features and Accessories NOTE: Design, features, accessories, and specifications
The information in this block pertains to the features of the are subject to change without notice.
machines covered in this technical manual. It can be used
in addition to the normal advertising literature or may help Features marked “X” are available for that particular
in determining which specific feature requires service. model number machine. Features marked “—” are not
available for that model number machine.
Features and Accessories
5085E 5095E 5100E
Europe X X —
North America X — X
Cab X X X
Open Operator Station (OOS) X — X
Air Conditioning and Heater (Cab) X X X
Mechanical Suspension Seat X X X
Air Suspension Seat X X X
4-Cylinder Interim Tier 4 Engine X X X
Electronic Fuel Injection System with HPCR X X X
Electronic Throttle Control X X X
Turbocharged X X X
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) X X X
Fan Drive (Viscous) X X X
Water Separator X X X
Fuel Filter (Dual) X X X
Fuel Cooler X X X
Air Cleaner (Radial) X X X
Air Conditioner Condenser (Cab) X X X
Hydraulic/Transmission Oil Cooler X X X
Cold Weather Start Aid (Glow Plug) X X X
Engine Coolant Heater X X
Wet Traction Clutch X X X
12x12 PowrReverser™ Transmission X X X
24x12 PowrReverser Plus™ Transmission X X —
Creeper X X X
Open Center Hydraulics X X X
Tandem Hydraulic Pump [Steering—24.9 lpm (6.6 gpm); X X X
Implement—60.1 lpm (15.9 gpm)]
Greased Rear Axle (Standard) X X X
Greased MFWD Front Axle (Standard) X X X
Mechanical Differential Lock X — X
Mechanical MFWD X X X
Electrohydraulic Rear Power Take-Off (PTO) X X X
Wet PTO Clutch X X X
Dual (540/540E) Speed PTO X X X
Reversible PTO Output Shaft X X X
Mechanical Rear 3-Point Hitch X X X
Wagon Hitch X X —
Standard 3-Point Hitch X X X
Telescopic Draft Links with Category II Balls X X X
Adjustable Straight Drawbar X X X
Dual Mid-Mount SCV X X X
Triple Mid-Mount SCV X X X
Dual Rear SCV X X X
Triple Deluxe Rear SCV X X X

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D04 -19-09SEP13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-10-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=29
 General Specifications

Hydraulic Trailer Brake X X —

Power Beyond X X X
Secondary Brake X X —

SW03989,0001D04 -19-09SEP13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-10-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=30
 General Specifications

Machine General Specifications

NOTE: Specifications and design are subject to
change without notice.
5085E 5095E 5100E
ENGINE
Type 4045H 4045H 4045H
Aspiration Turbocharged Turbocharged Turbocharged
Engine Power at 2400 rpm 63.6 kW (85 hp.) 70.9 kW (95 hp.) 74.5 kW (100 hp.)
PTO Power at 2400 rpma 52.2 kW (70 hp.) 59.7 kW (80 hp.) 63.3 kW (85 hp.)
Maximum Torque 245 N·m 280 N·m 298 N·m
Cylinders 4 4 4
Bore 106 mm (4.19 in.) 106 mm (4.19 in.) 106 mm (4.19 in.)
Stroke 127 mm (5.00 in.) 127 mm (5.00 in.) 127 mm (5.00 in.)
Displacement 4.5 L (278 cu. in.) 4.5 L (278 cu. in.) 4.5 L (278 cu. in.)
Compression Ratio 19:1 19:1 19:1
Firing Order (#1 cylinder in front) 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2
Intake Valve Clearance 0.35 mm (0.014 in.) 0.35 mm (0.014 in.) 0.35 mm (0.014 in.)
Exhaust Valve Clearance 0.45 mm (0.018 in.) 0.45 mm (0.018 in.) 0.45 mm (0.018 in.)
Slow Idle 900 rpm 900 rpm 900 rpm
Fast Idle 2500 rpm 2500 rpm 2500 rpm
Operating Speed Range 1600—2400 rpm 1600—2400 rpm 1600—2400 rpm
FUEL SYSTEM
Type Electronically Controlled High Electronically Controlled High Electronically Controlled High
Pressure Common Rail Fuel Pressure Common Rail Fuel Pressure Common Rail Fuel
System System System
Fuel Filter FuelGard (2 used) FuelGard (2 used) FuelGard (2 used)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Type 12 V 12 V 12 V
Negative Ground Negative Ground Negative Ground
Battery 12 V 12 V 12 V
925 CCA Cold Cranking Amps 925 CCA Cold Cranking Amps 925 CCA Cold Cranking Amps
Specifications
BCI Group 31 31 31
Alternator (OOS) 90 A 90 A 90 A
Alternator (Cab) 120 A 120 A 120 A
Starting Motor 12 V, 2.5 kW 12 V, 2.5 kW 12 V, 2.5 kW
TRANSMISSION
Standard 12/12 PowrReverser™ 12/12 PowrReverser™ with 12/12 PowrReverser™ with
with Mechanical Hitch, Mechanical Hitch, Electrohydraulic Mechanical Hitch, Electrohydraulic
Electrohydraulic PTO (1 speed PTO (1 speed or shiftable PTO (1 speed or shiftable
or shiftable 540/540E) 540/540E) 540/540E)
Optional (Cab Only) 24/12 PowrReverser™ 24/12 PowrReverser™ 24/12 PowrReverser™
with Mechanical Hitch, with Mechanical Hitch, with Mechanical Hitch,
Electro-Hydraulic PTO (1 speed Electro-Hydraulic PTO (1 speed Electro-Hydraulic PTO (1 speed
or shiftable 540/540E) or shiftable 540/540E) or shiftable 540/540E)
Gear Selections Lever Lever Lever
Shifting Manual Manual Manual
BRAKES
Type Hydraulically Operated Wet Disk Hydraulically Operated Wet Disk Hydraulically Operated Wet Disk
POWER TAKE-OFF
Type (Standard) 540/540E, Fully Independent 540/540E, Fully Independent 540/540E, Fully Independent
Engine Speed (540 rpm) PTO 2400 rpm 2400 rpm 2400 rpm
Engine Speed (540E rpm) PTO 1700 rpm 1700 rpm 1700 rpm
Size: Type 1 (1-3/8 in. 6T) 280 mm 280 mm 280 mm
(11 in.) (11 in.) (11 in.)

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D07 -19-09SEP13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-10-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=31
 General Specifications

Clutch (Wet) Electrohydraulic Electrohydraulic Electrohydraulic

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Type Open Center Open Center Open Center
Pump Tandem Gear Tandem Gear Tandem Gear
Pump Displacement
Steering 11.9 cc 11.9 cc 11.9 cc
(0.73 cu. in.) (0.73 cu. in.) (0.73 cu. in.)
Implement 28.8 cc 28.8 cc 28.8 cc
(1.76 cu. in.) (1.76 cu. in.) (1.76 cu. in.)
Flow Rate
Steering 24.9 L/min.b 24.9 L/min.b 24.9 L/min.b
(6.6 gpm) (6.6 gpm) (6.6 gpm)
Implement 60.1 L/min.b 60.1 L/min.b 60.1 L/min.b
(15.9 gpm) (15.9 gpm) (15.9 gpm)
Maximum Pressure
Steering (OOS) 13 000—13 700 kPa 13 000—13 700 kPa 13 000—13 700 kPa
(130—137 bar) (130—137 bar) (130—137 bar)
(1885—1987 psi) (1885—1987 psi) (1885—1987 psi)
Steering (Cab with anticavitation valve) 13 000—13 700 kPa 13 000—13 700 kPa 13 000—13 700 kPa
(130—137 bar) (130—137 bar) (130—137 bar)
(1885—1987 psi) (1885—1987 psi) (1885—1987 psi)
Steering (Cab without anticavitation 14 000—14 700 kPa 14 000—14 700 kPa 14 000—14 700 kPa
valve) (140—147 bar) (140—147 bar) (140—147 bar)
(2031—2132 psi) (2031—2132 psi) (2031—2132 psi)
Implement 19 000—20 000 kPa 19 000—20 000 kPa 19 000—20 000 kPa
(190—200 bar) (190—200 bar) (190—200 bar)
(2755—2900 psi) (2755—2900 psi) (2755—2900 psi)
Steering System Hydrostatic Power Hydrostatic Power Hydrostatic Power
SCV Flow Rate 60.2 l/min. 60.2 l/min. 60.2 l/min.
(15.9 gpm) (15.9 gpm) (15.9 gpm)
THREE-POINT HITCH
Category I and II I and II I and II
Sensing Top Link Top Link Top Link
Standard Fixed Draft Links with Fixed Draft Links with Fixed Draft Links with
Interchangeable Balls Interchangeable Balls Interchangeable Balls
Optional Telescopic Draft Links with Telescopic Draft Links with Telescopic Draft Links with
Interchangeable Balls Interchangeable Balls Interchangeable Balls
c 1530 kg 1530 kg 1530 kg
Lift Capacity
(3374 lb.) (3374 lb.) (3374 lb.)
a
Observed in factory.
b
Flow rate at 90% pump efficiency and engine at rated speed.
c
At 610 mm (24 in.) behind hitch balls.
SW03989,0001D07 -19-09SEP13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-10-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=32
 General Specifications

Drain and Refill Capacities

NOTE: Specifications and design are subject to
change without notice.
5085E 5095E 5100E
CAPACITIES
Fuel Tank (OOS) 96 L — 96 L
(25 U.S. gal) (25 U.S. gal)
Fuel Tank (Cab) 115L 115 L 115 L
(30 U.S. gal) (30 U.S. gal) (30 U.S. gal)
Cooling System 11.4 L 11.4 L 11.4 L
(12 U.S. qt.) (12 U.S. qt.) (12 U.S. qt.)
Crankcase (including filter) 11 L 11 L 11 L
(11.6 U.S. qt.) (11.6 U.S. qt.) (11.6 U.S. qt.)
Transmission/Hydraulic System
Transmission/Hydraulic System 43.5 L (11.5 gal) 43.5 L (11.5 gal) 43.5 L (11.5 gal)
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Wheel Hubs 0.7 L 0.7 L 0.7 L
(0.74 U.S. qt.) (0.74 U.S. qt.) (0.74 U.S. qt.)
Axle Housing 5 L 5 L 5 L
(5.8 U.S. qt.) (5.8 U.S. qt.) (5.8 U.S. qt.)

SW03989,0001D08 -19-09SEP13-1/1

Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss

Fittings
Straight Fitting
1. Inspect O-ring boss seat for dirt or defects.

T6243AE —UN—15APR13
2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical
tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over
tape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape.
3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart.

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003147 -19-14NOV11-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-10-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=33
 General Specifications

Angle Fitting
1. Back-off lock nut (A) and back-up washer (B)
completely to head-end (C) of fitting.
2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until back-up washer
contacts face of boss.

T6520AB —UN—15APR13
3. Turn fitting head-end counterclockwise to proper index
(maximum of one turn).
NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings.

4. Hold fitting head-end with a wrench and tighten locknut

and back-up washer to proper torque value.
STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART
Thread Size N·m lb-ft
3/8-24 UNF 8 6
7/16-20 UNF 12 9
1/2-20 UNF 16 12
9/16-18 UNF 24 18
3/4-16 UNF 46 34
7/8-14 UNF 62 46
1-1/16-12 UN 102 75
1-3/16-12 UN 122 90
1-5/16-12 UN 142 105
1-5/8-12 UN 190 140
1-7/8-12 UN 217 160

NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%.

OUO1023,0003147 -19-14NOV11-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-10-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=34
 General Specifications

Service Recommendations For Flat Face O-Ring Seal Fittings

1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces and O-ring. They IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings to 150% of listed torque
must be free of dirt or defects. value if indexing is necessary or if fitting is
2. Lubricate O-rings and install into grove using attached to an actuating devise.
petroleum jelly to hold in place. Tighten fittings to 50% of listed torque value
3. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand pressing joint if used in aluminum housing.
together to insure O-ring remains in place.
4. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the
chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening
fittings, use backup wrench on straight hose couplings.
FLAT FACE O-RING SEAL FITTING TORQUE*
Nomial Tube O.D. Thread Size Swivel Nut Bulkhead Nut
mm in. in. N·m lb-ft N·m lb-ft
6.35 0.250 9/16-18 16 12 12 9
9.52 0.375 11/16-16 24 18 24 18
12.70 0.500 13/16-16 50 37 46 34
15.88 0.625 1-14 69 51 62 46
19.05 0.750 1 3/16-12 102 75 102 75
22.22 0.875 1 3/16-12 102 75 102 75
25.40 1.000 1 7/16-12 142 105 142 105
31.75 1.250 1 11/16-12 190 140 190 140
38.10 1.500 2-12 217 160 217 160
*Torque tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified.
Stud End O-ring Seal Torque for Straight and Adjustable Fittings*
Thread Size Straight Hex Size Locknut Hex Size Straight Fitting or Locknut Toque
Inch Inch Inch N·m lb-ft
3/8-24 5/8 9/16 12 9
7/16-20 5/8 5/8 21 15
1/2-20 3/4 11/16 26 19
9/16-18 3/4 3/4 34 25
3/4-16 7/8 15/16 73 55
7/8-14 1 1/16 1 1/16 104 76
1 1/16-12 1 1/4 1 3/8 176 130
1 3/16-12 1 3/8 1 1/2 230 170
1 5/16-12 1 1/2 1 5/8 285 210
*Torque tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified.

OUO1023,0003148 -19-14NOV11-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-10-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=35
 General Specifications

Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values

TS1670 —UN—01MAY03

4.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9

4.8 8.8 9.8 10.9 12.9 12.9

Bolt or Screw Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9
Size Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb
N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in.
M6 4.7 42 6 53 8.9 79 11.3 100 13 115 16.5 146 15.5 137 19.5 172
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
M8 11.5 102 14.5 128 22 194 27.5 243 32 23.5 40 29.5 37 27.5 47 35
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
M10 23 204 29 21 43 32 55 40 63 46 80 59 75 55 95 70
N·m lb.-ft.
M12 40 29.5 50 37 75 55 95 70 110 80 140 105 130 95 165 120
M14 63 46 80 59 120 88 150 110 175 130 220 165 205 150 260 190
M16 100 74 125 92 190 140 240 175 275 200 350 255 320 235 400 300
M18 135 100 170 125 265 195 330 245 375 275 475 350 440 325 560 410
M20 190 140 245 180 375 275 475 350 530 390 675 500 625 460 790 580
M22 265 195 330 245 510 375 650 480 725 535 920 680 850 625 1080 800
M24 330 245 425 315 650 480 820 600 920 680 1150 850 1080 800 1350 1000
M27 490 360 625 460 950 700 1200 885 1350 1000 1700 1250 1580 1160 2000 1475
M30 660 490 850 625 1290 950 1630 1200 1850 1350 2300 1700 2140 1580 2700 2000
M33 900 665 1150 850 1750 1300 2200 1625 2500 1850 3150 2325 2900 2150 3700 2730
M36 1150 850 1450 1075 2250 1650 2850 2100 3200 2350 4050 3000 3750 2770 4750 3500
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always
the bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or replace shear bolts with identical property class. Replace fasteners with
tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For stainless steel the same or higher property class. If higher property class fasteners are
fasteners or for nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening instructions for the used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Make sure fastener
specific application. Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel type lock nuts threads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. When
by turning the nut to the dry torque shown in the chart, unless different possible, lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts,
instructions are given for the specific application. wheel bolts or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for the
specific application.
a
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or M20
and larger fasteners with JDM F13C, F13F or F13J zinc flake coating.
b
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or M6 to M18 fasteners with JDM F13B, F13E or F13H zinc flake coating.
DX,TORQ2 -19-12JAN11-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-10-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=36
 General Specifications

Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values

TS1671 —UN—01MAY03

Bolt or Screw SAE Grade 1 SAE Grade 2a SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 SAE Grade 8 or 8.2
Size Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc
N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in.
1/4 3.7 33 4.7 42 6 53 7.5 66 9.5 84 12 106 13.5 120 17 150
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
5/16 7.7 68 9.8 86 12 106 15.5 137 19.5 172 25 221 28 20.5 35 26
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
3/8 13.5 120 17.5 155 22 194 27 240 35 26 44 32.5 49 36 63 46
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
7/16 22 194 28 20.5 35 26 44 32.5 56 41 70 52 80 59 100 74
N·m lb.-ft.
1/2 34 25 42 31 53 39 67 49 85 63 110 80 120 88 155 115
9/16 48 35.5 60 45 76 56 95 70 125 92 155 115 175 130 220 165
5/8 67 49 85 63 105 77 135 100 170 125 215 160 240 175 305 225
3/4 120 88 150 110 190 140 240 175 300 220 380 280 425 315 540 400
7/8 190 140 240 175 190 140 240 175 490 360 615 455 690 510 870 640
1 285 210 360 265 285 210 360 265 730 540 920 680 1030 760 1300 960
1-1/8 400 300 510 375 400 300 510 375 910 670 1150 850 1450 1075 1850 1350
1-1/4 570 420 725 535 570 420 725 535 1280 945 1630 1200 2050 1500 2600 1920
1-3/8 750 550 950 700 750 550 950 700 1700 1250 2140 1580 2700 2000 3400 2500
1-1/2 990 730 1250 930 990 730 1250 930 2250 1650 2850 2100 3600 2650 4550 3350
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of the bolt Replace fasteners with the same or higher grade. If higher
or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening grade fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the
procedure is given for a specific application. For plastic insert or crimped steel original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you
type lock nuts, for stainless steel fasteners, or for nuts on U-bolts, see the properly start thread engagement. When possible, lubricate
tightening instructions for the specific application. Shear bolts are designed to fail plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts, wheel bolts
under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for the
specific application.
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in. (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6
in. (152 mm) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or 7/8 in.
and larger fasteners with JDM F13C, F13F or F13J zinc flake coating.
c
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or 1/4 to 3/4 in. fasteners with JDM F13B, F13E or F13H zinc flake coating.
DX,TORQ1 -19-12JAN11-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-10-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=37
 General Specifications

Glossary of Terms
ITEM ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
Accessory ACC Secondary electrical system
Air Conditioning A/C System used for cooling the air in the cab
Alternating Current AC Electrical current that reverses its direction at regularly recurring intervals
Battery Bat A device used to furnish electrical current
Brakes BR Abbreviation
Charge Air Cooler CAC A device used for cooling compressed intake air
Controller Area Network CAN A communication system linking on-board electronics
Chassis Control Unit CCU Computerized system for tractor monitoring
Circuit CCT A complete path of an electrical current
Clockwise CW Direction in which the hands of a clock rotate
Cold Cranking Amperes CCA Battery's measured capability to perform during cold-weather operation
Component Technical Manual CTM Technical manual developed for the servicing of major components
Counterclockwise CCW Direction opposite the rotation of the hands of a clock
Diagnostic Receptacle DR A connection where hydraulic pressure can be measured
Digital Multimeter DMM An electrical multi-functional measuring device
Direct Current DC Electrical current flowing in one direction only
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst DOC Portion of the exhaust filter
Diesel Particulate Filter DPF Portion of the exhaust filter
Electro-Hydraulic EH Hydraulic valve function that is controlled electrically
Electronic device used to house various computerized system functions (CCU,
Electro-Hydraulic Control Unit EHC HCU, and PTR)
Electronic Components Relay ELX Relay powering most of the electronic components
Engagement Override Valve EOV Abbreviation
Electronic device used to house computerized system that controls engine
Engine Control Unit ECU functions
Communicates between ECU, display and exhaust filter cleaning mode
Engine Interface Control EIC selector switch
Excess Flow (SCV/Hitch Flow) EF Abbreviation
Excess Flow Load Sense
(SCV/Hitch Flow) EFL Abbreviation
Fixed Open Operator Station FOOS Abbreviation
Forward FWD Direction of movement
Forward-Neutral-Reverse FNR Abbreviation
Gallons per Minute gpm Amount of fluid displaced over a period of one minute
Ground Drive Power Take-Off GD PTO Abbreviation
Heating, Ventilating and Air
Conditioning HVAC Abbreviation
High-Intensity Discharge Light HID Abbreviation
High Pressure Common Rail HPCR Abbreviation
Hitch Control Unit HCU Computerized system used to control hitch functions
Housing Hsg Abbreviation
Hydraulic Trailer Brake HTB Abbreviation
Ignition IGN Control for starting and stopping the tractor
Inside Diameter ID Abbreviation
Instrument Cluster Control Unit ICC Computerized system used to control instrument cluster functions
Isolated Open Operator Station IOOS Abbreviation
International Standards
Organization ISO Standards organization
Joint Industry Council Organization JIC Standards organization
Left-Hand LH or L-H Abbreviation
Liquid Crystal Display LCD A technology used for displaying information
Manifold Air Pressure MAP Air Pressure measured at engine air intake

Continued on next page JR13030,0000050 -19-31JAN12-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-10-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=38
 General Specifications

ITEM ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION

Mechanical Mech or MECH Abbreviation
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive MFWD A mechanically powered front axle
Negative Neg (—) Electrical Ground Circuit
Number No. Abbreviation
O-Ring Face Seal ORFS or ORS A type of seal used in hydraulic connections
Outside Diameter OD Abbreviation
Open Operator Station OOS Abbreviation
Performance Monitor Perf Mon or PrF Abbreviation
Positive Pos (+) Charged part of an electrical circuit
Potentiometer POT A device used to vary electrical voltage
16 forward and 16 reverse mechanically shifted transmission; 4-speed
gearbox, 4-speed range box, and 2 directional clutch pack option box with
PowrReverser™ PR electro-hydraulic shuttle shift = 16x16 PR
16 forward and 16 reverse mechanically shifted transmission; 4-speed gearbox,
4-speed range box, 1 directional clutch pack and 2-speed clutch pack option
PowrReverser™ Plus PR Plus box with electro-hydraulic shuttle shift = 32x16 High and Low PR
Power Take-Off PTO Abbreviation
PowerTech™ E PTE Electronically controlled fuel injection
Power Train Reverser PTR Computerized system used to control power reverse transmission functions
Pressure Control Valve PCV Valve used to control pressure within a system
Pressure Regulating Valve PRV A device used to regulate pressure in a system
Product Identification Number PIN Serial number relating to tractor identification
Pulse-Width-Modulation PWM Method of controlling electrical signals
Reverse Rev Direction of movement
Revolutions per Minute rpm Abbreviation
Right-Hand RH or R-H Abbreviation
Rockshaft RS Abbreviation
Roll-Over Protective Structure ROPS Abbreviation
Selective Control Valve SCV Device used to control remote hydraulic functions
Slow Moving Vehicle SMV Warning sign on the rear of the tractor
Society of Automotive Engineers SAE Engineering Standards Organization
Specification Spec Abbreviation
Switch SW Abbreviation
16 forward and 16 reverse mechanically shifted transmission; 4-speed
gearbox, 4-speed range box, and 2 directional clutch pack option box with
SyncReverser™ SR electro-hydraulic shuttle shift = 16x16 SR
12 forward and 4 reverse mechanically shifted transmission; 3-speed forward
and 1-speed reverse gearbox, and 4-speed range box, with mechanically
SyncShuttle™ Plus SS synchronized reverse shuttle shift = 12x4 SS
Tachometer Tach Abbreviation
Tail Light TL Abbreviation
Temperature Temp Abbreviation
Three-Point Hitch 3PT Abbreviation
Transmission Trans Abbreviation
Transient Voltage Protection TVP An electrical device used to protect a circuit from voltage surge
Voltage (Volts) V Abbreviation
Voltage Detector V Det Abbreviation
Warning Lamp WL Abbreviation
Without W/O Abbreviation
Wide-Open Throttle WOT Full throttle
Two Wheel Drive 2WD Vehicle where only one pair of wheels is powered
JR13030,0000050 -19-31JAN12-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-10-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=39
 General Specifications

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-10-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=40
 Group 15
Fuel and Lubricants
Diesel Fuel

Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the

Sulfur Content for Tier 3 and Stage III A Engines
diesel fuel available in your area.
In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low • Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 1000
temperature requirements of the geographical area in mg/kg (1000 ppm) is RECOMMENDED.
which they are marketed. • Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 1000—2000 mg/kg
(1000—2000 ppm) REDUCES the oil and filter change
Diesel fuels specified to EN 590 or ASTM D975 are interval.
recommended. Renewable diesel fuel produced by
hydrotreating animal fats and vegetable oils is basically • BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greater
identical to petroleum diesel fuel. Renewable diesel that than 2000 mg/kg (2000 ppm), contact your John Deere
meets EN 590 or ASTM D975 is acceptable for use at all dealer.
percentage mixture levels. Sulfur Content for Tier 2 and Stage II Engines
Required Fuel Properties • Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 2000
In all cases, the fuel shall meet the following properties: mg/kg (2000 ppm) is RECOMMENDED.
• Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content 2000—5000 mg/kg
Cetane number of 43 minimum. Cetane number greater (2000—5000 ppm) REDUCES the oil and filter change
than 47 is preferred, especially for temperatures below interval.
–20 °C (–4 °F) or elevations above 1500 m (5000 ft.). • BEFORE using diesel fuel with sulfur content greater
than 5000 mg/kg (5000 ppm), contact your John Deere
Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) should be at least 5 dealer.
°C (9 °F) below the expected lowest temperature or Cloud
Point below the expected lowest ambient temperature. Sulfur Content for Other Engines
Fuel lubricity should pass a maximum scar diameter of • Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content less than 5000
0.52 mm as measured by ASTM D6079 or ISO 12156-1. mg/kg (5000 ppm) is RECOMMENDED.
A maximum scar diameter of 0.45 mm is preferred. • Use of diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 5000
mg/kg (5000 ppm) REDUCES the oil and filter change
Diesel fuel quality and sulfur content must comply with
interval.
all existing emissions regulations for the area in which
the engine operates. DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur IMPORTANT: Do not mix used diesel engine oil or any
content greater than 10000 mg/kg (10000 ppm). other type of lubricating oil with diesel fuel.
Sulfur content for Interim Tier 4, Final Tier 4, Improper fuel additive usage may cause damage
Stage III B, and Stage IV Engines on fuel injection equipment of diesel engines.
• Use ONLY ultra low sulfur diesel (ULSD) fuel with a
maximum of 15 mg/kg (15 ppm) sulfur content.
DX,FUEL1 -19-17JUN13-1/1

Handling and Storing Diesel Fuel

CAUTION: Reduce the risk of fire. Handle fuel When using BioDiesel fuel, the fuel filter may require more
carefully. DO NOT fill the fuel tank when engine frequent replacement due to premature plugging.
is running. DO NOT smoke while you fill the
Check engine oil level daily prior to starting engine. A
fuel tank or service the fuel system.
rising oil level may indicate fuel dilution of the engine oil.
Fill the fuel tank at the end of each day's operation to IMPORTANT: The fuel tank is vented through the
prevent water condensation and freezing during cold filler cap. If a new filler cap is required, always
weather. replace it with an original vented cap.
Keep all storage tanks as full as practicable to minimize
When fuel is stored for an extended period or if there is a
condensation.
slow turnover of fuel, add a fuel conditioner to stabilize the
Ensure that all fuel tank caps and covers are installed fuel and prevent water condensation. Contact your fuel
properly to prevent moisture from entering. Monitor water supplier or John Deere dealer for recommendations.
content of the fuel regularly.
DX,FUEL4 -19-15FEB13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=41
 Fuel and Lubricants

Lubricity of Diesel Fuel

Most diesel fuels manufactured in the United States, If fuel of low or unknown lubricity is used, add John Deere
Canada, and the European Union have adequate lubricity Fuel-Protect Diesel Fuel Conditioner (or equivalent) at
to ensure proper operation and durability of fuel injection the specified concentration.
system components. However, diesel fuels manufactured
in some areas of the world may lack the necessary lubricity. Lubricity of Biodiesel Fuel
IMPORTANT: Make sure the diesel fuel used Fuel lubricity can improve significantly with biodiesel
in your machine demonstrates good blends up to B20 (20% biodiesel). Further increase in
lubricity characteristics. lubricity is limited for biodiesel blends greater than B20.

Fuel lubricity should pass a maximum scar diameter of

0.45 mm as measured by ASTM D6079 or ISO 12156-1.
DX,FUEL5 -19-14APR11-1/1

Testing Diesel Fuel operations, bacteria, cloud point, acid number, particulate
contamination, and whether the fuel meets specification.
A fuel analysis program can help to monitor the quality
of diesel fuel. The fuel analysis can provide critical Contact your John Deere dealer for more information on
data such as cetane number, fuel type, sulfur content, diesel fuel analysis.
water content, appearance, suitability for cold weather
DX,FUEL6 -19-14APR11-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=42
 Fuel and Lubricants

BioDiesel Fuel

BioDiesel fuel is comprised of mono-alkyl esters of long

BioDiesel Use Requirements and Recommendations
chain fatty acids derived from vegetable oils or animal
fats. BioDiesel blends are BioDiesel mixed with petroleum The petroleum diesel portion of all BioDiesel blends must
diesel fuel on a volume basis. meet the requirements of ASTM D975 (US) or EN 590
Before using fuel containing BioDiesel, review the (EU) commercial standard.
BioDiesel Use Requirements and Recommendations in BioDiesel users in the U.S. are strongly encouraged to
this Operator’s Manual. purchase BioDiesel blends from a BQ-9000 Certified
Environmental laws and regulations can encourage or Marketer and sourced from a BQ-9000 Accredited
prohibit the use of biofuels. Operators should consult Producer (as certified by the National BioDiesel Board).
with appropriate governmental authorities prior to using Certified Marketers and Accredited Producers can be
biofuels. found at the following website: http://www.bq9000.org.
BioDiesel contains residual ash. Ash levels exceeding the
All John Deere Engines with Exhaust Filter
maximums allowed in either ASTM D6751 or EN14214
(Released 2011 and After)
can result in more rapid ash loading and require more
While 5% blends (B5) are preferred, BioDiesel frequent cleaning of the Exhaust Filter (if present).
concentrations up to a 20% blend (B20) in petroleum The fuel filter can require more frequent replacement,
diesel fuel can be used. BioDiesel blends up to B20 when using BioDiesel fuel, particularly if switching from
can be used ONLY if the BioDiesel (100% BioDiesel or diesel. Check engine oil level daily prior to starting engine.
B100) meets ASTM D6751, EN 14214, or equivalent A rising oil level can indicate fuel dilution of the engine oil.
specification. Expect a 2% reduction in power and a 3% BioDiesel blends up to B20 must be used within 90 days
reduction in fuel economy when using B20. of the date of BioDiesel manufacture. BioDiesel blends
BioDiesel concentrations above B20 can harm the above B20 must be used within 45 days from the date
engine’s emission control systems and should not be of BioDiesel manufacture.
used. Risks include, but are not limited to, more frequent When using BioDiesel blends up to B20, the following
stationary regeneration, soot accumulation, and increased must be considered:
intervals for ash removal.
John Deere approved fuel conditioners, which contain
• Cold-weather flow degradation
detergent and dispersant additives, are required when
• Stability and storage issues (moisture absorption,
microbial growth)
using BioDiesel blends from B10—B20, and are
recommended when using lower BioDiesel blends.
• Possible filter restriction and plugging (usually a problem
when first switching to BioDiesel on used engines)
All John Deere Engines Excluding Exhaust Filter • Possible fuel leakage through seals and hoses
(Primarily Released Prior to 2012) (primarily an issue with older engines)
• Possible reduction of service life of engine components
While 5% blends (B5) are preferred, BioDiesel
concentrations up to a 20% blend (B20) in petroleum Request a certificate of analysis from your fuel distributor
diesel fuel can be used. BioDiesel blends up to B20 to ensure that the fuel is compliant with the specifications
can be used ONLY if the BioDiesel (100% BioDiesel or provided in this Operator’s Manual.
B100) meets ASTM D6751, EN 14214, or equivalent Consult your John Deere dealer for approved fuel
specification. Expect a 2% reduction in power and a 3% conditioners to improve storage and performance with
reduction in fuel economy when using B20. BioDiesel fuels.
These John Deere engines can operate on BioDiesel The following must also be considered if using BioDiesel
blends above B20 (up to 100% BioDiesel). Operate at blends above B20:
levels above B20 ONLY if the BioDiesel is permitted
by law and meets the EN 14214 specification (primarily • Possible coking or blocked injector nozzles, resulting in
available in Europe). Engines operating on BioDiesel power loss and engine misfire if John Deere approved
blends above B20 might not fully comply with or be fuel conditioners are not used
permitted by all applicable emissions regulations. Expect • Possible crankcase oil dilution (requiring more frequent
up to a 12% reduction in power and an 18% reduction in oil changes)
fuel economy when using 100% BioDiesel. • Possible lacquering or seizure of internal components
• Possible formation of sludge and sediments
John Deere approved fuel conditioners, which contain • Possible thermal oxidation of fuel at elevated
detergent and dispersant additives, are required when temperatures
using BioDiesel blends from B10—B20, and are • Possible compatibility issues with other materials
recommended when using lower BioDiesel blends. (including copper, lead, zinc, tin, brass, and bronze)
used in fuel handling equipment
Continued on next page DX,FUEL7 -19-15MAY13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=43
 Fuel and Lubricants

• Possible reduction in water separator efficiency ash loading and require more frequent cleaning of the
• Possible damage to paint if exposed to BioDiesel Exhaust Filter (if present)
• Possible corrosion of fuel injection equipment IMPORTANT: Raw pressed vegetable oils are
• Possible elastomeric seal and gasket material NOT acceptable for use as fuel in any
degradation (primarily an issue with older engines)
concentration in John Deere engines. Their
• Possible high acid levels within fuel system
use could cause engine failure.
• Because BioDiesel blends above B20 contain more
ash, using blends above B20 can result in more rapid
DX,FUEL7 -19-15MAY13-2/2

Do Not Use Galvanized Containers

IMPORTANT: Diesel fuel stored in galvanized Store fuel in:

containers reacts with zinc coating on the
container to form zinc flakes. If fuel contains • plastic containers.
water, a zinc gel will also form. The gel and • aluminum containers.
flakes will quickly plug fuel filters and damage • specially coated steel containers made for diesel fuel.
fuel injectors and fuel pumps.
DO NOT use brass-coated containers: brass is an alloy of
DO NOT use a galvanized container to store diesel fuel. copper and zinc.
OUO1023,000314F -19-14NOV11-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=44
 Fuel and Lubricants

Fill Fuel Tank

CAUTION: Handle fuel with care: It is highly
flammable. DO NOT refuel the machine while
smoking or when near open flame or sparks.
Always stop engine before refueling machine.

TS202 —UN—23AUG88
Fill fuel tank outdoors.
Prevent fires by keeping machine clean
of accumulated trash, grease and debris.
Always clean up spilled fuel.

Fill fuel tank at end of each day's operation. This prevents

condensation in tank as moist air cools.
Specification
Cab—Capacity.................................................................. 115 L (30 gal.)
Open Operator
Station—Capacity................................................................ 96 L (25 gal.)

NOTE: To reduce fuel gelling and control wax separation

during cold weather, John Deere Fuel Flow
Improver, or equivalent, may be added to
fuel or bulk storage tank.

LV16364 —UN—29NOV12
A—Fuel Cap

Non-Vented Fuel Cap; Cab

LV16365 —UN—29NOV12

Vented Fuel Cap; OOS

SW03989,0001D65 -19-25SEP13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=45
 Fuel and Lubricants

Diesel Engine Break-In Oil — Non-Emissions Certified and Certified Tier 1, Tier 2, Tier
3, Stage I, Stage II, and Stage III
New engines are filled at the factory with either John • API Service Classification CC
Deere Break-In™ or John Deere Break-In Plus™ • ACEA Oil Sequence E2
Engine Oil. During the break-in period, add John Deere • ACEA Oil Sequence E1
Break-In™ or Break-In Plus™ Engine Oil, respectively, as
needed to maintain the specified oil level. IMPORTANT: Do not use Plus-50™ II, Plus-50™, or
engine oils meeting any of the following for the
Operate the engine under various conditions, particularly initial break-in of a new or rebuilt engine:
heavy loads with minimal idling, to help seat engine API CJ-4 ACEA E9
components properly.
API CI-4 PLUS ACEA E7
If John Deere Break-In™ Engine Oil is used during the API CI-4 ACEA E6
initial operation of a new or rebuilt engine, change the oil API CH-4 ACEA E5
and filter at a maximum of 100 hours.
API CG-4 ACEA E4
If John Deere Break-In Plus™ Engine Oil is used, change API CF-4 ACEA E3
the oil and filter at a minimum of 100 hours and a API CF-2
maximum equal to the interval specified for John Deere API CF
Plus-50™ II or Plus-50™ oil.
After engine overhaul, fill the engine with either John These oils do not allow the engine to
Deere Break-In™ or Break-In Plus™ Engine Oil. break in properly.

If John Deere Break-In™ or Break-In Plus™ Engine Oil is John Deere Break-In Plus™ Engine Oil can be used for
not available, use an SAE 10W-30 viscosity grade diesel all John Deere diesel engines at all emission certification
engine oil meeting one of the following and change the oil levels.
and filter at a maximum of 100 hours of operation:
After the break-in period, use John Deere Plus-50™
• API Service Classification CE II, John Deere Plus-50™, or other diesel engine oil as
• API Service Classification CD recommended in this manual.
Break-In is a trademark of Deere & Company.
Break-In Plus is a trademark of Deere & Company
Plus-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company.
DX,ENOIL4 -19-15MAY13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=46
 Fuel and Lubricants

Diesel Engine Oil — Interim Tier 4, Final Tier 4, Stage IIIB, and Stage IV

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature

range during the period between oil changes. 50 o C 122o F

John Deere Plus-50™ II is the recommended 40 o C 104o F

engine oil.
30 o C 86 o F
Extended service intervals may apply when John Deere

SAE 15W-40
Plus-50™ II engine oil is used. Refer to the engine oil

SAE 10W-40
20 o C 68 o F
drain interval table and consult your John Deere dealer

SAE 10W-30
for more information.

SAE 0W-40
SAE 5W-30
10 o C 50 o F
If John Deere Plus-50™ II engine oil is not available,
engine oil meeting one or more of the following may be 0o C 32 o F
used:
-10 o C 14 o F
• API Service Category CJ-4
• ACEA Oil Sequence E9 -20 o C -4 o F
• ACEA Oil Sequence E6

TS1691 —UN—18JUL07
DO NOT use engine oil containing more than 1.0% -30 o C -22 o F
sulfated ash, 0.12% phosphorus, or 0.4% sulfur.
-40 o C -40 o F
Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.
Diesel fuel quality and fuel sulfur content must comply
Oil Viscosities for Air Temperature Ranges
with all existing emissions regulations for the area in
which the engine operates.
IMPORTANT: Use only ultra low sulfur diesel
(ULSD) fuel with a maximum sulfur content
of 15 mg/kg (15 ppm).
Plus-50 is a trademark of Deere & Company
DX,ENOIL14 -19-15JUN10-1/1

Oil Filters Use filters meeting John Deere performance

Filtration of oils is critical to proper operation and specifications.
lubrication.
Always change filters regularly as specified in this manual.
DX,FILT -19-18MAR96-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=47
 Fuel and Lubricants

Diesel Engine Coolant (engine with wet sleeve cylinder liners)

Preferred Coolants • Coolant concentrate meeting ASTM D6210

requirements in a 40—60% mixture of concentrate with
The following pre-mix engine coolants are preferred: quality water
• John Deere COOL-GARD™II If coolant meeting one of these specifications is
• John Deere COOL-GARD II PG unavailable, use a coolant concentrate or pre-mix coolant
COOL-GARD II pre-mix coolant is available in several that has a minimum of the following chemical and physical
concentrations with different freeze protection limits as properties:
shown in the following table. • Provides cylinder liner cavitation protection according to
COOL-GARD II pre-mix Freeze Protection Limit either the John Deere Cavitation Test Method or a fleet
COOL-GARD II 20/80 -9 °C (16 °F) study run at or above 60% load capacity
COOL-GARD II 30/70 -16 °C (3 °F)
• Is formulated with a nitrite-free additive package
COOL-GARD II 50/50 -37 °C (-34 °F)
• Protects the cooling system metals (cast iron, aluminum
alloys, and copper alloys such as brass) from corrosion
COOL-GARD II 55/45 -45 °C (-49 °F)
COOL-GARD II PG 60/40 -49 °C (-56 °F) Water Quality
COOL-GARD II 60/40 -52 °C (-62 °F) Water quality is important to the performance of the
cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized
Not all COOL-GARD II pre-mix products are available in water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol and
all countries. propylene glycol base engine coolant concentrate.
Use COOL-GARD II PG when a non-toxic coolant Coolant Drain Intervals
formulation is required.
Drain and flush the cooling system and refill with fresh
Additional Recommended Coolants coolant at the indicated interval, which varies with the
The following engine coolant is also recommended: coolant used.

• John Deere COOL-GARD II Concentrate in a 40—60% When COOL-GARD II or COOL-GARD II PG is used, the
mixture of concentrate with quality water. drain interval is 6 years or 6000 hours of operation.

IMPORTANT: When mixing coolant concentrate with If a coolant other than COOL-GARD II or COOL-GARD II
water, do not use less than 40% or greater PG is used, reduce the drain interval to 2 years or 2000
than 60% concentration of coolant. Less than hours of operation.
40% gives inadequate additives for corrosion IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealing
protection. Greater than 60% can result in additives or antifreeze that contains
coolant gelation and cooling system problems. sealing additives.
Other Coolants Do not mix ethylene glycol and propylene
glycol base coolants.
Other ethylene glycol or propylene glycol base coolants
may be used if they meet the following specification: Do not use coolants that contain nitrites.

• Pre-mix coolant meeting ASTM D6210 requirements

COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
DX,COOL3 -19-15MAY13-1/1

Operating in Warm Temperature Climates

John Deere engines are designed to operate using Foaming, hot surface aluminum and iron
recommended engine coolants. corrosion, scaling, and cavitation occur when
Always use a recommended engine coolant, even when water is used as the coolant, even when
operating in geographical areas where freeze protection coolant conditioners are added.
is not required. Drain cooling system and refill with
IMPORTANT: Water may be used as coolant in recommended engine coolant as soon
emergency situations only. as possible.
DX,COOL6 -19-15MAY13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=48
 Fuel and Lubricants

Testing Diesel Engine Coolant

Maintaining adequate concentrations of glycol and

inhibiting additives in the coolant is critical to protect the Add only the recommended concentration of John Deere
engine and cooling system against freezing, corrosion, COOL-GARD II Coolant Extender. DO NOT add more
and cylinder liner erosion and pitting. than the recommended amount.

Test the coolant solution at intervals of 12 months or less When Using Nitrite-Containing Coolants
and whenever excessive coolant is lost through leaks or Compare the test strip results to the supplemental coolant
overheating. additive (SCA) chart to determine the amount of inhibiting
Coolant Test Strips additives in your coolant and whether more John Deere
Liquid Coolant Conditioner should be added.
Coolant test strips are available from your John Deere
dealer. These test strips provide a simple, effective Add only the recommended concentration of John Deere
method to check the freeze point and additive levels of Liquid Coolant Conditioner. DO NOT add more than the
your engine coolant. recommended amount.

When Using John Deere COOL-GARD II Coolant Analysis

John Deere COOL-GARD II Premix™ , COOL-GARD For a more thorough evaluation of your coolant, perform a
II PG Premix and COOL-GARD II Concentrate are coolant analysis. The coolant analysis can provide critical
maintenance free coolants for up to six years or 6000 data such as freezing point, antifreeze level, pH, alkalinity,
hours of operation, provided that the cooling system is nitrite content (cavitation control additive), molybdate
topped off using only John Deere COOL-GARD II Premix content (rust inhibitor additive), silicate content, corrosion
or COOL-GARD II PG premix. Test the coolant condition metals, and visual assessment.
annually with coolant test strips designed for use with Contact your John Deere dealer for more information on
John Deere COOL-GARD II coolants. If the test strip coolant analysis.
chart indicates that additive is required, add John Deere
COOL-GARD II Coolant Extender as directed.
COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
DX,COOL9 -19-11APR11-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=49
 Fuel and Lubricants

Transmission and Hydraulic Oil

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature
range during the period between oil changes.
The following oils are preferred:
• John Deere HY-GARD™
• John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD™
Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following:
• John Deere Standard JDM J20C
• John Deere Standard JDM J20D
Use John Deere BIO-HY-GARD™ oil when a
biodegradable fluid is required.1

TS1660 —UN—10OCT97
HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
BIO-HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
1
BIO-HY-GARD meets or exceeds the minimum biodegradability of 80%
within 21 days according to CEC-L-33-T-82 test method. BIO-HY-GARD
should not be mixed with mineral oils, because this reduces the
biodegradability and makes proper oil recycling impossible.
DX,ANTI -19-07NOV03-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=50
 Fuel and Lubricants

Additional Information About Diesel Engine Coolants and John Deere LIQUID COOLANT
CONDITIONER
Engine coolants are a combination of three chemical
Avoid Automotive-type Coolants
components: ethylene glycol or propylene glycol
antifreeze, inhibiting coolant additives, and quality water. Never use automotive-type coolants (such as those
meeting ASTM D3306). These coolants do not contain
Coolant Specifications
the correct additives to protect heavy-duty diesel engines.
Some products, including John Deere COOL-GARD™ They often contain a high concentration of silicates and
Premix coolant, are fully formulated coolants that contain may damage the engine or cooling system. Do not treat
all three components in their correct concentrations. Do an automotive engine coolant with a supplemental coolant
not add an initial charge of supplemental coolant additives additive because the high concentration of additives can
or water to John Deere COOL-GARD Premix. result in additive fallout.

John Deere COOL-GARD Concentrate contains both Water Quality

ethylene glycol and inhibiting coolant additives. Mix
COOL-GARD Concentrate with quality water, but do not Water quality is important to the performance of the
add an initial charge of supplemental coolant additives. cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized
water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol
Replenish Coolant Additives and propylene glycol base engine coolant concentrate.
All water used in the cooling system should meet the
Some coolant additives will gradually deplete during following minimum specifications for quality:
engine operation. Periodic replenishment of inhibitors is
Chlorides <40 mg/L
required, even when John Deere COOL-GARD Premix,
COOL-GARD Concentrate, or COOL-GARD PG Premix is Sulfates <100 mg/L
used. Follow the recommendations in this manual for the Total dissolved solids <340 mg/L
use of supplemental coolant additives. Total hardness <170 mg/L
pH 5.5 to 9.0
Why use John Deere LIQUID COOLANT
CONDITIONER?
Freeze Protection
Operating without proper coolant additives will result in
increased corrosion, cylinder liner erosion and pitting, and The relative concentrations of glycol and water in the
other damage to the engine and cooling system. A simple engine coolant determine its freeze protection limit.
mixture of ethylene glycol or propylene glycol and water Ethylene Glycol Freeze Protection Limit
will not give adequate protection. 40% -24°C (-12°F)
John Deere LIQUID COOLANT CONDITIONER is an 50% -37°C (-34°F)
additive system designed to reduce corrosion, erosion, 60% -52°C (-62°F)
and pitting when used with nitrite-containing diesel engine Propylene Glycol Freeze Protection Limit
coolants such as John Deere COOL-GARD Premix, 40% -21°C (-6°F)
COOL-GARD Concentrate, and COOL-GARD PG Premix.
50% -33°C (-27°F)
Maintaining John Deere COOL-GARD coolants with
60% -49°C (-56°F)
John Deere LIQUID COOLANT CONDITIONER provides
optimum protection for up to 5 years or 5000 hours of
operation. DO NOT use a coolant-water mixture greater than 60%
ethylene glycol or 60% propylene glycol.
COOL-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
DX,COOL7 -19-03NOV08-1/1

Use Correct Transmission/Hydraulic Filter

Element
To protect systems, replace transmission-hydraulic oil
filter with a John Deere service filter element.
OUO1023,000315E -19-14NOV11-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=51
 Fuel and Lubricants

MFWD Axle Housing and Wheel Hub Oil

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature
range during the period between oil changes.
The following oils are preferred:
• John Deere HY-GARD™
• John Deere Low Viscosity HY-GARD™
Other oils may be used if they meet one of the following:
• John Deere Standard JDM J20C
• John Deere Standard JDM J20D
Use John Deere BIO-HY-GARD™ oil when a
biodegradable fluid is required.1

TS1651 —UN—14MAR96
HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
BIO-HY-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
1
BIO-HY-GARD meets or exceeds the minimum biodegradability of 80%
within 21 days according to CEC-L-33-T-82 test method. BIO-HY-GARD
should not be mixed with mineral oils, because this reduces the
biodegradability and makes proper oil recycling impossible.
OUO1023,000315F -19-14NOV11-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=52
 Fuel and Lubricants

Grease
Use grease based on NLGI consistency numbers and the
expected air temperature range during the service interval.
John Deere SD Polyurea Grease is preferred.
The following greases are also recommended:
• John Deere HD Lithium Complex Grease
• John Deere HD Water Resistant Grease
• John DeereGREASE-GARD™
Other greases may be used if they meet the following:
• NLGI Performance Classification GC-LB
IMPORTANT: Some types of grease thickeners are not

TS1673 —UN—31OCT03
compatible with others. Consult your grease
supplier before mixing different types of grease.

Greases for Air Temperature Ranges

GREASE-GARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

DX,GREA1 -19-14APR11-1/1

Mixing of Lubricants
In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of oil.
Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain specific
Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to meet
information and recommendations.
certain specifications and performance requirements.
Mixing different oils can interfere with the proper
functioning of these additives and degrade lubricant
performance.
DX,LUBMIX -19-18MAR96-1/1

Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants

Conditions in certain geographical areas may require
lubricant recommendations different from those printed in Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the
this manual. performance requirements as shown in this manual.

Some John Deere brand coolants and lubricants may not The temperature limits and service intervals shown in
be available in your location. this manual apply to both conventional and synthetic
lubricants.
Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain information and
recommendations. Re-refined base stock products may be used if the
finished lubricant meets the performance requirements.
DX,ALTER -19-11APR11-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=53
 Fuel and Lubricants

Lubricant Storage

Your equipment can operate at top efficiency only when

clean lubricants are used. Make certain that all containers are properly marked to
identify their contents.
Use clean containers to handle all lubricants.
Properly dispose of all old containers and any residual
Store lubricants and containers in an area protected from lubricant they may contain.
dust, moisture, and other contamination. Store containers
on their side to avoid water and dirt accumulation.
DX,LUBST -19-11APR11-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-15-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=54
 Group 20
Serial Number Locations
Serial Numbers The location of component serial number plates are
When working on machines or components that are shown below.
covered by warranty, it is IMPORTANT that you include
the machine's Product Identification Number and the
component serial number on the warranty claim form.
OUO1023,0003164 -19-14NOV11-1/1

Product Identification Number

Identification number plate is located on right front support
member of the tractor.

LV14646 —UN—12AUG11
OUO1023,0003383 -19-23JAN12-1/1

Engine Serial Number

Serial number plate is located on right side of engine
block, behind OCV filter bracket.

LV14644 —UN—12AUG11

OUO1023,0003384 -19-23JAN12-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-20-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=55
 Serial Number Locations

Alternator Identification Number Location

The alternator identification number is located at the rear
of the housing.

A—Alternator Identification

PULV000910 —UN—11JUL08
Number

OUO1023,0003168 -19-14NOV11-1/1

Power Steering Valve Serial Number Location

The power steering valve serial number plate (A) is
located on the bottom of the valve.

A—Power Steering Valve Serial

Number Plate

LV10259 —UN—09SEP04
OUO1023,0003169 -19-14NOV11-1/1

Starter Serial Number Location

Starter serial number plate (A) is located on the side of the
starter housing.

A—Starter Serial Number Plate

PULV000905 —UN—07JUL08

OUO1023,000316A -19-14NOV11-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-20-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=56
 Serial Number Locations

Transmission Serial Number

Serial number is stamped on top left side of front housing.

LV15796 —UN—23MAY12
Transmission Serial Number
OUO1023,0003836 -19-15FEB13-1/1

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Serial

Number Location
The MFWD serial number plate (A) is located on the rear
left side of the axle housing.

PULV000909 —UN—07JUL08
A—MFWD Serial Number Plate

OUO1023,000316E -19-14NOV11-1/1

Air Conditioner Compressor Serial Number

Location
The air conditioner compressor serial number plate (A) is
located on the rear of the housing.
PULV000907 —UN—07JUL08

A—Air Conditioning
Compressor Serial Number
Plate

OUO1023,000316F -19-14NOV11-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-20-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=57
 Serial Number Locations

Cab Serial Number

Serial number label is located on inside of rear left post.

PULV000137 —UN—22OCT07
OUO1023,0003386 -19-23JAN12-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 10-20-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=58
 Section 20
Engine
Contents

Page

Group 05—Engine
Service Equipment and Tools ........................ 20-05-1
Specifications ................................................ 20-05-1
Other Material................................................ 20-05-1
John Deere Engine Repair—Use
Component Technical Manual ................... 20-05-2
Remove Engine ............................................. 20-05-3
Install Engine ................................................. 20-05-9

Group 10—Cooling System

Engine Water Pump Repair—Use
Component Technical Manual ................... 20-10-1
Drain Coolant................................................. 20-10-1
Remove and Install Coolant
Recovery Tank........................................... 20-10-2
Remove and Inspect Radiator ....................... 20-10-3
Install Radiator............................................... 20-10-7
Remove and Install Thermostat................... 20-10-10
Replace Belt Tensioner................................ 20-10-11
Remove and Install Viscous
Clutch ...................................................... 20-10-12

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=1
 Contents

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=2
 Group 05
Engine
Service Equipment and Tools European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in
the U.S. SERVICEGARD™ Catalog or from the

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

OUO1023,0003837 -19-25MAR13-1/5

Engine Lifting Sling................................................. JDG23 Lift engine.

OUO1023,0003837 -19-25MAR13-2/5

Lifting Bracket......................................................... JDG19 Used to remove and install engine.

OUO1023,0003837 -19-25MAR13-3/5

Lifting Bracket.......................................................JT01748 Used to remove and install engine.

OUO1023,0003837 -19-25MAR13-4/5

Flywheel Turning Tool..............................................JDE83 Used to rotate flywheel in aligning transmission

drive shaft with engine damper.
OUO1023,0003837 -19-25MAR13-5/5

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Engine Lifting Strap Cap Screw Torque 125 N·m (92 lb.-ft.)
Transmission-to-Engine M16 Torque 260 N·m (192 lb.-ft.)
Cap Screw
Transmission-to-Engine M20 Torque 430 N·m (317 lb.-ft.)
Cap Screw
Front Support-to-Engine Cap Torque 350 N·m (255 lb.-ft.)
Screw, M16
Front Support-to-Engine Cap Torque 220 N·m (165 lb.-ft.)
Screw, M14
Engine-to-Front Support Nut Torque 350 N·m (255 lb.-ft.)
OUO1023,0003838 -19-25MAR13-1/1

Other Material
Number Name Use
TY6333 (U.S.) Grease, SAE Multi-Purpose To grease both ends of the
transmission drive shaft

OUO1023,0003839 -19-18FEB13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=61
 Engine

John Deere Engine Repair—Use Component

Technical Manual
For complete repair information, use the relevant
component technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with
this machine manual.
• 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Below

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
130kW (174 hp) (Interim Tier 4/Stage III B platform)
CTM114619.

PowerTech is a trademark of Deere & Company

SW03989,0001795 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=62
 Engine

Remove Engine
1. Remove battery. (See Remove and Install Battery in
Section 40, Group 05.)
2. Remove hood. (See Remove and Install Hood in
Section 80, Group 25.)
3. Remove toolbox and fan guards.
4. Remove front weights and support, if equipped.
5. Drain coolant from engine. (See Drain Coolant in
Section 20, Group 10.)
6. Remove radiator. (See Remove and Inspect Radiator
in Section 20, Group 10.)
7. Remove exhaust pipe. (See Remove and Install
Exhaust Pipe in Section 30, Group 20.)
8. Remove MFWD drive shaft, if equipped. (See

LV16685 —UN—28FEB13
Remove, Inspect and Install MFWD Drive Shaft in
Section 50, Group 20.)
NOTE: Close all openings with caps or plugs. Tag or label
hydraulic hoses/lines to aid during installation.

9. Disconnect and remove hydraulic lines (A—G). Close

Right Side of Tractor Shown
all openings with caps or plugs.
10. Remove line-retaining clamps and hardware from
engine.

A—Brake Supply Line E—Steering Supply Line

B—Oil Cooler Supply Line F— Rockshaft Supply Line
C—Oil Cooler Return Line G—Pump Supply Line
D—Heater Line (if equipped)

LV16687 —UN—28FEB13

Right Side of Tractor Shown

Continued on next page OUO1023,000383B -19-25MAR13-1/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=63
 Engine

11. Disconnect harness connectors (A and B). Remove

harnesses from rubber grommet.

A—Harness Connector B—Harness Connector

LV16691 —UN—28FEB13
Right Side of Tractor Shown

OUO1023,000383B -19-25MAR13-2/9

12. Disconnect and remove steering lines (A). Close all

openings with caps or plugs.

A—Steering Line (2 used)

LV16692 —UN—28FEB13

Left Side of Tractor Shown

Continued on next page OUO1023,000383B -19-25MAR13-3/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=64
 Engine

13. Disconnect and remove lines (A—F). Close all

openings with caps or plugs.

A—Fuel Line D—Fuel Line

B—Fuel Hose E—Air Conditioning Line (if
C—Heater Line (if equipped) equipped)
F— Receiver-Dryer Line (if
equipped)

LV16693 —UN—28FEB13
Left Side of Tractor Shown

OUO1023,000383B -19-25MAR13-4/9

14. Disconnect wire harness (A) and move away from

engine. Cut all tie straps as necessary.
15. Disconnect and remove cables (B and C).

A—Wire Harness C—Battery Cable

B—Battery Cable

LV16696 —UN—28FEB13

Left Side of Tractor Shown

Continued on next page OUO1023,000383B -19-25MAR13-5/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=65
 Engine

16. Remove four cap screws (A) from engine control unit
(B).
17. Disconnect wiring harness connectors (C).
NOTE: Tag or label harness terminals to aid
during installation.

18. Remove aftertreatment device canister and cradle

assembly from top of the engine. See relevant
component technical manual (CTM).

LV16775 —UN—01MAR13
19. Install a floor jack under front support and mid-frame.
20. Install wooden blocks between front axle pivot stops
and front support.
21. Attach proper lifting device to engine. (See Lifting
Procedure in this section.) Remove Engine Control Unit (ECU) Cap Screws

A—Cap Screw (4 used) C—Wiring Harness Connector

B—Engine Control Unit (ECU) (Chassis)

LV16776 —UN—01MAR13
Disconnect Wiring Harness Connector (Chassis)

Continued on next page OUO1023,000383B -19-25MAR13-6/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=66
 Engine

IMPORTANT: Before removing screws (A) and

nuts (B), verify the following:
• There is no slack in the lifting device
attached to the engine.
• The front support stand and the mid-frame
support stand are in place and secured.

22. Remove cap screws (A) and nuts (B) and move the
front support (C) with front axle away from engine
using a hydraulic jack.
NOTE: Ensure that disconnected hydraulic hoses/lines do
not entangle with engine components or electrical
wiring during front support-to-engine separation.

LV16784 —UN—01MAR13
Close all openings with caps or plugs. Tag or label
hydraulic hoses/lines to aid during installation.

A—Cap Screw (4 used) C—Front Support

B—Nut (2 used)

Remove Front Frame

OUO1023,000383B -19-25MAR13-7/9

23. Remove eight cap screws (A and B) from transmission

(C).
24. Move engine away from tractor and place on a suitable
stand.
NOTE: Ensure that transmission drive shaft is released
from engine crankshaft damper and stays splined
with transmission input shaft.

25. Remove engine components and make engine repair

as necessary. See relevant component technical
manual (CTM).

A—Cap Screw, M16 (4 used) C—Transmission

B—Cap Screw, M20 (4 used)

LV16785 —UN—01MAR13

Remove Engine

Continued on next page OUO1023,000383B -19-25MAR13-8/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=67
 Engine

Lifting Procedure

CAUTION: The only recommended method

for lifting the engine is with JDG23 Engine
Lifting Sling and safety approved lifting straps
that come with engine. Use extreme caution
when lifting and NEVER permit any part of

RG20087 —UN—28FEB11
the body to be positioned under an engine
being lifted or suspended.

NOTE: If engine lifting straps are misplaced, they can

be procured through service parts.

1. Install lifting straps and tighten cap screws to the

Lifting Engine with Lifting Sling
following specifications.
Specification air compressors mounted to the engine auxiliary
Engine Lifting Strap Cap gear drive, or belt-driven components, such as
Screw—Torque........................................................... 125 N·m (92 lb.-ft.) air conditioning compressors and alternators. If
larger components, such as PTOs, transmissions,
generators, structural oil pan, or air compressors, are
IMPORTANT: Lift engine with longitudinal loading attached to other locations on the engine, the lifting
on lifting sling and lifting brackets only. straps provided with the engine are not intended for
Angular loading greatly reduces lifting this purpose. Technician is responsible for providing
capacity of sling and brackets. adequate lifting devices under these situations. See
Lift spacing on sling is adjustable. Position machine technical manual for additional information
each lifting point so that engine hangs on removing engine from machine.
level when lifted. NOTE: Use of an engine lifting sling (as shown) is the
ONLY APPROVED method for lifting engine.
2. Attach the JDG23 Engine Lifting Sling to engine lifting
straps and overhead hoist or floor crane. 3. Carefully lift engine and slowly lower to desired
Lifting straps are designed to lift the engine and location.
small accessories, such as hydraulic pumps and
OUO1023,000383B -19-25MAR13-9/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=68
 Engine

Install Engine
1. Install engine components as necessary. See relevant
component technical manual (CTM).
2. Apply multi-purpose grease TY6333 to splines on
both ends of transmission drive shaft. Use JDE83
flywheel turning tool to align transmission drive shaft
with engine damper.
3. Attach proper lifting device to engine. (See Remove
Engine in Section 20, Group 05.)
4. Position engine to transmission (C).
NOTE: Be careful not to pinch a hose, line or electrical
connection between the mating surfaces.

LV16785 —UN—01MAR13
5. Install transmission-to-engine cap screws (A and B).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Transmission-to-
Engine M16 Cap
Screw—Torque......................................................... 260 N·m (192 lb.-ft.) Install Engine
Transmission-to-
Engine M20 Cap A—Cap Screw, M16 (4 used) C—Transmission
Screw—Torque......................................................... 430 N·m (317 lb.-ft.) B—Cap Screw, M20 (4 used)

SW03989,0001D22 -19-12SEP13-1/8

6. With hydraulic jack, position front support (D) with

front axle to engine.
NOTE: Be careful not to pinch a hose, line or electrical
connection between the mating surfaces.

7. Install front support-to-engine cap screws (A and B).

Tighten to specification.
Specification
Front Support-to-Engine
Cap Screw,
M16—Torque............................................................ 350 N·m (255 lb.-ft.)
Front Support-to-Engine
Cap Screw,
M14—Torque............................................................ 220 N·m (165 lb.-ft.)
LV16793 —UN—05MAR13
8. Install nuts (C) and tighten to specification.
Specification
Engine-to-Front Support
Nut—Torque............................................................. 350 N·m (255 lb.-ft.)

9. Remove lifting device from engine.

Install Front Support
10. Remove wooden block from front axle pivot stops and
front support.
A—Cap Screw, M16 (2 used) C—Nut (2 used)
11. Remove floor jack from front support and mid-frame. B—Cap Screw, M14 (2 used) D—Front Support

12. Install aftertreatment device canister and cradle

assembly to top of engine. See relevant component
technical manual (CTM).
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D22 -19-12SEP13-2/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=69
 Engine

13. Connect wiring harness connector (C).

NOTE: Remove tag or label, if any.

14. Mount engine control unit (A) to firewall using four cap
screws (B).

A—Engine Control Unit (ECU) C—Wiring Harness Connector

B—Cap Screw (4 used) (Chassis)

LV16775 —UN—01MAR13
Install Engine Control Unit (ECU)

LV16776 —UN—01MAR13
Connect Wiring Harness Connector (Chassis)

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D22 -19-12SEP13-3/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=70
 Engine

15. For cab tractor only: Connect air conditioner

compressor wiring harness connector (A).
NOTE: Install tie straps as needed.

16. Connect battery cables (B and C).

A—Wire Harness C—Battery Cable

B—Battery Cable

LV16696 —UN—28FEB13
Left Side of Tractor Shown

SW03989,0001D22 -19-12SEP13-4/8

CAUTION: Make sure that heater inlet and outlet

hoses are connected to respective openings.

17. Route and connect lines (A—F).

A—Fuel Line D—Fuel Line

B—Fuel Hose E—Air Conditioning Line (if
C—Heater Line (if equipped) equipped)
F— Receiver-Dryer Line (if
equipped)

LV16693 —UN—28FEB13

Left Side of Tractor Shown

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D22 -19-12SEP13-5/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=71
 Engine

18. Route and connect steering lines (A).

A—Steering Line (2 used)

LV16692 —UN—28FEB13
Left Side of Tractor Shown

SW03989,0001D22 -19-12SEP13-6/8

19. Install rubber grommet over harnesses. Connect

harness connectors (A and B).

LV16691 —UN—28FEB13

Right Side of Tractor Shown

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D22 -19-12SEP13-7/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=72
 Engine

20. Route and connect hydraulic lines. Install new

line-retaining clamps and hardware to engine.
21. If equipped, install MFWD drive shaft. (See Remove,
Inspect and Install MFWD Drive Shaft in Section 50,
Group 20.)
22. Install exhaust pipe. (See Remove and Install Exhaust
Pipe in Section 30, Group 20.)
23. Install radiator. (See Remove and Inspect Radiator
in Section 20, Group 10.)
24. Fill with coolant. (See Heavy Duty Diesel Engine
Coolant in Section 10, Group 15.)
25. Install toolbox and fan guards.
26. Install hood. (See Remove and Install Hood in Section
80, Group 25.)
27. Install battery. (See Remove and Install Battery in

LV16685 —UN—28FEB13
Section 40, Group 05.)
28. Make sure all lines, hoses and electrical connectors
are tight and clear of all moving parts prior to engine
start-up.
29. Check and service engine oil as needed.
Right Side of Tractor Shown
30. Check and service hydraulic oil as needed.
31. Perform Engine Performance Testing in relevant
diagnostic technical manual.

A—Brake Supply Line E—Steering Supply Line

B—Oil Cooler Supply Line F— Rockshaft Supply Line
C—Oil Cooler Return Line G—Pump Supply Line
D—Heater Line (if equipped)

LV16687 —UN—28FEB13

Right Side of Tractor Shown

SW03989,0001D22 -19-12SEP13-8/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=73
 Engine

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-05-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=74
 Group 10
Cooling System
Engine Water Pump Repair—Use Component
Technical Manual
For complete repair information, use the relevant
component technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with
this machine manual:
• 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Below

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
130kW (174 hp) (Interim Tier 4/Stage III B platform)
CTM114619.

PowerTech is a trademark of Deere & Company

OUO1023,000387A -19-01APR13-1/1

Drain Coolant
CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from
pressurized cooling system can cause
serious burns.
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap when cool

TS281 —UN—15APR13
enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure
before removing completely.

1. Raise hood.

OUO1023,000387B -19-25MAR13-1/2

NOTE: Approximate engine coolant capacity is:

Engine Coolant Capacity
4-Cylinder 11.4 L (3.0 gal)

2. Open radiator drain valve (A) and drain coolant from

LV16202 —UN—19OCT12
radiator.
NOTE: Place suitably sized container below drain plug.

3. Close all drain valve after coolant is drained.

A—Radiator Drain Valve

Radiator Drain Valve

OUO1023,000387B -19-25MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-10-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=75
 Cooling System

Remove and Install Coolant Recovery Tank

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from

pressurized cooling system can cause
serious burns.
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only

TS281 —UN—15APR13
when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before
removing completely.

OUO1023,000387C -19-25MAR13-1/3

1. Drain coolant. (See Drain Coolant in Section 20,

Group 10.)
2. Move hose clamps (B) from pinch point and disconnect
air bleed hoses (A) from coolant recovery tank (E).
3. Move hose clamp (C) from pinch point and disconnect
overflow hose (D).
4. Remove air filter hose (F) assembly.

A—Air Bleed Hose (2 used) D—Overflow Hose

B—Hose Clamp (2 used) E—Coolant Recovery Tank

LV15113 —UN—30NOV11
C—Hose Clamp F— Air Filter Hose

Coolant Recovery Tank Lines

Continued on next page OUO1023,000387C -19-25MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-10-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=76
 Cooling System

5. Remove clamp with screw (A) on both sides of the

coolant recovery tank (D).
6. Remove two round socket head cap screws (B) from
the base of the tank.
7. Loosen hose clamp (C).
8. Remove coolant recovery tank (D).
9. Make necessary repairs.
IMPORTANT: Always use new O-rings. Damaged
or used O-rings will leak.

LV15114 —UN—30NOV11
10. Install coolant recovery tank (D) in reverse order of
removal. Replace hose clamps as needed.
11. Fill with coolant. (See Heavy Duty Diesel Engine
Coolant in Section 10, Group 15.)
Coolant Recovery Tank
A—Clamp with Screw (2 used) C—Hose Clamp
B—Round Socket Head Cap D—Coolant Recovery Tank
Screw ( 4 used)

OUO1023,000387C -19-25MAR13-3/3

Remove and Inspect Radiator

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from

pressurized cooling system can cause
serious burns.
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only

TS281 —UN—15APR13
when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before
removing completely.

NOTE: Approximate engine coolant capacity is:

Engine Coolant Capacity
4 Cylinder 11.4 L (3.0 gal)
5. For cab tractor: Remove air conditioning condenser.
1. Remove hood. (See Remove and Install Hood in (See Remove, Inspect, and Install Air Conditioning
Section 30, group 15.) Condenser in Section 90, Group 30.)
2. Drain coolant. (See Drain Coolant in Section 20, 6. Remove hydraulic oil cooler. (See Remove, Inspect
Group 10.) and Install Hydraulic Oil Cooler in Section 70, Group
10.)
3. Remove air cleaner. (See Remove and Install Air
Cleaner—Axial Type in Section 30, Group 15.)
4. Remove fuel cooler, if equipped. (See Remove,
Inspect and Install Fuel Cooler in Section 30, Group
05.)
Continued on next page OUO1023,000387D -19-25MAR13-1/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-10-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=77
 Cooling System

7. Remove Charge Air Cooler (CAC) return and supply

tubes (A and B).

A—Charge Air Cooler (CAC) B—Charge Air Cooler (CAC)

Return Tubes Supply Tubes

LV15152 —UN—01DEC11
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Tubes

OUO1023,000387D -19-25MAR13-2/8

8. Remove cap screws (B and C). Remove left fan guard

(A).

A—Left Fan Guard C—Cap Screw

B—Cap Screw

LV15143 —UN—01DEC11
Engine Left Fan Guard

Continued on next page OUO1023,000387D -19-25MAR13-3/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-10-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=78
 Cooling System

9. Remove cap screws (B and D).

10. Remove nut (A) from alternator mounting bolt.
Remove right fan guard (C).

A—Nut C—Right Fan Guard

B—Cap Screw D—Cap Screw

LV15198 —UN—08DEC11
Engine Right Fan Guard

OUO1023,000387D -19-25MAR13-4/8

11. Remove cap screw (A) along with line clamp (B).
12. Remove cap screw and nut (D) from both sides of air
filter mounting bracket (C).
13. Remove cap screws and washers (E) from both sides
of the air filter mounting bracket (C).
14. Lift clear air filter mounting bracket.

A—Cap Screw D—Cap Screw and Nut (2 used)

LV15164 —UN—05DEC11
B—Line Clamp E—Cap Screw and Washer (2
C—Air Filter Mounting Bracket used)
F— Cap Screw (2 used)

Air Filter Bracket

Continued on next page OUO1023,000387D -19-25MAR13-5/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-10-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=79
 Cooling System

15. Disconnect coolant recovery tank hose (B) from

radiator.
16. Remove upper (A) and lower (C) radiator hoses.

A—Upper Radiator Hose C—Lower Radiator Hose

B—Coolant Recovery Tank
Hose

LV15162 —UN—05DEC11
Radiator Hoses

OUO1023,000387D -19-25MAR13-6/8

NOTE: Move fan shroud back over fan to aid

during removal of radiator.

17. Remove cap screws (A) and separate fan shroud (B)
from radiator.

A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Fan Shroud

LV15160 —UN—05DEC11
Fan Shroud

Continued on next page OUO1023,000387D -19-25MAR13-7/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-10-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=80
 Cooling System

18. Remove bottom cap screws (A).

19. Undo the charge air cooler (CAC) clasp (if equipped)
(B) or any additional mounting hardware.
20. Remove radiator and check for debris lodged in fins.
Carefully clean radiator using compressed air or
pressure washer.
21. Inspect radiator for bent fins, cracks and damaged
seams. Repair or replace as necessary.

A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Charge Air Cooler (CAC)

LV15163 —UN—05DEC11
Clasp (if equipped)

Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Clasp

OUO1023,000387D -19-25MAR13-8/8

Install Radiator
1. Inspect all parts associated with the radiator assembly
and replace as necessary prior to installation.
2. Position radiator onto frame and install cap screws (A).
3. Attach charge air cooler (CAC) clasp (if equipped) (B)
to radiator and tighten.

A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Charge Air Cooler (CAC)

Clasp (if equipped)

LV15163 —UN—05DEC11
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) Clasp

Continued on next page OUO1023,000387E -19-25MAR13-1/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-10-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=81
 Cooling System

4. Install mounting bracket for air cleaner and charge

air cooler (CAC) (A) on top of radiator (F). Install cap
screws (D) on both sides.
5. Position charge air cooler (CAC) (E) to mounting
bracket (A). Install cap screw and nut (C) and cap
screw and washer (B) on both sides of the assembly.

A—Mounting Bracket for Air D—Cap Screw (2 used)

Cleaner and Charge Air E—Charge Air Cooler (CAC)
Cooler (CAC) F— Radiator
B—Cap Screw and Washer (2
used)

LV15183 —UN—05DEC11
C—Cap and Nut (2 used)

Radiator Components

OUO1023,000387E -19-25MAR13-2/5

6. Install and connect upper (A) and lower (B) radiator

hoses.
7. Connect coolant recovery tank hose (B) to radiator

A—Upper Radiator Hose C—Lower Radiator Hose

B—Coolant Recovery Tank
Hose

LV15162 —UN—05DEC11
Radiator Hoses

Continued on next page OUO1023,000387E -19-25MAR13-3/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-10-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=82
 Cooling System

8. Route air conditioning lines (A) through mounting

bracket for air cleaner and charge air cooler (D).
9. Install line clamp (C) and tighten with cap screw (B).

A—Air Conditioning Line (2 C—Line Clamp

used) D—Mounting Bracket for Air
B—Cap Screw Cleaner and Charge Air
Cooler

LV16203 —UN—19OCT12
Air Filter Bracket

OUO1023,000387E -19-25MAR13-4/5

10. Install fan shroud (B) using four cap screws (A). Check
fan shroud (B) for clearance around engine cooling fan.
11. Install hydraulic oil cooler. (See Remove, Inspect and
Install Hydraulic Oil Cooler in Section 70, Group 10.)
12. Install charge air cooler (CAC), if equipped. (See
Remove, Inspect and Install Charge Air Cooler (CAC)
in Section 30, Group 15.)
13. For Cab Tractor: Install air conditioning condenser.
(See Remove, Inspect, and Install Air Conditioning
Condenser in Section 90, Group 30.)

LV15160 —UN—05DEC11
14. Install fuel cooler, if equipped. (See Remove, Inspect
and Install Fuel Cooler in Section 30, Group 05.)
15. Install air cleaner. (See Remove and Install Air
Cleaner—Axial Type in Section 30, Group 15.)
16. Fill coolant. (See Heavy Duty Diesel Engine Coolant Install Fan Shroud
in Section 10, Group 15.)
17. Install hood. (See Remove and Install Hood in Section A—Cap Screw (4 used) B—Fan Shroud
80, Group 25.)
OUO1023,000387E -19-25MAR13-5/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-10-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=83
 Cooling System

Remove and Install Thermostat

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from
pressurized cooling system can cause
serious burns.
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only

TS281 —UN—15APR13
when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before
removing completely.

1. Drain coolant below level of thermostat housing.

2. Remove upper radiator hose.
3. In conjunction with this machine manual for removal
and installation of thermostat see relevant component sending unit at rear of cylinder head or plug
technical manual (CTM). (See Engine Water Pump in thermostat housing to allow air to escape
Repair—Use Component Technical Manual in this when filling system. Tighten fitting or plug
group.) when all air has been expelled.

4. Install upper radiator hose. 5. Fill radiator with proper coolant. (See Heavy Duty
Diesel Engine Coolant in Section 10, Group 15.)
IMPORTANT: Air must be expelled from cooling
system when filling. Loosen temperature
OUO1023,000387F -19-05MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-10-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=84
 Cooling System

Replace Belt Tensioner

NOTE: Pulley and spring tensioner are not serviceable.

1. Remove cap screws (C).

2. Remove nut (B) and remove right side fan guard (A).
3. Rotate belt tensioner (D) counterclockwise and
remove belt from alternator/regulator pulley.
4. Rotate belt tensioner clockwise to relaxed position.
5. Remove cap screw (E) and exchange belt tensioner.

A—Right Side Fan Guard D—Belt Tensioner

B—Nut E—Cap Screw

LV16777 —UN—06MAR13
C—Cap Screw (2 used)

Right Engine Guard

LV16842 —UN—05MAR13
Belt Tensioner Cap Screw

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003880 -19-25MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-10-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=85
 Cooling System

NOTE: See CTM also for checking belt wear and 1

spring tension check.

6. Install belt following component configuration.

7. Check belt routing before releasing tensioner. 6 7 2
8. Install right-side fan guard.

1— Alternator 5— Water Pump

3
2— Air Conditioning 6— Tensioner
Compressor (if equipped) 7— Fan Drive 5
3— Idler

LV15185 —UN—05DEC11
4— Crankshaft Pulley

Engine Belt Routing With and Without Air Conditioning

OUO1023,0003880 -19-25MAR13-2/2

Remove and Install Viscous Clutch

1. Open the hood and disconnect negative (—) terminal
(B) connector from battery negative (—) terminal.
2. Remove radiator. (See Remove and Inspect Radiator
in Section 20, Group 10.)

LV16111 —UN—24SEP12
3. See relevant component technical manual (CTM) for
viscous clutch removal and installation.
4. Connect negative (—) terminal (B) connector to
battery negative (—) terminal.

A—Positive (+) Terminal B—Negative (—) Terminal Battery

OUO1023,0003881 -19-25MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 20-10-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=86
 Section 30
Fuel, Air Intake and Exhaust Systems
Contents

Page

Group 05—Fuel System

Specifications ................................................ 30-05-1
Injection Pump, Nozzle and
Governor Repair ........................................ 30-05-1
Replace Fuel Level Sender—Cab.................. 30-05-2
Remove, Inspect and Install Fuel
Tank—Cab................................................. 30-05-3
Replace Fuel Level Sender—Open
Operator Station ...................................... 30-05-10
Remove, Inspect and Install Fuel
Tank—Open Operator Station ................. 30-05-11
Replace Fuel Filters..................................... 30-05-16
Remove and Install Fuel Primer
Pump Assembly....................................... 30-05-17
Remove, Inspect and Install Fuel
Cooler ...................................................... 30-05-17
Replace Fuel Strainer and In-Line
Check Valve............................................. 30-05-18
Inspect and Replace Fuel System
Lines—Cab.............................................. 30-05-20
Inspect and Replace Fuel System
Lines—Open Operator Station ................ 30-05-22

Group 15—Air Intake System

Specifications ................................................ 30-15-1
Other Material................................................ 30-15-1
Turbocharger Repair ..................................... 30-15-1
Remove, Inspect and Install Air
Cleaner Elements—Axial Type.................. 30-15-2
Remove and Install Air
Cleaner—Axial Type.................................. 30-15-3
Remove Turbocharger................................... 30-15-4
Install Turbocharger....................................... 30-15-5
Remove, Inspect and Install
Charge Air Cooler (CAC)........................... 30-15-5

Group 20—Air Exhaust System

Specifications ................................................ 30-20-1
Remove and Install Exhaust Pipe.................. 30-20-1
Remove and Install Aftertreatment
Device........................................................ 30-20-1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=1
 Contents

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=2
 Group 05
Fuel System
Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Fuel Tank—Cab Capacity 115 L (30 gal.)

Fuel Tank Rear Bracket Lock Torque 350 N·m (255 lb.-ft.)
Nut—Cab
Fuel Tank Front Bracket Cap Torque 80 N·m (60 lb.-ft.)
Screw—Cab
Fuel Tank—OOS Capacity 96 L (25 gal.)
Fuel Cooler—Cap Screw Torque 30 N·m (22.1 lb.-ft.)
OUO1023,0003884 -19-26MAR13-1/1

Injection Pump, Nozzle and Governor Repair

For complete repair information, use the relevant
component technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with
this machine manual.
• 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Below
130kW (174 hp) (Interim Tier 4/Stage III B Platform)

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
CTM114619.

PowerTech is a trademark of Deere & Company

OUO1023,0003885 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=89
 Fuel System

Replace Fuel Level Sender—Cab

LV16883 —UN—12MAR13

LV16884 —UN—12MAR13
Cab Access Plate Cab Access Plate Removed
1. Open hood. D
2. Disconnect negative (—) terminal of battery.
3. Remove floor mat.
4. Remove six cap screws (A) and cover plate (B). E
5. Disconnect harness connector (C).
6. Remove cap screws (D) and pull out fuel level sender
(E).
7. Install new fuel level sender in reverse order of
removal.
8. Connect negative (—) terminal of battery.

LV16885 —UN—12MAR13
9. Lower hood.

A—Cap Screw (6 used) D—Cap Screw

B—Cover Plate E—Fuel Level Sender
C—Harness Connector

Fuel Level Sender

MS30225,0000011 -19-25MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=90
 Fuel System

Remove, Inspect and Install Fuel Tank—Cab

1. Park machine on a flat, level surface.

TS271 —UN—23AUG88
SW03989,0001D66 -19-25SEP13-1/9

2. Disconnect battery, negative (—) cable first.

CAUTION: Exhaust may be hot. Allow exhaust

to cool before removing. Hot exhaust can
cause serious burns or fire.

LV16111 —UN—24SEP12
3. Remove horizontal rear exhaust, if equipped.

A—Positive (+) Terminal B—Negative (—) Terminal

Battery Terminals

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D66 -19-25SEP13-2/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=91
 Fuel System

LV13952 —UN—18FEB10
LV16922 —UN—12MAR13
Fuel Tank Drain Plug

Fuel Sender Connector

4. Remove access cover or plate located under floor
mat. Disconnect fuel level sender connector (A).
NOTE: Fuel tank capacity is approximately 115
L (302 gal.).

5. Remove fuel tank drain plug (B) and drain fuel into
a proper container. (See Do Not Use Galvanized
Containers in Section 10, Group 15.)
Install drain plug when fuel tank is empty.

LV9890 —UN—10AUG04
Specification
Fuel Tank—Cab—Ca-
pacity................................................................................. 115 L (30 gal.)

NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs to

prevent contamination of fuel system.
Fuel Tank Supply and Return Hoses
6. Disconnect fuel supply hose (C), fuel return hose (D),
and fuel tank breather hose (E). Close all openings
using caps and plugs.

A—Fuel Level Sender D—Fuel Return Hose

Connector E—Fuel Tank Breather Hose
B—Fuel Tank Drain Plug
C—Fuel Supply Hose
LV13955 —UN—18FEB10

Fuel Tank Breather Hose

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D66 -19-25SEP13-3/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=92
 Fuel System

LV16886 —UN—12MAR13

LV16956 —UN—12MAR13
Fuel Hose Retainers

Heater Hose Retainers

NOTE: Fuel tank shown removed for clarity of photograph.

Close all openings using caps and plugs to
prevent contamination of fuel system.

7. Remove hoses from fuel hose retainers (A) prior to

LV16887 —UN—12MAR13
removing tank from tractor.
8. Remove hoses from heater hose retainers (B) prior to
removing tank from tractor.
NOTE: Left rear wheel removed only for
illustration purposes.
Use a floor jack, positioned under the fuel Fuel Tank Support
tank, to aid during removal.
A—Fuel Hose Retainer (4 used) C—Fuel Tank
9. Use a floor jack to support fuel tank (C). B—Heater Hose Retainer (2
used)

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D66 -19-25SEP13-4/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=93
 Fuel System

NOTE: Left rear wheel removed only for

illustration purposes.
Use a floor jack, positioned under the fuel
tank, to aid during removal.

10. Remove two cap screws (B) retaining front bracket

(C) to upper bracket (A).
11. Remove two lock nuts (F) retaining rear bracket (E)
to left rear axle (D).
12. Lower fuel tank and remove from machine.

A—Upper Bracket D—Left Rear Axle

B—Cap Screw (2 used) E—Rear Bracket
C—Front Bracket F— Lock Nut (2 used)

LV13954 —UN—18FEB10
Fuel Tank Front Bracket

LV13957 —UN—19FEB10
Fuel Tank Rear Bracket

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D66 -19-25SEP13-5/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=94
 Fuel System

13. Remove two cap screws and lock nuts (D) and remove
front bracket (C) from fuel tank (B) and support (E).
14. Remove two cap screws and lock nuts (F) and remove
rear bracket (A).
15. Remove fuel tank (B) from support (E). Inspect fuel
tank for damage. Replace if necessary. A

16. Clean fuel tank support. Wash out fuel tank with a
small amount of fuel to remove any debris. Pour fuel B
into a proper container for disposal.
17. Install fuel tank on support.
18. Install rear bracket (A) using two cap screws and lock
nuts (F). E

LV16888 —UN—12MAR13
C
19. Install front bracket (C) using two cap screws and lock
nuts (D). F

A—Rear Bracket D—Cap Screw and Lock Nut (2 D

B—Fuel Tank used)
C—Front Bracket E—Fuel Tank Support
F— Cap Screw and Lock Nut (2 Fuel Tank Brackets
used)

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D66 -19-25SEP13-6/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=95
 Fuel System

NOTE: Use a floor jack, positioned under center of

fuel tank, to aid during installation.

20. Raise fuel tank into position. Attach rear bracket (E) to
left rear axle (D) using two lock nuts (F). Tighten lock
nuts (F) to specification.
Specification
Fuel Tank Rear
Bracket Lock

LV13957 —UN—19FEB10
Nut—Cab—Torque................................................... 350 N·m (255 lb.-ft.)

21. Attach front bracket (C) to upper bracket (A) using two
cap screws (B). Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
Fuel Tank Front
Bracket Cap
Screw—Cab—Torque................................................... 80 N·m (60 lb.-ft.) Fuel Tank Bracket Rear

A—Upper Bracket D—Left Rear Axle

B—Cap Screw (2 used) E—Rear Bracket
C—Front Bracket F— Lock Nut (2 used)

LV13954 —UN—18FEB10
Fuel Tank Bracket Front

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D66 -19-25SEP13-7/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=96
 Fuel System

LV16886 —UN—12MAR13

LV16956 —UN—12MAR13
Fuel Hose Retainers

Heater Hose Retainers

NOTE: Fuel tank shown removed for clarity of photograph.

22. Route fuel hoses through retainers (A) as tank is

installed.
23. Route heater hoses through retainers (B).
24. Connect fuel return hose (D), fuel supply hose (C),
and fuel tank breather hose (E) to fuel tank.
25. Make sure fuel tank drain plug is installed and

LV9890 —UN—10AUG04
tightened.

A—Fuel Hose Retainer (4 used) D—Fuel Return Hose

B—Heater Hose Retainer (2 E—Fuel Breather Hose
used)
C—Fuel Supply Hose

Fuel Tank Supply and Return Hoses

LV13955 —UN—18FEB10

Fuel Tank Breather Hose

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D66 -19-25SEP13-8/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=97
 Fuel System

26. Connect fuel level sender connector (A).

27. Install floor access cover plate and secure with cap
screws removed earlier.
28. Install rubber floor mat.
29. Install horizontal rear exhaust, if equipped.
30. Fill fuel tank with proper fuel. (See Diesel Fuel in
Section 10, Group 15.)
31. Connect battery cables, positive (+) terminal first.

LV16922 —UN—12MAR13
32. Bleed the fuel system. Use the relevant component
technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with this
machine manual.

A—Fuel Level Sender

Connector

Fuel Level Sender Connector

SW03989,0001D66 -19-25SEP13-9/9

Replace Fuel Level Sender—Open Operator

Station
1. Open hood.
2. Disconnect battery cable from negative (—) terminal
(B) first.

LV16111 —UN—24SEP12
A—Positive (+) Terminals B—Negative (—) Terminals

Battery Terminals

Continued on next page MS30225,0000012 -19-26MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=98
 Fuel System

LV16889 —UN—12MAR13
Fuel Level Sender—OOS

LV16890 —UN—12MAR13
Fuel Level Sender Removed—OOS

A—Fuel Level Sender B—Cap Screw

C—Harness Connector

3. Locate fuel level sender (A) behind operator’s seat.

7. Connect battery cable to negative (—) terminal.
4. Disconnect harness connector (C).
8. Lower hood.
5. Remove cap screws (B) and pull out fuel level sender
(A).
6. Install new fuel level sender in reverse order of
removal.
MS30225,0000012 -19-26MAR13-2/2

Remove, Inspect and Install Fuel Tank—Open

Operator Station
1. Disconnect battery cable from negative (—) terminal
(B) first.
LV16111 —UN—24SEP12

A—Positive (+) Terminals B—Negative (—) Terminals

Battery Terminals

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003888 -19-26MAR13-1/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=99
 Fuel System

NOTE: Fuel tank capacity is approximately 96 L (25 gal.).

2. Remove fuel tank drain plug (A) and drain fuel into
a proper container. (See Do Not Use Galvanized
Containers in Section 10, Group 15.) Install drain plug
when fuel tank is empty.
Specification
Fuel Tank
—OOS—Capacity............................................................... 96 L (25 gal.)

LV9905 —UN—12AUG04
NOTE: Fuel supply hose (B) can be accessed from under
the tractor and is located at the front of fuel tank.
Left rear wheel removed only for illus-
tration purposes.
Close all openings using caps and plugs to
prevent contamination of fuel system. Tank Drain

3. Disconnect fuel supply hose (B). Close all openings

using caps and plugs.

A—Fuel Tank Drain Plug B—Fuel Supply Hose

LV15523 —UN—05MAR12
Fuel Supply Hose

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003888 -19-26MAR13-2/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=100
 Fuel System

4. Disconnect fuel return hose (A) located behind

operator’s seat.
5. Disconnect fuel level sender connector (B).

A—Fuel Return Hose B—Fuel Level Sender

Connector

LV15524 —UN—05MAR12
Fuel Return Hose

LV16923 —UN—12MAR13
Fuel Level Sender Connector

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003888 -19-26MAR13-3/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=101
 Fuel System

6. Remove cap screw, washer, and nut (A) from left fuel
tank strap (D).
7. Remove cap screw (B) and nut (C) from left fuel tank
strap (D).
8. Repeat steps for right fuel tank strap.
9. Lift retaining straps (D) away from tank and remove
fuel tank.
10. Inspect fuel tank for damage. Replace if necessary.

LV9909 —UN—12AUG04
11. Wash out fuel tank with a small amount of fuel to
remove any debris. Pour fuel into a proper container.
12. Inspect rubber isolator, located between bottom
of tank and rockshaft case, for excessive wear or
damage. Replace if necessary. Left Fuel Tank Strap
13. Install fuel tank using cap screw, washer, and nut (A)
on left fuel tank strap (D). A—Cap Screw, Washer, and C—Nut
Nut D—Strap
14. Install cap screw (B) and nut (C) on left fuel tank strap B—Cap Screw
(D).
15. Repeat steps for right fuel tank strap.
Continued on next page OUO1023,0003888 -19-26MAR13-4/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=102
 Fuel System

16. Connect fuel return hose (A).

17. Connect fuel level sender connector (B).

A—Fuel Return Hose B—Fuel Level Sender

Connector

LV15524 —UN—05MAR12
Fuel Return Hose

LV16923 —UN—12MAR13
Fuel Level Sender Connector

OUO1023,0003888 -19-26MAR13-5/6

18. Connect fuel supply hose (B).

19. Fill fuel tank with proper fuel. (See Diesel Fuel in
Section 10, Group 15.)
20. Connect battery cables, positive (+) terminal first.
21. Bleed the fuel system. Use the relevant component
technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with this
machine manual.
LV15523 —UN—05MAR12

B—Fuel Supply Hose

Fuel Supply Hose

OUO1023,0003888 -19-26MAR13-6/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-15 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=103
 Fuel System

Replace Fuel Filters

1. Raise hood.
NOTE: Place a suitable container under fuel drain.
Properly dispose of waste fuel.

2. Open drain plug (C) and drain fuel.

3. Lift up and rotate retaining ring (A) counterclockwise.
Remove dust seal with fuel filter (B).
4. Remove water separator bowl (D) from pre-filter.
5. Clean separator and dry with compressed air.
6. Install water separator bowl (D) on new filter.

LV17266 —UN—27MAR13
IMPORTANT: Ensure correct replacement
filter is used.

NOTE: The two fuel filters (B) are different; do not

interchange them. Replace one after another
to avoid interchange.
Primary Fuel Filter
7. Fill with clean fuel.
8. Install a new filter assembly. Tighten retaining ring
hand-tight.
9. Bleed fuel system. (See Do Not Use Galvanized
Containers in Section 10, Group 15.)
10. Start engine and run for 5 minutes.
11. Shut off engine.

LV15308 —UN—12JAN12
12. Inspect drain plug (C) and filter (B) for leaks.
13. Lower hood.

A—Retaining Ring C—Drain Plug

B—Fuel Filter D—Water Separator Bowl

Secondary Fuel Filter

OUO1023,0003889 -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-16 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=104
 Fuel System

Remove and Install Fuel Primer Pump

Assembly
1. Disconnect fuel line (A). Close all openings using caps
and plugs.
2. Loosen nut (B) and remove fuel line.
3. Remove cap screws (D), lock washers, and flat
washers. Remove fuel primer pump assembly (C).
4. Install new fuel primer pump assembly (C).

LV16891 —UN—12MAR13
5. Connect fuel line and tighten nut (B).
6. Connect fuel line (A).
7. Bleed fuel system. (See Do Not Use Galvanized
Containers, in Section 10 Group 15.)

A—Fuel Line C—Primer Pump Assembly

B—Nut D—Cap Screw (2 used) Fuel Primer Pump Assembly

OUO1023,000388A -19-26MAR13-1/1

Remove, Inspect and Install Fuel Cooler

1. Raise hood.
2. Disconnect battery negative (—) terminal.
3. Remove fuel supply hose (A) and fuel return hose (B).
4. Remove cap screws (D) from both sides of fuel cooler
(C).
5. Remove fuel cooler (C).

LV15310 —UN—16JAN12
6. Inspect fuel cooler. Replace if necessary.
7. Install fuel cooler (C).
8. Install cap screws (D) on both sides of fuel cooler (C).
Specification
Fuel Cooler
Fuel Cooler—Cap
Screw—Torque.......................................................... 30 N·m (22.1 lb.-ft.)
A—Fuel Supply Hose C—Fuel Cooler
9. Install fuel supply hose (A) and fuel return hose (B). B—Fuel Return Hose D—Cap Screw (2 used)

10. Connect battery negative (—) terminal.

11. Lower hood.
OUO1023,000388B -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-17 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=105
 Fuel System

Replace Fuel Strainer and In-Line Check

Valve
1. Disconnect battery negative (—) terminal.
IMPORTANT: Place a suitable container below

PULV004232 —UN—05JAN09
drain plug (A). (See Do Not Use Galvanized
Containers, in Section 10 Group 15.)

NOTE: Depending on the model of tractor, fuel capacity

can vary and would require a container to displace
up to 177 L (46.8 gal.) of fuel.

2. Remove drain plug and drain fuel. Fuel Strainer and Check Valve
3. Install drain plug when fuel tank is empty.
A—Fuel Strainer C—Clamp (2 used)
4. Remove clamp (B) and pull out fuel strainer (A) from B—Clamp D—In-Line Check Valve
fuel hose.
5. Replace fuel strainer (A).
6. Remove clamp (C) and pull out fuel hose from in-line 10. Fill tank with proper fuel. (See Diesel Fuel, in Section
check valve (D). 10, Group 15.)

NOTE: Make sure direction of check valve is correct. 11. Check for leaks.
12. Bleed fuel system. Use the relevant component
7. Replace in-line check valve (D). technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with this
8. Reassemble all parts in reverse order. machine manual.

9. Connect battery negative (—) terminal.

OUO1023,000388C -19-13MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-18 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=106
 Fuel System

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-19 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=107
 Fuel System

Inspect and Replace Fuel System Lines—Cab

LV16892 —UN—12MAR13

Fuel System Operation—Cab

Continued on next page MS30225,0000014 -19-26MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-20 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=108
 Fuel System

A—Fuel Injection Pump E—Fuel Supply Pump K—Drain Port P—Flow Damper
B—Low Pressure Fuel Line F— Final Fuel Filter L— Fuel Level Sender Q—Pressure Limiting Valve
C—Fuel Injection Nozzles G—Fuel Supply Line M—Fuel Return Line R—Common Rail
D—Primary Fuel Filter/Water H—Return Port N—Fuel Cooler
Separator I— Fuel Strainer O—Fuel Cooler Supply Line
J— Fuel Tank

1. Open hood. NOTE: Damaged lines and hoses may leak.

2. Inspect fuel system lines and hoses for wear or
damage. Replace as necessary.
MS30225,0000014 -19-26MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-21 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=109
 Fuel System

Inspect and Replace Fuel System Lines—Open Operator Station

LV16893 —UN—12MAR13

Fuel System Operation—Open Operator Station

Continued on next page MS30225,0000013 -19-26MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-22 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=110
 Fuel System

A—Fuel Injection Pump E—Fuel Supply Pump K—Drain Port P—Flow Damper
B—Low Pressure Fuel Line F— Final Fuel Filter L— Fuel Level Sender Q—Pressure Limiting Valve
C—Fuel Injection Nozzles G—Fuel Supply Line M—Fuel Return Line R—Common Rail
D—Primary Fuel Filter/Water H—Fuel Strainer N—Fuel Cooler
Separator I— Return Port O—Fuel Cooler Supply Line
J— Fuel Tank

1. Open hood. NOTE: Damaged lines and hoses may leak.

2. Inspect fuel system lines and hoses for wear or
damage. Replace as necessary.
MS30225,0000013 -19-26MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-23 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=111
 Fuel System

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-05-24 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=112
 Group 15
Air Intake System
Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Support Bracket—Cap Screw Torque 30 N·m (22.1 lb-ft)

Turbocharger Mounting Flange Nut Torque 80 N·m (59 lb.-ft.)
Manual Hydraulic Valve—Cap Screw Torque 43 N·m (32 lb.-ft.)
Turbocharger Oil Drain Line—Cap Torque 40 N·m (29.5 lb.-ft.)
Screw
Turbocharger Oil Inlet Line Torque 24 N·m (18 lb.-ft.)
Charge Air Cooler (CAC)—Cap Torque 40 N·m (29.5 lb-ft)
Screw
SW03989,0001746 -19-26MAR13-1/1

Other Material
Number Name Use
TY24811 (U.S.) Anti-Seize Lubricant Applied to cap screws to ease
in disassembly.

SW03989,0001745 -19-26MAR13-1/1

Turbocharger Repair
For complete repair information, use the relevant
component technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with
this machine manual.
• 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Below
130kW (174 hp) (Interim Tier 4/Stage III B Platform)

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
CTM114619.

PowerTech is a trademark of Deere & Company

OUO1023,000388F -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-15-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=113
 Air Intake System

Remove, Inspect and Install Air Cleaner

Elements—Axial Type
1. Open hood.
NOTE: Tap evacuator to exhaust dust from canister.

2. Remove latch (A) and cover (B), and pull out primary
air cleaner element (C).
IMPORTANT: If primary element does not pull out
with ease, move side-to-side to remove safely.
Do not remove secondary element of air
cleaner, unless you are replacing it.

3. Pull out secondary air cleaner element (D).

LV15313 —UN—17JAN12
IMPORTANT: If secondary element does not pull out
with ease, move side-to-side to remove safely.

4. When primary air cleaner element (C) must be

serviced in the field, tap it on the palm of your hand
as a temporary measure.
Air Cleaner Assembly

CAUTION: High pressure compressed

air or vibration may damage primary air
cleaner element (D).

5. If tapping primary (C) and secondary (D) air cleaner

element does not remove dust, blow out dust with low
pressure compressed air. Do not exceed 600 kPa (6
bar) (90 psi). Blow air from engine end of element to
outside end. Do not insert nozzle into element material.

LV15314 —UN—17JAN12
6. Replace both filter elements (primary and secondary)
after the primary filter has been cleaned five times.
Clean out and inspect canister interior before installing
new elements.
IMPORTANT: Before installation, review decals on
canister and primary air cleaner.
Primary Air Filter
7. Install elements, as necessary, and latch cover.
8. Close hood.

A—Latch C—Primary Air Cleaner

B—Cover Element
D—Secondary Air Cleaner
Element
LV15315 —UN—17JAN12

Secondary Air Filter

OUO1023,0003890 -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-15-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=114
 Air Intake System

Remove and Install Air Cleaner—Axial Type

1. Open hood.
2. Remove clamps (A) from both ends of air duct (B).
3. Remove cap screws (C) from both ends of air cleaner
support bracket (E).
4. Remove air cleaner support bracket (E).
5. Remove air cleaner canister (D) with bracket.

LV15316 —UN—17JAN12
6. Remove, inspect and install air cleaner elements.
(See Remove, Inspect and Install Air Cleaner
Elements—Axial Type, in this group.)
7. Inspect air duct (B) for wear or damage. Replace if
necessary.
Air Duct
8. Install air cleaner in reverse order of removal.
9. Fully seat air cleaner canister (D).
10. Install cap screws (C) and clamps (A). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Support Bracket—Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................ 30 N·m (22.1 lb-ft)

11. Close hood.

LV15317 —UN—17JAN12
A—Clamp (2 used) D—Air Cleaner Canister
B—Air Duct E—Air Cleaner Support
C—Cap Screw (4 used) Bracket

Air Cleaner Canister

OUO1023,0003891 -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-15-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=115
 Air Intake System

Remove Turbocharger

CAUTION: Turbocharger may be hot. Allow

turbocharger to cool before removal. Hot
turbocharger can cause serious burns.

IMPORTANT: Do not clean exterior of turbocharger

if inspection is required. Cleaning can remove
evidence for failure analysis.

LV15318 —UN—17JAN12
1. Remove hood. (See Remove and Install Hood, in
Section 80, Group 25.)
NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs to
prevent system contamination.

2. Disconnect charge air cooler supply tube (B). Turbocharge

3. Disconnect air intake tube (A).

A—Air Intake Tube E—Oil Drain Line
4. Disconnect oil inlet line (C). B—Charge Air Cooler Supply F— Flange Nut (4 used)
Tube G—Cap Screw (3)
5. Remove two cap screws (D) and oil drain line (E). C—Oil Inlet Line
D—Cap Screw (2 used)
6. Remove four flange nuts (F).
7. Remove three cap screws (G).
9. Make repairs as necessary. Use the relevant
8. Remove turbocharger and gasket. Close all openings
component technical manual (CTM) in conjunction
using caps and plugs.
with this machine manual.
SW03989,0001747 -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-15-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=116
 Air Intake System

Install Turbocharger
1. Install new gasket and turbocharger on exhaust
manifold.
2. Install four flange nuts (F). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Turbocharger Mounting
Flange Nut—Torque..................................................... 80 N·m (59 lb.-ft.)

LV15318 —UN—17JAN12
NOTE: Apply anti-seize lubricant to flange cap screws.

3. Align manual hydraulic valve and install new gasket.

Apply Anti-Seize Lubricant to cap screws (G) and
install. Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
Manual Hydraulic Turbocharger
Valve—Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................. 43 N·m (32 lb.-ft.)
A—Air Intake Tube E—Oil Drain Line
4. Align oil drain line (E) with new gasket and install cap B—Charge Air Cooler Supply F— Flange Nut (4 used)
screws (D). Tighten cap screws to specification. Tube G—Cap Screw (3 used)
C—Oil Inlet Line
Specification D—Cap Screw (2 used)
Turbocharger Oil
Drain Line—Cap
Screw—Torque.......................................................... 40 N·m (29.5 lb.-ft.) ensure that tube connections are tight to
prevent entry of dirt into the system.
5. Fill oil line inlet port with clean engine oil. Rotate
turbine wheel by hand to lubricate bearings. 8. Connect charge air cooler supply tube (B).
6. Connect oil inlet line (C). Tighten to specification 9. Perform turbocharger break-in. Use the relevant
Specification component technical manual (CTM) in conjunction
Turbocharger Oil Inlet with this machine manual.
Line—Torque................................................................ 24 N·m (18 lb.-ft.)
10. Install hood. (See Remove and Install Hood, in
7. Connect air intake tube (A). Section 80, Group 25.)
IMPORTANT: With the greatest suction force
occurring between air cleaner and turbocharger,
OUO1023,0003893 -19-26MAR13-1/1

Remove, Inspect and Install Charge Air

Cooler (CAC)
1. Raise hood.
2. Disconnect battery cable from negative (—) terminal
(B) first.
LV16111 —UN—24SEP12

A—Positive (+) Terminals B—Negative (—) Terminals

Battery Terminals

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003894 -19-26MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-15-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=117
 Air Intake System

3. Remove hose clamps (B) from both sides of charge

air cooler (CAC) (C).
4. Loosen wing nuts (A) on both sides of air conditioner
condenser (F).
5. Remove cap screws (D) from both sides of CAC.
6. Unfasten the latch (E) on both sides.
7. Move the condenser (F) and bracket assembly for
clearance and remove charge air cooler (CAC) (C).
8. Inspect CAC for damage. Replace as necessary.
9. Install charge air cooler (C).
10. Move the condenser (F) and bracket assembly into

LV15322 —UN—17JAN12
position and install cap screws (D) on both sides of
CAC. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Charge Air Cooler
(CAC)—Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................ 40 N·m (29.5 lb-ft)
Remove and Install Charge Air Cooler (CAC)
11. Fasten the latch (E).
12. Install hose clamps (B) on both sides of CAC. A—Wing Nut (2 used) D—Cap Screw (4 used)
B—Hose Clamp (2 used) E—Latch
13. Position condenser (F) and tighten wing nuts (A). C—Charge Air Cooler (CAC) F— Air Conditioner Condenser

14. Connect battery cables, positive (+) terminal first.

15. Lower hood.
OUO1023,0003894 -19-26MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-15-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=118
 Group 20
Air Exhaust System
Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Bracket Cap Screw Torque 80 N·m (59 lb.-ft.)

OUO1023,0003895 -19-14MAR13-1/1

Remove and Install Exhaust Pipe

1. Remove parts (A—I). Inspect and replace as
necessary.
A
2. Install lower outlet pipe assembly (E) using three cap
screws (H).
Specification
Bracket Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................. 80 N·m (59 lb.-ft.)

3. Connect flex pipe (D) to exhaust filter and tighten

clamp. B

4. Install heat shield (C) using three button head screws

(I). C

5. Install outlet pipe (A) and clamp (B) onto lower

assembly (E). I
6. Orient outlet pipe (A) pointing forward and outward 45
± 5° and tighten clamp (B). D

LV16894 —UN—12MAR13
A—Outlet Pipe F— Bracket E
B—Clamp G—Cap Screw (2 used)
C—Heat Shield H—Cap Screw (3 used)
D—Flex Pipe I— Button Head Screw (3 used) F
E—Lower Outlet Pipe
Assembly H

Vertical Exhaust Pipe

SW03989,0001748 -19-26MAR13-1/1

Remove and Install Aftertreatment Device

For complete service information, the component
technical manual (CTM) is also required. Use the relevant
component technical manual in conjunction with this
machine manual:
• 4045 PowerTech OEM Diesel Engines Below
TS225 —UN—17JAN89

130kW (174 hp) (Interim Tier 4/Stage III B platform)

CTM114619.

SW03989,0001749 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-20-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=119
 Air Exhaust System

TM128319 (28OCT13) 30-20-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=120
 Section 40
Electrical Repair
Contents

Page
Page
Group 05—Battery, Starter and Alternator
Starter Repair—Use Component Replace Load Center—Open
Technical Manual....................................... 40-05-1 Operator Station ...................................... 40-10-38
Prevent Battery Explosions ........................... 40-05-1 Replace Load Center—Cab ........................ 40-10-38
Remove and Install Battery ........................... 40-05-2 Replace Electrohydraulic Control
Remove and Install Starter ............................ 40-05-2 Unit (EHC)—OOS.................................... 40-10-39
Remove and Install Alternator ....................... 40-05-2 Replace Electrohydraulic Control
Unit (EHC)—Cab ..................................... 40-10-40
Group 10—Electrical System Components Replace Engine Control Unit
Other Material................................................ 40-10-1 (ECU)....................................................... 40-10-41
Specifications ................................................ 40-10-1 Replace Start Relay..................................... 40-10-42
Remove and Install Electrical Replace Neutral Relay................................. 40-10-42
Shifter Pod................................................. 40-10-2 Replace Top Shaft Speed Sensor................ 40-10-43
Replace Key Switch....................................... 40-10-3 Replace Wheel Speed Sensor .................... 40-10-43
Replace Light Switch ..................................... 40-10-4 Replace Enable Pressure Sensor................ 40-10-44
Replace Speakers ......................................... 40-10-5 Replace Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Replace Antenna ........................................... 40-10-6 Sensor ..................................................... 40-10-45
Replace Turn Signal Switch .......................... 40-10-7 Replace Clutch Pedal Position
Replace Instrument Cluster ........................... 40-10-7 Sensor ..................................................... 40-10-45
Program Instrument Cluster .......................... 40-10-9 Replace Clutch Disengage
Replace Rear PTO Switch—Open Switch ...................................................... 40-10-47
Operator Station ...................................... 40-10-13 Replace Rear PTO Speed Sensor................ 40-10-48
Replace Rear PTO Switch—Cab ................ 40-10-13 Replace Forward Neutral Reverse
Replace Fuel Level Sender—Open (FNR) Switch ........................................... 40-10-49
Operator Station ...................................... 40-10-14 Replace Brake Pedal Switch ....................... 40-10-51
Replace Fuel Level Sender—Cab................ 40-10-15 Replace High/Low Shifter
Replace Wiper Control Switch..................... 40-10-16 Switch—PowrReverser
Replace Wiper Motor................................... 40-10-17 Transmission ........................................... 40-10-51
Replace Hand Throttle Position Replace Mid-Mount SCV 3rd
Sensor (OOS).......................................... 40-10-18 Function Switch ....................................... 40-10-52
Replace Hand Throttle Position Replace Multi-Function Control
Sensor (Cab) ........................................... 40-10-21 Lever Switch ............................................ 40-10-57
Replace Foot Throttle Position Replace Mid-Mount SCV
Sensor ..................................................... 40-10-24 Solenoid—If Equipped............................. 40-10-58
Replace Park Switch ................................... 40-10-28 Replace Clutch Enable Solenoid ................. 40-10-59
Replace Speed Lever Neutral Replace Transmission Forward
Switch—PR Transmission with (Low) Solenoid Valve ............................... 40-10-60
Creeper.................................................... 40-10-28 Replace Transmission Forward
Replace Creeper Lever Position (High) Solenoid Valve (with
Sensor ..................................................... 40-10-29 License and Clearance Lights) ................ 40-10-61
Replace Blower Control Switch ................... 40-10-30 Replace Transmission Reverse
Replace A/C Deicing Switch........................ 40-10-31 Solenoid Valve ......................................... 40-10-62
Replace A/C On/Off Switch ......................... 40-10-32 Replace PTO Solenoid Valve ...................... 40-10-63
Replace HVAC Resistor .............................. 40-10-32 Replace EH MFWD Solenoid ...................... 40-10-63
Replace A/C High/Low Pressure Replace EH MFWD Switch.......................... 40-10-64
Switch ...................................................... 40-10-33 Replace MFWD (Mechanical)
Replace Dome Light .................................... 40-10-34 Lever Position Switch .............................. 40-10-64
Replace Left Door Switch ............................ 40-10-35 Replace Seat Height Control
Replace Seat Switch—Open Switch ...................................................... 40-10-65
Operator Station ...................................... 40-10-35 Replace Headlight Bulb ............................... 40-10-68
Replace Seat Switch—Cab ......................... 40-10-36 Replace Warning Light
Bulb—Cab ............................................... 40-10-70

Continued on next page

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=1
 Contents

Page Page

Replace Turn/Warning Light and/or Replace W101 Left Loader Light

Clearance Light Bulb—Cab ..................... 40-10-71 Harness ................................................... 40-15-25
Replace Tail/Brake Light and/or Replace W102 Right Loader Light
Turn/Warning Light Bulb—Cab ................ 40-10-71 Harness ................................................... 40-15-26
Replace Tail Light and/or Warning Replace W103 Loader Light Switch
Light Bulb—Open Operator Harness ................................................... 40-15-27
Station ..................................................... 40-10-72 Replace W104 Right Beacon Light
Replace Work Light Bulb—OOS ................. 40-10-72 Harness ................................................... 40-15-28
Replace Work Light Bulb—Cab................... 40-10-73 Replace W105 Left Beacon Light
Replace Fender Light Harness ................................................... 40-15-30
Bulb—OOS.............................................. 40-10-73 Replace W106 Left Rear Work
Replace Loader Light Bulb—If Light Harness .......................................... 40-15-31
Equipped ................................................. 40-10-74 Replace W107 Right Rear Work
Replace Loader Light Bulb Light Harness .......................................... 40-15-32
(with License and Clearance Replace W110 Brake Light
Lights)—If Equipped ................................ 40-10-75 Harness ................................................... 40-15-33
Replace Dome Light Bulb—Cab.................. 40-10-75 Replace W111 Right Work Light
Replace Controls Illumination Light Fender Extension Harness ...................... 40-15-34
Bulb—Cab ............................................... 40-10-76 Replace W112 Left Work Light
Replace Rotary Beacon Light Fender Extension Harness ...................... 40-15-35
Bulb—If Equipped.................................... 40-10-76 Replace W118 Right-Hand
Handrail Light Harness ............................ 40-15-36
Group 15—Wiring Harnesses Replace W119 Left-Hand Handrail
Service Equipment and Tools ........................ 40-15-1 Light Harness .......................................... 40-15-37
Essential Tools............................................... 40-15-1 Replace W120 Right Beacon Light
Replace Connector Body—Blade Harness ................................................... 40-15-38
Terminals ................................................... 40-15-2 Replace W121 Left Beacon Light
Replace WEATHER PACK™ Harness ................................................... 40-15-39
Connector ................................................. 40-15-2 Replace W307 Engine Harness .................. 40-15-39
Install WEATHER PACK™ Contact Replace W308 Chassis Harness
................................................................... 40-15-3 (OOS, PR) ............................................... 40-15-41
Electrical Connector Repair Replace W506 Cab Harness (PR)................ 40-15-45
METRI-PACK (Pull-Type) ..........................40-15-4 Replace W507 Cab Power
METRI-PACK (Push-Type)........................40-15-5 Harness ................................................... 40-15-48
CINCH.......................................................40-15-7 Replace W508 Cab Harness (PR,
CINCH.......................................................40-15-8 Secondary Brake).................................... 40-15-49
DEUTSCH...............................................40-15-11 Replace W575 Transmission
Replace W005 Convenience Outlet Harness (PR)........................................... 40-15-52
Harness (Convenience Outlet Replace W576 Transmission
with Square Terminals) ............................ 40-15-13 Harness (PR, Secondary
Replace W006 Convenience Outlet Brake) ...................................................... 40-15-54
Harness (Convenience Outlet Replace W701 Mid-Mount SCV
with Round Terminals) ............................. 40-15-15 Harness (Cab) ......................................... 40-15-56
Replace W007 Engine Power Replace W702 Mid-Mount SCV
Cable ....................................................... 40-15-16 Harness (OOS)........................................ 40-15-57
Replace W008 Positive Battery Replace W703 Multi-Function
Cable ....................................................... 40-15-18 Control Lever Harness (with
Replace W009 Negative Battery Hi/Lo) ....................................................... 40-15-58
Cable ....................................................... 40-15-19 Replace W704 Multi-Function
Replace W013 Front Windshield Control Lever Harness (without
Wiper Harness......................................... 40-15-20 Hi/Lo) ....................................................... 40-15-59
Replace W016 Auxiliary Power Replace W705 Multi-Function
Strip ......................................................... 40-15-21 Control Lever Switch Harness ................. 40-15-60
Replace W017 Roof License Plate Replace W706 Multi-Coupler
Lighting Harness...................................... 40-15-22 Harness ................................................... 40-15-61
Replace W022 Clutch Assembly Replace W904 Front Console
Harness ................................................... 40-15-23 Harness (PR)........................................... 40-15-62
Replace W100 Hood Harness ..................... 40-15-24

Continued on next page

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=2
 Contents

Page

Replace W905 Front Console

Harness (PR, Secondary
Brake) ...................................................... 40-15-64
Replace W923 Roof Harness
(Cab)........................................................ 40-15-66
Replace W924 Roof Harness (Cab,
Secondary Brake).................................... 40-15-68
Replace W931 Air Seat Harness................. 40-15-69
Replace Exhaust Filter Harness .................. 40-15-70
Replace Injector Harness ............................ 40-15-70

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=3
 Contents

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=4
 Group 05
Battery, Starter and Alternator
Starter Repair—Use Component Technical
Manual
This vehicle specific technical manual has only engine
information which is specific to the vehicle. Most of
the engine information is found in the relevant engine
technical manual. Use this manual in conjunction with

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
relevant component technical manual (CTM) to diagnose
engine problems.
• 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Below
130kW (174 hp) (Interim Tier 4/Stage III B Platform)
CTM114619.
For complete repair information the component technical Component Technical Manual
manual (CTM) is also required. Use the Alternators and
Starting Motors, CTM77 in conjunction with this machine
manual.
PowerTech is a trademark of Deere & Company
MS30225,0000015 -19-01APR13-1/1

Prevent Battery Explosions

Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from
the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal object
across the posts. Use a volt meter or hydrometer.

TS204 —UN—15APR13
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F).

Battery Explosions

OUO1023,0003596 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-05-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=125
 Battery, Starter and Alternator

Remove and Install Battery

CAUTION: Keep all sparks and flames away

from batteries, as gas given off by electrolyte
is explosive. To avoid sparks, connect ground

PULV005030 —UN—28JAN10
cable last and disconnect it first.
To avoid shocks and burns, disconnect
battery ground cable before servicing any
part of electrical system.

1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable first, then

positive (+) battery cable.
Battery Safety
2. Remove screws (A) and hold-down bracket (B) away
from battery.
A—Screw (2 used) B—Hold-Down Bracket
3. Remove battery. Clean and service as necessary.
4. Install battery.
7. Apply petroleum jelly to battery terminals to prevent
5. Install hold-down bracket (B) and tighten screws (A). corrosion.
6. Connect positive (+) battery cable first, then negative
(—) battery cable.
MS30225,0000016 -19-27MAR13-1/1

Remove and Install Starter • 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Below
Use the relevant component technical manual (CTM). 130kW (174 hp) (Interim Tier 4/Stage III B Platform)
CTM114619.
PowerTech is a trademark of Deere & Company
MS30225,0000017 -19-01APR13-1/1

Remove and Install Alternator • 4045 PowerTech™ OEM Diesel Engines Below
Use the relevant component technical manual (CTM). 130kW (174 hp) (Interim Tier 4/Stage III B Platform)
CTM114619.
PowerTech is a trademark of Deere & Company
MS30225,0000018 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-05-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=126
 Group 10
Electrical System Components
Other Material
Number Name Use
T43512 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to threads of mounting screws.
TY9473 (Canadian) Strength)
242 (LOCTITE®)

Loctite is a trademark of Henkel Corporation

SW03989,0001882 -19-04APR13-1/1

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Top Shaft Speed Sensor Torque 14.2 N·m (125 lb.-in.)

Wheel Speed Sensor Torque 14.2 N·m (125 lb.-in.)
Park Switch Torque 13—17 N·m (115—150 lb.-in.)
Enable Pressure Sensor Torque 13—17 N·m (115—150 lb.-in.)
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Torque 13—17 N·m (115—150 lb.-in.)
Rear PTO Speed Sensor Torque 14.2 N·m (125 lb.-in.)
Transmission Forward (Low) Torque 14.2 N·m (125 lb.-in.)
Solenoid
Transmission Forward (High) Torque 14.2 N·m (125 lb.-in.)
Solenoid Valve
Transmission Reverse Solenoid Torque 14.2 N·m (125 lb.-in.)
Valve
Clutch Enable Solenoid Cap Screw Torque 22—28 N·m (16—21 lb.-ft.)
PTO Solenoid Valve Cap Screw Torque 22—28 N·m (16—21 lb.-ft.)
EH MFWD Solenoid Cap Screw Torque 9—11 N·m (80—97 lb.-in.)
SW03989,0001883 -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=127
 Electrical System Components

Remove and Install Electrical Shifter Pod

LV17208 —UN—28MAR13

LV17209 —UN—28MAR13
Cover Lock Nut and Spacer

NOTE: Cab tractor is shown; open operator

station is similar.

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

2. Remove cover (A).
3. Remove lock nut (B) and spacer (C).
4. Remove nut (D) and steering wheel (E).

A—Cover D—Nut
B—Lock Nut E—Steering Wheel

LV17210 —UN—28MAR13
C—Spacer

Nut

Continued on next page SW03989,0001931 -19-04APR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=128
 Electrical System Components

LV17212 —UN—28MAR13
LV17211 —UN—28MAR13
Screws

Snap Ring
5. Remove snap ring (F), washer (G) and cover.
6. Remove screws (H) and disconnect wire connector (I).
7. Remove spacer (J) and snap rings (K).
8. Remove housing (L) and support (M).
9. Remove and replace electrical shifter pod.
10. Install in the reverse order of removal.

LV17213 —UN—28MAR13
11. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

F— Snap Ring K—Snap Rings (2 used)

G—Washer L— Housing
H—Screws (4 used) M—Support
I— Wire Connector N—Forward Neutral Reverse
J— Spacer (FNR) Switch
Directional Reverser

SW03989,0001931 -19-04APR13-2/2

Replace Key Switch

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove key (A) and nut (B).
3. Disconnect key switch from wire connector (C) and
replace key switch.
LV12940 —UN—18DEC06

LV12941 —UN—18DEC06

4. Install new key switch in switch panel and secure

using nut (B).
5. Connect wire connector (C).
6. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
Key Switch Wire Connector
A—Key C—Wire Connector
B—Nut

SW03989,00018E1 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=129
 Electrical System Components

Replace Light Switch

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove knob (A) and retainer nut (B).
3. Disconnect harness connector and replace light switch.
4. Install retainer nut (B) and knob (A).
5. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Knob B—Retainer Nut

LV17214 —UN—28MAR13
Light Switch Knob

LV17270 —UN—28MAR13
Retainer Nut

SW03989,00018E2 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=130
 Electrical System Components

Replace Speakers
NOTE: Speakers are located in cab roof, behind right-side
radio housing and left-side dome light assembly.

1. Remove right-side radio housing and left-side dome

light assembly.

LV8713 —UN—28AUG03
2. Remove two screws (A) securing speaker to cab panel.
3. Disconnect wire connector from speaker.
4. Connect wire connector to new speaker.
5. Install speaker with two screws (A).
Left Speaker
6. Install right-side radio housing and left-side dome light
assembly.

A—Screw (2 used)

LV8759 —UN—28AUG03
Right Speaker

SW03989,00018E3 -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=131
 Electrical System Components

Replace Antenna

LV8751 —UN—25AUG03

LV17204 —UN—28MAR13
Access Panel

Antenna Base
1. Remove antenna whip from base.
2. Remove right-front corner access panel (A) from cab
roof.
3. Disconnect antenna cable (C) from antenna base (B).
4. Install new antenna from access point in cab roof.
5. Install seal (F), collar (E), and nut (D).
6. Attach antenna cable (C) to antenna base (B) and
tighten securely.
7. Install right-front corner access panel (A) onto cab roof.
8. Install antenna whip.

LV17205 —UN—28MAR13
A—Access Panel D—Nut
B—Antenna Base E—Collar
C—Antenna Cable F— Seal

Antenna

SW03989,0001915 -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=132
 Electrical System Components

Replace Turn Signal Switch

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove center control console. (See Remove and
Install Center Control Console in Section 90, Group
10.)
3. Remove screw (A) and turn signal lever (B).
4. Remove two screws (C) and turn signal switch (D).
5. Install new turn signal switch (B) with screws (C).
6. Install lever (B) and screw (A).
7. Install center control console. (See Remove and Install
Center Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)

LV17224 —UN—28MAR13
A—Screw C—Screw (2 used)
B—Turn Signal Lever D—Turn Signal Switch

Turn Signal Lever

LV12935 —UN—14DEC06
Turn Signal Switch

SW03989,00018E5 -19-01APR13-1/1

Replace Instrument Cluster

1. Disconnect battery, negative (—) cable.
2. Remove cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
3. Lift instrument panel toward driver’s seat and P14020 —UN—10FEB06

disconnect wire harness connectors (A).

A—Harness Connectors (3 or
4 used)

Instrument Cluster Harness Connectors

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D64 -19-24SEP13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=133
 Electrical System Components

4. Remove screws (C) and instrument cluster (B) from

instrument panel (A). Retain screws (C).
5. Install new instrument cluster and secure with retained
screws (C).
6. Connect wire harness connectors removed earlier to

LV19165 —UN—25SEP13
new instrument cluster.
7. Install cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
8. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
NOTE: The current engine hours cannot be programmed
into the new instrument cluster. Record the Instrument Cluster
current engine hours in the service records for
the tractor at the dealership and the Lubrication A—Instrument Panel C—Screw (8 used)
Maintenance Charts in the customers operator B—Instrument Cluster
manual, if available. Also note the current
engine hours on the back of new instrument
cluster using a permanent marker.

9. Program instrument cluster. (See Program Instrument

Cluster in Section 40, Group 10.)
SW03989,0001D64 -19-24SEP13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=134
 Electrical System Components

Program Instrument Cluster

When installing a new instrument panel, the ground speed
display must be configured to match the desired units F10

(MPH or km/h) and the tire circumference in order to

display the correct ground speed.
F11 F12
F1 F2 F13 F14
1. Place key switch in OFF position. F3 F4
F15 F16

F5
2. Remove primary and secondary VEC or load center

LV11840 —UN—09DEC04
access panels. F6 F7 F8 F9 F17 F18

3. Move 10-amp fuse from storage position (B) to F9

position (A).
B A
A—F9 Position B—Storage Position

Place Fuse in Diagnostic Position—VEC

B

LV14596 —UN—05AUG11
A

Place Fuse in Diagnostic Position—Load Center—Cab

B
D
B

F
C

D
E
A

F
C

E
A
1

1
2

2
3

3
4

4
5

5
6

6
7

A
LV15759 —UN—14MAY12
8

8
9

9
10

10

10
D

D
B

B
F

F
C

C
E

E
A

Place Fuse in Diagnostic Position—Load Center—Open Operator Station

Continued on next page SW03989,0001914 -19-04APR13-1/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=135
 Electrical System Components

4. Place key switch in RUN position. The LCD display

15
should read “00 00”. This is the “Access Level One” 10 n/min
E
20
location. To gain access to the read/write memory, the X 100

“Access Level One” code (“11”) must be entered into 5 25

PULV005088 —UN—09APR10
the two data fields (E and F). The address fields (C 0 30
and D) should be flashing.
a. Move turn signal switch to the right turn position,
and then back to center. The “Ones” digit field (F)
should be flashing.
b. Move turn signal switch to the left turn position, C D F
E
and then back to center one time to increment the
Instrument Panel Display
“Ones” digit field to the value of “1”. If the value of
“1” is passed, repeat cycling the turn signal switch
to the left turn position and center until the display C—“Tens” Address Field E—“Tens” Digit Field
cycles back to “1”. D—“Ones” Address Field F— “Ones” Digit Field

c. Move turn signal switch to the right turn position,

and back to center. The “Tens” digit field (E) should
be flashing. a. Move turn signal switch to the right turn position,
and then back to center. The “Ones” digit field (F)
d. Move turn signal switch to the left turn position, should be flashing.
and then back to center one time to increment the
“Ones” digit field to the value of “1”. b. Move turn signal switch to the left turn position,
and then back to center one time to increment the
e. Move turn signal switch to the right turn position. “Ones” digit field to the value of “1”. The km/h
The address fields (C and D) should be flashing. ground speed symbol will be displayed.
f. Move turn signal switch to the left turn position, and c. Move turn signal switch to the right turn position,
then back to center. If the “Access Level One” value and then back to center. The “Tens” digit field (E)
was not correct, the address field will default back should be flashing.
to the “00” address. If the value was correct, the
address will increment to the “Ground Speed Units” d. Move turn signal switch to the right turn positions,
level (“01”). and then back to center. The address fields (C and
D) should be flashing.
NOTE: When the The “Ones” digit field (F) displays
an even number value the instrument cluster will 6. To change the tire circumference setting from the
display MPH. When the The “Ones” digit field (F) default circumference setting (4369 mm):
displays an odd number value the instrument cluster a. Move the turn signal switch to the left turn position,
will display Km/h. If installing a new instrument and then back to center. The address fields (C
cluster the factory default is set to MPH. and D) should read “02”. The data fields (E and F)
should read “43”.
5. To change the ground speed units from the default
MPH to km/h: b. Determine the tire circumference from the tire chart.
Values To Be Entered in Address Fields
Tire Rolling
Tire Size Circumference in 02 03
Millimeters
Tens Ones Tens Ones
16.9-24 R4 3861 3 8 6 1
16.9-30 R1 4369 4 3 6 9
18.4R30 4547 4 5 4 7
Instrument Tire Chart

c. Move turn signal switch to the right turn position,

e. Move turn signal switch to the right turn position,
and then back to center. The “Ones” digit field (F)
and then back to center. The “Tens” digit field (E)
should be flashing.
should be flashing.
d. Move turn signal switch to the left turn position,
f. Move turn signal switch to the left turn position,
and then back to center until the “Ones” digit field
and then back to center and repeat until the “Tens”
equals the number shown in the Tire Circumference
digit field equals the number shown in the Tire
Chart—Address Field “02”, “Ones”.
Circumference Chart—Address Field “02”, “Tens”.
Continued on next page SW03989,0001914 -19-04APR13-2/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=136
 Electrical System Components

g. Move turn signal switch to the right turn position, k. Move turn signal switch to the right turn position,
and then back to center. The address fields (C and and then back to center. The “Tens” digit field
D) should be flashing. should be flashing.
h. Move turn signal switch to the left turn position, and l. Move turn signal switch to the left turn position,
then back to center. The address fields should read and then back to center until the “Tens” digit field
“03”. equals the number shown in the Tire Circumference
Chart—Address Field “03”, “Tens”.
i. Move turn signal switch to the right turn position,
and then back to center. The “Ones” digit field m. Move turn signal switch to the right turn position,
should be flashing. and then back to center. The address fields (C and
D) should be flashing.
j. Move turn signal switch to the left turn position,
and then back to center until the “Ones” data field 7. Place key switch in OFF position.
equals the number shown in the Tire Circumference
Chart—Address Field “03”, “Ones”.
Continued on next page SW03989,0001914 -19-04APR13-3/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=137
 Electrical System Components

F10

F11 F12
F1 F2 F13 F14
F15 F16
F3 F4
F5

LV11840 —UN—09DEC04
F6 F7 F8 F9 F17 F18

LV14596 —UN—05AUG11
B A

Place Fuse in Diagnostic Position—VEC

Place Fuse in Diagnostic Position—Load Center—Cab

8. Remove 10-amp fuse from F9 position (A) and place it B
in the storage position (B).

D
B

F
C

D
E
A

F
C

E
A
9. Install secondary and primary VEC or load center
access panels.

1
A—F9 Position B—Storage Position

2
3

3
4

4
5

5
6

6
7

7
A

LV15759 —UN—14MAY12
8

8
9

9
10

10

10
D

D
B

B
F

F
C

C
E

E
A

Place Fuse in Diagnostic Position—Load Center—Open Operator Station

SW03989,0001914 -19-04APR13-4/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=138
 Electrical System Components

Replace Rear PTO Switch—Open Operator

Station
1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove rear PTO switch (A) from the panel by

PUPX001137 —UN—05MAR09
pressing in the spring-loaded tabs on both sides of
the switch.
3. Disconnect wire connector.
4. Replace rear PTO switch.
5. Connect wire connector.
6. Connect battery negative (—) cable. Rear PTO Switch

A—Rear PTO Switch

SW03989,00018E8 -19-01APR13-1/1

Replace Rear PTO Switch—Cab

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove knob (A), nut (B), and handle (C).
3. Remove panel (D).

PULV003481 —UN—17JUL08
4. Disconnect wire connector.
5. Remove rear PTO switch (E) from the panel by
pressing in the spring-loaded tabs on both sides of
the switch.
6. Replace rear PTO switch.
7. Install panel (D).
Rear PTO Switch
8. Install handle (C), nut (B), and knob (A).
9. Connect wire conector. A—Knob D—Panel
B—Nut E—Rear PTO Switch
10. Connect battery negative (—) cable. C—Handle

SW03989,00018E9 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=139
 Electrical System Components

Replace Fuel Level Sender—Open Operator

Station
1. Open hood.
2. Disconnect negative (—) terminal of battery.
3. Locate fuel level sender (A) behind operator’s seat.
4. Disconnect harness connector (C).
5. Remove cap screws (B) and pull out fuel level sender
(A).

LV16889 —UN—12MAR13
6. Install new fuel level sender in reverse order of
removal.
7. Connect negative (—) terminal of battery.
8. Lower hood.

A—Fuel Level Sender C—Harness Connector Fuel Level Sender—OOS

B—Cap Screw
B

LV16890 —UN—12MAR13

Fuel Level Sender Removed—OOS

SW03989,00018EA -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=140
 Electrical System Components

Replace Fuel Level Sender—Cab

LV16883 —UN—12MAR13

LV16884 —UN—12MAR13
Cab Access Plate Cab Access Plate Removed
1. Open hood. D
2. Disconnect negative (—) terminal of battery.
3. Remove floor mat.
4. Remove six cap screws (A) and cover plate (B). E
5. Disconnect harness connector (C).
6. Remove cap screws (D) and pull out fuel level sender
(E).
7. Install new fuel level sender in reverse order of
removal.
8. Connect negative (—) terminal of battery.

LV16885 —UN—12MAR13
9. Lower hood.

A—Cap Screw D—Cap Screw

B—Cover Plate E—Fuel Level Sender
C—Harness Connector

Fuel Level Sender

SW03989,00018EB -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-15 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=141
 Electrical System Components

Replace Wiper Control Switch

LV17227 —UN—28MAR13

LV17228 —UN—28MAR13
Wiper Switch Knob Nut
1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove wiper switch knob (A) and nut (B).
3. Disconnect wiper control switch (C) from electrical
connector (D).
4. Replace wiper control switch.
5. Connect electrical connector and install new switch
into dash.
6. Install nut (B) and wiper switch knob (A).

A—Wiper Switch Knob C—Wiper Control Switch

B—Nut D—Electrical Connector

LV17229 —UN—28MAR13

Wiper Control Switch

SW03989,00018EC -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-16 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=142
 Electrical System Components

Replace Wiper Motor

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove hood. (See Remove and Install Hood in
Section 80, Group 25.)
3. Remove cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
4. Remove nut and washer (B), and wiper arm (A).
5. Disconnect ground wire (C) and electrical connector
(D) from motor.
6. Remove bushing (G).
7. Remove motor shaft nut (F), cupped washer and

LV17225 —UN—28MAR13
rubber washer (E).
8. Remove nut (H), cupped washer and rubber washer
(I), then remove wiper motor.
NOTE: Wiper motor is not repairable.

9. Replace front wiper motor. Wiper Arm

10. Install cupped washer and rubber washer (E), and

motor shaft nut (F) onto motor shaft.
11. Install cupped washer and rubber washer (I) and nut
(H) onto mounting stud.
12. Install bushing (G).
13. Install wiper arm (A), nut and washer (B).
14. Connect ground wire (C) and electrical connector (D)

LV17226 —UN—28MAR13
to motor.
15. Install cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
16. Install hood. (See Remove and Install Hood in Section
80, Group 25.)
Wiper Motor
17. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
A—Wiper Arm F— Motor Shaft Nut
B—Nut and Washer G—Bushing
C—Ground Wire H—Nut
D—Electrical Connector I— Cupped Washer and
E—Cupped Washer and Rubber Washer
Rubber Washer

SW03989,00018ED -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-17 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=143
 Electrical System Components

Replace Hand Throttle Position Sensor (OOS)

NOTE: Tractor with electrohydraulic hitch is shown.
The following procedure is similar for tractor
with mechanical hitch.

1. Remove panel (A).

NOTE: Panel (A) is snap fit with tabs into top panel (C).

2. Remove screw (B).

3. Remove top panel (C).

LV17344 —UN—04APR13
4. Disconnect wire connector (D).
5. Remove screws (E).
6. Remove hand throttle control assembly (F).

A—Panel D—Wire Connector

Panel
B—Screw E—Screw (2 used)
C—Top Panel F— Hand Throttle Control
Assembly

PULV004258 —UN—07JAN09
Hand Throttle Control Assembly

Continued on next page SW03989,0001885 -19-04APR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-18 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=144
 Electrical System Components

PULV004259 —UN—28JAN09
Hand Throttle Control
A—Screws F— Support J— Washer O—Lock Nuts
B—Washers G—Screws K—Lever
C—Sensor H—Bracket L— Washer
D—Shaft I— Compression Spring M—Washer
E—Seal N—Flange

7. Remove parts (A—O). 9. Install parts (A—O).

8. Replace hand throttle position sensor (C).
Continued on next page SW03989,0001885 -19-04APR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-19 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=145
 Electrical System Components

10. Install hand throttle control assembly (F) and screws

(E).
11. Connect wire connector (D).
12. Install top panel (C) and screw (B).
13. Install panel (A).

A—Panel D—Wire Connector

B—Screw E—Screw (2 used)
C—Top Panel F— Hand Throttle Control
Assembly

LV17344 —UN—04APR13
Panel

PULV004258 —UN—07JAN09
Hand Throttle Control Assembly

SW03989,0001885 -19-04APR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-20 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=146
 Electrical System Components

Replace Hand Throttle Position Sensor (Cab)

1. Remove panel (A).
NOTE: Panel (A) is snap fit with tabs into top panel.

2. Disconnect wire connector (B).

3. Remove screws (C).
4. Remove hand throttle control assembly (D).

LV17346 —UN—04APR13
A—Panel C—Screw (3 used)
B—Wire Connector D—Hand Throttle Control
Assembly

Panel

PULV004261 —UN—07JAN09
Hand Throttle Control Assembly

Continued on next page SW03989,0001886 -19-03APR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-21 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=147
 Electrical System Components

PULV004260 —UN—28JAN09
A—Flange E—Shaft I— Compression Spring L— Washers
B—Washer F— Lock Nuts J— Support M—Screws
C—Washer G—Lever K—Sensor
D—Washer H—Seal

5. Remove parts (A—M). 7. Install parts (A—M).

6. Replace hand throttle position sensor (K).
Continued on next page SW03989,0001886 -19-03APR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-22 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=148
 Electrical System Components

8. Install hand throttle control assembly (D) and screws

(C).
9. Connect wire connector (B).
10. Install panel (A).

A—Panel C—Screw (3 used)

B—Wire Connector D—Hand Throttle Control
Assembly

LV17346 —UN—04APR13
Panel

PULV004261 —UN—07JAN09
Hand Throttle Control Assembly

SW03989,0001886 -19-03APR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-23 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=149
 Electrical System Components

Replace Foot Throttle Position Sensor

LV17347 —UN—04APR13

LV17348 —UN—04APR13
Connector—Cab Foot Throttle Position Sensor—Cab

LV17350 —UN—04APR13
Foot Throttle Position Sensor—OOS
LV17349 —UN—04APR13

Connector—OOS

A—Wire Connector B— Cap Screw

C—Foot Throttle Control
Assembly

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 4. Remove foot throttle control assembly (C).
2. Disconnect wire connector (A).
3. Remove cap screws (B).
Continued on next page SW03989,0001887 -19-04APR13-1/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-24 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=150
 Electrical System Components

NOTE: Replace the potentiometers as complete

assemblies (together with the toothed segment) only.

5. Remove seal (A) and screws (B).

6. Remove potentiometer (D) with toothed segment (C).

LX1045288 —UN—12JUN08
A—Seal C—Toothed Segment
B—Screws D—Potentiometer

SW03989,0001887 -19-04APR13-2/7

7. Remove screws (B) and housing (A).

8. Check all the parts for signs of damage and replace
as necessary.

A—Housing B—Screws

LX1045289 —UN—12JUN08
LX1045290 —UN—12JUN08
SW03989,0001887 -19-04APR13-3/7

9. Install housing (A) and tighten screws (B).

10. Remove plug (C) from the housing.

A—Housing C—Plug
B—Screws
LX1045291 —UN—12JUN08

Continued on next page SW03989,0001887 -19-04APR13-4/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-25 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=151
 Electrical System Components

11. Move the accelerator pedal far enough to allow a

punch with a diameter of 5 mm (0.2 in.) to pass
through the holes in housing (A) and toothed segment
of accelerator pedal.
12. Move toothed segment (B) until holes (C) are aligned.

LX1045292 —UN—12JUN08
Then install potentiometer (D) with pretensioned
toothed segment (B) in housing (D) using the punch.
Tighten screws (E).

A—Housing D—Potentiometer
B—Toothed Segment E—Screws
C—Holes

LX1045293 —UN—12JUN08
SW03989,0001887 -19-04APR13-5/7

13. Install seal (A) and plug (B).

A—Seal B—Plug

LX1045294 —UN—12JUN08
Continued on next page SW03989,0001887 -19-04APR13-6/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-26 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=152
 Electrical System Components

LV17347 —UN—04APR13

LV17348 —UN—04APR13
Connector—Cab Foot Throttle Position Sensor—Cab

LV17350 —UN—04APR13
Foot Throttle Position Sensor—OOS
LV17349 —UN—04APR13

Connector—OOS

A—Wire Connector B— Cap Screw

C—Foot Throttle Control
Assembly

14. Install foot throttle pedal assembly (C) and tighten 15. Connect wire connector (A).
screws (B).
16. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
NOTE: After replacement, a calibration is not required.
SW03989,0001887 -19-04APR13-7/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-27 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=153
 Electrical System Components

Replace Park Switch

NOTE: The park switch is located just to the left of
the gear and range shift tower.

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

2. Disconnect connector (A).
3. Remove park switch (B).

LV10868 —UN—07OCT04
4. Install new park switch (B) and tighten to specification.
Specification
Park Switch—Torque.................................13—17 N·m (115—150 lb.-in.)

5. Connect wire connector (A).

6. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
Park Switch
A—Connector B—Park Switch

SW03989,0001916 -19-04APR13-1/1

Replace Speed Lever Neutral Switch—PR

Transmission with Creeper
1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
NOTE: Cab is shown, OOS is similar.

2. Disconnect wire connector (A).

3. Replace speed lever neutral switch (B).
4. Connect wire connector (A).
5. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Wire Connector B—Speed Lever Neutral Switch

LV17353 —UN—04APR13

Speed Lever Neutral Switch

SW03989,0001D56 -19-23SEP13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-28 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=154
 Electrical System Components

Replace Creeper Lever Position Sensor

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove fuel tank. (See Remove, Inspect and Install
Fuel Tank in Section 30, Group 05.)

PUPX001235 —UN—12JUN09
3. Disconnect wire connector (A).
4. Disconnect creeper control cable (B).
5. Remove bracket (C) along with creeper lever position
sensor assembly.

A—Wire Connector C—Sensor Mounting Bracket

B—Creeper Control Cable

SW03989,0001918 -19-04APR13-1/3

J E
I
I H F D

B
C
G

B PUPX001236 —UN—12JUN09

E
D

A—Bracket E—Washer (2 used) H—Clip K—Nut (2 used)

B—Nut (2 used) F— Sensor Guide I— O-ring (2 used)
C—Linkage G—O-ring J— Sensor Base
D—Cap Screw (2 used)

6. Disassemble parts (A—K). Replace position sensor 7. Assemble parts (A—K).

parts as necessary.
Continued on next page SW03989,0001918 -19-04APR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-29 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=155
 Electrical System Components

8. Install bracket (C) along with creeper lever position

sensor assembly.
9. Connect creeper control cable (B).
10. Connect wire connector (A).

PUPX001235 —UN—12JUN09
11. Install fuel tank. (See Remove, Inspect and Install
Fuel Tank in Section 30, Group 05.)
12. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Wire Connector C—Sensor Mounting Bracket

B—Creeper Control Cable

SW03989,0001918 -19-04APR13-3/3

Replace Blower Control Switch

1. Remove cab control panel from cab liner.
2. Disconnect electrical connector (A).
3. Remove blower control knob (B) and nut (C).
4. Replace blower switch.
5. Install nut (C) and blower control knob (B).

LV10158 —UN—01SEP04
6. Connect electrical connector (A).
7. Install cab control panel.

A—Electrical Connector C—Nut

B—Blower Switch Knob

Blower Control Switch Electrical Connector

LV10159 —UN—01SEP04

Blower Switch Removal

SW03989,00018EE -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-30 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=156
 Electrical System Components

Replace A/C Deicing Switch

1. Remove HVAC housing cover from top of cab to
access temperature control switch.
2. Remove blower motor resistor connector (D).
3. Remove clamp (F).
4. Loosen screw (G) and remove cable from temperature
control switch.

LV8754 —UN—25AUG03
5. Pull capillary sensing tube (E) out of evaporator core.
6. Disconnect wire leads (A).
7. Remove mounting bracket cap screws (C) and
mounting bracket with A/C temperature control switch
(B).
A/C Deicing Switch
8. Remove rivets (H).
9. Replace A/C deicing switch (B) and secure with new
rivets.
10. Install mounting bracket and cap screws (C).
11. Install capillary sensing tube (E) into the center of the
evaporator core.
12. Install cable and clamp (F).

LV8757 —UN—25AUG03
A—Wire Lead (2 used) E—Capillary Sensing Tube
B—A/C Deicing Switch F— Clamp
C—Cap Screw (3 used) G—Screw
D—Blower Motor Resistor H—Rivet (2 used)
Connector

A/C Deicing Switch Bracket

SW03989,00018EF -19-01APR13-1/2

13. Attach cable to temperature control switch and adjust

deicing switch. (See Adjust Deicing Switch in Section
90, Group 30.)
14. Connect wire leads (A).
15. Install blower motor resistor connector (D).
16. Place HVAC housing cover on cab roof and secure
with screws.
LV8754 —UN—25AUG03

A—Wire Lead (2 used) E—Capillary Sensing Tube

B—A/C Deicing Switch F— Clamp
C—Cap Screw (3 used) G—Screw
D—Blower Motor Resistor
Connector

A/C Deicing Switch

SW03989,00018EF -19-01APR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-31 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=157
 Electrical System Components

Replace A/C On/Off Switch

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove cab control panel from cab liner.
3. Disconnect wire leads (A).
4. Remove A/C ON/OFF switch from cab control panel
by pressing in on spring-loaded tabs (B) on both sides
of switch.

LV10160 —UN—01SEP04
5. Install new A/C ON/OFF switch into panel.
6. Connect wire leads (A).
7. Install cab control panel.
8. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Wire Leads B—Tabs

SW03989,000188B -19-01APR13-1/1

Replace HVAC Resistor

1. Disconnect battery, negative (—) cable first.
2. Remove HVAC housing cover. (See Remove and
Install HVAC Housing Cover in Section 90, Group 30.)
3. Disconnect wire connector (A).
4. Remove rivets (B) and HVAC resistor assembly (C).

LV12439 —UN—05MAR05
5. Install new HVAC resistor assembly (C) and rivets (B).
6. Connect wire connector (A).
7. Install HVAC housing cover. (See Remove and Install
HVAC Housing Cover in Section 90, Group 30.)
8. Connect battery, negative (—) cable last.

A—Wire Connector C—HVAC Resistor Assembly

B—Rivet (2 used)

SW03989,000188C -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-32 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=158
 Electrical System Components

Replace A/C High/Low Pressure Switch

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove HVAC housing cover. (See Remove and
Install HVAC Housing Cover in Section 90, Group 30.)
3. Disconnect wire connector and remove A/C high/low
pressure switch (A).
4. Install new A/C high/low pressure switch (A) and

LV8686 —UN—18AUG03
connect wire connector.
5. Install HVAC housing cover. (See Remove and Install
HVAC Housing Cover in Section 90, Group 30.)
6. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—A/C High/Low Pressure

Switch

SW03989,0001919 -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-33 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=159
 Electrical System Components

Replace Dome Light

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Push in at the switch end of dome light lens (A), and
remove lens (B).

LV10128 —UN—01SEP04
3. Remove screws (C).
4. Pull on switch end of dome light (D) to release from
dome light panel.
5. Disconnect electrical connector (E).
6. Connect new dome light electrical connector (E).
7. Position new dome light and snap into place.
8. Install screws (C).
9. Install dome light lens (B).
10. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

LV10129 —UN—01SEP04
A—Switch End of Dome Light D—Switch End of Dome Light
Lens E—Electrical Connector
B—Lens
C—Screws

LV10130 —UN—01SEP04
SW03989,000188E -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-34 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=160
 Electrical System Components

Replace Left Door Switch

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable
NOTE: The door switch is located at the upper end of
the center cab post on left side of cab.

2. Remove center cab post cover.

3. Disconnect wire connector (B).

LV8703 —UN—25AUG03
4. Remove screws (A) and switch (C).
5. Install new switch (C) and screws (A).
6. Connect wire connector (B).
7. Install center cab post cover.
8. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
A—Screw (2 used) C—Switch
B—Wire Connector

SW03989,000188F -19-01APR13-1/1

Replace Seat Switch—Open Operator Station

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Disconnect wire connector.

PULV004147 —UN—26DEC08
3. Lower seat (A) and tilt forward on hinge (B).
4. Raise cover (C).
5. Disconnect wire connector (D).
6. Replace seat switch (D).
7. Connect wire connector (D).
8. Lower cover (C). Seat Assembly

9. Return seat (A) to original position.

10. Connect wire connector.
11. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Seat D—Wire Connector

B—Hinge E—Seat Switch
C—Cover PUPX001238 —UN—12JUN09

Seat Switch

SW03989,00018F0 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-35 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=161
 Electrical System Components

Replace Seat Switch—Cab

Air Suspension
1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Disconnect wire connector (A).
3. Remove screws (C) and seat cushion (B).
4. Disconnect wiring harness (E) and replace seat switch

LV11084 —UN—14OCT04
(D).
5. Connect wiring harness (E), install seat cushion (B),
and screws(C). Connect wire connector (A).
6. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Wire Connector D—Seat Switch Disconnect Wire Connector

B—Seat Cushion E—Wiring Harness
C—Screws

LV17219 —UN—28MAR13
Seat Cushion

LV17220 —UN—28MAR13

Seat Switch

Continued on next page SW03989,00018F1 -19-03APR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-36 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=162
 Electrical System Components

Non-Air Suspension
1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Disconnect wire connector (A).
3. Remove screws (C) and lift seat assembly (B) to
disconnect wiring harness from seat switch (D).
4. Replace seat switch, connect wiring harness, and
install seat assembly (B) to seat base with screws (C)

LV11084 —UN—14OCT04
removed earlier.
5. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Wire Connector C—Screws

B—Seat Assembly D—Seat Switch

Disconnect Wiring Connector

LV17221 —UN—28MAR13
Seat Cushion

LV17222 —UN—28MAR13

Seat Switch

SW03989,00018F1 -19-03APR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-37 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=163
 Electrical System Components

Replace Load Center—Open Operator

Station
Load center panels are integrated into the open operator
station chassis harness. If replacement is necessary:
(See Replace W308 Chassis Harness (OOS, PR) in
Section 40, Group 15.)

A—Load Center

LV15765 —UN—21MAY12
Load Center

SW03989,000191A -19-04APR13-1/1

Replace Load Center—Cab

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove left-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90,
Group 10.)
3. Remove screws (A) and load center (B) with brackets.
NOTE: Individual blocks of load center can be replaced.

4. Disconnect wires from load center block to be replaced.

5. Replace damaged load center block.
6. Install wires.

LV14600 —UN—11AUG11
7. Position load center (B) with brackets into left control
console housing.
8. Install screws (A).
9. Install left-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90,
Group 10.) Remove Load Center

10. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

SW03989,00018F3 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-38 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=164
 Electrical System Components

Replace Electrohydraulic Control Unit

(EHC)—OOS
1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. If equipped, pull floor mat back to access lower cap
screws of access panel.

LV17206 —UN—28MAR13
3. Remove wing screws (A).
4. Remove access panel (B).
5. Disconnect wire connectors (D—F).
6. Remove upper and lower cap screws.
Access Panel
7. Remove electrohydraulic control unit (EHC) (C).
8. As necessary, install new electrohydraulic control unit
(EHC) (C) with cap screws.
9. Connect wire connectors (D—F).
10. Install access panel (B) and wing screws (A).
11. If equipped, place floor mat back to original position.
12. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
NOTE: For replaced control unit, perform Programming
Control Units in Section 245, Group 05B.

13. Calibrate control unit using following resources:

LV17207 —UN—28MAR13
For EHC calibration, see:
• Chassis Control Unit (CCU) Configuration and
Calibration in Section 245, Group CCU
• Power Train Reverser (PTR) Control Unit
Configuration and Calibration in Section 245, Group
PTR
Electrohydraulic Control Unit (EHC)—OOS
A—Wing Screws (2 used) D—A06X3 Connector
B—Access Panel E—A06X2 Connector
C—EHC Control Unit F— A06X1 Connector

SW03989,000191B -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-39 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=165
 Electrical System Components

Replace Electrohydraulic Control Unit

(EHC)—Cab
1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove left-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90,
Group 10.)
3. Disconnect wire connectors (A, B, and C).

LV15370 —UN—24JAN12
4. Remove upper and lower cap screws and plastic
washers.
5. Remove electrohydraulic control unit (EHC).
6. As necessary, install new electrohydraulic control unit
(EHC) with cap screws and plastic washers. Place
one plastic washer between the EHC and the inner Electrohydraulic Control Unit (EHC)—Cab
mounting nut, and one under the head of each cap
screw.
A—A06X1 Connector C—A06X3 Connector
7. Connect wire connectors (A, B, and C). B—A06X2 Connector

8. Install left-side control console. (See Remove and

Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90,
For EHC calibration, see:
Group 10.)
• Chassis Control Unit (CCU) Configuration and
9. Connect battery negative (—) cable. Calibration in Section 245, Group CCU
• Power Train Reverser (PTR) Control Unit
NOTE: For replaced control unit, perform Programming Configuration and Calibration in Section 245, Group
Control Units in Section 245, Group 05B. PTR
10. Calibrate control unit using following resources:
SW03989,000191C -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-40 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=166
 Electrical System Components

Replace Engine Control Unit (ECU)

NOTE: OOS procedure shown, Cab is similar.

1. Raise hood.
2. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
3. Remove cap screws (A) and tilt engine control unit
(ECU) (B) out of side of engine compartment.
NOTE: ECU connector retaining screws are held in
place with captive washers.

4. Remove ECU connector retaining screw caps and

loosen ECU connector retaining screws (C).

LV15377 —UN—24JAN12
5. Disconnect wire connectors (D, E and F).
6. Remove ECU (B).
7. Connect wire connectors (D, E and F).
8. Tighten ECU connector retaining screws (C) and
install ECU connector retaining screw caps. Engine Control Unit (ECU)
9. Tilt ECU (B) into side of engine compartment and
install cap screws (A).
10. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
11. Lower hood.
NOTE: For replaced control unit, perform Programming
Control Units in Section 245, Group 05B.

12. Calibrate control unit using following resources:

For ECU calibration:
• See 4045 PowerTech OEM Diesel Engines Below
130kW (174 hp) (Interim Tier 4/Stage III B platform)
CTM114619 or relevant CTM.

LV15378 —UN—24JAN12
A—Cap Screws D—A09X1 Connector
B—Engine Control Unit (ECU) E—A09X2 Connector
C—ECU Connector Retaining F— A09X3 Connector
Screws

ECU Connector Retaining Screws

SW03989,000191D -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-41 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=167
 Electrical System Components

Replace Start Relay

NOTE: OOS is shown; Cab is similar.

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

2. Remove center control console cover. (See Remove
and Install Center Control Console in Section 90,
Group 10.)
3. Remove screws (A) and clamp (B).
4. Remove wire terminals (C).
5. Remove start relay (D).
6. Install new start relay (D).

LV17223 —UN—28MAR13
7. Connect wire terminals (C).
8. Install clamp (B) and screws (A).
9. Install center control console cover. (See Remove and
Install Center Control Console in Section 90, Group
10.)
Start Relay
10. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
A—Screws C—Wire Terminals
B—Clamp D—Start Relay

SW03989,000191F -19-04APR13-1/1

Replace Neutral Relay

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove center control console cover. (See Remove
and Install Center Control Console in Section 90,
Group 10.)
3. Replace relay at location (A).
4. Install center control console cover. (See Remove and
Install Center Control Console in Section 90, Group
10.)
5. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Neutral Relay Location

LV17354 —UN—04APR13

Neutral Relay Location

SW03989,000191E -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-42 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=168
 Electrical System Components

Replace Top Shaft Speed Sensor

NOTE: Top shaft speed sensor is located on the
right side of the transmission.

1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable.

2. Drain approximately 1—2 gallons of oil from the
transmission/hydraulic system.
3. Disconnect wire connector (A) and remove top shaft
speed sensor (B).
4. Install a new top shaft speed sensor (B) and O-ring.
Tighten to specification.
Specification

LV10657 —UN—04OCT04
Top Shaft Speed
Sensor—Torque..................................................... 14.2 N·m (125 lb.-in.)

5. Connect wire connector (A).

6. Fill transmission/hydraulic fluid to correct level. (See
Transmission and Hydraulic Oil in Section 10, Group
15.) Top Shaft Speed Sensor

7. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Wire Connector B—Top Shaft Speed Sensor

SW03989,0001920 -19-04APR13-1/1

Replace Wheel Speed Sensor

NOTE: The wheel speed sensor is located on the left-side
of the transmission, in front of the axle housing.

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

2. Drain transmission/hydraulic fluid.
3. Disconnect wire connector (A).
4. Replace wheel speed sensor (B) and O-ring. Tighten
to specification.
Specification
Wheel Speed
Sensor—Torque..................................................... 14.2 N·m (125 lb.-in.)

LV17355 —UN—04APR13
5. Connect wire connector (A).
6. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
7. Fill transmission/hydraulic fluid to correct level. (See
Transmission and Hydraulic Oil in Section 10, Group
15.)
Wheel Speed Sensor
A—Wire Connector B—Wheel Speed Sensor

SW03989,0001921 -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-43 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=169
 Electrical System Components

Replace Enable Pressure Sensor

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove two cap screws (A) and shield (B).
3. Disconnect wire connector (C).
4. Replace sensor (D) and O-ring. Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Enable Pressure
Sensor—Torque........................................13—17 N·m (115—150 lb.-in.)

5. Connect wire connector (C).

6. Install shield (B) with two cap screws (A).

LV10689 —UN—04OCT04
A—Cap Screw (2 used) C—Wire Connector
B—Shield D—Sensor

Shield

LV10711 —UN—04OCT04

Enable Pressure Sensor

SW03989,0001923 -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-44 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=170
 Electrical System Components

Replace Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Disconnect wire connector (A).
3. Remove hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B) and
install a new one. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Temperature
Sensor—Torque........................................13—17 N·m (115—150 lb.-in.)

4. Connect wire connector (A).

5. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

LV17356 —UN—04APR13
A—Wire Connector B—Hydraulic Oil Temperature
Sensor

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor

SW03989,0001922 -19-04APR13-1/1

Replace Clutch Pedal Position Sensor

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove center control console cover. (See Remove
and Install Center Control Console in Section 90,
Group 10.)
3. Disconnect wire connector (A).
4. Remove ball stud (B) from the pedal.

LV10646 —UN—22SEP04
5. Remove two screws (C) and clutch pedal position
sensor (D).

A—Wire Connector C—Screw (2 used)

B—Ball Stud D—Clutch Pedal Position
Sensor
Clutch Pedal Position Sensor

Continued on next page SW03989,0001924 -19-04APR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-45 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=171
 Electrical System Components

6. Remove screw (E), lever (G) and torsion spring (F).

7. Remove stop (H) from clutch pedal position sensor (I).
NOTE: Position sensor linkage needs to be disassembled
only if it is damaged.

8. Remove link arm (J) and ball stud (K).

9. Install stop (H) in clutch position sensor (I).
10. Press ball stud (K) into link arm (J).
11. Press link arm (J) onto ball stud on lever (G).
12. Install torsion spring (F) and lever (G) on clutch pedal
position sensor (I) with screw (E).

LV10647 —UN—22SEP04
E—Screw I— Clutch Pedal Position
F— Torsion Spring Sensor
G—Lever J— Link Arm
H—Stop K—Ball Stud

SW03989,0001924 -19-04APR13-2/3

13. Install clutch pedal position sensor assembly (D) with

two screws (C).
14. Connect wire connector (A).
15. Install ball stud (B) on clutch pedal.
16. Install center control console cover. (See Remove and
Install Center Control Console in Section 90, Group
10.)

LV10646 —UN—22SEP04
17. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Wire Connector C—Screw (2 used)

B—Ball Stud D—Clutch Pedal Position
Sensor

SW03989,0001924 -19-04APR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-46 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=172
 Electrical System Components

Replace Clutch Disengage Switch

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable
2. Remove center control console cover. (See Remove
and Install Center Control Console in Section 90,
Group 10.)
3. Disconnect wire connector (B).

LV10651 —UN—22SEP04
B—Wire Connector

Wiring Connector

SW03989,0001925 -19-04APR13-1/3

4. Disconnect wire connector (C) from clutch position

sensor.
5. Remove three screws (D).
6. Remove clutch disengage switch and harness (E)
from the console.
7. Route the new clutch disengage switch and harness
(E) between the bracket and console and route the
wire connector (B) to the bottom of the console.
8. Connect wire connector (C) to the clutch position
sensor.
9. Install the clutch disengage switch and harness (E)
with three screws (D).

B—Wire Connector D—Screw (3 used)

C—Wire Connector E—Clutch Disengage Switch
and Harness

LV10652 —UN—02NOV04

Clutch Disengage Switch

Continued on next page SW03989,0001925 -19-04APR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-47 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=173
 Electrical System Components

10. Connect wire connector (B).

11. Install center control console cover. (See Remove and
Install Center Control Console in Section 90, Group
10.)
12. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

B—Wire Connector

LV10651 —UN—22SEP04
Clutch Disengage Switch Wiring Connector

SW03989,0001925 -19-04APR13-3/3

Replace Rear PTO Speed Sensor

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Disconnect wire connector (A) and remove rear PTO
speed sensor (B).
3. Install new rear PTO speed sensor (B). Tighten to
specification.
Specification

LV10577 —UN—20SEP04
Rear PTO Speed
Sensor—Torque..................................................... 14.2 N·m (125 lb.-in.)

4. Connect wire connector (A).

5. Connect negative (—) battery cable.

A—Wire Connector B—Rear PTO Sensor

Rear PTO Speed Sensor

SW03989,0001926 -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-48 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=174
 Electrical System Components

Replace Forward Neutral Reverse (FNR)

Switch

LV17208 —UN—28MAR13

LV17209 —UN—28MAR13
Cover Lock Nut and Spacer

NOTE: Cab tractor is shown; open operator

station is similar.

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

2. Remove cover (A).
3. Remove lock nut (B) and spacer (C).
4. Remove nut (D) and steering wheel (E).

A—Cover D—Nut
B—Lock Nut E—Steering Wheel

LV17210 —UN—28MAR13
C—Spacer

Nut and Steering Wheel

Continued on next page SW03989,0001927 -19-04APR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-49 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=175
 Electrical System Components

LV17211 —UN—28MAR13

LV17379 —UN—04APR13
Snap Ring Screws and Cover
5. Remove snap ring (F), washer (G).
6. Remove screws (H) and cover (I).
7. Disconnect wire connector (J)
8. Remove forward neutral reverse (FNR) switch (K).
9. Replace FNR switch (K).
10. Install in reverse order.
11. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

LV17380 —UN—04APR13
F— Snap Ring I— Cover
G—Washer J— Wire Harness
H—Screws (6 used) K—Forward Neutral Reverse
(FNR) Switch

Forward Neutral Reverse (FNR) Switch

SW03989,0001927 -19-04APR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-50 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=176
 Electrical System Components

Replace Brake Pedal Switch

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
3. Remove socket head screws (A).
4. Remove brake pedal switch (B) from bracket, and
disconnect wire connector (C).

LV10688 —UN—04OCT04
5. Connect wire connector (C) to new brake pedal switch
(B) and install switch with socket head screws (A).
6. Install cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.))
7. Connect battery negative (—) cable. Brake Pedal Switch

A—Socket Head Screw (2 used) C—Wire Connector

B—Brake Pedal Switch

SW03989,00018FE -19-01APR13-1/1

Replace High/Low Shifter

Switch—PowrReverser Transmission
1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove three screws (A) and cover (B).
3. Disconnect wire connector (C).

PULV003440 —UN—25SEP08
4. Replace High/Low shifter switch (D).
5. Connect wire connector (C).
6. Install cover (B) and screws (A).
7. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Screws (3 used) C—Wire Connector

B—Cover D—High/Low Shifter Switch

PULV003441 —UN—25SEP08

SW03989,0001898 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-51 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=177
 Electrical System Components

Replace Mid-Mount SCV 3rd Function Switch

LV17218 —UN—28MAR13
LV11091 —UN—14OCT04

Remove Cover

Disconnect Wiring Connector

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Cab Tractors: remove right-side upholstery. (See
Remove and Install Right-Side Upholstery in Section
90, Group 20)
3. Disconnect wire connector (A).
4. Remove screw (B) at the base of the joystick cover.
5. Cab Tractors: pull floor mat away from the base of

LV15767 —UN—21MAY12
the joystick housing.
6. Cab Tractors: remove screws (D).
Open Operator Station: remove screws (L).
7. Remove screws (C) and cover (E).

A—Wire Connector D—Screw (3 used) Mounting Bolts OOS

B—Screw E—Cover
C—Screw (4 used) L— Screw (4 used)

Continued on next page SW03989,00018FF -19-01APR13-1/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-52 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=178
 Electrical System Components

8. Remove two screws and nuts (F).

9. Remove switch housing assembly (G).
10. Remove screws (H and I) and cover (J).

F— Screw and Nut (2 used) I— Screw

G—Switch Housing Assembly J— Cover
H—Screw (2 used)

LV11093 —UN—14OCT04
Remove Switch Housing Assembly

LV11094 —UN—14OCT04

Remove Housing Cover

Continued on next page SW03989,00018FF -19-01APR13-2/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-53 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=179
 Electrical System Components

11. Replace mid-mount solenoid switch (K).

K—Mid-Mount Solenoid Switch

LV11095 —UN—14OCT04
Replace Mid-Mount Solenoid Switch

Continued on next page SW03989,00018FF -19-01APR13-3/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-54 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=180
 Electrical System Components

12. Install cover (J) with three screws (H and I).

13. Align holes in switch housing assembly (G) with holes
in joystick shaft, and install switch housing using two
screws and nuts (F).

F— Screw and Nut (2 used) I— Screw

G—Switch Housing Assembly J— Cover
H—Screw (2 used)

LV11094 —UN—14OCT04
Install Cover

LV11093 —UN—14OCT04

Install Switch Housing Assembly

Continued on next page SW03989,00018FF -19-01APR13-4/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-55 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=181
 Electrical System Components

LV15767 —UN—21MAY12
LV17218 —UN—28MAR13
Mounting Bolts OOS

Install Joystick Cover

14. Install cover (E) over joystick and secure using screws
(C).
15. Cab Tractors: install screws (D).
Open Operator Station: install screws (L).
16. Cab Tractors: install floor mat around base of the
joystick housing.
17. Install screw (B) at the base of the joystick cover.
18. Connect wire connector (A).
19. Cab Tractors: install right-side upholstery. (See
Remove and Install Right-Side Upholstery in Section
90, Group 20)
20. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Wire Connector D—Screw (3 used)

B—Screw E—Cover
C—Screw (4 used) L— Screw (4 used)

LV11091 —UN—14OCT04

Connect Wiring Connector

SW03989,00018FF -19-01APR13-5/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-56 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=182
 Electrical System Components

Replace Multi-Function Control Lever Switch

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove screws (A).
3. Remove multi-function control lever switch (B) and
disconnect wire connector (C).
4. Connect wire connector (C) and install multi-function
control lever switch (B) using screws (A).

A—Screw (4 used) C—Wire Connector

B—Multi-Function Control
Lever Switch

LV16222 —UN—26OCT12
S48 Multi-Function Control Lever Switch

LV16223 —UN—26OCT12
SW03989,0001900 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-57 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=183
 Electrical System Components

Replace Mid-Mount SCV Solenoid—If

Equipped
NOTE: Always replace O-rings. Damaged or
used O-rings will leak.

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

2. Disconnect wire connector (A).

PULV003443 —UN—25SEP08
3. Remove retaining nut and O-ring (B) and solenoid
coil (C).
4. Install new solenoid coil (C) and retaining nut (B) with
O-ring.
5. Connect wire connector (A).
6. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Wire Connector C—Solenoid Coil

B—Retaining Nut with O-Ring

SW03989,0001929 -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-58 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=184
 Electrical System Components

Replace Clutch Enable Solenoid

NOTE: The clutch enable solenoid is located on the
left side of the transmission.

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

2. Remove two cap screws (A) and shield (B).
3. Disconnect wire connector (C).
4. Remove cap screws (D), retainer (E), solenoid (F)
and O-ring.
5. Install new solenoid (F) and O-ring using retainer
(E) and cap screws (D). Tighten cap screws to
specification.

LV10689 —UN—04OCT04
Specification
Clutch Enable Solenoid
Cap Screw—Torque...................................... 22—28 N·m (16—21 lb.-ft.)

6. Connect wire connector (C).

7. Install shield (B) using two cap screws (A). Remove Shield
8. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Cap Screw (2 used) D—Cap Screw

B—Shield E—Retainer
C—Wire Connector F— Solenoid

LV10702 —UN—04OCT04

Clutch Enable Solenoid

SW03989,0001901 -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-59 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=185
 Electrical System Components

Replace Transmission Forward (Low)

Solenoid Valve
NOTE: The transmission forward (low) solenoid valve is
located on the left side of the transmission.

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

2. Remove cap screws (A) and shield (B).
3. Disconnect wire connector.
4. Remove solenoid, valve spool and spring.
5. Install solenoid, valve spool, and spring. Tighten to
specification.

LV10689 —UN—04OCT04
Specification
Transmission Forward
(Low) Solenoid—Torque......................................... 14.2 N·m (125 lb.-in.)

6. Connect wire connector.

7. Install shield (B) and cap screws (A).
Shield
8. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

LV16897 —UN—08MAR13
Transmission Forward (Low) Solenoid Valve (Cab and OOS)
(Located behind fuel tank)

LV16900 —UN—08MAR13

Transmission Forward (Low) Solenoid Valve (Cab) (with License

and Clearance Lights) (Located behind fuel tank)

SW03989,000192A -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-60 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=186
 Electrical System Components

Replace Transmission Forward (High)

Solenoid Valve (with License and Clearance
Lights)
NOTE: Transmission forward (high) solenoid valve is
located on the left side of the transmission.

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

2. Remove cap screws (A) and shield (B).
3. Disconnect wire connector.
4. Remove transmission forward solenoid valve (high),
valve spring and spool.

LV10689 —UN—04OCT04
5. Install valve spring, spool and new transmission
forward (high) solenoid valve. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Transmission Forward
(High) Solenoid
Valve—Torque........................................................ 14.2 N·m (125 lb.-in.)
Shield
6. Connect wire connector.
7. Install shield (B) and cap screws (A).
8. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Cap Screw (2 used) B—Shield

LV16903 —UN—08MAR13
Transmission Forward (High) Solenoid Valve (with License
and Clearance Lights)

SW03989,000192B -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-61 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=187
 Electrical System Components

Replace Transmission Reverse Solenoid

Valve
NOTE: The transmission reverse solenoid is located
on the left side of the transmission.

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

2. Remove cap screws (A) and shield (B).
3. Disconnect wire connector.
4. Remove solenoid, valve spool and spring.
5. Install solenoid, valve spool, and spring. Tighten to
specification.

LV10689 —UN—04OCT04
Specification
Transmission Reverse
Solenoid Valve—Torque......................................... 14.2 N·m (125 lb.-in.)

6. Connect wire connector.

7. Install shield (B) and cap screws (A).
Remove Shield

LV16898 —UN—08MAR13
Transmission Reverse Solenoid Valve (Cab and OOS)
(Located behind fuel tank)

LV16901 —UN—08MAR13

Transmission Reverse Solenoid Valve (Cab) (with License and

Clearance Lights) (Located behind fuel tank)

SW03989,000192C -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-62 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=188
 Electrical System Components

Replace PTO Solenoid Valve

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Disconnect wire connector (A).
3. Remove cap screws (C)
4. Remove PTO solenoid valve (B).
5. Install new PTO solenoid valve (B).

LV17342 —UN—04APR13
6. Install cap screws (C). Tighten to specification.
Specification
PTO Solenoid Valve Cap
Screw—Torque.............................................. 22—28 N·m (16—21 lb.-ft.)

7. Connect wire connector (A).

PTO Solenoid Valve
8. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Wire Connector C—Cap Screw (2 used)

B—PTO Solenoid Valve

SW03989,000192D -19-04APR13-1/1

Replace EH MFWD Solenoid

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Disconnect wire connector (A).
3. Remove cap screws (B) and EH MFWD solenoid (C).
4. Replace EH MFWD solenoid
5. Install EH MFWD solenoid (C) with cap screws (B).
Tighten cap screws to specification.

LV17341 —UN—03APR13
Specification
EH MFWD Solenoid Cap
Screw—Torque................................................9—11 N·m (80—97 lb.-in.)

6. Connect wire connector (A).

7. Connect battery negative (—) cable. EH MFWD Solenoid

A—Wire Connector C—EH MFWD Solenoid

B—Cap Screw (2 used)

SW03989,000192E -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-63 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=189
 Electrical System Components

Replace EH MFWD Switch

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove right-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Right-Side Control—Cab in Section 90, Group
10.)

LV16918 —UN—11MAR13
3. Remove EH MFWD switch and disconnect wire
harness connector.
4. Connect wire harness connector and install EH MFWD
switch.
5. Install right-side control console. (See Remove and
EH MFWD Switch Location
Install Right-Side Control—Cab in Section 90, Group
10.)
6. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
SW03989,000192F -19-04APR13-1/1

Replace MFWD (Mechanical) Lever Position

Switch
1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove MFWD lever position switch and disconnect
connector.
3. Connect wire connector and install MFWD lever
position switch.

LV16927 —UN—11MAR13
4. Perform lever position switch adjustment procedure.
(See MFWD (Mechanical) Engaged Indicator Switch
Adjustment in Diagnostic Technical manual, Section
250, Group 50AA.)
5. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

MFWD (Mechanical) Lever Position Switch

SW03989,0001930 -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-64 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=190
 Electrical System Components

Replace Seat Height Control Switch

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove seat assembly. (See Remove and Install
Seat and Support—Open Operator's Station and
Remove and Install Seat and Support—Cab in Section
90, Group 05.)
3. Move the seat to the rear-most adjustment and
remove screws (A).
4. Move the seat forward and remove screws (B).
5. Remove the seat from the seat base.

LV11275 —UN—20OCT04
A—Screw (2 used) B—Screw (2 used)

LV11276 —UN—20OCT04
Continued on next page SW03989,00018A3 -19-01APR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-65 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=191
 Electrical System Components

6. Remove cover (C) from the seat base.

7. Disconnect air line (D).
8. Disconnect wires (E and F).
9. Loosen set screw (G) and remove knob (H).
10. Remove nut (I), lock washer (J) and switch (K).
11. Install new switch (K) using lock washer (J) and nut (I).

LV11277 —UN—20OCT04
12. Install knob (H) and tighten set screw (G).
13. Connect air line (D) and wires (E and F).
14. Install cover (C) on seat base.

C—Cover H—Knob
D—Air Line I— Nut
E—Wire J— Lock Washer
F— Wire K—Switch
G—Set Screw

LV11278 —UN—20OCT04
Continued on next page SW03989,00018A3 -19-01APR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-66 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=192
 Electrical System Components

15. Install seat on seat base and install rear mounting

screws (B).
16. Move seat to rear-most adjustment and install front
mounting screws (A).
17. Install seat assembly. (See Remove and Install Seat
and Support—Open Operator's Station and Remove
and Install Seat and Support—Cab in Section 90,
Group 05.)
18. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Screw (2 used) B—Screw (2 used)

LV11275 —UN—20OCT04
LV11276 —UN—20OCT04
SW03989,00018A3 -19-01APR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-67 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=193
 Electrical System Components

Replace Headlight Bulb

CAUTION: Halogen bulbs contain gas under

pressure. Handling a bulb improperly could cause
it to shatter into flying fragments. (See Handle

PULV000162 —UN—30OCT07
Halogen Light Bulbs Safely, in this section.)

1. Raise hood.
2. Disconnect wiring harness plug (A).
3. Remove dust boot (B).
4. Unlatch retaining spring (C) and remove light bulb (D).
5. Install new bulb in reverse order of removal.
6. Adjust headlights, if necessary.

A—Wiring Harness Plug C—Retaining Spring

B—Dust Boot D—Light Bulb

LV9512 —UN—01AUG04
LV9511 —UN—01AUG04
Continued on next page SW03989,00018A4 -19-01APR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-68 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=194
 Electrical System Components

Adjust headlights

D
C

PULV000659 —UN—05MAY08
B

Headlight Aiming Diagram

A—Headlights C—Horizontal Line on Wall E—10% of Distance (B)
B—Distance from Center of D—Border of Bright Area
Headlight to Ground

1. Park tractor on a level surface with headlights (A) 7.5 4. Set headlights on low beam and observe bright areas
m (25 ft) from a vertical wall. on the wall.
2. Measure distance (B) from the center of a headlight 5. Use screws at the back of lights for adjustment.
to the ground.
3. Mark a horizontal line (C) on the wall, at the same
distance from the ground as (B).
SW03989,00018A4 -19-01APR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-69 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=195
 Electrical System Components

Replace Warning Light Bulb—Cab

NOTE: Bulb replacement procedures for front and rear
warning lights are the same. Rear left side shown.

1. Remove mounting screws (A) securing housing (B)

to cab roof.
2. Remove bulb and socket (C) from housing.
3. Pull bulb from socket.

LV5559 —UN—29NOV00
4. Install new bulb and socket into housing.
NOTE: If equipped with auxiliary work light kit: Apply
thread lock and sealer (medium strength) to
threads of mounting screws (A).

5. Install housing and screws to cab roof.

A—Mounting Screw (2 used) C—Bulb and Socket

B—Housing

LV5560 —UN—29NOV00
SW03989,00018A5 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-70 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=196
 Electrical System Components

Replace Turn/Warning Light and/or Clearance

Light Bulb—Cab
NOTE: Bulb replacement is the same for turn/warning
light and/or clearance light.

1. Remove screws and lens housing (A).

PULV004550 —UN—13JUN09
2. Push and twist bulb (B or C) to remove from socket.
3. Install new bulb, lens housing and screws.

A—Lens Housing C—Clearance Light Bulb

B—Turn/Warning Light Bulb

PULV004549 —UN—13JUN09
SW03989,00018A6 -19-01APR13-1/1

Replace Tail/Brake Light and/or Turn/Warning

Light Bulb—Cab
NOTE: Bulb replacement is the same for tail/brake
light and/or turn/warning light.

1. Remove screws (A).

LV14850 —UN—04OCT11
2. Pull housing (B) away from fender.
3. Rotate socket (C) and remove from housing.
4. Pull bulb to remove from socket.
5. Install new bulb and socket in housing.
Left Side Shown
6. Install housing and screws to fender.

A—Screw (2 used) C—Socket (2 used)

B—Housing
LV12532 —UN—13APR05

SW03989,00018A7 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-71 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=197
 Electrical System Components

Replace Tail Light and/or Warning Light

Bulb—Open Operator Station
NOTE: Bulb replacement is the same for tail light and
warning light. Left side shown.

1. Remove screws and lens housing (A).

LV12521 —UN—13APR05

LV12522 —UN—13APR05
2. Push and twist bulb (B or C) to remove from socket.
3. Install new bulb, lens housing and screws.

A—Lens Housing C—Tail Light Bulb

B—Warning Light Bulb

SW03989,00018A8 -19-01APR13-1/1

Replace Work Light Bulb—OOS

1. Disconnect wiring harness connector (A).
2. Rotate bulb (B) counterclockwise and remove from
housing (C).

PULV000636 —UN—21MAR08
3. Install new bulb into housing and rotate clockwise.
4. Connect wiring harness connector.
NOTE: Deluxe OOS will have two work lights.

A—Wiring Harness Connector C—Housing

B—Bulb

SW03989,00018A9 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-72 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=198
 Electrical System Components

Replace Work Light Bulb—Cab

CAUTION: Halogen bulbs contain gas under

pressure. Handling a bulb improperly could cause
it to shatter into flying fragments. (See Handle
Halogen Light Bulbs Safely, in this section.)

NOTE: Bulb replacement procedures for front and rear

work lights and optional auxiliary work lights are
the same. Rear left side shown.

LV5569 —UN—07DEC00

LV5570 —UN—07DEC00
1. Remove screw cover by prying in screw cover slot (A)
with a screwdriver.
2. Remove retaining ring screws (B), retaining ring (C)
and lens (E).
3. Disconnect wiring connectors (D).
4. Install new bulb and connect wiring connectors.
5. Install lens, retaining ring and screws.
6. Install cover.

A—Screw Cover Slot D—Wiring Connector (2 used)

B—Retaining Ring Screw (4 E—Lens
used)
C—Retaining Ring

LV5571 —UN—07DEC00
SW03989,00018AA -19-02APR13-1/1

Replace Fender Light Bulb—OOS

1. Disconnect wiring harness connector (B) from bulb (A).
2. Rotate bulb counterclockwise and remove from
housing (C).
3. Install new bulb into housing and rotate clockwise.
4. Connect wiring harness connector.
LV8586 —UN—14AUG03

A—Bulb C—Housing
B—Wiring Harness Connector

Left Side Shown

SW03989,00018AB -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-73 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=199
 Electrical System Components

Replace Loader Light Bulb—If Equipped

CAUTION: Halogen bulbs contain gas under

pressure. Handling a bulb improperly could cause
it to shatter into flying fragments. (See Handle
Halogen Light Bulbs Safely, in this section.)

LV9548 —UN—03AUG04
1. Remove two screws and cover (A).

A—Cover

SW03989,00018AC -19-02APR13-1/2

2. Disconnect wiring harness plug (B).

3. Remove dust boot (A).
4. Unlatch retaining spring (C) and remove light bulb (D).
5. Install new bulb in reverse order of removal.

LV9549 —UN—03AUG04
6. Adjust, if necessary.

A—Dust Boot C—Retaining Spring

B—Wiring Harness Plug D—Light Bulb

LV9550 —UN—03AUG04

LV9512 —UN—01AUG04
SW03989,00018AC -19-02APR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-74 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=200
 Electrical System Components

Replace Loader Light Bulb (with License and

Clearance Lights)—If Equipped

CAUTION: Halogen bulbs contain gas under

pressure. Handling a bulb improperly could cause
it to shatter into flying fragments. (See Handle
Halogen Light Bulbs Safely, in this section.)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

2. Remove two screws (A) and back cover (B).
3. Disconnect wiring harness plug.
4. Remove dust boot.

LV17337 —UN—02APR13
5. Carefully remove light bulb (C).
6. Install new bulb in reverse order of removal.
7. Adjust, if necessary.
8. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Screw (2 used) C—Bulb

B—Back Cover

SW03989,00018AD -19-02APR13-1/1

Replace Dome Light Bulb—Cab

1. Remove cover (B) from housing (A) using a
screwdriver.
2. Pull bulb (C) from socket.
3. Install new bulb and cover. LV12533 —UN—13APR05

LV12534 —UN—13APR05
A—Housing C—Bulb
B—Cover

SW03989,00018AE -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-75 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=201
 Electrical System Components

Replace Controls Illumination Light

Bulb—Cab
1. Pry off panel (A).
2. Rotate light bulb retainer (B) counterclockwise
approximately 1/4 turn and remove.

LV15363 —UN—24JAN12
3. Pull out light bulb.
4. Install new bulb in reverse order of removal.

A—Panel B—Light Bulb Retainer

LV9598 —UN—07AUG04
SW03989,00018AF -19-01APR13-1/1

Replace Rotary Beacon Light Bulb—If

Equipped

CAUTION: Halogen bulbs contain gas under

pressure. Handling a bulb improperly could cause
it to shatter into flying fragments. (See Handle
LV12523 —UN—13APR05

LV12524 —UN—13APR05
Halogen Light Bulbs Safely, in this section.)

1. Loosen wing nut (A) and remove rotary beacon light

assembly.
2. Install rubber cap (B).

A—Wing Nut B—Rubber Cap

Continued on next page SW03989,00018B0 -19-01APR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-76 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=202
 Electrical System Components

3. Depress tab (A) and rotate lens (B) counterclockwise

to remove.
4. Pull tab (C) away from bulb.
5. Unlatch retaining spring (D) and remove light bulb (E).
6. Install new bulb in reverse order of removal.

LV9695 —UN—19AUG04
A—Tab D—Retaining Spring
B—Lens E—Bulb
C—Tab

LV9696 —UN—19AUG04

LV9697 —UN—19AUG04
SW03989,00018B0 -19-01APR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-77 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=203
 Electrical System Components

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-10-78 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=204
 Group 15
Wiring Harnesses
Service Equipment and Tools European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in
the U.S. SERVICEGARD™ Catalog or from the

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

SW03989,00018B1 -19-01APR13-1/4

Extraction Tool ...................................................... JDG364

Pulls wire from connector body.
SW03989,00018B1 -19-01APR13-2/4

Terminal Applicator ............................................... JDG783

Applies contact to terminal wire.
SW03989,00018B1 -19-01APR13-3/4

Terminal Extraction Tool ......................................JDG1177

Used to repair transmission control unit connector.
SW03989,00018B1 -19-01APR13-4/4

Essential Tools
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in
the U.S. SERVICEGARD™ Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

SW03989,00018B2 -19-01APR13-1/5

Technician’s Electrical Repair Kit....................... JT07195B

Repair wire connectors

RW25558 —UN—29AUG96

SW03989,00018B2 -19-01APR13-2/5

RW25541 —UN—20AUG96
WEATHER PACK™Extractor (Wide).................... JDG776
Remove terminals from METRI-PACK™ connectors

WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric

METRI-PACK is a trademark of AMP Incorporated

Continued on next page SW03989,00018B2 -19-01APR13-3/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=205
 Wiring Harnesses

RW25541 —UN—20AUG96
WEATHER PACK™ Extractor (Narrow) ............... JDG777
Remove terminals from METRI-PACK™ connectors

WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric

METRI-PACK is a trademark of AMP Incorporated
SW03989,00018B2 -19-01APR13-4/5

RW26025 —UN—18DEC98
Crimping Tool........................................................ JDG865
Crimp contacts to wires

SW03989,00018B2 -19-01APR13-5/5

Replace Connector Body—Blade Terminals

1. Use a small screwdriver to depress locking tang (A)
on terminal. Slide connector body off.
2. Be sure to bend locking tang back to its original
position (B) before installing connector body.

RW4218 —UN—23AUG88
A—Locking Tang B—Locking Tang—Original
Position

SW03989,00018B3 -19-01APR13-1/1

Replace WEATHER PACK™ Connector

IMPORTANT: Identify wire color locations with
connector terminal letters.

1. Open connector body.

TS0128 —UN—23AUG88
2. Insert JDG364 Extraction Tool over terminal contact in
connector body.
3. Hold extractor tool fully seated and pull wire from
connector body.
NOTE: If terminal cannot be removed, insert wire
or nail through extractor tool handle and push
terminal contact from connector.
Continued on next page SW03989,00018B4 -19-01APR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=206
 Wiring Harnesses

IMPORTANT: Carefully spread contact lances to make

sure good seating on connector body.

NOTE: Connector bodies are ”keyed” for proper contact

mating. Be sure contacts are in proper alignment.

4. Push contact into new connector body until fully seated.

TS0130 —UN—23AUG88
5. Pull on wire slightly to be certain contact is locked in
place.
6. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new
connector.
7. Close connector body.
SW03989,00018B4 -19-01APR13-2/2

Install WEATHER PACK™ Contact

NOTE: Cable seals are color coded for three sizes of wire:
• Green - 18 to 20 gauge wire
• Gray - 14 to 16 gauge wire
• Blue - 10 to 12 gauge wire

TS0136 —UN—23AUG88
1. Slip correct size cable seal on wire.
2. Strip insulation from wire to expose 6 mm (1/4 in.) and
align cable seal with edge of insulation.

SW03989,00018B5 -19-01APR13-1/3

NOTE: Contacts have numbered identification

for two sizes of wire:
• #15 for 14 to 16 gauge wire
• #19 for 18 to 20 gauge wire
3. Put proper size contact on wire and crimp in place with

TS1623 —UN—02NOV94
a ”W” type crimp, using JDG783 Terminal Applicator.

Continued on next page SW03989,00018B5 -19-01APR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=207
 Wiring Harnesses

4. Secure cable seal to contact as shown, using JDG783

Terminal Applicator.
IMPORTANT: Proper contact installation for ”sleeve”
(A) and ”pin” (B) is shown.

A—Sleeve B—Pin

TS0139 —UN—02DEC88
SW03989,00018B5 -19-01APR13-3/3

Repair (Pull Type) METRI-PACK™

Connectors
1. Disconnect METRI-PACK connector (A). Remove tie
bands and tape.

RW16933A —UN—05AUG98
1
NOTE: Use JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool
to remove terminals.

2. Angle tip so tip slides close to plastic socket edge

pushing inward on terminal locking tab (D).
3. Insert JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool (B) 6 mm (1/4
in.) into connector body socket (C).
4. Remove JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool and push
terminal (E) from socket.
5. Remove terminal and strip wire using JDG145
Electrician's Pliers2.

RW77096 —UN—30JUL98
A—Connector D—Locking Tab
B—JDG777 Terminal Extraction E—Terminal
Tool
C—Body Socket

RW16935A —UN—05AUG98

1
Included JT07195B Electrical Repair Kit
2
Included in JDG155 Electrical Repair Tool Kit
Continued on next page SW03989,00018B6 -19-01APR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=208
 Wiring Harnesses

6. Crimp new terminal on wire through connector using

JDG144 Crimping Pliers1 (A).
NOTE: Terminal will seat only one way. If terminal
does not pull into connector body socket, check
for correct terminal alignment.

RW77143 —UN—07DEC98
7. Check to make sure locking tab on new terminal is in
outward position, then pull on wire until terminal locks
in connector body socket.

A—Crimping Pliers

1
Included in JDG155 Electrical Repair Tool Kit
SW03989,00018B6 -19-01APR13-2/2

Repair (Push Type) METRI-PACK™

Connectors
1. Disconnect METRI-PACK connector. Remove tie
bands and tape.
2. Remove connector lock (A), and mark wire colors for

RW77137 —UN—08DEC98
identification.
3. Identify wire color locations with connector terminal
letters.
NOTE: Use JDG776 Extraction Tool with 56, 280,
and 630 Series METRI-PACK terminals. Use
JDG777 Extraction Tool with 150 Series
METRI-PACK terminals.
A—Connector Lock C—Connector Body Socket
4. Insert JDG776 or JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool1 B—Extraction Tool D—Terminal
(B) into connector body socket (C) pushing terminal
locking tab inward.
5. Remove extraction tool and pull terminal (D) out of
socket.
1
Included in JT07195B Electrical Repair Kit
SW03989,00018B7 -19-01APR13-1/6

6. Remove old contact from wire using JDG145 Universal

Electrical Pliers1. TS0132 —UN—23AUG88

1
Included in JDG155 Electrical Repair Tool Kit
Continued on next page SW03989,00018B7 -19-01APR13-2/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=209
 Wiring Harnesses

NOTE: Cable seals are color coded for three sizes of wire:
• Green - 18—20 Gauge Wire
• Gray - 14—16 Gauge Wire
• Blue - 10—12 Gauge Wire

TS0136 —UN—23AUG88
IMPORTANT: Seal must fit snug over cable insulation,
without a gap between cable seal and insulation.

7. Push correct size cable seal on wire.

8. Strip insulation from wire to expose 6 mm (1/4 in.) and
align cable seal with edge of insulation.
SW03989,00018B7 -19-01APR13-3/6

9. Install correct size contact on wire.

10. Crimp contact (A) in position with a ”W” type crimp
using JDG865 Crimping Tool (B).

A—Contact B—Crimping Tool

RW77139 —UN—07DEC98
SW03989,00018B7 -19-01APR13-4/6

11. Crimp cable seal (A) on contact using JDG865

Crimping Tool (B).

A—Cable Seal B—Crimping Tool

RW77138 —UN—07DEC98

Continued on next page SW03989,00018B7 -19-01APR13-5/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=210
 Wiring Harnesses

12. Make sure locking tab (A) on new terminal is in

outward position.
13. Push terminal into connector body socket until terminal
locks.

RW77140 —UN—07DEC98
A—Locking Tab

SW03989,00018B7 -19-01APR13-6/6

Exploded View—CINCH Flexbox Connectors

C

E
J

G
F
I

RXA0063965 —UN—15JAN03
H
K

A—Connnector Locking Cam E—Terminal Lock H—Terminal Opening K—Seal

B—Cover F— Cavity Seal Plug I— 0.6 mm (0.02 in.) Terminal
C—Cover Locks G—Terminal Removal Tool J— 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) Terminal
D—Connector Body Opening
SW03989,00018B8 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=211
 Wiring Harnesses

CINCH™ Flexbox Connectors

1. Press tab (A) and rotate locking cam (B) 90° to
disconnect connector from flexbox.
2. Move cover locks (C) slightly outward with a small

RXA0070459 —UN—10SEP03
screwdriver.
3. Remove cover (D) away from wires.

A—Tab C—Cover Locks

B—Locking Cam D—Cover

RXA0070462 —UN—10SEP03
RXA0070463 —UN—10SEP03
SW03989,00018B9 -19-01APR13-1/4

4. Pull terminal lock (A) out as far as it will go, but do

not force its removal.

A—Terminal Lock
RXA0070464 —UN—10SEP03

Continued on next page SW03989,00018B9 -19-01APR13-2/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=212
 Wiring Harnesses

NOTE: JDG1725 Terminal Extractor Tool has two different

sizes of pins, 0.6 for smaller 20 gauge holes (A),
and 1.5 for larger 16 and 18 gauge holes (B).

NOTE: JDG1725 Terminal Extractor Tool and

RXA0070471 —UN—10SEP03
JDG1727 Terminal Crimping Tool are part of
JDG1744 Master Repair Kit.

5. Insert JDG1725 Terminal Extractor Tool (E) into holes

(C) next to terminal opening (D) to unlock terminal.
6. Pull wire and terminal (F) from connector body.

A—20 Gauge Holes D—Terminal Opening

B—16 & 18 Gauge Holes E—JDG1725 Terminal
1
C—Holes Extractor Tool
F— Terminal

RXA0080759 —UN—16MAY05
RXA0080760 —UN—16MAY05
1
Included in JDG1744 Master Kit
Continued on next page SW03989,00018B9 -19-01APR13-3/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=213
 Wiring Harnesses

7. Remove old terminal and strip 4.85 mm (0.191 in.) of

insulation from wire.
8. Grip JDG1727 Terminal Crimping Tool (A) securely,
and squeeze ratcheting mechanism completely. Then
allow it to open completely.

RXA0070479 —UN—10SEP03
9. With tool in ready position (open handle), open
terminal receptacle (B).
10. Insert terminal (C) into proper wire gauge window,
crimp wings facing up.
11. Close terminal receptacle (B).
12. Squeeze handle until two clicks are heard.
13. Insert stripped wire (D) into terminal.
14. Hold wire stationary and squeeze tool together until
ratchet releases.

RXA0070480 —UN—10SEP03
15. Remove terminated wire from tool.
16. Push terminal into connector body until fully seated.
Pull on wire slightly to ensure terminal is locked in
position.
17. Push terminal lock closed.
18. Install cover.
19. Install connector to control unit and close connector
body locking cam.

A—JDG1727 Terminal C—Terminal

RXA0070481 —UN—10SEP03
1
Crimping Tool D—Wire
B—Terminal Receptacle

1
Included in JDG1744 Master Kit
SW03989,00018B9 -19-01APR13-4/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=214
 Wiring Harnesses

Repair DEUTSCH™ Connectors

1. Select correct size extractor tool for size of wire to be
removed:
NOTE: JDG361, JDG362, and JDG363 are part of
JDG359 DEUTSCH Electrical Repair Tool Kit.

RW77142 —UN—07DEC98
• JDG361 Extractor Tool - 12—14 Gauge Wire
• JDG362 Extractor Tool - 16—18 Gauge Wire
• JDG363 Extractor Tool - 20 Gauge Wire
2. Start correct size extractor tool over wire at handle (A).
3. Slide extractor tool rearward along wire until tool tip
snaps onto wire.
A—Handle
IMPORTANT: DO NOT twist tool when inserting
in connector.

4. Slide extractor tool along wire into connector body

until tool is positioned over terminal contact.
SW03989,00018BA -19-01APR13-1/6

5. Pull wire from connector body using extractor tool.

6. Strip 6 mm (1/4 in.) insulation from wire.
NOTE: JDG360 Crimping Tool is part of JDG359
DEUTSCH Electrical Repair Tool Kit.

7. Adjust selector (A) on JDG360 Crimping Tool for

TS117 —UN—23AUG88
correct wire size.

A—Selector C—Adjusting Screw

B—Lock Nut

SW03989,00018BA -19-01APR13-2/6

8. Loosen lock nut (B) and turn adjusting screw (C) in

until screw stops.
IMPORTANT: Select correct size contact sleeve
or pin to fit connector body.

9. Insert contact (A) and turn adjusting screw (D) until

TS0134 —UN—23AUG88

contact is flush with cover (B).

A—Contact C—Lock Nut

B—Cover D—Adjusting Screw

Continued on next page SW03989,00018BA -19-01APR13-3/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=215
 Wiring Harnesses

10. Tighten lock nut (C).

IMPORTANT: Contact must remain centered between
indenters while crimping.

11. Insert wire in contact and crimp until handle contacts

stop.

TS118 —UN—23AUG88
SW03989,00018BA -19-01APR13-4/6

12. Release handle and remove contact.

IMPORTANT: If all wire strands are not crimped into
contact, cut off wire at contact and repeat
contact installation procedures.

NOTE: Readjust crimping tool for each crimp-

TS0135 —UN—23AUG88
ing procedure.

SW03989,00018BA -19-01APR13-5/6

13. Inspect contact to ensure all wires are in crimped

barrel.
IMPORTANT: Install contact in correct location
using correct size grommet.

14. Push contact straight into connector body until positive

RW77141 —UN—07DEC98
stop is felt.
15. Pull on wire slightly to ensure contact is locked in
position.
16. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new
connector.

SW03989,00018BA -19-01APR13-6/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=216
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W005 Convenience Outlet Harness (Convenience Outlet with Square Terminals)

LV15137 —UN—01DEC11
LV15137

W005 Convenience Outlet Harness (Convenience Outlet with Square Terminals) (Cab)
1— X03 Convenience Outlet 2— X02 Junction Block
(Convenience Outlet with
Square Terminals)
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D87 -19-08OCT13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=217
 Wiring Harnesses

LV15138 —UN—01DEC11
LV15138

W005 Convenience Outlet Harness (Convenience Outlet with Square Terminals) (OOS)
1— X03 Convenience Outlet 2— X02 Junction Block
(Convenience Outlet with
Square Terminals)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 9. Connect wire leads to junction block (2).
2. Cab tractor: Remove right-side control console. (See 10. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
Remove and Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab locations.
in Section 90, Group 10.)
11. Cab tractor: Install convenience outlet (1) with
3. Cab tractor: Remove right-side upholstery. (See mounting screws.
Remove and Install Right-Side Upholstery in Section
90, Group 20.) 12. Cab tractor: Install right-side upholstery. (See
Remove and Install Right-Side Upholstery in Section
4. OOS tractor: Remove convenience outlet mounting 90, Group 20.)
screws.
13. Cab tractor: Install right-side control console. (See
5. Cab tractor: Remove convenience outlet mounting Remove and Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab
screws. in Section 90, Group 10.)
6. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. 14. OOS tractor: Install convenience outlet.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps.
15. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
7. Disconnect wire leads from junction block (2).
8. Replace wire harness.
SW03989,0001D87 -19-08OCT13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=218
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W006 Convenience Outlet Harness (Convenience Outlet with Round Terminals)

LV15139 —UN—01DEC11
LV15139

W006 Convenience Outlet Harness (Convenience Outlet with Round Terminals)

1— X04 Convenience Outlet 2— X17 Cab/Chassis Harness to
(Convenience Outlet with Convenience Outlet
Round Terminals)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

7. Install X04 convenience outlet (convenience outlet
2. Remove right-side control console. (See Remove and with round terminals) (1).
Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 8. Connect X17 cab/chassis harness to convenience
90, Group 10.) outlet (2).
3. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps.
9. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
Note locations of tie straps and clamps.
locations.
4. Disconnect X17 cab/chassis harness to convenience
10. Cab tractor: Install right-side control console. (See
outlet (2).
Remove and Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab
5. Remove X04 convenience outlet (convenience outlet in Section 90, Group 10.)
with round terminals) (1).
11. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
6. Replace wire harness.
SW03989,0001D88 -19-08OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-15 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=219
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W007 Engine Power Cable

2
1

LV16583 —UN—13FEB13
W007 Engine Power Cable (Right-Side)
1— G02 Alternator 2— F26 Fusible Link (125A)
Continued on next page SW03989,0001908 -19-03APR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-16 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=220
 Wiring Harnesses

LV16582 —UN—13FEB13
W007 Engine Power Cable (Left-Side)
3— X09 Engine Power Harness to
Left Front Junction Block

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 7. Connect cable leads (3, 1, and 2), respectively.
2. Remove left-side hood support. 8. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
3. Remove left-side and right-side fan guards. locations.

4. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. 9. Install left-side and right-side fan guards.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps. 10. Install left-side hood support.
5. Disconnect cable leads (2, 1, and 3), respectively. 11. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
6. Replace engine power cable.
SW03989,0001908 -19-03APR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-17 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=221
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W008 Positive Battery Cable

LV16588 —UN—13FEB13
2

W008 Positive Battery Cable

1— M01 Starter Motor/Solenoid 2— F26 Fusible Link (125A) 3— G01 Battery

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 5. Connect positive battery cable leads (1—3).
2. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. 6. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
Note locations of tie straps and clamps. locations.
3. Disconnect positive battery cable leads (1—3). 7. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
4. Replace positive battery cable.
SW03989,00018BD -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-18 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=222
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W009 Negative Battery Cable

2

LV16589 —UN—13FEB13
W009 Negative Battery Cable
1— G01 Battery 2— XGND1 Single Point Ground

1. Remove left-side fan guard. 5. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
2. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable leads (1 and locations.
2), respectively. 6. Connect negative (—) battery cable leads (2 and 1)
3. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. respectively.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps. 7. Install left-side fan guard.
4. Replace battery negative (—) cable.
SW03989,00018BE -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-19 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=223
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W013 Front Windshield Wiper Harness

LV15186 —UN—06DEC11
W013 Front Windshield Wiper Harness
1— X921 Roof Harness to Front 2— M05_1 Front Wiper Motor
Windshield Wiper Harness (Single Speed)

NOTE: W013 harness used on tractors equipped 5. Replace wire harness.

with tilting windshield.
6. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable. locations.
2. Remove left-side access cover. 7. Connect front windshield wiper harness connectors
(1 and 2).
3. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps. 8. Install left-hand access cover.
4. Disconnect front windshield wiper harness connectors 9. Connect negative (—) battery cable.
(1 and 2).
SW03989,00018C0 -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-20 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=224
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W016 Auxiliary Power Strip

RXA0098685 —UN—17JUL08
W016 Auxiliary Power Strip
1— X02 Junction Block
2— X05 Auxiliary Power Strip
(Convenience Outlet with
Square Terminals) or X05
Auxiliary Power Strip
(Convenience Outlet with
Round Terminals)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 6. Disconnect wire leads from junction block (1).
2. Remove right-side control console. (See Remove and 7. Replace wire harness.
Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab in Section
90, Group 10.) 8. Connect wire leads to junction block (1).
3. Remove right-side upholstery. (See Remove and 9. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
Install Right-Side Upholstery in Section 90, Group 20.) locations.
4. Remove mounting screws and auxiliary power strip (2). 10. Install auxiliary power strip (2) with mounting screws.
5. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. 11. Install right-side upholstery. (See Remove and Install
Note locations of tie straps and clamps. Right-Side Upholstery, in Section 90, Group 20.)
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D6C -19-04OCT13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-21 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=225
 Wiring Harnesses

12. Install right-side control console. (See Remove and 13. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab in Section
90, Group 10.)
SW03989,0001D6C -19-04OCT13-2/2

Replace W017 Roof License Plate Lighting Harness

3
1

LV15142 —UN—14DEC11
LV15142

W017 Roof License Plate Lighting Harness

1— X922 Roof Harness to Roof 2— E20 Right License Plate Light 3— E19 Left License Plate Light
License Plate Lighting (with License and Clearance (with License and Clearance
Harness Lights) Lights)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 6. Replace wire harness.

2. Remove right-side air intake louver. 7. Install wire connector (1) onto end of wire harness.
3. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. 8. Connect wire connectors (1—3).
Note locations of tie straps and clamps
9. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
4. Disconnect wire connectors (1—3). locations.
5. Remove wire connector (1) from wire harness with pin 10. Install right-side air intake louver.
extractor and retain for new harness.
11. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
NOTE: To aid in installation of new wire harness,
use mechanic’s fish tape.
SW03989,0001D6D -19-04OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-22 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=226
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W022 Clutch Assembly Harness

LV19177 —UN—27SEP13
3

W022 Clutch Assembly Harness

1— B13 Clutch Pedal Position 2— S15 Clutch Pedal Disengage 3— X26 Cab/Chassis Harness to
Sensor Switch Clutch Assembly Harness

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 9. Install end of wire harness onto clutch assembly
2. Remove center control console cover. (See Remove harness connector (3).
and Install Center Control Console in Section 90, 10. Connect clutch assembly harness connector (3) to
Group 10.) cab/chassis harness.
3. Note locations and remove tie straps and/or clamps. 11. Install hold-down clamps and/or tie straps at previous
4. Disconnect clutch assembly harness connector (3) locations.
and remove connector from wire harness with pin 12. Install guard with cap screws.
extractor and retain for new harness.
13. Install center control console cover. (See Remove and
5. Remove cap screws and guard. Install Center Control Console in Section 90, Group
6. Disconnect clutch pedal position sensor connector 10.)
and remove clutch pedal disengage switch (1 and 2). 14. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
7. Replace clutch assembly harness.
8. Connect clutch pedal position sensor connector and
install clutch pedal disengage switch (1 and 2).
SW03989,0001D62 -19-01OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-23 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=227
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W100 Hood Harness

LV15043 —UN—17NOV11
4 3

W100 Hood Harness

1— X104_1 Hood Harness 3— H01 Horn
Connector 4— E01 Right Front High/Low
2— E02 Left Front High/Low Beam Headlight or E01
Beam Headlight or E02 Left Front High/Low Beam
Left Front High/Low Beam Headlight (with License and
Headlight (with License and Clearance Lights)
Clearance Lights)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

5. Connect hood harness connectors (1—4).
2. Disconnect hood harness connectors (1—4). 6. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
3. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. locations.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps. 7. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
4. Replace wire harness.
SW03989,00018C2 -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-24 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=228
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W101 Left Loader Light Harness

PULV003308 —UN—06JUN08
W101 Left Loader Light Harness
1— X105 Loader Light Switch to 2— E15 Left Front Loader Light
Left Loader Light Harness

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 7. Route wire harness through left bracket and support
tube.
2. Remove left front loader light (2) back cover.
8. Install loader light switch to left loader light harness
3. Disconnect left front loader light connector (2). connector (1) onto end of wire harness.
4. Disconnect loader light switch to left loader light 9. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
harness connector (1) and remove connector from wire locations.
harness with pin extractor and retain for new harness.
10. Connect left loader light harness connectors (1 and 2).
5. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps. 11. Install left front loader light (2) back cover.
6. Remove wire harness from left bracket and support 12. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
tube.
NOTE: To aid in installation of wire harness, route
mechanic’s fish tape through bracket and support
and tape it to loose wire ends of wire harness.
SW03989,00018C3 -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-25 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=229
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W102 Right Loader Light Harness

PULV003307 —UN—16JUN08
W102 Right Loader Light Harness
1— X106 Loader Light Switch to 2— E16 Right Front Loader Light
Right Loader Light Harness

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 7. Route wire harness through right bracket and support
tube.
2. Remove right loader light (2) back cover.
8. Install loader light switch to right loader light harness
3. Disconnect right front loader light (2) connector. connector (1) onto end of wire harness.
4. Disconnect loader light switch to right loader light 9. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
harness connector (1) and remove connector from wire locations.
harness with pin extractor and retain for new harness.
10. Connect right loader light harness connectors (1 and
5. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. 2).
Note locations of tie straps and clamps.
11. Install right front loader light (2) back cover.
6. Remove wire harness from right bracket and support
tube. 12. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
NOTE: To aid in installation of wire harness, route
mechanic’s fish tape through bracket and support
and tape it to loose wire ends of wire harness.
SW03989,00018C4 -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-26 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=230
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W103 Loader Light Switch Harness

PULV003309 —UN—06JUN08
W103 Loader Light Switch Harness
1— S26 Loader Light Switch 3— X102 Cab Harness to Loader 5— X105 Loader Light Switch to
2— X103 Loader Light Switch to Light Switch Harness Left Loader Light Harness
Hood Harness 4— X106 Loader Light Switch to
Right Loader Light Harness

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

7. Replace loader light switch harness.
2. Remove cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center 8. Connect loader light switch harness connectors (2—5).
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
9. Install loader light switch connector (1) onto end of
3. Disconnect loader light switch connector (1) and wire harness.
remove connector from wire harness with pin extractor
and retain for new harness. 10. Connect loader light switch connector (1).
4. Raise the hood and disconnect loader light switch 11. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
to hood harness (2) and cab harness to loader light locations.
switch harness (3) connectors.
12. Lower the hood.
5. Disconnect loader light switch to right loader light
harness (4) and loader light switch to left loader light 13. Install cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center
harness (5) connectors. Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)

6. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. 14. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps.
SW03989,00018C5 -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-27 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=231
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W104 Right Beacon Light Harness

PUPX001166 —UN—02APR09
W104 Right Beacon Light Harness
1— H07 Beacon Light 3— X110 Chassis to Right Beacon
2— XGND5 Right Beacon Light Light Harness (OOS)
Harness Ground (OOS)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 8. Replace right beacon light harness.
2. Cut all tie straps. Note locations of tie straps.
NOTE: Use mechanic’s fish tape to aid in routing of new
3. Remove all hold-down clamps. Note locations of harness through beacon light support tube.
clamps.
9. Route right beacon light harness through beacon light
4. Loosen thumb screw and remove beacon light (1). support tube.
5. Unscrew socket outlet from beacon light support tube. 10. Connect beacon light (1) lead to socket outlet.
6. Disconnect right beacon light harness connectors and 11. Make 12 complete counterclockwise revolutions to
leads (1—3). socket outlet with wire attached. This is necessary
to minimize the wire twist after the socket outlet is
7. Remove right beacon light harness from beacon light
installed into the beacon light support tube.
support tube.
Continued on next page SW03989,00018C6 -19-03APR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-28 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=232
 Wiring Harnesses

12. Screw socket outlet into beacon light support tube and 15. Connect chassis to right beacon light harness
tighten securely. connectors (3).
13. Install beacon light (1) until fully seated and tighten 16. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
thumb screw securely. locations.
14. Connect right beacon light harness ground wire (2) to 17. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
support plate. Tighten to specification.
Specification
M8 Flange Nut—Torque............................................... 40 N·m (30 lb.-ft.)
SW03989,00018C6 -19-03APR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-29 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=233
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W105 Left Beacon Light Harness

PUPX001165 —UN—02APR09
W105 Left Beacon Light Harness
1— H07 Beacon Light 3— X111 Chassis to Left Beacon
2— XGND6 Left Beacon Light Light Harness (OOS)
Harness Ground (OOS)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. NOTE: Use mechanic’s fish tape to aid in routing of new
2. Cut all tie straps. Note locations of tie straps. harness through beacon light support tube.

3. Remove all hold-down clamps. Note locations of 9. Route left beacon light harness through beacon light
clamps. support tube.
4. Loosen thumb screw and remove beacon light. 10. Connect beacon light (1) lead to socket outlet.
5. Unscrew socket outlet from beacon light support tube. 11. Make 12 complete counterclockwise revolutions to
socket outlet with wire attached. This is necessary
6. Disconnect left beacon light harness connectors and
to minimize the wire twist after the socket outlet is
leads connectors and leads (1—3).
installed into the beacon light support tube.
7. Remove left beacon light harness from beacon light
12. Screw socket outlet into beacon light support tube and
support tube.
tighten securely.
8. Replace left beacon light harness.
Continued on next page SW03989,00018C7 -19-03APR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-30 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=234
 Wiring Harnesses

13. Install beacon light (1) until fully seated and tighten 15. Connect chassis to left beacon light harness
thumb screw securely. connectors (3).
14. Connect left beacon light harness ground wire (2) to 16. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
support plate. Tighten to specification. locations.
Specification 17. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
M8 Flange Nut—Torque............................................... 40 N·m (30 lb.-ft.)
SW03989,00018C7 -19-03APR13-2/2

Replace W106 Left Rear Work Light Harness

LV15044 —UN—17NOV11
2

W106 Left Rear Work Light Harness

1— E11 Left Rear Work Light 2— X113 Chassis to Left Rear
Work Light (OOS)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 6. Route left rear work light harness through inside of
left ROPS post.
2. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps. 7. Connect left rear work light harness connectors (1 and
2).
3. Disconnect left rear work light harness connectors (1
and 2). 8. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
locations.
4. Remove left rear work light harness from inside of left
ROPS post. 9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
5. Replace left rear work light harness.
NOTE: To aid in installation of wire harness, route
mechanic’s fish tape through left ROPS post and
tape it to loose wire ends of wire harness.
SW03989,00018C8 -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-31 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=235
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W107 Right Rear Work Light Harness

LV15045 —UN—17NOV11
2

W107 Right Rear Work Light Harness

1— E12 Right Rear Work Light 2— X114 Chassis to Right Rear
Work Light (OOS)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 6. Route right rear work light harness through inside of
left ROPS post.
2. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps. 7. Connect right rear work light harness connectors (1
and 2).
3. Disconnect right rear work light harness connectors
(1 and 2). 8. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
locations.
4. Remove right rear work light harness from inside of
left ROPS post. 9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
5. Replace right rear work light harness.
NOTE: To aid in installation of wire harness, route
mechanic’s fish tape through left ROPS post and
tape it to loose wire ends of wire harness.
SW03989,00018C9 -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-32 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=236
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W110 Brake Light Harness

LV19263 —UN—07OCT13
3

W110 Brake Light Harness

1— S17 Brake Pedal Switch 2— H09 Right Brake Light 3— X02 Junction Block
4— H08 Left Brake Light

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 6. Connect brake light harness connectors (1 and 4).
2. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. 7. Install tie straps and all hold-down clamps.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps.
8. Install center control console cover. (See Remove and
3. Remove center control console cover. (See Remove Install Center Control Console in Section 90, Group
and Install Center Control Console in Section 90, 10.)
Group 10.)
9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
4. Disconnect brake light harness connectors (1 and 4).
5. Replace brake light harness.
SW03989,0001D6E -19-04OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-33 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=237
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W111 Right Work Light Fender Extension Harness

PUPX001203 —UN—19MAY09
W111 Right Work Light Fender Extension Harness
1— E13 Right Front Work Light 2— X107 Chassis to Right Fender
Work Light Harness (OOS)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. through right fender extension and tape it to
loose wire ends of wire harness.
2. Cut all tie straps. Note locations of tie straps.
3. Remove all hold-down clamps. Note locations of 7. Route right work light fender extension harness
clamps. through right fender extension.

4. Disconnect right work light fender extension harness 8. Connect right work light fender extension harness
connectors (1 and 2). connectors (1 and 2).

5. Remove right work light fender extension harness 9. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
from right fender extension. locations.

6. Replace right work light fender extension harness. 10. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

NOTE: To aid in installation of right work light fender

extension harness, route mechanic’s fish tape
SW03989,00018CC -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-34 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=238
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W112 Left Work Light Fender Extension Harness

LV16981 —UN—13MAR13
2

W112 Left Work Light Fender Extension Harness

1— E14 Left Front Work Light 2— X108 Chassis to Left Fender
Work Light Harness (OOS)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. through right fender extension and tape it to
loose wire ends of wire harness.
2. Cut all tie straps. Note locations of tie straps.
3. Remove all hold-down clamps. Note locations of 7. Route left work light fender extension harness through
clamps. left fender extension.

4. Disconnect left work light fender extension harness 8. Connect left work light fender extension harness
connectors (1 and 2). connectors (1 and 2).

5. Remove left work light fender extension harness from 9. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
left fender extension. locations.

6. Replace left work light fender extension harness. 10. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

NOTE: To aid in installation of left work light fender

extension harness, route mechanic’s fish tape
SW03989,00018CD -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-35 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=239
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W118 Right-Hand Handrail Light Harness

3 2

LV19079 —UN—13SEP13
W118 Right-Hand Handrail Light Harness
1— X126 Roof to Right-Hand 2— E21 Right Front High/Low 3— H23 Right Front
Handrail Light Harness Beam/Clearance Light Clearance/Turn/Warning Light
(with License and Clearance
Lights)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. in cab roof and down front right cab post and
tape it to end of wire harness.
2. Remove right-side access cover in cab outer roof.
3. Disconnect and cut-off roof to right front grab handle 6. Route front right grab handle light harness and connect
light harness connector (1). right front grab handle light harness connector (3).

4. Disconnect front right grab handle light harness 7. Install roof to right front grab handle light harness
connectors (3) and remove front right grab handle light connector (1) to front right grab handle light harness.
harness. (See Replace WEATHER PACK™ Connector in this
group.)
5. Remove roof to right front grab handle light harness
connector (1) from replacement harness. (See 8. Connect roof to right front grab handle light harness
Replace WEATHER PACK™ Connector in this group.) connector (1) and install right-side access cover in
cab outer roof.
NOTE: To aid in installation of wire harness, route
mechanic's fish tape through cab access hole 9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
SW03989,0001D89 -19-08OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-36 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=240
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W119 Left-Hand Handrail Light Harness

LV19080 —UN—13SEP13
3 2

W119 Left-Hand Handrail Light Harness

1— X127 Roof to Left-Hand 2— E22 Left Front High/Low 3— H24 Left Front
Handrail Light Harness Beam/Clearance Light Clearance/Turn/Warning Light
(with License and Clearance
Lights)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. in cab roof and down front left cab post and
tape it to end of wire harness.
2. Remove left-side access cover in cab outer roof.
3. Disconnect and cut-off roof to left front grab handle 6. Route front left grab handle light harness and connect
light harness connector (1). left front grab handle light harness connector (3).

4. Disconnect front left grab handle light harness 7. Install roof to left front grab handle light harness
connector (3) and remove front left grab handle light connector (1) to front left grab handle light harness.
harness. (See Replace WEATHER PACK™ Connector in this
group.)
5. Remove roof to left front grab handle light harness
connector (1) from replacement harness. (See 8. Connect roof to left front grab handle light harness
Replace WEATHER PACK™ Connector in this group.) connector (1) and install left-side access cover in cab
outer roof.
NOTE: To aid in installation of wire harness, route
mechanic's fish tape through cab access hole 9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
SW03989,0001D8A -19-08OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-37 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=241
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W120 Right Beacon Light Harness

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove beacon light (1) from post (2).
3. Remove beacon light socket (3) by turning
counterclockwise and disconnect wire lead (4).
4. Remove screw (7) and disconnect right beacon light
harness ground (6).
5. Disconnect roof to right front beacon light harness
connector (5) and replace harness.
6. Install wire lead (4), and connect ground (6) and
connector (5).

LV17323 —UN—02APR13
7. Loosen screw on bottom of beacon light socket (3) and
connect stripped wire lead (4). Tighten screw securely.
NOTE: This is necessary to minimize the wire twist
after socket is installed into post (2).

8. Make 12 complete counterclockwise revolutions to W120 Right Beacon Light Harness with Beacon
beacon light socket (3) with wire lead (4) attached.
9. Install socket (3) onto post (2) and tighten securely.
10. Install beacon light and connect battery negative (—)
cable.

1— H07 Beacon Light 5— X125 Roof to Right Front

2— Post Beacon Light Harness
3— Beacon Light Socket (Cab)
4— Wire Lead 6— XGND7 Right Beacon Light
Harness Ground
7— Screw

LV17324 —UN—02APR13
W120 Right Beacon Light Harness

SW03989,00018D0 -19-03APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-38 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=242
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W121 Left Beacon Light Harness

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Remove beacon light (1) from post (2).
3. Remove beacon light socket (3) by turning
counterclockwise and disconnect wire lead (4).
4. Remove screw (7) and disconnect left beacon light
harness ground (6).
5. Disconnect roof to left front beacon light harness
connector (5) and replace harness.
6. Install wire lead (4), and connect ground (6) and
connector (5).
7. Loosen screw on bottom of beacon light socket (3) and

LV16213 —UN—26OCT12
connect stripped wire lead (4). Tighten screw securely.
NOTE: This is necessary to minimize the wire twist
after socket is installed into post (2).

8. Make 12 complete counterclockwise revolutions to

beacon light socket (3) with wire lead (4) attached.
W121 Left Beacon Light Harness with Beacon
9. Install socket (3) onto post (2) and tighten securely.
10. Install beacon light and connect battery negative (—)
cable.

1— H07 Beacon Light 5— X124 Roof to Left Front

2— Post Beacon Light Harness
3— Beacon Light Socket 6— XGND15 Left Beacon Light
4— Wire Lead Harness Ground
7— Screw

W121 Left Beacon Light Harness LV16220 —UN—26OCT12

SW03989,00018D1 -19-03APR13-1/1

Replace W307 Engine Harness

NOTE: For more information on W307, refer to the Engine
Component Technical Manual (CTM).
SW03989,0001D71 -19-04OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-39 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=243
 Wiring Harnesses

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-40 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=244
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W308 Chassis Harness (OOS, PR)

LV19270 —UN—07OCT13

34

6 35
7
1 4 5 8 10
9 28 33
11 12
26

36
3 14 15
27
2 13 16

31 32
17 29
24 30
18
25 23 42

19 37
20
38
21 41
22 40
55
43
54
39
44

45
68
46
67
47
53

52

56
51 48
50
49
66
57

64
65 58

59

60

62
63
61

LV19270
W308 Chassis Harness (OOS, PR)
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D8B -19-08OCT13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-41 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=245
 Wiring Harnesses

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-42 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=246
 Wiring Harnesses

1— X104 Chassis/Cab to Hood 22— S14 Forward Neutral 38— X108 Chassis to Left Fender 54— S34 Speed Lever Neutral
Harness Reverse (FNR) Switch Work Light Harness (OOS) Switch
2— S17 Brake Pedal Switch 23— XGND2 Operator Station 39— X111 Chassis to Left Beacon 55— S18 Park Switch
3— A01X4 Instrument Control Chassis Ground Light Harness (OOS) 56— A911 CAN Terminator
Cluster (ICC) Connector 24— H18 Instrument Cluster 40— X113 Chassis to Left Rear (Cab/Operator Station)
4— V01 Diode Block Alarm Work Light (OOS) 57— B24 Top Shaft Speed Sensor
5— S35 Exhaust Filter Cleaning 25— A09X3 Engine Control Unit 41— H15 Left Rear 58— Y07 Clutch Enable Solenoid
Switch (ECU) Connector Tail/Turn/Warning Light Valve
6— K11 Neutral Relay 26— S02 Rear PTO ON/OFF 42— S04 Seat Switch 59— Y06 Transmission Reverse
7— K07 Accessory Relay Switch 43— Load Center Fuses and Solenoid Valve
8— K27 Headlight Relay 27— B23 Hand Throttle Position Relays 60— B12 Enable Pressure Sensor
9— A01X2 Instrument Control Sensor 44— Load Center Fuses and 61— Y05 Transmission Forward
Cluster (ICC) Connector 28— X06 Power Outlet Relays (Low) Solenoid Valve
10— S05 Horn Switch (Convenience Outlet with 45— A06X1 Electrohydraulic 62— X09 Engine/Cab
11— A01X1 Instrument Control Square Terminals) Control Unit (EHC) Power/Chassis Harness
Cluster (ICC) Connector 29— H14 Right Rear Connector to Left Front Junction Block
12— S25 Beacon Light Switch Tail/Turn/Warning Light 46— A06X2 Electrohydraulic 63— XGND1 Single Point Ground
13— S01 Key Switch 30— X114 Chassis to Right Rear Control Unit (EHC) 64— X11 Engine/After Treatment
14— S43 Turn Signal Switch Work Light (OOS) Connector Interface Connector
15— B21 Power Shuttle Control 31— X107 Chassis to Right 47— A06X3 Electrohydraulic 65— X14 Single Pin Deutsch
16— S45 HI/LO Headlight Switch Fender Work Light Harness Control Unit (EHC) Engine Harness Connector
17— S36 Roll Mode Switch (OOS) Connector to Chassis
18— S06 Light Switch 32— X110 Chassis to Right 48— A912 CAN Terminator 66— B32 Foot Throttle Position
19— X26 Cab/Chassis Harness to Beacon Light Harness (OOS) (Chassis) Sensor
Clutch Assembly Harness 33— H06 Back-Up Alarm 49— X10 Service ADVISOR™ 67— B63 After Treatment Air
20— K18 Neutral Start Relay 34— B01 Fuel Level Sensor (PR Connector Temperature Sensor
21— K18 Neutral Start Relay Transmission) 50— X02 Junction Block 68— B62 DPF Delta Pressure
35— X01 Trailer Connector 51— S39 MFWD Lever Position Sensor
36— Y01 PTO Solenoid Valve (PR Switch
Transmission) 52— B10 Wheel Speed Sensor
37— B05 PTO Speed Sensor (PR 53— B11 Hydraulic Oil
Transmission) Temperature Sensor (PR
Transmission)

1. Open hood and disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 9. Connect chassis harness connectors and leads
2. Remove control console. (See Remove and Install (1—68).
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.) 10. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
3. Remove right-side control console. (See Remove and locations.
Install Right-Side Control Console—Open Operator 11. Install control console. (See Remove and Install
Station in Section 90, Group 10.) Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
4. Remove left-side control console. (See Remove and 12. Install right-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Control Console—Open Operator Install Right-Side Control Console—Open Operator
Station in Section 90, Group 10.) Station in Section 90, Group 10.)
5. Remove left-side fender. (See Remove and Install 13. Install left-side control console. (See Remove and
Fenders—Open Operator Station in Section 80, Group
Install Left-Side Control Console—Open Operator
20.) Station in Section 90, Group 10.)
6. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps.
14. Install left-side fender. (See Remove and Install
Note locations of tie straps and clamps.
Fenders—Open Operator Station in Section 80, Group
7. Disconnect chassis harness connectors and leads 20.)
(1—68).
15. Connect battery negative (—) cable and close hood.
8. Replace chassis harness.
SW03989,0001D8B -19-08OCT13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-43 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=247
 Wiring Harnesses

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-44 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=248
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W506 Cab Harness (PR)

LV16599 —UN—14MAR13

11
11 12

10

13

14

20 21
8
19
15

22

18

23
17
1 3 24
6 7
25
5
26
16

2
27

4
28

34 29

31

30
33
32

W506 Cab Harness (PR)

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D5F -19-24SEP13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-45 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=249
 Wiring Harnesses

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-46 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=250
 Wiring Harnesses

1— B62 DPF Delta Pressure 11— X06 Power Outlet 21— X10 Service ADVISOR™ 29— A911 CAN Terminator
Sensor (Convenience Outlet with Connector (Cab/Operator Station)
2— B63 After Treatment Air Square Terminals) 22— H03 Left Tail/Turn Light 30— X11 Engine/After Treatment
Temperature Sensor 12— H02 Right Tail/Turn Light 23— A06X1 Electrohydraulic Interface Connector
3— X104 Chassis/Cab to Hood 13— M06 Front Washer Pump Control Unit (EHC) 31— X14 Single Pin Deutsch
Harness (Two Speed) Connector Engine Harness Connector
4— A09X3 Engine Control Unit 14— M08 Rear Washer Pump 24— A06X2 Electrohydraulic to Chassis
(ECU) Connector 15— X02 Junction Block Control Unit (EHC) 32— XGND1 Single Point Ground
5— X141 Cab to Front Console 16— S04 Seat Switch Connector 33— M04 A/C Compressor Clutch
Harness 17— X130 Cab/OOS Chassis to 25— A06X3 Electrohydraulic 34— B32 Foot Throttle Position
6— X140 Cab to Front Console Transmission Harness Control Unit (EHC) Sensor
Harness 18— X132 Cab/Chassis to Connector
7— X142 Cab to Front Console Transmission Harness (PR 26— X919 Cab to Roof Harness
Harness Transmission) Connector without License
8— B23 Hand Throttle Position 19— Load Center Fuses and Plate Light
Sensor Relays 27— XSP1 Circuit 050 Splice Pack
9— S02 Rear PTO ON/OFF Switch 20— X16 Left Rear Junction 28— X26 Cab/Chassis Harness to
10— S11 Rear Wiper Switch Block to Cab Power Harness Clutch Assembly Harness

1. Open hood and disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

10. Connect cab harness connectors and leads (1—34).
2. Remove control console. (See Remove and Install
11. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
locations.
3. Remove right-side control console. (See Remove and
12. Install floor mat.
Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab in Section
90, Group 10.) 13. Install control console. (See Remove and Install
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
4. Remove left-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90, 14. Install right-side control console. (See Remove and
Group 10.) Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab in Section
90, Group 10.)
5. Remove left and right fender shields from underside
of rear fenders. 15. Install left-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90,
6. Remove floor mat.
Group 10.)
7. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps.
16. Install left and right fender shields from underside of
Note locations of tie straps and clamps.
rear fenders.
8. Disconnect cab harness connectors and leads (1—34).
17. Connect battery negative (—) cable and close hood.
9. Replace cab harness.
SW03989,0001D5F -19-24SEP13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-47 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=251
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W507 Cab Power Harness

LV15159 —UN—06DEC11
W507 Cab Power Harness
1— X16 Left Rear Junction Block 2— X09 Engine/Cab
to Cab Power Harness Power/Chassis Harness to
Left Front Junction Block

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 5. Replace cab power harness.

2. Remove left-side control console. (See Remove and 6. Connect cab power harness leads (1 and 2).
Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90,
Group 10.) 7. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
locations.
3. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps. 8. Install left-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90,
4. Disconnect cab power harness leads (1 and 2). Group 10.)
NOTE: Use mechanic's fish tape to aid in routing 9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
of new power harness.
SW03989,0001D73 -19-04OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-48 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=252
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W508 Cab Harness (PR, Secondary Brake)

LV19293 —UN—04OCT13

36 36 38

35

34 37

33 31

30

23 22
32
24
29

21
39
26
25
20
40 27
1 3 19
6 5
41 18
7
17
28

2 15
16

4
14

8 11

10
12
13

W508 Cab Harness (PR, Secondary Brake)

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D8C -19-08OCT13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-49 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=253
 Wiring Harnesses

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-50 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=254
 Wiring Harnesses

1— B62 DPF Delta Pressure 12— M04 A/C Compressor Clutch 21— H03 Left Tail/Turn Light 32— B23 Hand Throttle Position
Sensor 13— XGND1 Single Point Ground 22— X10 Service ADVISOR™ Sensor
2— B63 After Treatment Air 14— X26 Cab/Chassis Harness to Connector 33— S16_2 MFWD Switch
Temperature Sensor Clutch Assembly Harness 23— X16 Left Rear Junction 34— S02 Rear PTO ON/OFF
3— X104 Chassis/Cab to Hood 15— S33 Secondary Brake Switch Block to Cab Power Harness Switch
Harness (PR Transmission) 24— Load Center Fuses and 35— S11 Rear Wiper Switch
4— A09X3 Engine Control Unit 16— XSP1 Circuit 050 Splice Pack Relays 36— X06 Power Outlet
(ECU) Connector 17— X918 Cab to Roof Harness 25— X920 Cab to Roof Harness 37— X17 Cab/Chassis Harness to
5— X141 Cab to Front Console Connector with License Connector with License Convenience Outlet
Harness Plate Light Plate Light 38— H02 Right Tail/Turn Light
6— X140 Cab to Front Console 18— A06X3 Electrohydraulic 26— X130 Cab/OOS Chassis to 39— S23 High/Low Shifter Switch
Harness Control Unit (EHC) Transmission Harness 40— X18 Cab Harness to
7— X142 Cab to Front Console Connector 27— X132 Cab/Chassis to Multi-Function Control
Harness 19— A06X2 Electrohydraulic Transmission Harness (PR Lever Harness
8— B32 Foot Throttle Position Control Unit (EHC) Transmission) 41— X21 Cab Harness to
Sensor Connector 28— S04 Seat Switch Multi-Function Control
9— X14 Single Pin Deutsch 20— A06X1 Electrohydraulic 29— X02 Junction Block Lever Harness
Engine Harness Connector to Control Unit (EHC) 30— M08 Rear Washer Pump
Chassis Connector 31— M06 Front Washer Pump
10— X11 Engine/After Treatment (Two Speed)
Interface Connector
11— A911 CAN Active Terminator

1. Open hood and disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 10. Connect cab harness connectors and leads (1—41).
2. Remove control console. (See Remove and Install 11. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.) locations.
3. Remove right-side control console. (See Remove and 12. Install floor mat.
Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab in Section
90, Group 10.) 13. Install control console. (See Remove and Install
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
4. Remove left-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90, 14. Install right-side control console. (See Remove and
Group 10.) Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab in Section
90, Group 10.)
5. Remove left and right fender shields from underside
of rear fenders. 15. Install left-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90,
6. Remove floor mat.
Group 10.)
7. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps.
16. Install left and right fender shields from underside of
Note locations of tie straps and clamps.
rear fenders.
8. Disconnect cab harness connectors and leads (1—41).
17. Connect battery negative (—) cable and close hood.
9. Replace cab harness.
SW03989,0001D8C -19-08OCT13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-51 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=255
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W575 Transmission Harness (PR)

7
8

10

11

1
12
13
14

17

LV16622 —UN—18FEB13
16
15

W575 Transmission Harness (PR)

1— B24 Top Shaft Speed Sensor 7— Y01 PTO Solenoid Valve (PR 11— B10 Wheel Speed Sensor 16— Y05 Transmission Forward
2— S18 Park Switch Transmission) 12— S39 MFWD Lever Position (Low) Solenoid Valve
3— S34 Speed Lever Neutral 8— X130 Cab/OOS Chassis to Switch 17— B12 Enable Pressure Sensor
Switch Transmission Harness 13— B01 Fuel Level Sensor (PR
4— B11 Hydraulic Oil 9— X132 Cab/Chassis to Transmission)
Temperature Sensor (PR Transmission Harness (PR 14— Y07 Clutch Enable Solenoid
Transmission) Transmission) Valve
5— H06 Back-Up Alarm 10— B05 PTO Speed Sensor (PR 15— Y06 Transmission Reverse
6— X01 Trailer Connector Transmission) Solenoid Valve

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 2. Remove seat. (See Remove and Install Seat and
Support—Open Operator Station or Remove and
NOTE: To aid in the removal and routing of wire Install Seat and Support—Cab in Section 90, Group
harness, remove seat. 05.)

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D75 -19-04OCT13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-52 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=256
 Wiring Harnesses

3. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. 8. Install seat. (See Remove and Install Seat and
4. Disconnect transmission harness connectors and Support—Open Operator Station or Remove and
leads (1—17). Install Seat and Support—Cab in Section 90, Group
05.)
5. Replace transmission harness.
9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
6. Connect transmission harness connectors and leads
(1—17).
7. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
locations.
SW03989,0001D75 -19-04OCT13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-53 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=257
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W576 Transmission Harness (PR, Secondary Brake)

5 7

9
8

10

11
3

4
12

14 13

16

LV19150 —UN—26SEP13
17
15

18

W576 Transmission Harness (PR, Secondary Brake)

1— B24 Top Shaft Speed Sensor 7— X01_2 Implement Flood Light 11— B05 PTO Speed Sensor (PR 17— Y05 Transmission Forward
2— S34 Speed Lever Neutral Connector Transmission) (Low) Solenoid Valve
Switch 8— Y01 PTO Solenoid Valve (PR 12— B10 Wheel Speed Sensor 18— Y10 Transmission Forward
3— B11 Hydraulic Oil Transmission) 13— Y02 MFWD Solenoid (PR (High) Solenoid Valve
Temperature Sensor (PR 9— X132 Cab/Chassis to Transmission)
Transmission) Transmission Harness (PR 14— Y07 Clutch Enable Solenoid
4— B01 Fuel Level Sensor (PR Transmission) Valve
Transmission) 10— X130 Cab/OOS Chassis to 15— Y06 Transmission Reverse
5— H06 Back-Up Alarm Transmission Harness Solenoid Valve
6— X01_1 Trailer Connector 16— B12 Enable Pressure Sensor
(with Implement Flood Light
Connector)

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 2. Remove seat. (See Remove and Install Seat and
Support—Cab in Section 90, Group 05.)
NOTE: To aid in the removal and routing of wire
harness, remove seat. 3. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps.
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D8D -19-08OCT13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-54 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=258
 Wiring Harnesses

4. Disconnect transmission harness connectors and 7. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
leads (1—18). locations.
5. Replace transmission harness. 8. Install seat. (See Remove and Install Seat and
Support—Cab in Section 90, Group 05.)
6. Connect transmission harness connectors and leads
(1—18). 9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
SW03989,0001D8D -19-08OCT13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-55 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=259
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W701 Mid-Mount SCV Harness (Cab)

1

2
3

LV15090 —UN—30NOV11
6
5

W701 Mid-Mount SCV Harness (Cab)

1— X02 Junction Block 3— K26 Mid-Mount SCV Extend 5— Y03 Mid-Mount SCV Retract
2— K25 Mid-Mount SCV Retract (Gray) 3rd Function Relay (Black) 3rd Function Solenoid
(Black) 3rd Function Relay 4— S19 Mid-Mount SCV 3rd 6— Y04 Mid-Mount SCV Extend
Function Switch (Gray) 3rd Function Solenoid

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 6. Replace mid-mount SCV harness and connect
2. Remove right-side control console. (See Remove and harness connectors and leads (1—6).
Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 7. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
90, Group 10.) locations.
3. Remove right-side upholstery. (See Remove and 8. Install right-side upholstery. (See Remove and Install
Install Right-Side Upholstery in Section 90, Group 20.) Right-Side Upholstery in Section 90, Group 20.)
4. Disconnect mid-mount SCV harness connectors and
9. Install right-side control console. (See Remove and
leads (1—6).
Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab in Section
5. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. 90, Group 10.)
Note locations of tie straps and clamps.
10. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
Continued on next page SW03989,00018D8 -19-04APR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-56 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=260
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W702 Mid-Mount SCV Harness (OOS)

2 3

LV15091 —UN—30NOV11
6 5

W702 Mid-Mount SCV Harness (OOS)

1— X02 Junction Block 3— K25 Mid-Mount SCV Retract 5— Y03 Mid-Mount SCV Retract
2— K26 Mid-Mount SCV Extend (Black) 3rd Function Relay (Black) 3rd Function Solenoid
(Gray) 3rd Function Relay 4— S19 Mid-Mount SCV 3rd 6— Y04 Mid-Mount SCV Extend
Function Switch (Gray) 3rd Function Solenoid

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 6. Connect wire connectors and leads (1—6).
2. Remove load center bracket. 7. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
3. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. locations.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps. 8. Install load center bracket.
4. Disconnect wire connectors and leads (1—6). 9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
5. Replace wire harness.
SW03989,00018D9 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-57 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=261
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W703 Multi-Function Control Lever Harness (with Hi/Lo)

1
5

LV17021 —UN—13MAR13
W703 Multi-Function Control Lever Harness (with Hi/Lo)
1— X24 Multi-Function 2— X19 Multi-Function 4— X18 Cab Harness to
Control Lever Harness to Control Lever Harness to Multi-Function Control Lever
Multi-Function Control Lever Multi-Coupler Harness Harness
Switch Harness 3— X20 Multi-Function 5— X21 Cab Harness to
Control Lever Harness to Multi-Function Control Lever
Multi-Coupler Harness Harness

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 6. Connect multi-function control lever harness
2. Remove multi-function control lever cover. (See connectors and leads (1—5).
Inspect and Repair Multi-Functional Control Lever and 7. Assemble multi-function control lever grip. (See
Linkage (with Secondary Brake) in Section 70, Group Replace Multi-Function Control Lever Switch in
25). Section 40, Group 10.)
3. Disassemble multi-function control lever grip. (See
8. Install multi-function control lever cover. (See Inspect
Replace Multi-Function Control Lever Switch in and Repair Multi-Functional Control Lever and Linkage
Section 40, Group 10.)
(with Secondary Brake) in Section 70, Group 25).
4. Disconnect multi-function control lever harness
9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
connectors and leads (1—5).
5. Replace multi-function control lever harness.
SW03989,0001D8E -19-08OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-58 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=262
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W704 Multi-Function Control Lever Harness (without Hi/Lo)

LV17022 —UN—13MAR13
W704 Multi-Function Control Lever Harness (without Hi/Lo)
1— X24 Multi-Function 2— X19 Multi-Function 4— X18 Cab Harness to
Control Lever Harness to Control Lever Harness to Multi-Function Control Lever
Multi-Function Control Lever Multi-Coupler Harness Harness
Switch Harness 3— X20 Multi-Function
Control Lever Harness to
Multi-Coupler Harness

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 6. Connect multi-function control lever harness
2. Remove multi-function control lever cover. (See connectors and leads (1—4).
Inspect and Repair Multi-Functional Control Lever and 7. Assemble multi-function control lever grip. (See
Linkage (with Secondary Brake) in Section 70, Group Replace Multi-Function Control Lever Switch in
25). Section 40, Group 10.)
3. Disassemble multi-function control lever grip. (See
8. Install multi-function control lever cover. (See Inspect
Replace Multi-Function Control Lever Switch in and Repair Multi-Functional Control Lever and Linkage
Section 40, Group 10.)
(with Secondary Brake) in Section 70, Group 25).
4. Disconnect multi-function control lever harness
9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
connectors and leads (1—4).
5. Replace multi-function control lever harness.
SW03989,0001D8F -19-08OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-59 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=263
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W705 Multi-Function Control Lever Switch Harness

LV17020 —UN—13MAR13
W705 Multi-Function Control Lever Switch Harness
1— S48 Multi-Function Control 2— X24 Multi-Function
Lever Switch Control Lever Harness to
Multi-Function Control Lever
Switch Harness

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

4. Asseemble multi-function control lever grip. (See
2. Disassemble multi-function control lever grip. (See Replace Multi-Function Control Lever Switch in
Replace Multi-Function Control Lever Switch in Section 40, Group 10.)
Section 40, Group 10.)
5. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
3. Replace multi-function control lever switch harness.
SW03989,0001D90 -19-08OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-60 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=264
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W706 Multi-Coupler Harness

3
2

LV17019 —UN—13MAR13
W706 Multi-Coupler Harness
1— X19 Multi-Function 2— X20 Multi-Function 3— Y26 Multi-Coupler
Control Lever Harness to Control Lever Harness to
Multi-Coupler Harness Multi-Coupler Harness

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

3. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Replace wire harness.
SW03989,0001D91 -19-08OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-61 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=265
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W904 Front Console Harness (PR)

18
17
2
3
16
4
5
6

15
14 7
13
8
12

9
11 10

LV19310 —UN—08OCT13
W904 Front Console Harness (PR)—Left Side
1— A01X4 Instrument Control 4— S43 Turn Signal Switch 10— S14 Forward Neutral 15— K11 Neutral Relay
Cluster (ICC) Connector 5— B21 Power Shuttle Control Reverse (FNR) Switch 16— S17 Brake Pedal Switch
2— A01X2 Instrument Control 6— S45 HI/LO Headlight Switch 11— H18 Instrument Cluster 17— V01 Diode Block
Cluster (ICC) Connector 7— S36 Roll Mode Switch Alarm 18— XGND12 Front Wiper Ground
3— A01X1 Instrument Control 8— S06 Light Switch 12— A912 CAN Terminator
Cluster (ICC) Connector 9— K18 Neutral Start Relay (Chassis)
13— K07 Accessory Relay
14— K27 Headlight Relay
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D85 -19-08OCT13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-62 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=266
 Wiring Harnesses

19

20
27 21

28

26 22
23

24
25

LV19311 —UN—08OCT13
W904 Front Console Harness (PR)—Right Side
19— X142 Cab to Front Console 22— M05 Front Wiper Motor (Two 25— S01 Key Switch
Harness Speed) 26— S05 Horn Switch
20— X141 Cab to Front Console 23— XGND3 Vehicle Chassis 27— S30 Front Wiper Switch (Two
Harness Ground Speed)
21— X140 Cab to Front Console 24— K18 Neutral Start Relay 28— S35 Exhaust Filter Cleaning
Harness Switch

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

6. Connect front console harness connectors and leads
2. Remove center control console cover. (See Remove (1—28).
and Install Center Control Console in Section 90,
7. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
Group 10.)
locations.
3. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps.
8. Install center control console cover. (See Remove and
Note locations of tie straps and clamps. Install Center Control Console in Section 90, Group
4. Disconnect front console harness connectors and 10.)
leads (1—28). 9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
5. Replace front console harness.
SW03989,0001D85 -19-08OCT13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-63 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=267
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W905 Front Console Harness (PR, Secondary Brake)

20
19
2
3
18
4
5

6
7

17
16
15 14

13

10 9 8
12 11

LV19312 —UN—08OCT13
W905 Front Console Harness (PR, Secondary Brake)—Left Side
1— A01X4 Instrument Control 5— S43 Turn Signal Switch 12— H18 Instrument Cluster 18— S17 Brake Pedal Switch
Cluster (ICC) Connector 6— S45 HI/LO Headlight Switch Alarm 19— V01 Diode Block
2— A01X2 Instrument Control 7— B21 Power Shuttle Control 13— A912 CAN Terminator 20— XGND12 Front Wiper Ground
Cluster (ICC) Connector 8— S06 Light Switch (Chassis)
3— A01X1 Instrument Control 9— S36 Roll Mode Switch 14— M05_1 Front Wiper Motor
Cluster (ICC) Connector 10— K18 Neutral Start Relay (Single Speed)
4— A01X3 Instrument Control 11— S14 Forward Neutral 15— K07 Accessory Relay
Cluster (ICC) Connector Reverse (FNR) Switch 16— K27 Headlight Relay
17— K11 Neutral Relay
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D86 -19-08OCT13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-64 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=268
 Wiring Harnesses

22
21

23
30 24

31

29
25

26
28

LV19313 —UN—08OCT13
27

W905 Front Console Harness (PR, Secondary Brake)—Right Side

21— K18 Neutral Start Relay 24— X140 Cab to Front Console 27— K30 Flasher Logic Relay 30— S30_1 Front Wiper Switch
22— X142 Cab to Front Console Harness (with License and Clearance (Single Speed)
Harness 25— XGND3 Vehicle Chassis Lights) 31— S35 Exhaust Filter Cleaning
23— X141 Cab to Front Console Ground 28— S01 Key Switch Switch
Harness 26— K18 Neutral Start Relay 29— S05 Horn Switch

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 6. Connect front console harness connectors and leads
2. Remove center control console cover. (See Remove (1—31).
and Install Center Control Console in Section 90, 7. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
Group 10.) locations.
3. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. 8. Install center control console cover. (See Remove and
Note locations of tie straps and clamps. Install Center Control Console in Section 90, Group
4. Disconnect wire connectors and leads (1—31). 10.)

5. Replace front console harness. 9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

SW03989,0001D86 -19-08OCT13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-65 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=269
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W923 Roof Harness (Cab)

11 13
12
14
10

8
5
16

15 17
3 4 18
7 19

6 21
20
2 22

1 23

24
26

27
28

LV15027 —UN—07DEC11
25

W923 Roof Harness (Cab)

1— E04 Right Front Work Light 8— XGND9 Cab Roof Ground 16— R03 HVAC Resistor 24— S13 Left Door Switch
2— H04 Right Front Warning Light 9— X08 Radio Connector 17— B07 A/C Deicing Switch 25— X919 Cab to Roof Harness
3— X125 Roof to Right Front 10— B240 Right Speaker 18— M02 Left HVAC Blower Motor Connector without License
Beacon Light Harness (Cab) 11— E06 Right Rear Work Light 19— E05 Left Rear Work Light Plate Light
4— S09 A/C ON/OFF Switch 12— H10 Right Rear Warning 20— H11 Left Rear Warning Light 26— H05 Left Front Warning Light
5— S08 HVAC Blower Switch Light 21— B241 Left Speaker 27— E03 Left Front Work Light
6— S25 Beacon Light Switch 13— B08 A/C High/Low Pressure 22— M07 Rear Wiper Motor 28— X124 Roof to Left Front
7— E18 Right-Hand Console Light Switch 23— A03 Dome Light and Switch Beacon Light Harness (Cab)
14— XGND11 Evaporator Ground Assembly
15— M03 Right HVAC Blower
Motor

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 4. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps.
2. Remove HVAC housing cover plate. Note locations of tie straps and clamps.

3. Remove left-side control console. (See Remove and 5. Disconnect roof harness connectors and leads (1—28).
Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90, 6. Replace roof harness.
Group 10.)
7. Connect roof harness connectors and leads (1—28).
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D92 -19-08OCT13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-66 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=270
 Wiring Harnesses

8. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous 10. Install HVAC housing cover plate.
locations.
11. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
9. Install left-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90,
Group 10.)
SW03989,0001D92 -19-08OCT13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-67 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=271
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace W924 Roof Harness (Cab, Secondary Brake)

13
12 14

16
10 11 15

9 18
8 19
3 2 17 21
20
7

6 22

4 5 32

1 23
24

26
25

27
28

29

LV16166 —UN—22OCT12
30

31

W924 Roof Harness (Cab, Secondary Brake)

1— E34 Right Front Work Light 9— S22 Front Work Light Switch 18— R03 HVAC Resistor 28— E33 Left Front Work Light
(with License and Clearance (with License and Clearance 19— B07 A/C Deicing Switch (with License and Clearance
Lights) Lights) 20— M02 Left HVAC Blower Motor Lights)
2— X126 Roof to Right-Hand 10— XGND9 Cab Roof Ground 21— E35 Left Rear Work Light 29— X124 Roof to Left Front
Handrail Light Harness 11— X08 Radio Connector (with License and Clearance Beacon Light Harness (Cab)
3— X125 Roof to Right Front 12— B240 Right Speaker Lights) 30— X920 Cab to Roof Harness
Beacon Light Harness (Cab) 13— E36 Right Rear Work Light 22— B241 Left Speaker Connector with License
4— S09 A/C ON/OFF Switch (with License and Clearance 23— M07 Rear Wiper Motor Plate Light
5— S25 Beacon Light Switch Lights) 24— A03 Dome Light and Switch 31— X918 Cab to Roof Harness
6— S24 Rear Work Light Switch 14— X922 Roof Harness to Roof Assembly Connector with License
(with License and Clearance License Plate Lighting 25— S13 Left Door Switch Plate Light
Lights) Harness 26— X921 Roof Harness to Front 32— S26 Loader Light Switch
7— E18 Right-Hand Console Light 15— B08 A/C High/Low Pressure Windshield Wiper Harness
8— S08 HVAC Blower Switch Switch 27— X127 Roof to Left-Hand
16— XGND11 Evaporator Ground Handrail Light Harness
17— M03 Right HVAC Blower
Motor

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. 3. Remove left-side control console. (See Remove and
2. Remove HVAC housing cover plate and cab headliner. Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90,
(See Remove and Install Headliner in Section 90, Group 10.)
Group 20.) 4. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps.
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D93 -19-08OCT13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-68 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=272
 Wiring Harnesses

5. Disconnect roof harness connectors and leads (1—32). 8. Install left-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Control Console—Cab in Section 90,
6. Replace roof harness and connect harness connectors
Group 10.)
and leads (1—32).
9. Install HVAC housing cover plate and cab headliner.
7. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
(See Remove and Install Headliner in Section 90,
locations.
Group 20.)
10. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
SW03989,0001D93 -19-08OCT13-2/2

Replace W931 Air Seat Harness

PUPX001258 —UN—22JUN09
W931 Air Seat Harness
1— A05 Air Seat Assembly 2— X02 Junction Block

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.

6. Replace air seat harness.
2. Remove right-side control console. (See Remove and
7. Connect air seat harness connector and leads (1 and
Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab or Remove
2).
and Install Right-Side Control Console—Open
Operator Station in Section 90, Group 10.) 8. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
locations.
3. Remove right-side upholstery, if cab. (See Remove
and Install Right-Side Upholstery in Section 90, Group 9. Install right-side upholstery, if cab. (See Remove and
20.) Install Right-Side Upholstery in Section 90, Group 20.)
4. Disconnect air seat harness connector and leads (1 10. Install right-side control console. (See Remove and
and 2). Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab or Remove
and Install Right-Side Control Console—Open
5. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. Operator Station in Section 90, Group 10.)
Note locations of tie straps and clamps.
11. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
SW03989,00018DE -19-04APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-69 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=273
 Wiring Harnesses

Replace Exhaust Filter Harness

LV15814 —UN—19JUN12
Exhaust Filter Harness
A—DPF Differential Pressure C—Exhaust Filter F— DPF Outlet Temperature H—Exhaust Filter Temperature
Sensor D—DOC Outlet Temperature Sensor Module
B—DOC Inlet Temperature Sensor G—DPF Outlet Pressure Sensor
Sensor E—DPF Inlet Pressure Sensor

CAUTION: Exhaust filter may be hot. Allow 5. Remove and replace wire harness.
exhaust filter to cool before removal. Hot exhaust
6. Connect wire connectors and leads (B, D, F and H).
filter can cause serious burns.
7. Install hold-down clamps and tie straps at previous
1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable. locations.
2. Remove hood. (See Remove and Install Hood in 8. Install hood. (See Remove and Install Hood in Section
Section 80, Group 20.) 80, Group 20.)
3. Cut all tie straps and remove all hold-down clamps. 9. Connect battery negative (—) cable.
Note locations of tie straps and clamps.
4. Disconnect wire connectors and leads (B, D, F and H).
SW03989,00018DF -19-04APR13-1/1

Replace Injector Harness

NOTE: For more information on injector harness
replacement, refer to the relevant engine
Component Technical Manual (CTM).
SW03989,0001D94 -19-08OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 40-15-70 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=274
 Section 50
Power Train Repair
Contents

Page

Group 05—Clutch Housing

Service Equipment and Tools ........................ 50-05-1
Other Material................................................ 50-05-1
Specifications ................................................ 50-05-1
John Deere Transmission
Repair—Use Component
Technical Manual....................................... 50-05-1
Separate Engine from Clutch
Housing ..................................................... 50-05-2
Install Engine to Clutch Housing.................. 50-05-13
Clutch Housing Repair................................. 50-05-24
Inspect and Repair Clutch Pedal
and Linkage—(PowrReverser™
Transmissions) ........................................ 50-05-25

Group 11—Clutch Assembly

Specifications ................................................ 50-11-1
John Deere PR Clutch
Repair—Use Component
Technical Manual....................................... 50-11-1
Remove and Install Clutch
Assembly ................................................... 50-11-1
PowrReverser™ Clutch Assembly
Repair ........................................................ 50-11-2

Group 15—PowrReverser™ Transmission

John Deere PowrReverser™
Transmission Repair—Use
Component Technical Manual ................... 50-15-1
PowrReverser™ Transmission
Repair ........................................................ 50-15-1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=1
 Contents

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=2
 Group 05
Clutch Housing
Service Equipment and Tools European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in
the U.S. SERVICEGARD™ Catalog or from the

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

OUO1023,0003840 -19-19FEB13-1/4

Lifting Brackets ....................................................... JDG19 Lifting Brackets .....................................................JT01748

Used to remove and install engine. Used to remove and install engine.
OUO1023,0003840 -19-19FEB13-2/4

Flywheel Turning Tool .............................................JDE83 Used to rotate flywheel

OUO1023,0003840 -19-19FEB13-3/4

Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set Used to install bushings in clutch pedal.
OUO1023,0003840 -19-19FEB13-4/4

Other Material
Number Name Use
TY6333 (U.S.) Moly High Temperature EP Grease Apply to splined ends of traction
CXTY6333 (Canadian) and PTO clutch shafts. Apply to ID
of clucth pedal bushings.

OUO1023,0003841 -19-19FEB13-1/1

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Clutch Housing-to-Engine Cap Torque 430 N·m (317 lb.-ft.)

Screw M20
Engine/Flywheel Housing-to-Clutch Torque 260 N·m (192 lb.-ft.)
Housing Cap Screw M16
SW03989,0002141 -19-26MAR13-1/1

John Deere Transmission Repair—Use

Component Technical Manual
For complete repair information, use the relevant
component technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with
this machine manual.
• PowrReverser™ Transmission -John Deere™ Pune
TS225 —UN—17JAN89

Works
(Sr. No.PY1068XXXXXXX, LV12363, LV12364,
PY10953, LV12781 and PY10952) CTM900519

OUO1023,0003846 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=277
 Clutch Housing

Separate Engine from Clutch Housing

1. Recover/recycle air conditioning refrigerant. (See
Recover/Recycle Air Conditioning Refrigerant in
Section 90, Group 30.)
2. Disconnect battery, negative (—) cable first and then

LV16111 —UN—24SEP12
positive (+) battery cable.

A—Positive (+) Terminal B—Negative (—) Terminal

Battery

SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-1/18

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from

pressurized cooling system can cause
serious burns.
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only
when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before

TS281 —UN—15APR13
removing completely.

3. Drain coolant from engine.

4. Remove hood. (See Remove and Install Hood in
Section 80, Group 25.)
5. Remove MFWD drive shaft, if equipped. (See
Remove, Inspect and Install MFWD Drive Shaft in
Section 56, Group 20.)
Continued on next page SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-2/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=278
 Clutch Housing

6. For Open Operator Station (OOS):

Remove cap screws (B—D) and right-hand side
handle (A).

A—Right-Hand Side Handle C—Cap Screw (2 used)

B—Cap Screw (2 used) D—Cap Screw (2 used)

LV16760 —UN—06MAR13
Right-Hand Side Handle—Open Operator Station (OOS)

SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-3/18

7. For Cab:
Remove cap screws (A) and right-hand side crop
guard (B).

A—Cap Screw (2 used) B—Right-Hand Side Crop

Guard

LV16757 —UN—06MAR13

Right-Hand Side Crop Guard—Cab

Continued on next page SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-4/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=279
 Clutch Housing

8. Remove cap screws (A) and right-hand side shield (B).

9. Remove cap screws (C) and right-hand side lower
shield (D)

A—Cap Screw (2 used) C—Cap Screw (2 used)

B—Right-Hand Side Shield D—Right-Hand Side Lower
Shield

LV16758 —UN—06MAR13
Right-Hand Side Shield—Cab

LV16759 —UN—06MAR13
Right-Hand Side Lower Shield—Cab

Continued on next page SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-5/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=280
 Clutch Housing

NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs.

10. Disconnect steering supply hose (A) and implement

supply line (B) from hydraulic tandem pumps (D).
Close all openings using caps and plugs.
NOTE: Support hydraulic tandem pumps suction line
(C). Transmission/hydraulic oil will spill out of
transmission filter assembly if line drops below
transmission/reservoir oil level.

11. Disconnect tandem pumps suction line (C) from

hydraulic tandem pumps (D). Close all openings using
caps and plugs.

LV16762 —UN—06MAR13
A—Steering Supply Hose D—Hydraulic Tandem Pumps
B—Implement Supply Line E—Cap Screw and Clamp
C—Hydraulic Tandem Pumps
Suction Line

Hydraulic Tandem Pumps

SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-6/18

NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs.

12. Disconnect air conditioning lines (A) (if equipped).

Remove cap screw and clamp (B). Move air
conditioning lines away from tractor cab, toward
engine. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

LV16761 —UN—06MAR13
A—Air Conditioning Line (2 B—Cap Screw and Clamp
used)

Air Conditioning Lines

Continued on next page SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-7/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=281
 Clutch Housing

13. Remove nut (B) and cap screws (C) to remove

right-hand side fan guard (A).

A—Right-Hand Side Fan Guard C—Cap Screw (2 used)

B—Nut

LV16777 —UN—06MAR13
Right-Hand Side Fan Guard

Continued on next page SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-8/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=282
 Clutch Housing

LV16778 —UN—06MAR13
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines
A—Cooler Relief Valve-to-Tee B—Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to- C—Tee Fitting-to-Hydraulic Oil D—Tee Fitting
Fitting Line Transmission Line Cooler Line E—Clamps

NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs 16. Remove hydraulic oil cooler-to-transmission line (B).
to prevent contamination. Close all openings using caps and plugs.
14. Loosen or remove clamps (E) as needed. 17. Remove tee fitting-to-hydraulic oil cooler line (C).
Close all openings using caps and plugs.
15. Remove cooler relief valve-to-tee fitting line (A). Close
all openings using caps and plugs.
Continued on next page SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-9/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=283
 Clutch Housing

NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs

to prevent contamination.

NOTE: Similar for Open Operator Station (OOS):

18. Disconnect fuel supply and return hoses (A and B).

Close all openings using caps and plugs.

A—Fuel Supply Hose B—Fuel Return Hose

LV16763 —UN—08MAR13
Fuel Hoses

SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-10/18

19. Disconnect heater supply and return hoses (A and B).

Close all openings using caps and plugs.

A—Heater Supply Hose B—Heater Return Hose

LV16765 —UN—06MAR13

Heater Hoses

Continued on next page SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-11/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=284
 Clutch Housing

20. Remove cap screw (A) to remove left-hand side shield

(B).

A—Cap Screw B—Left-Hand Side Shield

LV16766 —UN—06MAR13
Left-Hand Side Shield

SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-12/18

NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs.

21. Disconnect hydraulic steering hoses (A). Close all

openings using caps and plugs.
22. Open junction block (B) and remove nut and washer
(C) to disconnect battery cable (D) to operator platform.

A—Steering Hose (2 used) C—Nut and Washer

B—Junction Block D—Battery Cable

LV16767 —UN—06MAR13
Steering Hoses and Junction Block

Continued on next page SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-13/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=285
 Clutch Housing

23. Disconnect wiring harness connectors (A).

A—Wiring Harness Connector D—Harness Connector

(2 used)

LV16768 —UN—06MAR13
Left-Hand Side Wiring Connectors

SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-14/18

24. Disconnect air conditioning compressor wire connector

(B) (if equipped) and wires from ground terminal (C).

B—Air Conditioning C—Ground Terminal

Compressor Wire
Connector (if equipped)

LV16769 —UN—06MAR13
Air Conditioning Compressor Wiring Connector and Ground Terminal

Continued on next page SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-15/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=286
 Clutch Housing

25. Disconnect harness connector (D) from engine control

unit (ECU). Move harness away from engine, toward
cab or platform.

A—Wiring Harness Connector

(2 used)

LV16764 —UN—06MAR13
Right-Hand Side Wiring and Harness Connectors

Continued on next page SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-16/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=287
 Clutch Housing

CAUTION: Avoid tipping of tractor and possible

crushing injury. If tractor is equipped with
optional front weights, remove weights and
weight support before removing any engine to
clutch housing mounting hardware.

NOTE: Cab shown, OOS is similar.

26. Remove front weights and weight support, if equipped.

NOTE: If necessary, remove exhaust pipe to attach
lifting brackets. See Remove and Install Exhaust
Pipe in Section 30, Group 20.

27. Attach appropriate lifting device, such as JDG19 or

JT01748 lifting brackets, to engine.
28. Install a support stand under clutch housing.
29. Install wood blocks between front axle pivot stops and
frame.

LV16772 —UN—06MAR13
NOTE: Ensure disconnected hydraulic lines do not
entangle with engine components or electrical wiring
during engine/clutch housing separation.

30. Remove cap screws (A and B). Roll front section

(engine/front axle assembly) away from tractor rear
section. Engine-to-Clutch Housing Hardware—Rigth-Hand Side

A—Engine/Flywheel B—Clutch Housing-to-Engine

Housing-to-Clutch Housing Cap Screw M20 (4 used)
Cap Screw M16 (4 used)

LV16773 —UN—06MAR13

Engine-to-Clutch Housing Hardware—Left-Hand Side

Continued on next page SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-17/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=288
 Clutch Housing

31. Block wheels and install a support stand (A) under

engine flywheel housing.

A—Support Stand

LV10910 —UN—06OCT04
SW03989,0002142 -19-26MAR13-18/18

Install Engine to Clutch Housing

1. Attach appropriate lifting device, such as JDG19
or JT01748 lifting brackets, to engine, if removed.
Remove support stand (A) from flywheel housing.
2. Clean mating surfaces of clutch housing and engine.
3. Put transmission shift levers in neutral to ease clutch
shaft alignment with engine.
4. Apply Moly High Temperature EP Grease to traction
and PTO clutch shafts.

LV10910 —UN—06OCT04
NOTE: Turning PTO shaft at rear of tractor during
engine installation will aid in alignment of
PTO clutch and shaft.

5. Use flywheel turning tool JDE83 to help align traction

clutch and shaft.

A—Support Stand

Continued on next page SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-1/17

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=289
 Clutch Housing

IMPORTANT: Make sure tractor is level before

installation of engine to prevent damage
to PTO shaft.
Do not draw engine against clutch housing
using cap screws, or damage will result.
Make sure engine and clutch housing mating
surfaces are completely together before
tightening cap screws.

6. Install engine to clutch housing.

7. Install cap screws (A and B). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Clutch Housing-to-
Engine Cap Screw
M20—Torque............................................................ 430 N·m (317 lb.-ft.)
Engine/Flywheel
Housing-to-Clutch
Housing Cap Screw
M16—Torque............................................................ 260 N·m (192 lb.-ft.)

LV16772 —UN—06MAR13
8. Install exhaust pipe, if removed See Remove and
Install Exhaust Pipe in Section 30, Group 20.
9. Install front weight support and weights, if equipped.

A—Engine/Flywheel B—Clutch Housing-to-Engine

Housing-to-Clutch Housing Cap Screw M20 (4 used) Engine-to-Clutch Housing Hardware—Rigth-Side
Cap Screw M16 (4 used)

LV16773 —UN—06MAR13

Engine-to-Clutch Housing Hardware—Left-Side

Continued on next page SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-2/17

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=290
 Clutch Housing

10. Connect wiring harness connectors (A).

A—Wiring Harness Connector

(2 used)

LV16768 —UN—06MAR13
Left-Hand Side Wiring Connectors

SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-3/17

11. Connect air conditioning compressor wire connector

(B) (if equipped) and wires from ground terminal (C).

LV16769 —UN—06MAR13
Air Conditioning Compressor Wiring Connector and Ground Terminal

Continued on next page SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-4/17

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-15 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=291
 Clutch Housing

12. Connect wiring harness connectors (A). Connect

harness connector (D) to engine control unit (ECU).

A—Wiring Harness Connector D—Harness Connector

(2 used)

LV16764 —UN—06MAR13
Right-Hand Side Wiring and Harness Connectors

SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-5/17

NOTE: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged

O-rings and seals will leak.

13. Connect hydraulic steering hoses (A).

14. Open junction block (B) and connect battery cable (D)
using nut and washer (C).

A—Steering Hose (2 used) C—Nut and Washer

B—Junction Block D—Battery Cable

LV16767 —UN—06MAR13

Steering Hoses and Junction Block

Continued on next page SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-6/17

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-16 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=292
 Clutch Housing

15. Install left-hand side shield (B) using cap screw (A).

A—Cap Screw B—Left-Hand Side Shield

LV16766 —UN—06MAR13
Left-Hand Side Shield

SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-7/17

16. Connect heater supply and return hoses (A and B).

A—Heater Supply Hose B—Heater Return Hose

LV16765 —UN—06MAR13
Heater Hoses

Continued on next page SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-8/17

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-17 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=293
 Clutch Housing

NOTE: Similar for Open Operator Station:

17. Connect fuel supply and return hoses (A and B).

A—Fuel Supply Hose B—Fuel Return Hose

LV16763 —UN—08MAR13
Fuel Hoses

Continued on next page SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-9/17

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-18 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=294
 Clutch Housing

LV16778 —UN—06MAR13
Hydraulic Oil Cooler Lines
A—Cooler Relief Valve-to-Tee B—Hydraulic Oil Cooler-to- C—Tee Fitting-to-Hydraulic Oil D—Tee Fitting
Fitting Line Transmission Line Cooler Line E—Clamp

NOTE: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged 20. Install cooler relief valve-to-tee fitting line (A).
O-rings and seals will leak.
21. Install clamps (E) and tighten securely.
18. Install tee fitting-to-hydraulic oil cooler line (C).
19. Install hydraulic oil cooler-to-transmission line (B).
Continued on next page SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-10/17

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-19 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=295
 Clutch Housing

22. Install right-hand side fan guard (A) using cap screws
(C) and nut (B).

A—Right-Hand Side Fan Guard C—Cap Screw (2 used)

B—Nut

LV16777 —UN—06MAR13
Right-Hand Side Fan Guard

SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-11/17

NOTE: Replace all air conditioning O-rings and seals.

Used or damaged O-rings and seals will leak.

23. Connect air Cconditioning lines (A) (if equipped).

Install cap screw and clamp (B).

LV16761 —UN—06MAR13
A—Air Conditioning Lines B—Cap Screw and Clamp

Air Conditioning Lines

Continued on next page SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-12/17

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-20 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=296
 Clutch Housing

NOTE: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used or damaged

O-rings and seals will leak.

24. Connect steering supply hose (A) and to hydraulic

tandem pumps (D).
25. Install and connect implement supply line (B) to
hydraulic tandem pumps (D).
26. Connect tandem pumps suction line (C) from hydraulic
tandem pumps (D). Install clamps.

A—Steering Supply Hose D—Hydraulic Tandem Pumps

B—Implement Supply Line E—Cap Screw and Clamp
C—Hydraulic Tandem Pumps
Suction Line

LV16762 —UN—06MAR13
Hydraulic Tandem Pumps

Continued on next page SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-13/17

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-21 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=297
 Clutch Housing

27. Install right-hand side lower shield (D) using cap

screws (C).

A—Cap Screw (2 used) C—Cap Screw (2 used)

B—Right-Hand Side Shield D—Right-Hand Side Lower
Shield

LV16758 —UN—06MAR13
Right-Hand Side Shield—Cab

LV16759 —UN—06MAR13
Right-Hand Side Lower Shield—Cab

Continued on next page SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-14/17

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-22 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=298
 Clutch Housing

28. For Cab:

Install right-hand side crop guard (B) with cap screws
(A).

A—Cap Screw (2 used) B—Right-Hand Side Crop

Guard

LV16757 —UN—06MAR13
Right-Hand Side Crop Guard—Cab

SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-15/17

29. For Open Operator Station (OOS):

Install right-hand side handle (A) using cap screws
(B—D).
30. Install MFWD drive shaft, if equipped. (See Remove,
Inspect and Install MFWD Drive Shaft in Section 56,
Group 20.)
31. Fill radiator with coolant.

A—Right-Hand Side Handle C—Cap Screw (2 used)

B—Cap Screw (2 used) D—Cap Screw (2 used)

LV16760 —UN—06MAR13

Right-Hand Side Handle—Open Operator Station (OOS)

Continued on next page SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-16/17

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-23 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=299
 Clutch Housing

32. Connect battery, positive (+) battery cable first and

then negative (—) cable last.
33. Flush, evacuate and charge air conditioning system.
(See Flush Air Conditioning System, Evacuate Air
Conditioning System, and Charge Air Conditioning
System in Section 90, Group 30.)

LV16111 —UN—24SEP12
34. Prime hydraulic pump. (See Prime Hydraulic Pump
in Section 70, Group 05.)
35. Run engine to circulate coolant. Check coolant level
and replenish as necessary.
36. Check for hydraulic leaks. Tighten connections as Battery
necessary.
37. Install hood, (see Remove and Install Hood in Section A—Positive (+) Terminal B—Negative (—) Terminal
80, Group 25.).
SW03989,0002143 -19-26MAR13-17/17

Clutch Housing Repair • Disassemble, Inspect, and Repair PR Control Valve

(With EH Hi/Lo)
Refer to the relevant component technical manual (CTM)
for theory of operation information on the following.
• Disassemble, Inspect, and Repair Junction Block
• PR Main Pressure Relief Valve Adjustment
• Remove, Inspect, and Repair Transmission Pump • Install and Adjust Park Pawl
• Remove and Install PR Control Valve
• Disassemble, Inspect, and Repair PR Control Valve
(Without EH Hi/Lo)
SW03989,00021FE -19-04MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-24 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=300
 Clutch Housing

Inspect and Repair Clutch Pedal and

Linkage—(PowrReverser™ Transmissions)
C
B
D

O
E F P
Q
A H
U
T
C M N
D V
G Y
L
I Z
J
K
S A A
R

PULV008138 —UN—15MAR10
W A B

A F A C
A D
A E
Clutch Pedal Assembly
A—Spacers J— Washer S—Stop AB—Link
B—Mounting Bracket K—Cap Screw T— Cap Screw (2 used) AC—Spring
C—Washers L— Potentiometer U—Pedal AD—Linkage
D—Cap Screws M—Block V—Bushing AE—Screw
E—Bracket N—Cap Screw (2 used) W—Spring AF—Rubber Hose
F— Stop O—Spring Washer X—Spring Mount
G—Cap Screw (3 used) P—Washer Y—Washer
H—Leaf Spring Q—Washer Z— Socket-Head Cap Screw
I— Nut (2 used) R—Wiring Harness and AA—Ball Stud
Connector

1. Remove cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center Replace bushings using a bearing, bushing, and seal
Control Console—Cab in Section 90, Group 10 or driver set. Install bushings flush with pedal surface.
Remove and Install Cowl Cover—Open Operator
Station in Section 90, Group 10.) 4. Apply Moly High Temperature EP Grease to ID of
bushings.
2. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
necessary. 5. Install cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center
Control Console—Cab in Section 90, Group 10 or
NOTE: Remove bushing (V) only if replacement Remove and Install Cowl Cover—Open Operator
is necessary. Station in Section 90, Group 10.)
3. Inspect bushing (V) for wear or damage. Replace if
necessary.
SW03989,0002144 -19-01MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-25 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=301
 Clutch Housing

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-05-26 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=302
 Group 11
Clutch Assembly
Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Clutch-to-Flywheel Cap Screw Torque 36 N·m (27 lb-ft)

SW03989,00021F2 -19-26MAR13-1/1

John Deere PR Clutch Repair—Use

Component Technical Manual
For complete repair information, use the relevant
component technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with
this machine manual.
• PowrReverser™ Transmission -John Deere™ Pune

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
Works
(Sr. No.PY1068XXXXXXX, LV12363, LV12364,
PY10953, LV12781 and PY10952) CTM900519

SW03989,00021F4 -19-01APR13-1/1

Remove and Install Clutch Assembly

NOTE: PowrReverser™ transmissions with
ElectroHydraulic PTO, use a torsional
damper as a clutch.

1. Separate engine from clutch housing. (See Separate

Engine from Clutch Housing in Section 50, Group 05.)
2. Remove six cap screws (A) and clutch (B).
NOTE: Clutch is non-servicable; replace clutch if
repairs are necessary. No adjustments are A
needed to installed clutch.

3. Make repairs as necessary.

LV11289 —UN—22OCT04
4. Install clutch (B) and cap screws (A). Evenly tighten
cap screws in a criss-cross pattern to specification.
Specification B
Clutch-to-Flywheel Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................... 36 N·m (27 lb-ft) LV11289 240 X 240

5. Install engine to clutch housing. (See Install Engine to

Clutch Housing in Section 50, Group 05.) A—Cap Screw (6 used) B—Clutch

PowrReverser is a trademark of Deere & Company

SW03989,00021F3 -19-07MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-11-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=303
 Clutch Assembly

PowrReverser™ Clutch Assembly Repair • Disassemble, Inspect, and Repair PR Clutch Pack Gear
Refer to the relevant component technical manual (CTM)
• Disassemble, Inspect, and Repair Driven Shaft (Without
EH Hi/Lo)
for theory of operation information on the following. • Disassemble, Inspect, and Repair Driven Shaft (With
• Remove and Install PR Clutch EH Hi/Lo)
• Disassemble, Inspect, and Repair Reverse Idle Gear • Disassemble, Inspect, and Repair PR Clutch (Without
(Without EH Hi/Lo) EH Hi/Lo)
• Disassemble, Inspect, and Repair Reverse Idle Gear • Disassemble, Inspect, and Repair PR Clutch (With EH
(With EH Hi/Lo) Hi/Lo)
SW03989,0002200 -19-04MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-11-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=304
 Group 15
PowrReverser™ Transmission
John Deere PowrReverser™ Transmission
Repair—Use Component Technical Manual
For complete repair information, use the relevant
component technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with
this machine manual.
• PowrReverser™ Transmission -John Deere™ Pune

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
Works
(Sr. No.PY1068XXXXXXX, LV12363, LV12364,
PY10953, LV12781 and PY10952) CTM900519

SW03989,00021F5 -19-01APR13-1/1

PowrReverser™ Transmission Repair • Install and Adjust Park Pawl

Refer to the relevant component technical manual (CTM)
• Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Gearshift Shaft
Assemblies
for theory of operation information on the following.
• Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Transmission
• Separate Clutch Housing from Transmission Bottom Shaft
• Install Clutch Housing to Transmission • Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Range Reduction
• Remove Transmission (With Park Pawl) or (With Hand Shaft
Brake) • Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Top Shaft
• Disassemble and Inspect Transmission • Remove, Inspect, and Install MFWD and Range Gears
• Assemble Transmission (With Park Pawl) or (With Hand (With Park Pawl)
Brake) • Remove, Inspect, and Install MFWD and Range Gears
• Install Transmission (With Park Pawl) or (With Hand (With Hand Brake)
Brake)
SW03989,0001D2D -19-18SEP13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-15-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=305
 PowrReverser™ Transmission

TM128319 (28OCT13) 50-15-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=306
 Section 56
Drive System
Contents

Page

Group 05—Differential
John Deere Transmission
Repair—Use Component
Technical Manual....................................... 56-05-1
Differential Repair.......................................... 56-05-1

Group 10—Final Drives

John Deere Transmission
Repair—Use Component
Technical Manual....................................... 56-10-1
Final Drives Repair ........................................ 56-10-1

Group 15—Rear PTO Drive Shaft

John Deere Transmission
Repair—Use Component
Technical Manual....................................... 56-15-1
Rear PTO Drive Shaft Repair ........................ 56-15-1
Inspect and Repair PTO Shift Lever
and Linkage—Open Station ...................... 56-15-2
Inspect and Repair PTO Shift Lever
and Linkage—Cab..................................... 56-15-3

Group 20—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive

John Deere Transmission
Repair—Use Component
Technical Manual....................................... 56-20-1
Specifications ................................................ 56-20-1
Other Material................................................ 56-20-1
Electrohydraulic Front Wheel Drive
Repair ........................................................ 56-20-1
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
Repair ........................................................ 56-20-2
Remove, Inspect and Install MFWD
Lever and Linkage ..................................... 56-20-3
Remove, Inspect and Install MFWD
Drive Shaft................................................. 56-20-4
Remove and Install MFWD Axle
Housing Assembly..................................... 56-20-5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=1
 Contents

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=2
 Group 05
Differential
John Deere Transmission Repair—Use
Component Technical Manual
For complete repair information, use the relevant
component technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with
this machine manual.
• PowrReverser™ Transmission -John Deere™ Pune

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
Works
(Sr. No.PY1068XXXXXXX, LV12363, LV12364,
PY10953, LV12781 and PY10952) CTM900519

OUO1023,0003865 -19-01APR13-1/1

Differential Repair
For complete service information on differential, the
component technical manual (CTM) is required. See the
relevant component technical manual in conjunction with
this machine manual:
• Remove and Install Differential Assembly

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
• Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Differential
Assembly
• Remove and Inspect Differential Drive Shaft
• Install Differential Drive Shaft
• Remove, Inspect, and Install Differential Lock Assembly
• Differential Cone Point Adjustment
• Differential Backlash Adjustment
• Remove, Inspect, and Install Hydraulic Oil Pick-Up (Sr. No.PY1068XXXXXXX, LV12363, LV12364,
Screen PY10953, LV12781 and PY10952) CTM900519
• PowrReverser™ Transmission -John Deere™ Pune
Works
SW03989,000174A -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-05-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=309
 Differential

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-05-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=310
 Group 10
Final Drives
John Deere Transmission Repair—Use
Component Technical Manual
For complete repair information, use the relevant
component technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with
this machine manual.
• PowrReverser™ Transmission -John Deere™ Pune

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
Works
(Sr. No.PY1068XXXXXXX, LV12363, LV12364,
PY10953, LV12781 and PY10952) CTM900519

OUO1023,0003866 -19-01APR13-1/1

Final Drives Repair

For complete service information on final drives, the
component technical manual (CTM) is required. See the
relevant component technical manual in conjunction with
this machine manual for:
• Remove and Install Final Drive Assembly

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
• Remove and Inspect Planetary Drive Assembly
• Install Planetary Drive Assembly
• Remove, Inspect, and Install Axle Shaft Assembly
• PowrReverser™ Transmission -John Deere™ Pune
Works
(Sr. No.PY1068XXXXXXX, LV12363, LV12364,
PY10953, LV12781 and PY10952) CTM900519
SW03989,000174B -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-10-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=311
 Final Drives

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-10-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=312
 Group 15
Rear PTO Drive Shaft
John Deere Transmission Repair—Use
Component Technical Manual
For complete repair information, use the relevant
component technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with
this machine manual.
• PowrReverser™ Transmission -John Deere™ Pune

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
Works
(Sr. No.PY1068XXXXXXX, LV12363, LV12364,
PY10953, LV12781 and PY10952) CTM900519

SW03989,0001755 -19-01APR13-1/1

Rear PTO Drive Shaft Repair

For complete service information on rear PTO drive shaft,
the component technical manual (CTM) is required. See
the relevant component technical manual in conjunction
with this machine manual for:
• Remove and Install 540/540E Electro-Hydraulic Rear

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
PTO Shaft Assembly
• Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Rear 540/540E
Electro-Hydraulic Pinion Shaft
• Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Rear 540/540E
Electro-Hydraulic PTO Output Shaft Assembly
• Remove, Inspect and Install Electro-Hydraulic PTO
Valve
(Sr. No.PY1068XXXXXXX, LV12363, LV12364,
• PowrReverser™ Transmission -John Deere™ Pune PY10953, LV12781 and PY10952) CTM900519
Works
SW03989,0001754 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-15-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=313
 Rear PTO Drive Shaft

Inspect and Repair PTO Shift Lever and

Linkage—Open Station

A
B

G F F E

L K J
M
H
I

LV16720 —UN—28FEB13
O

Open Station
A—Knob Insert F— Bushing (2 used) J— Linkage N—Spring Pin
B—Nut G—Spacer K—Jam Nut O—Crank
C—Knob H—Locking Clip L— Yoke
D—Lever I— Washer M—Spring Locking Pin
E—Pivot Bolt

1. Remove left-side control console. (See Remove and 4. Adjust PTO shift lever and linkage. (See PTO Lever
Install Left-Side Control Console in Section 90, Group and Linkage Adjustment in Diagnostic Technical
06.) manual, Section 250.)
2. Inspect all parts (A—O) for wear or damage. Replace
as necessary.
3. Install left-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Control Console in Section 90, Group
06.)
OUO1023,0003855 -19-19FEB13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-15-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=314
 Rear PTO Drive Shaft

Inspect and Repair PTO Shift Lever and

Linkage—Cab

A
B
C

E
I
F

LV16721 —UN—28FEB13
H

Cab
A—Knob D—Lever G—Crank
B—Jam Nut E—Jam Nut H—Spring Pin
C—Bushing F— Yoke I— Spring Locking Pin

1. Inspect all parts (A—I) for wear or damage. Replace 2. Adjust PTO shift lever and linkage. (See PTO Lever
as necessary. and Linkage Adjustment in Diagnostic Technical
manual, Section 250.)
OUO1023,0003878 -19-22FEB13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-15-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=315
 Rear PTO Drive Shaft

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-15-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=316
 Group 20
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
John Deere Transmission Repair—Use
Component Technical Manual
For complete repair information, use the relevant
component technical manual (CTM) in conjunction with
this machine manual.
• PowrReverser™ Transmission -John Deere™ Pune

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
Works
(Sr. No.PY1068XXXXXXX, LV12363, LV12364,
PY10953, LV12781 and PY10952) CTM900519

SW03989,0001756 -19-01APR13-1/1

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

MFWD Drive Shaft Guard Cap Screw Torque 15 N·m (11 lb.-ft.)
MFWD Axle-to-Frame Cap Screw Torque 650 N·m (479 lb.-ft.)
MFWD Front Wheel Cap Screw Torque 300 N·m (220 lb.-ft.)
SW03989,000174C -19-26MAR13-1/1

Other Material
Number Name Use
TY6333 (U.S.) Moly High Temperature EP Grease Apply to ID of MFWD drive
CXTY6333 (Canadian) shaft couplers.

SW03989,000174E -19-26MAR13-1/1

Electrohydraulic Front Wheel Drive Repair

For complete service information on electrohydraulic front
wheel drive, the component technical manual (CTM) is
required. See the relevant component technical manual in
conjunction with this machine manual for:
• Remove and Install MFWD Drop Gearbox—Electro-

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
hydraulic
• Disassembleand Inspect MFWD Drop
Gearbox—Electrohydraulic
• MFWD Drop Gearbox Cross Section—Electrohydraulic
• Assemble MFWD Drop Gearbox—Electrohydraulic
• PowrReverser™ Transmission -John Deere™ Pune
Works
(Sr. No.PY1068XXXXXXX, LV12363, LV12364,
PY10953, LV12781 and PY10952) CTM900519
SW03989,0001758 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-20-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=317
 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive

Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Repair

For complete service information on mechanical front
wheel drive, the component technical manual (CTM) is
required. See the relevant component technical manual in
conjunction with this machine manual for:
• Remove and Install MFWD Drop Gearbox—Mechanical

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
• Disassemble and Inspect MFWD Drop
Gearbox—Mechanical
• MFWD Drop Gearbox Cross Section—Mechanical
• Assemble MFWD Drop Gearbox—Mechanical
• PowrReverser™ Transmission -John Deere™ Pune
Works
(Sr. No.PY1068XXXXXXX, LV12363, LV12364,
PY10953, LV12781 and PY10952) CTM900519
SW03989,0001757 -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-20-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=318
 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive

Remove, Inspect and Install MFWD Lever

and Linkage
A

O B

K L
N
M

LV16730 —UN—28FEB13
E
J
F
G
I H

MFWD Lever Linkage

A—Knob F— Arm K—MFWD Switch P—Guide Plate
B—Screw (2 used) G—Bushing L— Plate Q—Jam Nut
C—Nut (2 used) H—Roll Pin M—Nut (2 used)
D—Lever I— Switch Bracket N—Cotter Pin
E—Washer (2 used) J— Screw (2 used) O—Bushing

NOTE: Open station shown, cab tractor is the similar. 2. Adjust MFWD switch (K). (See relevant Diagnostic
Technical Manual, Section 250.)
1. Inspect all parts (A—Q) for wear or damage. Replace
as necessary.
SW03989,0001D23 -19-12SEP13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-20-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=319
 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive

Remove, Inspect and Install MFWD Drive

Shaft

B
D

E
A

LV10260 —UN—01SEP04
MFWD Drive Shaft
A—Drive Shaft Guard (Inner) C—Cap Screw (6 used) E—Coupler (2 used)
B—Drive Shaft Guard (Outer) D—Spring Pin (2 used) F— Drive Shaft

1. Remove cap screws (C). 7. Install drive shaft assembly.

2. Slide guards (A and B) together. 8. Install cap screws (C). Tighten cap screws to
3. Remove spring pins (D) using a hammer and punch. specification.
Specification
4. Slide couplers (E) toward drive shaft (F) and remove
MFWD Drive Shaft Guard
drive shaft assembly.
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................15 N·m (11 lb.-ft.)
5. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Check drive shaft
for straightness. Replace parts as necessary.
6. Apply Moly High Temperature EP Grease to ID of
couplers (E).
SW03989,000174D -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-20-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=320
 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive

Remove and Install MFWD Axle Housing

Assembly
1. Remove drive shaft. (See Remove, Inspect and
Install MFWD Drive Shaft in relevant Diagnostic
Technical Manual, Section 250.)
2. Raise front of tractor. Securely support tractor below
the engine/transmission junction.

LV10631 —UN—21SEP04
CAUTION: Axle will pivot to one side when
one wheel is removed. Install wooden
blocks between the axle stops and frame to
prevent axle from tipping.

3. Install wooden blocks between axle and frame.

MFWD Axle Housing Assembly
4. Remove front wheels.
5. Position a transmission jack or floor jack under center A—Hydraulic Hose (2 used) B—Cap Screw (4 used)
of axle as shown. Ensure axle will be stable on the
floor jack when cap screws (B) are removed.
6. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (A). Close all openings 10. Connect hydraulic hoses.
using caps and plugs.
11. Install front wheels. Tighten wheel cap screws to
7. Remove cap screws (B) and lower axle. specification.
8. Make repairs as necessary. (See service procedures Specification
for MFWD AXLE 00.16 in relevant component MFWD Front Wheel Cap
technical manual (CTM).) Screw—Torque......................................................... 300 N·m (220 lb.-ft.)

9. Raise axle into position and install cap screws. Tighten 12. Remove all supports and lower tractor.
cap screws to specification.
13. Install drive shaft.
Specification
MFWD Axle-to-Frame
Cap Screw—Torque................................................. 650 N·m (479 lb.-ft.)
SW03989,000174F -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-20-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=321
 Mechanical Front Wheel Drive

TM128319 (28OCT13) 56-20-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=322
 Section 60
Steering and Brake Repair
Contents

Page

Group 05—Steering Repair

Other Material................................................ 60-05-1
Specifications ................................................ 60-05-1
Service Parts Kits .......................................... 60-05-1
Remove and Install Tilt/Telescoping
Steering Column........................................ 60-05-2
Remove and Install Steering
Valve—Tilt/Telescoping Steering
Column ...................................................... 60-05-3
Disassemble and Inspect Steering
Valve .......................................................... 60-05-4
Assemble Steering Valve............................... 60-05-7
Remove and Install Steering
Cylinder—MFWD Axle............................. 60-05-12
Disassemble, Inspect,
and Assemble Steering
Cylinder—MFWD Axle............................. 60-05-13
Remove, Inspect, and Install Tie
Rod Assembly—MFWD Axle................... 60-05-14
Inspect and Replace Steering
Hydraulic Lines ........................................ 60-05-15

Group 10—Brake Repair

Service Equipment and Tools ........................ 60-10-1
Other Material................................................ 60-10-1
Specifications ................................................ 60-10-1
Remove and Install Brake Valve
and Pedals................................................. 60-10-2
Disassemble and Inspect Brake
Pedals and Valve ....................................... 60-10-3
Brake Valve Cross Section ............................ 60-10-6
Assemble Brake Valve................................... 60-10-7
Remove and Inspect Brakes ......................... 60-10-9
Install Brakes ............................................... 60-10-11
Inspect and Replace Brake
Hydraulic Lines ........................................ 60-10-14
Brake Pedal Adjustment .............................. 60-10-15
Secondary Brake Repair ............................. 60-10-15
Adjust Secondary Brake .............................. 60-10-16
Bleed Brakes ............................................... 60-10-17

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=1
 Contents

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=2
 Group 05
Steering Repair
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to steering cylinder mounting
Strength) clamp—MFWD axle.

OUO1023,0003641 -19-26MAR13-1/1

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column Torque 50 N·m (37 lb.-ft.)

Mounting—Cap Screw
Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column Torque 30 N·m (22 lb.-ft.)
Wheel—Nut
Steering Valve Mounting—Cap Torque 30 N·m (22 lb.-ft.)
Screw
Steering Valve Cover Cap Screw Torque 30 N·m (22 lb.-ft.)
Steering Cylinder Mounting Torque 70 N·m (52 lb.-ft.)
Clamp—MFWD Axle
Ball Joint to Piston Rod—MFWD Axle Torque 300 N·m (221 lb.-ft.)
Ball Joint Nut—MFWD Axle Torque 120 N·m (89 lb.-ft.)
Tie Rod End Lock Nut—MFWD Axle Torque 165 N·m (122 lb.-ft.)
OUO1023,0003642 -19-26MAR13-1/1

Service Parts Kits Steering Cylinder Seal Kit

The following kits are available through your parts catalog:
Steering Valve Seal Kit
OUO1023,0003643 -19-20DEC12-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=325
 Steering Repair

Remove and Install Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column

A
B

C
D

P
Q

M
K

LV16928 —UN—08MAR13
N

R O

Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column

A—Cover G—Steering Wheel K—Boot Q—Cap Screw (4 used)
B—O-Ring H—Snap Ring (2 used) L— Roll Pin R—Conduit
C—Lock Nut I— Washer M—Spring
D—Washer (2 used) J— Bushing N—Roll Pin
E—Knob O—Tilt Lever
F— Nut P—Steering Column

1. Remove items (A—G). 4. Remove boot (K) and bushing (J).

2. Remove cowl. (See Remove and Install Center 5. Remove bottom snap ring (H).
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
6. Remove roll pins (L and N), spring (M), and tilt lever
3. Remove top snap ring (H) and washer (I). (O).
Continued on next page OUO1023,0003645 -19-26MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=326
 Steering Repair

7. Remove cap screws (Q), steering column (P), and 11. Install bottom snap ring (H).
conduit (R).
12. Install bushing (J) and boot (K).
NOTE: Steering column is non-serviceable.
13. Install washer (I) and top snap ring (H).
8. Inspect all components for wear or damage. Replace 14. Install cowl. (See Remove and Install Center Control
as necessary. Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
9. Install conduit (R), steering column (P), and cap 15. Install items (G—A). Tighten nut (F) to specification.
screws (Q). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Specification Tilt/Telescoping
Tilt/Telescoping Steering Steering Column
Column Mounting—Cap Wheel—Nut—Torque................................................... 30 N·m (22 lb.-ft.)
Screw—Torque............................................................. 50 N·m (37 lb.-ft.)

10. Install tilt lever (O), spring (M), and roll pins (N and L).
OUO1023,0003645 -19-26MAR13-2/2

Remove and Install Steering B

Valve—Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column C
A
NOTE: Mark hydraulic hoses to aid in installation. Close D
all openings with caps and plugs.

1. Disconnect hydraulic hoses from steering valve. Close

all openings with caps and plugs.
2. Remove cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
NOTE: Some models may require removal of exhaust
pipe. (See Remove and Install Exhaust Pipe
in Section 30, Group 20.)

LV10546 —UN—20SEP04
3. Remove four cap screws (A) and washers (B and C).
Remove steering valve through left side of tractor.
4. Remove four rubber isolators (D) from engine side of
mounting surface.
5. Repair or replace steering valve as required. (See
Disassemble and Inspect Steering Valve in Section Steering Valve Mounting Hardware
60, Group 05.)
A—Cap Screw (4 used) C—Large Washer (4 used)
6. Install isolators (D) from engine side of mounting B—Small Washer (4 used) D—Rubber Isolator (4 used)
surface. Place one large washer (C) over each isolator
from operator's side.
7. Install valve using cap screws (A) and small washers IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings.
(B). Tighten cap screws to specification.
Damaged or used seals and O-rings will leak.
Specification
Steering Valve
9. Connect hydraulic hoses to steering valve.
Mounting—Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................. 30 N·m (22 lb.-ft.)

8. Install cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center

Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
Continued on next page OUO1023,0003646 -19-26MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=327
 Steering Repair

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type
of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available
in English from Deere & Company Medical 10. Start engine. Operate steering and check for hydraulic
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling leaks.
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.
OUO1023,0003646 -19-26MAR13-2/2

Disassemble and Inspect Steering Valve

NOTE: Mark location of spacer cap screw (B)
to aid in assembly.

1. Remove six cap screws (A) and remove spacer cap

screw (B).

A—Cap Screw (6 used) B—Spacer Cap Screw

LV10511 —UN—14SEP04
Steering Valve Cover

OUO1023,0003647 -19-26MAR13-1/8

2. Remove parts (A—F).

A—Cover D—Rotor Gear Set

B—O-Ring (3 used) E—Drive Shaft
C—Spacer F— Stop Disk
LV10515 —UN—14SEP04

Steering Valve Components

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003647 -19-26MAR13-2/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=328
 Steering Repair

3. Remove ring nut (A) and ball (B).

A—Ring Nut B—Ball

LV10514 —UN—14SEP04
Check Valve Ring Nut and Ball

OUO1023,0003647 -19-26MAR13-3/8

IMPORTANT: If spool and sleeve assembly must

be removed from valve body for cleaning,
handle parts with care. Tolerances on
these parts are very close.
Use care so as not to drop or lose parts when
removing sleeve and spool assembly.

4. Remove spool valve (A) from steering valve housing

(B).

LV10512 —UN—14SEP04
A—Spool Valve B—Steering Valve Housing

Steering Valve Spool Valve

OUO1023,0003647 -19-26MAR13-4/8

NOTE: Needle bearing (D) and bearing races (C) may

remain in housing after removal of spool valve.

5. Remove needle roller (F).

6. Carefully slide control spool (E) from spool sleeve (A).
NOTE: Spring set consists of two flat and two
curved leaves.

7. Push spring set (B) from control spool (E).

LV10516 —UN—14SEP04

A—Spool Sleeve D—Needle Bearing

B—Spring Set E—Control Spool
C—Bearing Race (2 used) F— Needle Roller

Spool Valve Components

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003647 -19-26MAR13-5/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=329
 Steering Repair

8. Remove seal (A) and dust seal (B).

A—Seal B—Dust Seal

LV10510 —UN—14SEP04
Steering Valve Seals

OUO1023,0003647 -19-26MAR13-6/8

I
H
G
F

D
C
B

LV10547 —UN—11MAR13

Steering Valve—Relief Valve Components

A—Relief Valve Body D—Control Spool F— Spring I— Plug
B—O-Ring E—Spacer Sleeve G—Locking Screw
C—Backing Ring H—Seal Ring

IMPORTANT: Relief valve seat in valve body is 9. Remove parts (A—I) to inspect relief valve
not serviceable. Valve body, spool, and components.
sleeve must be replaced as a set if relief
valve seat is damaged.
Continued on next page OUO1023,0003647 -19-26MAR13-7/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=330
 Steering Repair

10. Remove fitting from inlet port to inspect check valve

(A). Remove any obstructions from check valve.
IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings.
Damaged or used seals and O-rings will leak.

11. Install and tighten fitting.

12. Inspect all parts for scoring, wear, or damage. Replace
as necessary.

LV10513 —UN—14SEP04
A—Check Valve

Steering Valve—Check Valve

OUO1023,0003647 -19-26MAR13-8/8

Assemble Steering Valve

I
H
G
F

D
C
B

LV10547 —UN—11MAR13

Steering Valve—Relief Valve Components

A—Valve Body D—Control Spool F— Spring I— Plug
B—O-Ring E—Spacer Sleeve G—Locking Screw
C—Backing Ring H—Seal Ring

IMPORTANT: Always replace all O-rings and seals. 1. Install parts (A—I). Turn locking screw (G) the same
Damaged or used parts will leak. number of turns in, as needed to remove.

NOTE: Apply clean transmission/hydraulic oil to

all internal parts.
Continued on next page OUO1023,0003648 -19-26MAR13-1/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=331
 Steering Repair

2. Install seal (A) and dust seal (B) in steering valve

housing.

A—Seal B—Dust Seal

LV10510 —UN—14SEP04
Steering Valve Seals

OUO1023,0003648 -19-26MAR13-2/7

3. Install two flat leaves of spring set (B) in slot of control

spool (E). Install curved leaves so their centers touch,
between the flat leaves.
4. Slide spool and springs into sleeve (A). Squeeze
spring ends together so springs fit into slot of sleeve.
Make sure leaf ends are aligned and centered.
5. Install needle roller (F).
6. Install bearing races (C) and needle bearing (D).

LV10516 —UN—14SEP04
A—Spool Sleeve D—Needle Bearing
B—Spring Set E—Control Spool
C—Bearing Race (2 used) F— Needle Roller

Spool Valve Components

LV10549 —UN—05OCT04

Spring Set

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003648 -19-26MAR13-3/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=332
 Steering Repair

7. Slide spool valve (A) into steering valve housing (B).

A—Spool Valve B—Steering Valve Housing

LV10512 —UN—14SEP04
Steering Valve Spool Valve

OUO1023,0003648 -19-26MAR13-4/7

8. Install ball (B) and ring nut (A).

A—Ring Nut B—Ball

LV10514 —UN—14SEP04
Check Valve Ring Nut and Ball

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003648 -19-26MAR13-5/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=333
 Steering Repair

9. Install parts (B—F).

IMPORTANT: Violent steering wheel oscillation
can occur if rotor gear and drive shaft
are not timed correctly.

10. Align timing mark (H) on face of drive shaft with timing
notch (G) inside splines of rotor gear.
11. Install cover (A).

LV10515 —UN—14SEP04
A—Cover E—Drive Shaft
B—O-Ring F— Stop Disk
C—Spacer G—Timing Notch
D—Rotor Gear Set H—Timing Mark

Steering Valve Components

LV11244 —UN—13OCT04
G

Steering Valve Timing Marks

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003648 -19-26MAR13-6/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=334
 Steering Repair

12. Install cap screws (A) and spacer cap screw (B).
Tighten all cap screws to specification in sequence
shown.
Specification
Steering Valve Cover
Cap Screw—Torque..................................................... 30 N·m (22 lb.-ft.)

A—Cap Screw (6 used) B—Spacer Cap Screw

LV10511 —UN—14SEP04
Steering Valve Cover

6
1 4

LV10548 —UN—20SEP04
3 2

5 7

Cap Screw Tightening Sequence

OUO1023,0003648 -19-26MAR13-7/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=335
 Steering Repair

Remove and Install Steering

Cylinder—MFWD Axle
1. Remove tie rod ends (A). (See Remove, Inspect, and
Install Tie Rod Assembly—MFWD Axle in Section 60,
Group 05.)
2. Disconnect hydraulic hose (B) from both sides. Close
all openings using caps and plugs.
3. Remove clamp (C) from both sides.
4. Remove steering cylinder assembly.
5. Make repairs as necessary. (See Disassemble,
Inspect, and Assemble Steering Cylinder—MFWD
Axle in Section 60, Group 05.)

LV16937 —UN—08MAR13
6. Install the steering cylinder assembly.
7. Apply Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) to
threads of mounting clamp. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Steering Cylinder
Steering Cylinder—MFWD Axle
Mounting
Clamp—MFWD
Axle—Torque................................................................ 70 N·m (52 lb.-ft.) A—Tie Rod End C—Clamp
B—Hydraulic Hose
8. Install new tie rod ends (A).
IMPORTANT: Always replace all O-rings. Damaged
9. Install new O-rings and connect hydraulic hoses.
or used O-rings will leak.
OUO1023,0003649 -19-26MAR13-1/2

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
and body from high-pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type
of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available
in English from Deere & Company Medical 10. Start engine. Operate steering and check for hydraulic
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling leaks.
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.
OUO1023,0003649 -19-26MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=336
 Steering Repair

Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble

Steering Cylinder—MFWD Axle
For complete steering cylinder—MFWD axle repair
information, use the component technical manual (CTM)
is required. Use the component technical manual in
conjunction with this machine manual.

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
• Front-Wheel Drive Axles 725, 730, 733, 740,
745, 750 and 755—CTM4820

OUO1023,000364A -19-01APR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=337
 Steering Repair

Remove, Inspect, and Install Tie Rod Assembly—MFWD Axle

LV10600 —UN—07OCT04
Tie Rod Assembly MFWD Axle
A—Left Tie Rod End C—Ball Joint (2 used) E—Right Tie Rod End
B—Nut (2 used) D—Steering Cylinder F— Lock Nut (2 used)

NOTE: Tie rod is a tapered bore fit. Use a ball joint

5. Adjust length of tie rod assembly by turning tie rod end
fork or puller to ease removal.
(A or E) so wheel is approximately straight forward
when steering cylinder (D) is centered and tie rod end
1. Remove lock nut (F). Remove tie rod from spindle arm.
fits into arm spindle. Tighten nut (B) to specification.
2. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Specification
NOTE: To remove ball joint (C), place wrench on flats of Ball Joint Nut—MFWD
both ball joints. Turn one side while holding the other. Axle—Torque.............................................................. 120 N·m (89 lb.-ft.)

6. Install and tighten lock nut (F) to specification.

3. Remove parts (A—C) and right tie rod end (E) as
necessary for replacement. Specification
Tie Rod End
4. Install parts (A—C) and right tie rod end (E). Tighten Lock Nut—MFWD
ball joints (C) to specification. Axle—Torque............................................................ 165 N·m (122 lb.-ft.)
Specification 7. Adjust front axle toe-in. See relevant front axle
Ball Joint to Piston component technical manual (CTM).
Rod—MFWD
Axle—Torque............................................................ 300 N·m (221 lb.-ft.)
OUO1023,000364B -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=338
 Steering Repair

Inspect and Replace Steering Hydraulic Lines

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high-pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type
of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available
in English from Deere & Company Medical
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.
Continued on next page OUO1023,000364C -19-26MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-15 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=339
 Steering Repair

C
D

A
I

H
G

K
J

L LV16955 —UN—14MAR13

Steering System Hydraulic Lines

Continued on next page OUO1023,000364C -19-26MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-16 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=340
 Steering Repair

A—Oil Cooler Hose D—Steering Valve-to-Oil Cooler H—Right Steering Line L— Left Steering Hose-to-
B—Oil Cooler Line Hose I— Oil Cooler Line Steering Cylinder
C—Hydraulic Pump-to-Steering E—Left Steering Hose J— Oil Cooler Hose
Valve Supply Hose F— Right Steering Hose K—Right Steering
G—Left Steering Line Hose-to-Steering Cylinder

IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings. Damaged or 3. Stop engine and check hydraulic oil level. Fill to
used O-rings will leak. full mark with specified oil. (See Transmission and
Hydraulic Oil in Section 10, Group 15.)
1. Inspect hydraulic lines and hoses for wear or damage.
Replace as necessary.
2. Start engine. Operate steering and check for oil leaks.
Note any leaks and make repairs as necessary.
OUO1023,000364C -19-26MAR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-17 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=341
 Steering Repair

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-05-18 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=342
 Group 10
Brake Repair
Service Equipment and Tools European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in
the U.S. SERVICEGARD™ Catalog or from the

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

OUO1023,000364D -19-27MAR13-1/4

Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set Used to remove and install brake valve seals.
OUO1023,000364D -19-27MAR13-2/4

Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set Used to drive retractors and piston into final drive housing.
OUO1023,000364D -19-27MAR13-3/4

Filling Reservoir.................................................KJD10580 Brake bleeding, connects filling reservoir to brake

valve in order to prevent dry running of the reservoir
during bleeding of the brake system.
OUO1023,000364D -19-27MAR13-4/4

Other Material
Number Name Use
PM38654 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (High Apply to threads of brake return
PM38624 (Canadian) Strength) compression spring assemblies.
271 (LOCTITE®)

Number Name Use

TY6333 (U.S.) Grease, SAE Multi-Purpose Apply to O-rings and seals to
ease installation.

Loctite is a trademark of Henkel Corporation

OUO1023,000364E -19-27MAR13-1/1

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Brake Valve Mounting Cap Screw Torque 70 N·m (52 lb.-ft.)

Inlet Check Valve Assembly Torque 73 N·m (54 lb.-ft.)
Pressure Equalizing Valve—Plug Torque 37 N·m (27 lb.-ft.)
Check Valve Spring Seat Fitting Torque 92 N·m (68 lb.-ft.)
Retractor Spring-to-Piston Torque 15 N·m (133 lb-in.)
Piston-to-Final Drive Housing Distance 12.4—12.8 mm (0.48—0.50 in.)
Surface
OUO1023,000364F -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=343
 Brake Repair

Remove and Install Brake Valve and Pedals

1. Remove cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
2. Disconnect hoses (C and D). Close all openings with
caps and plugs.
3. Disconnect lines (E). Close all openings with caps and
plugs.

LV10870 —UN—07OCT04
4. Remove two upper brake valve mounting cap screws
(F).
5. Remove retainer (A) and hose fittings (B).
6. Remove two lower mounting cap screws (F) and brake
valve.
Brake Cylinder
7. Make repairs as necessary. (See Disassemble and
Inspect Brake Pedals and Valve in Section 60, Group
10.) A—Retainer D—Return Hose
B—Hose Fitting (2 used) E—Brake Line (2 used)
8. Install brake valve, installing two lower mounting cap C—Supply Hose F— Mounting Cap Screw (4
used)
screws finger tight only.
IMPORTANT: Replace O-rings. Damaged or
used O-rings will leak.
12. Start engine. Run at idle speed for several minutes to
fill brake valve with transmission/hydraulic oil. Shut
9. Install hose fittings (B) with new O-rings. Install
off engine.
retainer (A) and upper mounting cap screws. Tighten
all brake valve mounting cap screws to specification. 13. Bleed brake. (See Bleed Brakes in this group.)
Specification 14. Repeat as necessary.
Brake Valve Mounting
Cap Screw—Torque..................................................... 70 N·m (52 lb.-ft.) 15. Check and adjust transmission/hydraulic oil level.
(See Transmission and Hydraulic Oil in Section 10,
Group 15.)
10. Connect hoses (C and D) and lines (E).
11. Install cowl cover. (See Remove and Install Center
Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
OUO1023,0003650 -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=344
 Brake Repair

Disassemble and Inspect Brake Pedals and

Valve
A

C
D

H
G

F
G
N H

M
I
L

LV10275 —UN—10SEP04
J
K

Brake Pedals—Exploded View

A—Screw (2 used) F— Cotter Pin J— Leaf Spring N—Bushing (2 used)
B—Switch G—Jam Nut (4 used) K—Lock Plate
C—Screw (2 used) H—Set Screw (4 used) L— Left Brake Pedal
D—Plate I— Spring Pin M—Right Brake Pedal
E—Pivot Shaft

1. Remove brake valve and pedals. (See Remove and NOTE: Bushings (N) are press fit in pedals. Remove
Install Brake Valve and Pedals in Section 60, Group bushings only if replacement is necessary.
10.)
2. Disengage lock plate (K). 4. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace as
necessary.
3. Remove cotter pin (F) to remove pivot shaft (E) and
pedals (L and M).
Continued on next page OUO1023,0003651 -19-26MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=345
 Brake Repair

B
T

S
C
D
R

E
Q

LV10597 —UN—13OCT04
L
I
M
J

Brake Valve
A—Elbow Fitting F— Spring (2 used) K—Plug (2 used) Q—O-Ring (2 used)
B—Cap Screw (4 used) G—Brake Piston (2 used) L— O-Ring (2 used) R—Inlet Check Valve Seat (2
C—O-Ring (2 used) H—Pressure Equalizing Ball (2 M—Seal (2 used) used)
D—Spring Seat and Outlet Fitting used) N—Valve Body S—Retainer
(2 used) I— Spring (2 used) O—Spring (2 used) T— O-Ring (2 used)
E—O-Ring (2 used) J— O-Ring (2 used) P—Inlet Check Valve (2 used)

NOTE: Parts (A, B, S, and T) were removed during

brake valve removal. CAUTION: Avoid injury from flying objects.
Spring seats (D) are under spring pressure.
5. Remove parts (O—R). Hold seat firmly while removing.
6. Remove parts (H—K).
IMPORTANT: Do not remove ball and spring valve
inside of spring seat (D).
Continued on next page OUO1023,0003651 -19-26MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=346
 Brake Repair

7. Remove parts (C—G). 9. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
IMPORTANT: Replace all seals and O-rings. Damaged necessary.
or used seals and O-rings will leak.

8. Pry out seals (M) and remove O-rings (L). Install new
seals with lips facing away from valve using a bushing,
bearing, and seal driver set.
OUO1023,0003651 -19-26MAR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=347
 Brake Repair

Brake Valve Cross Section

G
F

H
A

Q I
P
J
K
O

LV10272 —UN—22SEP04
N
M L

Brake Valve Cross Section

A—O-Ring (2 used) F— Inlet Check Valve Seat (2 J— Seal (2 used) P—O-Ring (2 used)
B—Spring (2 used) used) K—O-Ring (2 used) Q—Fitting (2 used)
C—Outlet Check Ball (2 used) G—Spring (2 used) L— Plug (2 used)
D—Retainer (2 used) H—Brake Piston (2 used) M—Spring (2 used)
E—O-Ring (2 used) I— Spring (2 used) N—O-Ring (2 used)
O—Pressure Equalizing Ball (2
used)
SW03989,0001751 -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=348
 Brake Repair

Assemble Brake Valve

IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings. Damaged or
used O-rings will leak.
Inlet check valves must be installed before
brake pistons to ensure proper position of
check valve in relation to piston.

NOTE: Lubricate all internal parts with clean

transmission/hydraulic oil during assembly.

LV6807 —UN—11MAY01
1. Install check valve (B) and spring (A) into seat (C).
Ensure spring is seated in groove (D).
2. Install new O-ring (E) on check valve seat.

A—Spring D—Groove Inlet Check Valve Components

B—Check Valve E—O-Ring
C—Seat

SW03989,0001752 -19-26MAR13-1/5

3. Install inlet check valve assembly (A) and tighten to

specification.
Specification
Inlet Check Valve
Assembly—Torque....................................................... 73 N·m (54 lb.-ft.)

A—Inlet Check Valve Assembly

LV6849 —UN—11MAY01
Inlet Check Valve

Continued on next page SW03989,0001752 -19-26MAR13-2/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=349
 Brake Repair

4. Install new O-ring (B).

5. Install ball (C), spring (D), and plug (A). Tighten plug
to specification.
Specification
Pressure Equalizing
Valve—Plug—Torque................................................... 37 N·m (27 lb.-ft.)

LV6850 —UN—11MAY01
A—Plug (2 used) C—Pressure Equalizing Ball (2
B—O-Ring (2 used) used)
D—Spring (2 used)

Pressure Equalizing Valve

SW03989,0001752 -19-26MAR13-3/5

6. Apply multipurpose grease to new O-rings (A) and

install.
7. Apply multipurpose grease to lips of seals (B).

A—O-Ring (2 used) B—Seal (2 used)

LV022 —UN—09MAR92
O-Rings and Seals

SW03989,0001752 -19-26MAR13-4/5

8. Apply multipurpose grease to new O-rings (A) and

install.
9. Install parts (B—D). Tighten check valve spring seat
fitting (B) to specification.
Specification

LV10871 —UN—07OCT04
Check Valve Spring Seat
Fitting—Torque............................................................. 92 N·m (68 lb.-ft.)

10. Install brake pedals, pivot shaft, and cotter pin on

brake valve.
11. Install brake valve and pedals. (See Remove and Brake Valve Piston
Install Brake Valve and Pedals in Section 60, Group
10.) A—O-Ring (2 used) C—Spring (2 used)
B—Check Valve Spring Seat D—Brake Piston
12. Adjust brake pedals. (See Brake Pedal Adjustment in Fitting (2 used)
Diagnostic Technical Manual, Section 260, Group 15.)
SW03989,0001752 -19-26MAR13-5/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=350
 Brake Repair

Remove and Inspect Brakes

1. Remove final drive assembly. (See Remove and
Install Final Drives Repair in Section 56, Group 10.)
2. Remove back plate (A) and friction disk (B).
NOTE: Piston assembly is press fit into axle housing.
Remove only if necessary.

3. Remove piston assembly (C) using a pry bar. Pry

at three retractor locations (D) evenly until piston
assembly is removed.
4. Inspect piston ring and piston ring bore in axle housing
for scoring or damage.

LV10283 —UN—08SEP04
A—Back Plate C—Piston Assembly
B—Friction Disk D—Retractor (3 used)

Left Side Shown

LV10284 —UN—08SEP04
Brake Piston Assembly

Continued on next page SW03989,0001753 -19-27MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=351
 Brake Repair

LV10282 —UN—15SEP04
C

Brakes—Exploded View
A—Outer O-Ring C—Retractor Spring (3 used) D—Piston F— Back Plate
B—Inner O-Ring E—Friction Disk

IMPORTANT: Always use new O-rings. Damaged 6. Remove retractor springs (C).
or used O-rings will leak.
7. Inspect parts (A—F) for wear or damage. Check
5. Replace O-rings (A and B). piston (D) and back plate (F) for warping. Replace
parts as necessary.
NOTE: Retractor springs (C) are threaded into piston (D).
SW03989,0001753 -19-27MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=352
 Brake Repair

Install Brakes

LV10282 —UN—15SEP04
C

Brakes—Exploded View
A—Outer O-Ring C—Retractor Spring (3 used) D—Piston F— Back Plate
B—Inner O-Ring E—Friction Disc

1. Apply Thread Lock And Sealer (High Strength) to

threads on each retractor spring (C).
3. Install new O-rings (A and B). Apply hydraulic oil to
2. Install retractor springs (C) into piston (D). Tighten to inside and outside diameter of piston (D).
specification.
Specification
Retractor Spring-to-
Piston—Torque........................................................... 15 N·m (133 lb-in.)
Continued on next page OUO1023,0003655 -19-27MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=353
 Brake Repair

4. Install piston (A) and retractors into final drive housing

using a cross beam (B) from a bushing, bearing, and
seal driver set or equivalent type set-up.
5. Remove cross beam (B).
IMPORTANT: Seat retractors and piston to
specification (E) as shown. If not seated to
specification, brake drag may result.

6. Place a C-clamp over each retractor and turn clamps

evenly until retractors and piston are seated in axle
housing.
7. Using a depth gauge, measure the distance (E) from
the mating surface of axle housing (C) to piston face

LV10276 —UN—08SEP04
(D) as shown. Compare to specification for properly
seated piston.
Specification
Piston-to-Final
Drive Housing
Surface—Distance.................................12.4—12.8 mm (0.48—0.50 in.)
Piston and Cross Beam

A—Piston D—Piston Face

B—Cross Beam E—Distance
C—Mating Surface of Axle
Housing

LV2405 —UN—16DEC97

Seated Piston and Cross Beam

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003655 -19-27MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=354
 Brake Repair

IMPORTANT: Back plate (A) is machine-finished

on one side only. Plates must be installed
so that machine-finished side of plate (A)
is facing friction disc (B).

8. Install friction disc (B) and back plate (A).

9. Install final drive assembly. (See Remove and Install
Final Drives Repair in Section 56, Group 10.)
10. Adjust brake. (See Adjust Brake Retractors in
Diagnostic Technical Manual, Section 260, Group 15.)

A—Back Plate B—Friction Disc

LV10283 —UN—08SEP04
Back Plate

OUO1023,0003655 -19-27MAR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=355
 Brake Repair

Inspect and Replace Brake Hydraulic Lines

B
C

R
P

K
L
M
O
D

LV10274 —UN—13OCT04
J I G
H
F
E

Brake Hydraulic Lines

A—Clamp (4 used) F— Adapter L— Clamp (5 used) Q—Pressure Line from Brake
B—Return Hose G—O-Ring M—Isolator (5 used) Valve (Left)
C—Supply Hose H—O-Ring (2 used) N—Pressure Line to Right Brake R—Pressure Line from Brake
D—Brake Valve-to-Transmission I— Adapter (2 used) O—O-Ring Valve (Right)
Return Line J— O-Ring (2 used) P—Pressure Line to Left Brake
E—O-Ring K—Screw (3 used)

1. Inspect hydraulic lines and hoses for wear or damage. 2. Bleed brakes. (See Bleed Brakes in this group.)
Replace as necessary.
3. Check transmission/hydraulic oil level. Add fluid if
IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings. Damaged or necessary. (See Transmission and Hydraulic Oil in
used O-rings will leak. Section 10, Group 15.)
OUO1023,0003656 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=356
 Brake Repair

Brake Pedal Adjustment

NOTE: Adjustment can be done with brake valve
assembly in or out of machine. This procedure is
for brake valve assembly mounted in machine.

1. Remove center control console. (See Remove and

Install Center Control Console in Section 90, Group
10.)
2. Disengage brake pedal locking lever from slot.

LV12288 —UN—15FEB05
3. Loosen both jam nuts (C).
4. Turn adjusting screws (B) clockwise until both
adjusting screws contact brake valve housing.
5. Turn adjusting screws (B) clockwise an additional 1/2
turn and tighten jam nuts (C).
6. Check distance between brake pedals for
misalignment of locking lever slots. If distance is Brake Pedal Adjustment
greater than 8 mm (0.312 in.), replace brake pedal.
7. Adjust higher pedal by turning adjusting screw
B—Adjusting Screw C—Jam Nut
clockwise until pedal locking lever aligns into both
slots. Tighten jam nut.
8. Install center control console. (See Remove and Install
Center Control Console in Section 90, Group 10.)
SW03989,0001741 -19-27MAR13-1/1

Secondary Brake Repair

1. Remove Cab. (See Remove Cab, in Section 90,
Group 20.)
2. Remove and repair secondary brake.
Refer to the relevant component technical

TS225 —UN—17JAN89
manual (CTM). (See John Deere PowrReverser™
Transmission Repair—Use Component Technical
Manual, in Section 50, Group 15.)
• PowrReverser™ Transmission -John Deere™
Pune Works (Sr. No.PY1068XXXXXXX, LV12363,
LV12364, PY10953, LV12781 and PY10952)
CTM900519
• Separate Clutch Housing from Transmission • Install Transmission (With Hand Brake)
• Remove Transmission (With Hand Brake) • Install Clutch Housing to Transmission
• Disassemble and Inspect Transmission 3. Install Cab. (See Install Cab, in Section 90, Group 20.)
• Assemble Transmission (With Hand Brake)
SW03989,0001D2E -19-18SEP13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-15 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=357
 Brake Repair

Adjust Secondary Brake

NOTE: Before performing diagnostics on secondary
brake, fix all problems related to service brakes.
(Refer to Brakes - Operational Test in relevant
Diagnostic Technical Manual, Section 260.)

1. Disengage secondary brake lever (A) completely.

2. Remove cap screws and washers (C) to remove
access cover (B).
3. Loosen nut (F) and remove locking pin (E).
NOTE: Do not depress brake release button on end of
secondary brake lever (A) during steps.

LV16679 —UN—18FEB13
4. Pull up on secondary brake lever (A) three notches.
5. Rotate adjustment yoke (D) until locking pin hole
aligns to hole in lever (G).
6. Install locking pin (E) and tighten nut (F).
7. Check operation of secondary brake. (See Brakes Access Cover for Secondary Brake Adjustment
- Operational Test in relevant Diagnostic Technical
Manual, Section 260.)

A—Secondary Brake Lever E—Locking Pin

B—Access Cover F— Nut
C—Cap Screw and Washer (4 G—Lever
used)
D—Adjustment Yoke

LV16680 —UN—18FEB13
Secondary Brake Linkage Adjustment

SW03989,0001D2F -19-18SEP13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-16 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=358
 Brake Repair

Bleed Brakes
The procedure for bleeding the brakes comprises the
following steps:
• Preliminary work
• Bleed equalizing bore

LX1047860 —UN—23SEP09
• Bleed brake system
Preliminary work:
1. Make sure that brake pedals are adjusted correctly.
(See Brake Pedal Adjustment in this group.)
2. Open hood.
3. Remove heat shield, if equipped. Disconnect Hoses

NOTE: A connecting piece for hoses are supplied with

KJD10580 special tool. This allows both hoses A—Intake Hose B—Return Hose
to be connected together to avoid oil leakage.

4. Identify intake and return hoses (A and B). Loosen

clamps and remove hoses from hose fittings.
Continued on next page SW03989,0001742 -19-27MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-17 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=359
 Brake Repair

5. Connect KJD10580 filling reservoir to brake valve as

shown.
NOTE: Filling reservoir should be kept at a lower
level than brake valve when connecting the
hoses. This prevents oil leakage.

LV16144 —UN—03OCT12
Keep filling reservoir filled with at least 2.5 L (0.66
gal.) of transmission/hydraulic oil. There must always
be a sufficient amount of oil in filling reservoir during
bleeding procedure.
Bleed the Equalizing Bore
NOTE: A second person is required to perform Install KJD10580 Filling Reservoir
bleeding procedure.
A—Return Hose B—Supply Hose
1. Connect a transparent hose (A) to bleed screw of the
left rear-wheel brake. Insert hose into oil filler neck
(B) and open bleed screw by approximately one turn.
Unlock brake pedals.

LV17241 —UN—26MAR13
Open Bleed Screw

A—Transparent Hose B—Filler Neck

LX1047867 —UN—06OCT09

Continued on next page SW03989,0001742 -19-27MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-18 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=360
 Brake Repair

Bleed the Equalizing Bore

2. Do NOT start the engine while bleeding.
a. Actuate left brake pedal at least 5 times.
b. Depress left brake pedal halfway and hold it in this
position.
c. Depress right brake pedal until it reaches its stop
and slowly release it; do this 5 times. When
finished, hold brake pedal depressed and close
bleed screw. Slowly release the brake pedal.
IMPORTANT: Do not allow brake pedal
rebound to upper stop.

Bleed the Brake System

1. Bleeding procedure:

LV17242 —UN—26MAR13
NOTE: A second person is required to perform
bleeding procedure.

a. Always bleed equalizing bore first.

b. Connect a transparent hose (A) to relevant bleed
screw. Insert other end of hose into oil filler neck (B).
c. Open bleed screw by approximately one turn.
Slowly depress brake pedal until it reaches its stop Bleeding Procedure
and slowly release it. Repeat this procedure until
the emerging oil is free of air bubbles. A—Transparent Hose B—Filler Neck
d. When finished, hold brake pedal depressed and
close bleed screw. For correct bleeding sequence
of various components, see Bleeding Sequence in
next step.
IMPORTANT: Do not allow brake pedal
rebound to upper stop.

2. Bleeding Sequence: For correct bleeding sequence of

the various components, see table.
Determine the correct bleeding sequence by using this table and
the illustration
Tractor without trailer brake
Step 1—open A3, depress left brake pedal A
Step 2—open B2, depress right brake pedal B

LV17243 —UN—26MAR13
Tractor with hydraulic trailer brake
Step 1—open A1, depress left brake pedal A
Step 2—open A3, depress left brake pedal A
Step 3—open B2, depress right brake pedal B
Bleeding Sequence

Bleeding Sequence

A—Left Brake Pedal A3—Bleed Screw of Left

B—Right Brake Pedal Rear-Wheel Brake
A1—Bleed Screw on Hydraulic B2—Bleed Screw of Right
Trailer Brake Valve Rear-Wheel Brake

SW03989,0001742 -19-27MAR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-19 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=361
 Brake Repair

TM128319 (28OCT13) 60-10-20 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=362
 Section 70
Hydraulic Repair
Contents

Page
Page
Group 05—Hydraulic Pump and Filter
Service Equipment and Tools ........................ 70-05-1 Draft Control and Position Control
Specifications ................................................ 70-05-1 Cable Adjustment .................................... 70-15-29
Prime Hydraulic Pump................................... 70-05-1
Remove, Inspect, and Install Group 20—Rear Selective Control Valve
Hydraulic Oil Pick-Up Screen .................... 70-05-2 Other Material................................................ 70-20-1
Remove and Install Hydraulic Specifications ................................................ 70-20-2
Pump ......................................................... 70-05-3 Inspect and Repair SCV Levers
Remove Hydraulic Pump External and Linkage—Cab..................................... 70-20-3
Components .............................................. 70-05-4 Inspect and Repair SCV Levers
Disassemble and Inspect Hydraulic and Linkage—OOS ................................... 70-20-7
Pump ......................................................... 70-05-5 Remove and Install Dual or Triple
Assemble Hydraulic Pump ............................ 70-05-7 Selective Control Valve (SCV) ................... 70-20-8
Install Hydraulic Pump External Disassemble, Inspect, and
Components .............................................. 70-05-8 Assemble Dual Selective Control
Remove and Install Hydraulic Oil Valve (SCV) ............................................. 70-20-11
Filter/Manifold ............................................ 70-05-9 Triple Selective Control Valve
(SCV) Cross-Sectional View.................... 70-20-17
Group 10—Hydraulic Oil Cooler Disassemble, Inspect, and
Remove, Inspect, and Install Assemble Triple Selective
Hydraulic Oil Cooler................................... 70-10-1 Control Valve (SCV) ................................ 70-20-18
Rear SCV Control Cable
Group 15—Rockshaft Adjustment............................................... 70-20-28
Other Material................................................ 70-15-1 Rear Triple Deluxe SCV Kick-Out
Specifications ................................................ 70-15-2 Relief Valve Adjustment........................... 70-20-29
Service Parts Kits .......................................... 70-15-2
Inspect and Repair Rockshaft Group 25—Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve
Control Assembly ...................................... 70-15-3 Other Material................................................ 70-25-1
Inspect and Repair Control Specifications ................................................ 70-25-1
Lever—OOS .............................................. 70-15-8 Inspect and Repair Joystick and
Inspect and Repair Control Lever Linkage ...................................................... 70-25-2
and Cables—Mechanical Hitch Inspect and Repair Multi-Function
(Cab)........................................................ 70-15-10 Control Lever and Linkage (with
Inspect and Repair Rockshaft Secondary Brake)...................................... 70-25-6
Control Linkage ....................................... 70-15-13 Remove and Install Mid-Mount
Remove and Install Rockshaft Selective Control Valve (SCV) ................. 70-25-10
Control Valve ........................................... 70-15-15 Remove and Install Mid-Mount
Replace Main Relief Valve........................... 70-15-18 Selective Control Valve (SCV)
Replace Rockshaft Hitch Surge (with Secondary Brake) ........................... 70-25-12
Relief Valve.............................................. 70-15-20 Disassemble, Inspect, and
Remove, Inspect, and Install Assemble Dual Mid-Mount
Rate-of-Drop Valve .................................. 70-15-21 Selective Control Valve (SCV) ................. 70-25-15
Remove and Install Rockshaft Disassemble, Inspect, and
Case ........................................................ 70-15-23 Assemble Triple Mid-Mount
Remove, Inspect, and Install Selective Control Valve (SCV) ................. 70-25-19
Rockshaft Lift Arms ................................. 70-15-26 Mid-Mount SCV Control Cable
Remove, Inspect, and Install Adjustment............................................... 70-25-27
Rockshaft Piston and Cylinder ................ 70-15-27 Mid-Mount SCV Multi-Function
Inspect and Repair Draft Sensing Control Cable Adjustment (with
Support Assembly ................................... 70-15-28 Secondary Brake).................................... 70-25-27
Rockshaft Lever Friction
Adjustment............................................... 70-15-28

Continued on next page

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=1
 Contents

Page

Group 30—Hydraulic Lines

Specifications ................................................ 70-30-1
Inspect and Replace Hydraulic
Lines .......................................................... 70-30-1
Inspect and Replace Implement
Pump Hydraulic Lines................................ 70-30-5
Inspect and Replace Steering
Lines and Hoses........................................ 70-30-7
Inspect and Replace Hydraulic
Trailer Brake (HTB) Valve
Lines .......................................................... 70-30-9

Group 35—Hydraulic Trailer Brake Valve

Other Material................................................ 70-35-1
Specifications ................................................ 70-35-1
Remove, Inspect and Install
Hydraulic Trailer Brake (HTB)
Valve .......................................................... 70-35-2
Disassemble, Inspect and
Assemble Hydraulic Trailer
Brake (HTB) Valve ..................................... 70-35-4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=2
 Group 05
Hydraulic Pump and Filter
Service Equipment and Tools
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in
the SERVICEGARD™ Catalog. Some tools may
be available from a local supplier.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

BB87125,000083E -19-25MAR13-1/2

Bushing, Bearing, and Seal Driver Set Used to remove and install hydraulic pump seals.
BB87125,000083E -19-25MAR13-2/2

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Hydraulic Line Fittings Torque 50 N·m (37 lb.-ft.)

Pick-Up Screen Cover Cap Screw Torque 23 N·m (17 lb.-ft.)
Hydraulic Pump Mounting Cap Screw Torque 90 N·m (66 lb.-ft.)
Hydraulic Pump Body Cap Screw Torque 68 N·m (50 lb.-ft.)
Hydraulic Pump Rear Outlet Fitting Torque 33 N·m (24 lb.-ft.)
Hydraulic Pump Front Outlet Fitting Torque 67 N·m (50 lb.-ft.)
Hydraulic Pump Gear Nut Torque 90 N·m (66 lb.-ft.)
Hydraulic Pump Inlet Manifold Torque 35 N·m (26 lb.-ft.)
Cap Screws
Hydraulic Oil Filter/Manifold Torque 55 N·m (41 lb.-ft.)
Cap Screw
Wheel Cap Screw M20 Torque 600 N·m (442 lb.-ft.)
BB87125,000083C -19-25MAR13-1/1

Prime Hydraulic Pump

1. Loosen steering line fitting (A) and implement line
fitting (B).
2. Remove hydraulic oil fill cap.
3. Apply approximately 34 kPa (5 psi) to hydraulic oil fill
tube.
NOTE: Oil will take approximately 1 minute to
LV14459 —UN—15JUL11

reach hydraulic pump.

4. Watch for oil leaking from steering line fitting (A) or

implement line fitting (B).
5. Tighten hydraulic line fittings to specification.
Specification
Prime Hydraulic Pump
Hydraulic Line
Fittings—Torque........................................................... 50 N·m (37 lb.-ft.)
A—Steering Line Fitting C—Hydraulic Pump
6. Start tractor within 30 minutes of priming hydraulic B—Implement Line Fitting
pump.
BB87125,00007EF -19-12MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-05-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=365
 Hydraulic Pump and Filter

Remove, Inspect, and Install Hydraulic Oil

Pick-Up Screen

LV2268 —UN—28JAN98
Pick-Up Screen Assembly
A—Cap Screw (2 used) B—Cover D—Pick-Up Screen
C—O-Ring

1. Drain transmission/hydraulic oil. 6. Install new O-ring (C), cover (B), and cap screws (A).
Tighten cap screws to specification.
2. Remove cap screws (A), cover (B), and O-ring (C).
Specification
3. Remove pick-up screen (D) and inspect for damage. Pick-Up Screen Cover
Replace if necessary. Cap Screw—Torque....................................................... 23 N·m (17 lb-ft)

4. Clean undamaged pick-up screen in solvent and blow 7. Fill transmission with proper oil. (See Transmission
dry with compressed air. and Hydraulic Oil in Section 10, Group 15.)
5. Install pick-up screen (D) into differential case.
IMPORTANT: Replace O-ring. Damaged or
used O-rings will leak.
BB87125,00007F0 -19-25MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-05-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=366
 Hydraulic Pump and Filter

Remove and Install Hydraulic Pump

IMPORTANT: When removing / installing hydraulic
lines, always support line adapter and
fittings with a backup wrench to keep fittings
stationary and prevent damage to line,
valve and pump housings.

NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs. Tag

or label hydraulic lines before disconnecting

LV10186 —UN—31AUG04
to aid during installation.
The hydraulic lines may leak oil when
being disconnected. Catch leaking oil and
dispose of properly.

1. Disconnect hydraulic outlet lines (A) and suction line

(C). Hydraulic Oil Pump

2. Remove two cap screws (B).

A—Outlet Lines C—Suction Line
3. Remove hydraulic pump and gasket. B—Cap Screw (2 used)

4. Make repairs as necessary. (See Disassemble and

Inspect Hydraulic Pump in Section 70, Group 05.)
IMPORTANT: Always use new O-rings. Damaged
5. Place new gasket on pump flange. Install pump on or used O-rings may leak.
engine.
6. Install cap screws (B) and tighten to specification. 7. Connect outlet lines (A) and suction line (C).

Specification 8. Prime hydraulic pump. (See Prime Hydraulic Pump

Hydraulic Pump Mounting in Section 70, Group 05.)
Cap Screw—Torque..................................................... 90 N·m (66 lb.-ft.)
9. Start engine and operate machine hydraulics. Check
for leaks and adjust transmission/hydraulic oil level.
BB87125,00007F1 -19-12MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-05-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=367
 Hydraulic Pump and Filter

Remove Hydraulic Pump External

Components
A D

B E

C F

H
I
J
P
K
Q L
G
P

LV10226 —UN—31AUG04
O

Hydraulic Pump External Components

A—O-Ring F— O-Ring K—Nut P—O-Ring (2 used)
B—Rear Fitting G—O-Ring L— Gasket Q—Tube
C—O-Ring H—Woodruff Key M—Cap Screw
D—O-Ring I— Gear N—Cap Screw
E—Front Fitting J— Tab Washer O—Manifold

1. Remove manifold (O) and tube (Q). Remove O-rings 5. Remove Woodruff key (H).
(G and P).
6. Remove fittings (B and E) and O-rings (A, C, D, and F).
2. Flatten tabs of tab washer (J) with hammer and punch.
7. Remove gasket (L).
3. Remove nut (K) and tab washer (J).
4. Remove gear (I) using a two-jaw puller.
BB87125,00007F2 -19-12MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-05-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=368
 Hydraulic Pump and Filter

Disassemble and Inspect Hydraulic Pump

LV10225 —UN—31AUG04
Rear Pump
A—Coupling F— Bushing (2 used) K—Packing Ring (2 used) N—End Plate
B—Plate G—Driven Gear L— Lock Washer (4 used) O—Drive Gear
C—Body Seal (2 used) H—Dowel (2 used) M—Cap Screw (4 used)
D—Packing Ring (2 used) I— Housing
E—O-Ring Seal (2 used) J— Bushing (2 used)

NOTE: Hydraulic pump components are not serviceable. 4. Remove end plate (N) and parts (C, D, E, and K).
Replace complete pump if any part, other than
seals, are worn or damaged. 5. Mark teeth of pump gears (G and O) to aid reassembly.

1. Thoroughly clean and dry outside of pump. 6. Remove remaining parts of rear pump. If bushings (F
and J) do not come out easily, push on shaft of drive
2. Mark or number pump sections to aid assembly. gear (O).
IMPORTANT: Separate pump sections carefully. Do 7. Clean and dry parts. Inspect parts for wear or damage.
not allow parts to fall out. Keep individual pump Replace complete pump if necessary.
components together as matched sets.

3. Mount pump in a vise and remove cap screws (M).

Continued on next page BB87125,00007F3 -19-12MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-05-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=369
 Hydraulic Pump and Filter

LV10224 —UN—31AUG04
Front Pump
A—Oil Seal E—Packing Ring (2 used) H—Driven Gear L— Packing Ring (2 used)
B—Oil Seal F— O-Ring Seal (2 used) I— Dowel (2 used) M—Drive Gear
C—Mounting Flange G—Bushing (2 used) J— Housing
D—Body Seal (2 used) K—Bushing (2 used)

8. Separate mounting flange (C) from housing (J). IMPORTANT: Always replace seals. Damaged
9. Remove parts (D, E, F, and L). or used seals will leak.

10. Mark teeth of pump gears (H and M) to aid reassembly. 12. Pry out seals (A and B).
11. Remove remaining parts of front pump. If bushings 13. Clean and dry parts. Inspect parts for wear or damage.
(G and K) do not come out easily, push on shaft of Replace complete pump if necessary.
drive gear (M).
BB87125,00007F3 -19-12MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-05-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=370
 Hydraulic Pump and Filter

Assemble Hydraulic Pump

LV10223 —UN—31AUG04
Assemble Hydraulic Pump
A—Coupling G—Driven Gear M—Lock Washer (4 used) S—Driven Gear
B—Plate H—Dowel (4 used) N—Cap Screw (4 used) T— Housing
C—Body Seal (4 used) I— Housing O—Drive Gear U—Bushing (2 used)
D—Packing Ring (4 used) J— Bushing (2 used) P—Oil Seals V—Drive Gear
E—O-Ring Seal (4 used) K—Packing Ring (4 used) Q—Mounting Flange
F— Bushing (2 used) L— End Plate R—Bushing (2 used)

IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings. IMPORTANT: Make sure that pump shaft can be turned
Damaged or used seals and O-rings will leak. with a pair of 6-in. pliers when tightening bolts.
Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts A seized shaft indicates misaligned components.
before assembly. Premature pump failure can Disassemble pump to determine cause.
result if pump is assembled dry.
3. Tighten cap screws (N) to specification.
1. Apply multipurpose grease to inside lips of seals (P). Specification
Install seals using a bushing, bearing, and seal driver Hydraulic Pump Body
set. Cap Screw—Torque....................................................... 68 N·m (50 lb-ft)
2. Assemble pump sections with new seals and O-rings,
aligning all marks made during disassembly.
BB87125,00007F4 -19-20MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-05-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=371
 Hydraulic Pump and Filter

Install Hydraulic Pump External Components

A D

B E

C F

H
I
J
P
K
Q L
G
P

LV10226 —UN—31AUG04
O

Install Hydraulic Pump External Components

A—O-Ring F— O-Ring K—Nut P—O-Ring (2 used)
B—Rear Fitting G—O-Ring L— Gasket Q—Tube
C—O-Ring H—Woodruff Key M—Cap Screw
D—O-Ring I— Gear N—Cap Screw
E—Front Fitting J— Tab Washer O—Manifold

IMPORTANT: Always use new O-rings. Damaged Specification

or used O-rings will leak. Hydraulic Pump Gear
Nut—Torque................................................................. 90 N·m (66 lb.-ft.)
1. Install new O-rings (A, C, D, and F).
4. Install new O-rings (P) and tube (Q).
2. Install fittings (B and E). Tighten fittings to specification.
Specification
5. Install new O-ring (G) and manifold (O).
Hydraulic Pump Rear 6. Install cap screws (M and N). Tighten cap screws to
Outlet Fitting—Torque.................................................. 33 N·m (24 lb.-ft.) specifications.
Hydraulic Pump Front
Outlet Fitting—Torque.................................................. 67 N·m (50 lb.-ft.) Specification
Hydraulic Pump
3. Install parts (H—K). Tighten nut (K) to specification Inlet Manifold Cap
then bend tabs of washer (J) up against nut. Screws—Torque........................................................... 35 N·m (26 lb.-ft.)
BB87125,00007F5 -19-20MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-05-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=372
 Hydraulic Pump and Filter

Remove and Install Hydraulic Oil

Filter/Manifold
1. Drain transmission/hydraulic oil.
IMPORTANT: When removing / installing hydraulic
lines, always support line adapter and
fittings with a backup wrench to keep fittings
stationary and prevent damage to line,
valve and pump housings.

NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs. Tag

or label hydraulic lines before disconnecting
to aid during installation.
The hydraulic lines may leak oil when

LV17032 —UN—14MAR13
being disconnected. Catch leaking oil and
dispose of properly.

2. Disconnect wire connector (D).

3. Disconnect hose (A).
4. Remove cap screws (C). Hydraulic Oil Filter

5. Slide filter/manifold to rear and remove from suction

tube (B). A—Hose C—Cap Screw
B—Suction Tube D—Wire Connector
IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings. Damaged or
used O-rings will leak.

6. Install filter/manifold assembly. 8. Connect hose (A) and wire connector (D).

7. Tighten cap screws (C) to specification. 9. Fill transmission with proper oil. (See Transmission
and Hydraulic Oil in Section 10, Group 15.)
Specification
Hydraulic Oil
Filter/Manifold Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................. 55 N·m (41 lb.-ft.)
BB87125,00007F6 -19-20MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-05-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=373
 Hydraulic Pump and Filter

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-05-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=374
 Group 10
Hydraulic Oil Cooler
Remove, Inspect, and Install Hydraulic Oil
Cooler
1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable first and then
positive (+) battery cable.

PULV003943 —UN—13JAN09
NOTE: Air conditioner condenser is not part of open
operator station tractors (OOS). Skip steps
2 and 3 for OOS tractors.

NOTE: Do not disconnect condenser hoses.

2. Remove clamp (A), wing screws (B) and unhook

springs (C). Condenser Lines Holding Clamp—Cab Only
3. Move condenser assembly (D) out of way for oil cooler
removal clearance.

A—Clamp C—Spring (2 used)

B—Wing Screw (2 used) D—Condenser

LV17034 —UN—14MAR13
Condenser—Cab Only

Continued on next page BB87125,00007FA -19-27MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-10-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=375
 Hydraulic Oil Cooler

4. Remove clamp (E) and disconnect oil cooler hose (H)

from each side of oil cooler (G).
NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs to prevent
contamination. Tag or label hydraulic oil cooler lines /
hoses before disconnecting to aid during installation.

5. Remove oil cooler mounting cap screws (F).

6. Carefully remove oil cooler (G) from bracket (I).
7. Inspect hydraulic oil cooler for bent fins, cracks, and
damaged seams. Repair or replace as necessary.

CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than

210 kPa (2 bar) (30 psi) when using for cleaning

LV17044 —UN—14MAR13
purposes. Clear area of bystanders, guard
against flying chips or debris and wear personal
protective equipment including eye protection.

8. Carefully position oil cooler (G) properly on tractor.

9. Install and tighten screws (F).
Hydraulic Oil Cooler
10. Connect oil cooler hoses (H) and tighten clamps (E)
securely.
E—Clamp (2 used) H—Oil Cooler Hose (2 used)
F— Screw (4 used) I— Bracket
G—Oil Cooler

Continued on next page BB87125,00007FA -19-27MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-10-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=376
 Hydraulic Oil Cooler

NOTE: Air conditioner condenser is not part of open

operator station tractors (OOS). Skip steps
10 to 12 for OOS tractors.

11. Install condenser assembly (D) properly on tractor.

12. Install wing screws (B) and hook springs (C).
13. Secure condenser hoses with clamp (A) as shown.
14. Connect positive (+) then negative (—) battery cables.
15. Start engine and operate tractor hydraulics. Check
for leaks. Check and adjust transmission/hydraulic
oil level.

A—Clamp C—Spring (2 used)

B—Wing Screw (2 used) D—Condenser

LV17034 —UN—14MAR13
Condenser—Cab Only

PULV003943 —UN—13JAN09
Condenser Lines Holding Clamp—Cab Only

BB87125,00007FA -19-27MAR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-10-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=377
 Hydraulic Oil Cooler

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-10-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=378
 Group 15
Rockshaft
Other Material
Number Name Use
TY6333 (U.S.) Grease, SAE Multi-Purpose Lubricate O-rings for installation.

Number Name Use

PM37418 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to the following: rockshaft
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength) control valve-to-inlet housing
242 (LOCTITE®) socket head cap screws, inlet
housing-to-rockshaft case cap screws
and threads of hitch relief valve.

PM37509 (U.S.) Cure Primer Cleans mating surfaces and reduces

PM37509 (Canadian) sealant curing time.
7649 (LOCTITE®)

PM38655 (U.S.) Flexible Form-In-Place Gasket Seals the following: Rockshaft control
PM38625 (Canadian) valve to rockshaft case, rockshaft
515 (LOCTITE®) case to differential housing.

PM37421 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (High Apply to threads of SCV cable before
PM38623 (Canadian) Strength) tightening retaining nut.
271 (LOCTITE®)

PM37418 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to the following: rockshaft
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength) control valve-to-inlet housing
242 (LOCTITE®) socket head cap screws, inlet
housing-to-rockshaft case cap screws.

PM37509 (U.S.) Cure Primer Cleans mating surfaces and reduces

PM37509 (Canadian) sealant curing time.
7649 (LOCTITE®)

PM38655 (U.S.) Flexible Form-In-Place Gasket Seals the following: inlet housing
PM38625 (Canadian) to rockshaft case, rockshaft case
515 (LOCTITE®) to differential housing.

PM38655 (U.S.) Flexible Form-In-Place Gasket Seals the following: valve housing
PM38625 (Canadian) to rockshaft case, rockshaft case
515 (LOCTITE®) to differential housing.

PM37418 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to threads of valve housing
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength) cap screws.
242 (LOCTITE®)

Loctite is a trademark of Henkel Corporation

BB87125,0000844 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=379
 Rockshaft

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Main Relief Valve—RCV Torque 51 N·m (38 lb.-ft.)

Surge Relief Valve—RCV Torque 34 N·m (25 lb.-ft.)
Rate-of-Drop Valve Torque 50 N·m (37 lb.-ft.)
Rockshaft Control Valve-to-Inlet Torque 28 N·m (21 lb.-ft.)
Housing Cap Screw
RCV Inlet Housing Hydraulic Torque 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)
Line Fitting
RCV Inlet Housing Hydraulic Line Nut Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
SCV Control Cable Steel Nut Torque 25 N·m (221 lb.-in.)
SCV Hydraulic Line Nut Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Rockshaft Control Valve Inlet Torque 30 N·m (22 lb.-ft.)
Housing Cap Screws
Rockshaft Case-to-Differential Torque 125 N·m (92 lb.-ft.)
Housing Cap Screws
Hydraulic Hoses Nut at SCV End Torque 50 N·m (37 lb.-ft.)
Hydraulic Hoses Nut at Coupler End Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Rockshaft Bushing Outer Distance 7 mm (0.283 in.)
Edge-to-Edge of Bore
Draft Sensing Support Mounting Torque 375 N·m (277 lb.-ft.)
Cap Screw
Rockshaft Control Valve Socket Torque 28 N·m (21 lb.-ft.)
Head Cap Screw
Hydraulic Line Nut Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Hydraulic Line Fitting Torque 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)
Main Relief Valve (Later Version) Torque 62 N·m (46 lb.-ft.)
Surge Relief Valve Torque 34 N·m (25 lb.-ft.)
Plug Torque 35—45 N·m (26—33 lb.-ft.)
Valve Housing Cap Screws Torque 30 N·m (22 lb.-ft.)
BB87125,0000843 -19-25MAR13-1/1

Service Parts Kits Rockshaft Cylinder Seal Kit

The following kits are available through your parts catalog:
Mechanical Rockshaft Control Valve Inlet Housing Seal Kit
BB87125,00007FB -19-12MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=380
 Rockshaft

Inspect and Repair Rockshaft Control

Assembly
1. Remove rockshaft case. (See Remove and Install
Rockshaft Case, in Section 70, Group 15.)
2. Loosen jam nuts (B).
3. Remove parts (A—I).

A—Alignment Plate (2 used) F— Washer (5 used)

B—Jam Nut (2 used) G—Spring Washer (4 used)
C—Draft Sensing Lever H—Cap Screw (2 used)
D—Position Control Lever I— Position Control Shaft
E—Spacer (2 used)

LV17059 —UN—14MAR13
Rockshaft Control Assembly—Cab

LV17071 —UN—18MAR13
Rockshaft Control Assembly—OOS
Continued on next page BB87125,00007FF -19-27MAR13-1/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=381
 Rockshaft

4. Remove inlet housing. (See Remove and Install

Rockshaft Control Valve, in Section 70, Group 15.)
NOTE: To access links inside rockshaft case, rockshaft
case must be placed upside down.

5. Turn rockshaft case upside down.

6. Remove E-clips (B). Disconnect links from levers (A).
7. Rotate levers and remove cap screws (C).

LV17067 —UN—14MAR13
A—Lever C—Cap Screw (2 used)
B—E-Clip (2 used)

E-Clips and Levers

LV17068 —UN—14MAR13
Rockshaft Control Lever Cap Screws
Continued on next page BB87125,00007FF -19-27MAR13-2/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=382
 Rockshaft

D
C N

B
A
O

M
S
L
K
R
J
I
Q

LV6666 —UN—12APR01
H P
G
F
E

Rockshaft Control Parts Exploded View

A—Cap Screw (2 used) E—O-Ring J— Spacer R—Position Control Actuating
B—Washer (2 used) F— Friction Disk (2 used) K—Washer Lever
C—Position Control Lever G—Alignment Plate L— O-Ring S—Woodruff Key
D—Position Control Shaft H—Bushing M—Support
I— Draft Sensing Shaft N—Cap Screw (2 used)
O—O-Ring
P—Key
Q—Draft Sensing Actuating Lever

NOTE: Levers (Q and R) are keyed to shafts (I and 9. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
D), respectively, inside rockshaft case. Levers necessary.
and keys (P and S) will drop into case when
lever assembly is removed. 10. Lubricate wirth multipurpose grease and install new
O-rings (E, L, and O).
8. Remove parts (A—S). 11. Apply multipurpose grease to shafts (D and I).
IMPORTANT: Always use new O-rings during 12. Install all parts.
assembly. Damaged or used O-rings will leak.

NOTE: Bushing (H) is press fit inside shaft (I).

Continued on next page BB87125,00007FF -19-27MAR13-3/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=383
 Rockshaft

13. Install and tighten cap screws (C).

14. Connect links to levers (A) and install E-clips (B).
15. Install inlet housing. (See Remove and Install
Rockshaft Control Valve, in Section 70, Group 15.)

A—Lever C—Cap Screw

B—E-Clip

LV17067 —UN—14MAR13
E-Clips and Levers

LV17068 —UN—14MAR13
Rockshaft Control Lever Cap Screws
Continued on next page BB87125,00007FF -19-27MAR13-4/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=384
 Rockshaft

IMPORTANT: Each pair of spring washers (C) must be

installed with concave sides facing each other.

16. Install parts (A—I).

17. Install rockshaft case. (See Remove and Install
Rockshaft Case, in Section 70, Group 15.)
18. Adjust rockshaft control lever friction. (See Rockshaft
Control Lever Friction Adjustment , in Section 70,
Group 15.)

A—Alignment Plate (2 used) F— Washer (5 used)

B—Jam Nut (2 used) G—Spring Washer (4 used)
C—Draft Sensing Lever H—Cap Screw (2 used)
D—Position Control Lever I— Position Control Shaft

LV17059 —UN—14MAR13
E—Spacer (2 used)

Rockshaft Control Assembly—Cab

LV17071 —UN—18MAR13
Rockshaft Control Assembly—OOS
BB87125,00007FF -19-27MAR13-5/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=385
 Rockshaft

Inspect and Repair Control Lever—OOS

A A

B
D

K
J
E

I
O

M
F
H

LV17081 —UN—26MAR13
N

Rockshaft Control Lever Console—OOS

A—Knob (2 used) D—Draft Sensing Lever F— Console Cover L— Cap Screw
B—Control Lever E—Draft Sensing Lever Cap G—Screw (3 used) M—Washer
C—Control Lever Cap Screw (2 Screw (2 used) H—Stop N—Clip
used) I— Cam O—Socket Outlet
J— Eyebolt
K—Pin

1. Remove knobs (A), screws (G), and cap screw (L). 3. Remove cam (I) and parts (H), (J), and (K).
Retain clips and washers for assembly.
2. Remove console cover (F).
Continued on next page BB87125,0000800 -19-27MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=386
 Rockshaft

F G

C
E

F
G

LV17113 —UN—26MAR13
Rockshaft Control Levers—OOS
C—Control Lever Cap Screw (2 F— Control Lever Nut (2 used)
used) G—Draft Sensing Lever Nut (2
E—Draft Sensing Lever Cap used)
Screw (2 used)

4. Remove control lever cap screws (C) and nuts (F). 7. Install all parts (A—O) and tighten securely.
5. Remove draft sensing lever cap screws (E) and nuts
(G).
6. Inspect all parts (A—O) for wear or damage. Replace
as necessary.
BB87125,0000800 -19-27MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=387
 Rockshaft

Inspect and Repair Control Lever and

Cables—Mechanical Hitch (Cab)
1. Remove right-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab, in Section
90, Group 10.)
2. Place hitch in fully lowered position and place marks
on cables and levers to facilitate installation.
3. Disconnect control cables (A) and (B).

A—Draft-Sensing Control B—Position Control Cable and

Cable and Linkage Linkage

LV17131 —UN—26MAR13
Control Lever End of Cable

LV17130 —UN—26MAR13
Hitch Valve End of Cable
Continued on next page BB87125,0000801 -19-27MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=388
 Rockshaft

A O

Y
X
D
E
W
L
K
F

G V
H
I

N
A A
Q

P X

LV17139 —UN—26MAR13
S U

Control Levers
A—Knob J— Position Control Lever Q—Insert W—Cable (Draft Control)
B—Washer K—Washer (3 used) R—Flexible Shaft X—Grommet (3 used)
C—Stop L— Knob (2 used) S—Spring Lock Pin (4 used) Y—Retaining Clip (4 used)
D—Flange Nut (2 used) M—Screw (6 used) T— Yoke (4 used) Z— Bracket (Cable Anchor)
E—Stud N—Rate-of-Drop Knob U—Flange Nut (2 used) AA—Bracket
F— Bracket O—Screw V—Cable (Position Control)
G—Draft Control Lever P—Hex Screw
H—Bushing
I— Disk Spring

4. Remove parts (A—AA). 6. Install parts (A—AA).

5. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
necessary.
Continued on next page BB87125,0000801 -19-27MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=389
 Rockshaft

7. Adjust cables and linkage as necessary. (See Draft

Control and Position Control Cable Adjustment, in
Section 70 Group 15.)
8. Connect control cables (A) and (B).
9. Install right-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab, in Section
90, Group 10.)

A—Draft-Sensing Control B—Position Control Cable and

Cable and Linkage Linkage

LV17131 —UN—26MAR13
Control Lever End of Cable

LV17130 —UN—26MAR13
Hitch Valve End of Cable
BB87125,0000801 -19-27MAR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=390
 Rockshaft

Inspect and Repair Rockshaft Control

Linkage
1. Remove rockshaft case. (See Remove and Install
Rockshaft Case, in Section 70, Group 15.)
NOTE: To access links inside rockshaft case, rockshaft
case must be placed upside down.

LV209 —UN—28FEB92
2. Turn rockshaft case upside down.
3. Remove E-clips (B). Disconnect links from levers (A).

A—Lever B—E-Clip
E-Clips and Levers
Continued on next page BB87125,0000803 -19-27MAR13-1/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=391
 Rockshaft

LV2140 —UN—09JUN97

Rockshaft Control Linkage

1— Bracket 9— Bushing 18— Shaft 26— Lever
2— Clevis 10— Nut 19— Spring Pin 27— Cap Screw
3— Draft Sensing Rod 11— Bracket 20— Washer (as required) 28— Shaft
4— Pin 12— Lever 21— O-Ring 29— Washer
5— Compression Spring 13— Square Key 22— Lever 30— Snap Ring
6— Cotter Pin 14— Nut 23— Cap Screw
7— E-Clip (2 used) 15— Woodruff Key (3 used) 24— Link (2 used)
8— Position Control Feedback 16— Lever 25— E-Clips
Rod 17— Bushing

4. Remove parts (1—11). 6. Remove E-clips (25).

5. Remove cap screws (23 and 27).
Continued on next page BB87125,0000803 -19-27MAR13-2/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=392
 Rockshaft

7. Remove and inspect parts for wear or damage. 8. Apply multipurpose grease to shafts (18 and 28) and
Replace as necessary. bushing (17).

IMPORTANT: Always use new O-rings during 9. Install all parts.

assembly. Damaged or used O-rings will leak. 10. Tighten nut (14) until shaft stops. Then back off 1/2
turn.
NOTE: Bushing (17) is press fit inside lever (16).
BB87125,0000803 -19-27MAR13-3/4

11. Connect links to levers (A).

12. Install E-clips (B).
13. Install rockshaft case. (See Remove and Install
Rockshaft Case, in Section 70, Group 15.)
14. Adjust rockshaft position and draft sensing feedback

LV209 —UN—28FEB92
linkages. (See Rockshaft Position-Sensing Feedback
Linkage Adjustment (Mechanical Hitch) and Rockshaft
Draft-Sensing Feedback Linkage Adjustment
(Mechanical Hitch), in Diagnostic Manual, Section
270, Group 15.)

A—Lever B—E-Clip E-Clips and Levers

BB87125,0000803 -19-27MAR13-4/4

Remove and Install Rockshaft Control Valve

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type
of injury should reference a knowledgeable 1. Open rate-of-drop valve and lower rockshaft arms
medical source. Such information is available completely.
in English from Deere & Company Medical
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 2. Move rear and/or Mid-Mount SCV levers, if equipped,
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636. through all positions.
Continued on next page BB87125,0000805 -19-27MAR13-1/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-15 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=393
 Rockshaft

NOTE: All hydraulic lines to inlet housing must be

disconnected. When disconnecting lines from inlet
housing, loosen or disconnect fittings on opposite
ends of the lines. Close all openings using caps
and plugs. Tag lines for proper installation.

LV10592 —UN—17SEP04
NOTE: The hydraulic lines may leak oil when
being disconnected. Catch leaking oil and
dispose of properly.

NOTE: Open operator station (OOS) tractor shown.

Procedure for cab tractors is similar.

3. Tag and disconnect all hydraulic lines (A), from inlet Inlet Housing Hydraulic Lines
housing.
NOTE: Depending upon SCV options, if equipped, it may
be necessary to loosen SCV hydraulic lines at both
ends to provide clearance for inlet housing removal.

4. Loosen or disconnect rear SCV lines, if equipped, as

LV10593 —UN—17SEP04
necessary.
5. Loosen set screw (B) and remove rate of drop knob.
6. Remove six cap screws (C) from inlet housing.
NOTE: It may be necessary to loosen inlet housing by
tapping on it with a soft-face mallet or hammer. RCV Inlet Housing

7. Remove inlet housing from rockshaft case.

A—Hydraulic Line C—Cap Screw (6 used)
B—Set Screw

Continued on next page BB87125,0000805 -19-27MAR13-2/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-16 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=394
 Rockshaft

8. Remove cap screws (A) and separate control valve

(B) from inlet housing (C).
9. Repair as necessary. (See Remove, Inspect, and
Install Rate-of-Drop Valve, in Section 70, Group 15.)
IMPORTANT: Use new O-rings during assembly.

LV10290 —UN—15SEP04
Damaged or used O-rings will leak.

10. Lubricate with hydraulic oil and install new O-rings (D

and E).
11. Apply Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) to
threads of socket head cap screws (A).
Rockshaft Control Valve
12. Install rockshaft control valve (B) and socket head cap
screws (A) on inlet housing (C). Tighten cap screws
to specification.
Specification
Rockshaft Control Valve
Socket Head Cap

LV10291 —UN—15SEP04
Screw—Torque............................................................. 28 N·m (21 lb.-ft.)

13. Clean mating surfaces of inlet housing and rockshaft

case using Cure Primer. Apply Flexible Form-In-Place
Gasket to mating surfaces.

A—Socket Head Cap Screws D—O-Rings

B—Rockshaft Control Valve E—O-Rings
Inlet Housing O-Rings
C—Inlet Housing

Continued on next page BB87125,0000805 -19-27MAR13-3/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-17 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=395
 Rockshaft

14. Apply Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) to

threads of cap screws (C).
NOTE: Rockshaft position control lever must be in
forward position to install inlet housing.

15. Install inlet housing using six cap screws (C). Tighten

LV10592 —UN—17SEP04
to specification.
Specification
Rockshaft Control Valve
Inlet Housing Cap
Screws—Torque........................................................... 30 N·m (22 lb.-ft.)

16. If tractor is equipped with rear SCV, connect rear SCV Inlet Housing Hydraulic Lines
lines.
17. Connect all hydraulic lines (A) to inlet housing. Tighten
fittings to specification.
Specification
Hydraulic Line

LV10593 —UN—17SEP04
Nut—Torque................................................................. 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Hydraulic Line
Fitting—Torque........................................................... 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)

18. Install rate-of-drop knob and tighten set screw (B).

A—Hydraulic Line C—Cap Screw (6 used)

B—Set Screw RCV Inlet Housing

BB87125,0000805 -19-27MAR13-4/4

Replace Main Relief Valve

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type
of injury should reference a knowledgeable 1. Open rate-of-drop valve and lower rockshaft arms
medical source. Such information is available completely.
in English from Deere & Company Medical
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 2. Operate all SCV levers, if equipped, to relieve
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636. hydraulic system pressure.
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D25 -19-12SEP13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-18 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=396
 Rockshaft

3. Remove main relief valve (A).

IMPORTANT: Always use new O-rings. Damaged
or used O-rings will leak.

4. Lubricate and install O-rings (B and D), and back-up

ring (C).

LV10578 —UN—16SEP04
5. Apply Loctite® 242 Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium
Strength) to threads of main relief valve (A).
6. Install main relief valve and tighten to specification.
Specification
Main Relief Valve (Later
Main Relief Valve Location
Version)—Torque.......................................................... 62 N·m (46 lb.-ft.)

7. Operate machine hydraulics. Check and adjust

transmission/hydraulic oil level.

A—Main Relief Valve C—Back-Up Ring

LV10571 —UN—15SEP04
B—O-Ring D—O-Ring

Main Relief Valve

Loctite is a trademark of Henkel Corporation

SW03989,0001D25 -19-12SEP13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-19 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=397
 Rockshaft

Replace Rockshaft Hitch Surge Relief Valve

A—Surge Relief Valve C—O-Ring
B—O-Ring

LV19082 —UN—18SEP13
Rockshaft Hitch Surge Relief Valve
B

LV19083 —UN—18SEP13
C

Hitch Surge Relief Valve

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D24 -19-12SEP13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-20 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=398
 Rockshaft

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type
of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available
in English from Deere & Company Medical 4. Lubricate and install new O-rings (B and C).
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636. 5. Apply Loctite® 242 Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium
Strength) to threads of surge hitch relief valve (A).
1. Open rate-of-drop valve and lower rockshaft arms
completely. 6. Install hitch surge relief valve and tighten to
specification.
2. Operate all SCV levers, if equipped, to relieve
Specification
hydraulic system pressure.
Hitch Surge Relief
3. Remove surge hitch relief valve (A). Valve—Torque.............................................................. 34 N·m (25 lb.-ft.)

IMPORTANT: Always use new O-rings. Damaged

or used O-rings will leak.
Loctite is a trademark of Henkel Corporation
SW03989,0001D24 -19-12SEP13-2/2

Remove, Inspect, and Install Rate-of-Drop

Valve
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type
of injury should reference a knowledgeable NOTE: It is not necessary to separate rockshaft control
medical source. Such information is available valve from inlet housing to service rate-of-drop valve.
in English from Deere & Company Medical
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 3. Remove rockshaft control valve and inlet housing
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636. assembly. (See Remove and Install Rockshaft Control
Valve, in Section 70, Group 15.)
1. Open rate-of-drop valve and lower rockshaft arms
completely.
2. Operate all SCV levers, if equipped, to relieve
hydraulic system pressure.
Continued on next page BB87125,000080A -19-27MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-21 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=399
 Rockshaft

4. If not previously removed, loosen set screw (A) and

remove knob.
5. If painted, remove paint from valve stem (B) using fine
grit emery cloth.

A—Set Screw B—Stem

LV10494 —UN—15SEP04
Rate of Drop Valve Knob
BB87125,000080A -19-27MAR13-2/3

6. Remove plug (A) and O-ring (B) from bottom side of

inlet housing.
NOTE: Turn valve stem (H) counterclockwise to
remove from inlet housing.

7. Remove spring seat (C) and spring (D).

LV10495 —UN—15SEP04
8. Remove valve (E).
9. Turn valve stem (H) counterclockwise until free, then
pull from bottom of inlet housing.
10. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace parts as
necessary. Plug
IMPORTANT: Always use new O-rings and backup
rings. Damaged or used parts will leak.

11. Apply multipurpose grease to O-rings, backup ring,

and valve stem shaft.
12. Install knob end of valve stem (H) into bottom of inlet

LV10496 —UN—15SEP04
housing. Turn valve stem clockwise until seated in
inlet housing. Valve stem should move freely.
13. Install valve (E), spring (D) and spring seat (C). See
photo for reference.
14. Install plug (A) using new O-ring (B). Tighten plug to
specification. Rate of Drop Valve Exploded View

Specification
Plug—Torque................................................. 35—45 N·m (26—33 lb.-ft.) A—Plug E—Valve
B—O-Ring F— O-Ring
15. Install knob and tighten set screw. C—Spring Seat G—Backup Ring
D—Spring H—Valve Stem
16. Install rockshaft control valve and inlet housing
assembly. (See Remove and Install Rockshaft Control
Valve, in Section 70, Group 15.)
BB87125,000080A -19-27MAR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-22 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=400
 Rockshaft

Remove and Install Rockshaft Case

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type
of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available NOTE: It is not necessary to remove cab or platform
in English from Deere & Company Medical to remove rockshaft case. Platform shown
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling removed for clarity.
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.
2. Operate SCV levers and Mid-Mount joystick through
1. Open rate-of-drop valve and lower rockshaft arms all positions to relieve hydraulic pressure, if equipped.
completely.
Continued on next page BB87125,000080C -19-27MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-23 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=401
 Rockshaft

NOTE: Open operator station (OOS) with rear

SCV and Mid-Mount shown. Tractors with
other options are similar.

3. Tag and disconnect all hydraulic lines (D) from valve

housing (A). Close all openings using caps and plugs.
4. Remove rear hydraulic lines (E), if equipped.
5. Remove three cap screws (F) and rear SCV bracket,
if equipped.
6. Disconnect lift links (H) and remove center link (G).
7. Remove rate-of-drop knob from valve stem.

LV17149 —UN—27MAR13
8. Remove cap screws (I) and valve housing (A).

CAUTION: Avoid Crushing injury. Use approiate

lifting device. The approximate weight of the
rockshaft case assembly is 82 kg (180 lb.).
Rockshaft Case—OOS Shown
9. Remove cap screws (C) and rockshaft case assembly
(B).
10. Repair or replace parts as necessary. (See Inspect
and Repair Rockshaft Control Assembly, in Section
70, Group 10.)
11. Clean mating surfaces of rockshaft case and
differential housing using Cure Primer. Apply Flexible
Form-In-Place Gasket to mating surfaces.

A—Valve Housing F— Cap Screw (3 used)

B—Rockshaft Case Assembly G—Center Link
C—Cap Screw (11 used) H—Lift Link (2 used)

LV10596 —UN—17SEP04
D—Hydraulic Lines I— Cap Screw (6 used)
E—Hydraulic Lines

Hitch Links and SCV Lines

Continued on next page BB87125,000080C -19-27MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-24 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=402
 Rockshaft

12. Install rockshaft case assembly (B) and cap screws

(C). Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
Rockshaft Case-to-
Differential Housing Cap
Screws—Torque......................................................... 125 N·m (92 lb.-ft.)

13. Clean mating surfaces of valve housing and rockshaft

case using Cure Primer. Apply Flexible Form-In-Place
Gasket to mating surfaces.
14. Apply Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) to

LV17149 —UN—27MAR13
threads of valve housing cap screws.
15. Install valve housing (A) using six cap screws (I).
Tighten valve housing cap screws to specification.
Specification
Valve Housing Cap
Screws—Torque........................................................... 30 N·m (22 lb.-ft.) Rockshaft Case—OOS Shown
16. Connect hydraulic lines (D) to valve housing (A).
Tighten hydraulic line nuts to specification.
Specification
Hydraulic Line
Nut—Torque................................................................. 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)

17. Install rear SCV bracket and three cap screws (F), if
equipped.
18. Install rear hydraulic lines (E), if equipped. Tighten
hydraulic line nuts to specification.
Specification
Hydraulic Line

LV10596 —UN—17SEP04
Nut—Torque................................................................. 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)

19. Install lift links (H) and center link (G).

A—Valve Housing F— Cap Screw (3 used)

B—Rockshaft Case Assembly G—Center Link
C—Cap Screw (11 used) H—Lift Link (2 used)
D—Hydraulic Line I— Cap Screw (6 used) Hitch Links and SCV Lines
E—Hydraulic Line

BB87125,000080C -19-27MAR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-25 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=403
 Rockshaft

Remove, Inspect, and Install Rockshaft Lift

Arms

LV397AE —UN—28FEB92
Rockshaft Lift Arms
A—Retaining Ring (2 used) E—Bushing (2 used) H—Rockshaft L— Plate
B—Right Lift Arm F— Retaining Ring (2 used) I— O-Ring M—Spring Pin
C—Washer G—Crank J— Left Lift Arm N—Piston Rod
D—O-Ring K—Spring Pin (2 used)

1. Remove rockshaft case. (See Remove and Install Specification

Rockshaft Case, in Section 70, Group 15.) Rockshaft Bushing
2. Disconnect feedback linkage from plate (L). Outer Edge-to-Edge of
Bore—Distance.............................................................. 7 mm (0.283 in.)
NOTE: Although parts (B, G, H, and J) have indexed
splines, these splines are difficult to locate. Index
parts with a punch mark before disassembly to aid 7. Apply clean transmission/hydraulic oil to all internal
in correct alignment of these parts during assembly. parts.
3. Use a punch to index parts (B, G, H, and J). IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings. Damaged or
used O-rings will leak.
4. Remove retaining rings (A and F).
5. Remove and inspect all parts for wear or damage. NOTE: Use alignment marks made earlier to
Replace as necessary. aid in assembly.

NOTE: Bushings (E) are pressed in rockshaft case. 8. Assemble all parts.

6. Replace bushings (E) using a bushing driver set. Press 9. Connect feedback link to plate (L).
new bushings into rockshaft case so bushing outer 10. Install rockshaft case. (See Remove and Install
edge is at least 7 mm (0.283 in.) below edge of bore. Rockshaft Case, in Section 70, Group 15.)
BB87125,000080D -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-26 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=404
 Rockshaft

Remove, Inspect, and Install Rockshaft

Piston and Cylinder
1. Remove rockshaft case. (See Remove and Install
Rockshaft Case, in Section 70, Group 15.)
2. Remove six cap screws (B).

LV10497 —UN—15SEP04
3. Remove cylinder (A).
4. Remove O-ring (C).

A—Rockshaft Cylinder C—O-Ring

B—Cap Screw (6 used)
Rockshaft Cylinder
BB87125,000080E -19-27MAR13-1/3

5. Remove piston (B).

6. Remove plug (D) to check oil passage (C) for debris
or obstruction. C D

7. Clean and inspect all parts for wear or damage. Check

piston and cylinder for cracks. Replace as necessary.
8. Replace seal ring (A) and wear rings (E).
9. Apply clean transmission/hydraulic oil to piston and E
cylinder walls.

LV10498 —UN—15SEP04
E
10. Install piston (B).
B
11. Install plug (D).

A—Seal Ring D—Plug A

B—Piston E—Wear Ring (2 used)
C—Oil Passage
Rockshaft Cylinder and Piston
BB87125,000080E -19-27MAR13-2/3

12. Lubricate and install new O-ring (C).

13. Install cylinder assembly (A).
14. Install cap screws (B).
15. Install rockshaft case. (See Remove and Install
Rockshaft Case, in Section 70, Group 15.) LV10497 —UN—15SEP04

A—Rockshaft Cylinder C—O-Ring

B—Cap Screw (6 used)

Rockshaft Cylinder
BB87125,000080E -19-27MAR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-27 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=405
 Rockshaft

Inspect and Repair Draft Sensing Support

Assembly
NOTE: Isolated open operator station shown. Straddle
mount tractor and cab tractors are similar.

1. Open rate-of-drop valve and lower rockshaft arms

completely.
2. Move draft sensing control lever full forward.
3. Remove center link (A).
4. Disconnect harness connectors and remove 7-pin
connector and bracket (B).

LV10531 —UN—20SEP04
5. Remove cap screws (C) and remove draft-sensing rod
bracket from support assembly.
6. Remove cap screws (D) and support assembly.
7. Inspect support assembly for wear or damage.
Replace if necessary.
8. Install support assembly and cap screws (D). Tighten Draft Sensing Support
cap screws to specification.
Specification A—Center Link C—Cap Screw (2 used)
Draft Sensing Support B—7-Pin Bracket D—Cap Screw (4 used)
Mounting Cap
Screw—Torque......................................................... 375 N·m (277 lb.-ft.)
12. Adjust draft-sensing feedback linkage. (See Rockshaft
Draft-Sensing Feedback Linkage Adjustment
9. Install cap screws (C) and draft-sensing rod bracket. (Mechanical Hitch) in Diagnostic Manual, Section 270,
Group 15.)
10. Install 7-pin connector bracket (B) and connect
harness connectors.
11. Install center link (A).
SW03989,0001D26 -19-12SEP13-1/1

Rockshaft Lever Friction Adjustment

NOTE: Draft-sensing and position control linkages are
located on right side of rockshaft case.

1. Loosen jam nuts (A).

2. Turn adjusting cap screws (B) clockwise to increase
friction and counterclockwise to decrease friction. PULV007115 —UN—05MAY10
Turn cap screws equal number of times.
3. Retighten jam nuts (A) when adjustment is complete.

A—Jam Nut B—Cap Screw

Friction Adjustment
BB87125,0000858 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-28 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=406
 Rockshaft

Draft Control and Position Control Cable

Adjustment
NOTE: Draft-sensing and position control linkages are
located on right side of rockshaft case.

1. Disconnect cables from rockshaft draft-sensing (A)

and position control (B) linkages.
2. Move draft-sensing and position control levers fully
forward.
3. Rotate draft-sensing and position control linkages fully
clockwise.

LV7385 —UN—31JUL01
4. Loosen jam nut (D) on the position control linkage and
turn cable yoke (C) until hole in cable yoke lines up with
hole in linkage. Install spring locking pin and tighten
jam nut (D). Repeat step for draft-sensing cable.

A—Draft-Sensing Linkage C—Yoke Draft-Sensing and Position Control Cable

B—Position Control Linkage D—Jam Nut

BB87125,0000859 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-29 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=407
 Rockshaft

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-15-30 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=408
 Group 20
Rear Selective Control Valve
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37421 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (High Apply to threads of SCV cable before
PM38623 (Canadian) Strength) tightening retaining nut
271 (LOCTITE®)

PM37421 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (High Used on threads of SCV cap screws.
PM38623 (Canadian) Strength)
271 (LOCTITE®)

PM37418 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to end plate cap screw threads.
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength)
242 (LOCTITE®)

PM37421 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (High Apply to threads of dual SCV
PM38623 (Canadian) Strength) spool detents.
271 (LOCTITE®)

PM37418 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Apply to threads of cap screws.
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength)
242 (LOCTITE®)

PM37418 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Used on internal threads of
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength) triple SCV nut.
242 (LOCTITE®)

PM37418 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Used on threads of triple SCV
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength) cap screws.
242 (LOCTITE®)

PM37421 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (High Apply to threads of SCV cable before
PM38623 (Canadian) Strength) tightening retaining nut
271 (LOCTITE®)

PM37421 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (High Apply to threads of SCV cable before
PM38623 (Canadian) Strength) tightening retaining nut.
271 (LOCTITE®)

PM37418 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Used on threads of SCV cap screws.
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength)
242 (LOCTITE®)

PM37418 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Used on internal threads of
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength) triple SCV nut.
242 (LOCTITE®)

PM37418 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Used on threads of triple SCV
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength) cap screws.
242 (LOCTITE®)

Loctite is a trademark of Henkel Corporation

BB87125,000084D -19-25MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=409
 Rear Selective Control Valve

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

SCV Mounting Screws Torque 12 N·m (106 lb.-in.)

Hydraulic Hoses Nut at SCV End Torque 50 N·m (37 lb.-ft.)
Hydraulic Hoses Nut at Coupler End Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Mid-Mount Control Valve Hydraulic Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Lines Nuts to RCV End
Hydraulic Line Nut to RCV Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Hydraulic Line Fitting to RCV Torque 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)
Main Relief Valve Torque 51 N·m (38 lb.-ft)
Spool Detent Torque 4 N·m (35 lb.-in.)
Spool End Cap—Cap Screw Torque 7 N·m (62 lb.-in.)
Wheel Cap Screw M20 Torque 600 N·m (442 lb.-ft.)
Cable/Retaining Nut Torque 16—19 N·m (12—14 lb.-ft.)
SCV Mounting Cap Screws Torque 55 N·m (41 lb.-ft.)
SCV Mounting Bracket-to-Differential Torque 55 N·m (41 lb.-ft.)
Housing Cap Screws
Cable Nut Torque 16—19 N·m (144—168 lb.-in.)
Cable Sleeve Torque 16—19 N·m (144—168 lb.-in.)
Cap Screw Torque 26—30 N·m (19—22 lb.-ft.)
Spool Cap-Cap Screw Torque 12—15 N·m (106—133 lb.-in.)
Load Check Cap Torque 34—41 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)
End Plate Cap Screw Torque 12—15 N·m (106—133 lb.-ft.)
SCV Fitting Plug Torque 54—64 N·m (40— 45lb.-ft.)
Load Check Cap Torque 34—45 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)
Housing Plug Torque 34—41 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)
Load Check Flow Control Valve Torque 34—45 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)
Flow Compensator / Priority Torque 20—24 N·m (15—18 lb.-ft.)
Bypass Valve
Detent Knob Nut Torque 3—4 N·m (27—33 lb.-in.)
End Cap Sub-Assembly Cap Screws Torque 12—15 N·m (9—11 lb.-ft.)
Float Cap-Cap Screws Torque 12—15 N·m (9—11 lb.-ft.)
Cable Adapter Cap Screws Torque 12—15 N·m (9—11 lb.-ft.)
Outlet Port Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Inlet Port Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Fitting to Power Beyond Port Torque 54—61N·m (40—45 lb.-ft.)
Fitting to Line Torque 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)
SCV Coupler Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
BB87125,000084E -19-25MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=410
 Rear Selective Control Valve

Inspect and Repair SCV Levers and

Linkage—Cab
1. Remove right side control console panel. (See
Remove and Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab,
in Section 90, Group 10.)

PUPX001058 —UN—02APR09
SCV Lever Lock
A—Screw C—Spring E—Arrestor
B—Plate D—Ball

2. Tractors equipped with SCV lock: Remove parts 3. Inspect parts for wear or damage. Replace as
(A—E). necessary.
Continued on next page BB87125,0000834 -19-27MAR13-1/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=411
 Rear Selective Control Valve

C
A

F D

E
H
G

I
N
K
M

S
R

Q P

LV17176 —UN—26MAR13

Cab—SCV Levers and Linkage

Continued on next page BB87125,0000834 -19-27MAR13-2/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=412
 Rear Selective Control Valve

A—Insert (3 used) F— SCV II Control Lever (Blue) J— Yoke (3 used) O—Cable (3 used)
B—Ring (3 used) G—SCV I Control Lever (Green) K—Lock Nut (3 used) P—Bracket
C—Nut (3 used) H—Bushing (3 used) L— Turnbuckle/Adjusting Nut (3 Q—Lock Nut
D—Knob (3 used) I— Spring Locking Pin (3 used) used) R—Screw (9 used)
E—SCV III Control Lever (Brown) M—Lock Nut (3 used) S—Bracket
N—Clip (3 used)

NOTE: Rear triple selective control valve (SCV) is shown. 5. Turn lock nut (K) all the way towards yoke (J). Turn
For dual SCV, use same procedure. adjusting nut (L) towards lock nut (K) and lock nut (M)
towards adjusting nut (L).
4. Inspect parts (A—S) for wear or damage. Replace as
necessary. 6. Tighten both lock nuts.

NOTE: Make sure all levers are aligned when in

neutral position. If levers are not aligned, make
necessary yoke adjustment.
BB87125,0000834 -19-27MAR13-3/5

7. Before installing SCV cables, inspect retaining nut (A).

If loose, apply Thread Lock and Sealer (High Strength)
and tighten securely without damaging outer edge of
retaining nut.
Specification
Cable/Retaining

PULV003867 —UN—16DEC08
Nut—Torque.................................................. 16—19 N·m (12—14 lb.-ft.)

A—Retaining Nut

SCV Cable Retaining Nut

Continued on next page BB87125,0000834 -19-27MAR13-4/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=413
 Rear Selective Control Valve

PUPX001058 —UN—02APR09
SCV Lever Lock
A—Screw C—Spring E—Arrestor
B—Plate D—Ball

8. Tractors equipped with SCV lock: Install parts 10. Install right side control console panel. (See Remove
(A—E). and Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab, in
9. Adjust control cables. (See Rear SCV Control Cable Section 90, Group 10.)
Adjustment, in Section 70, Group 20.)
BB87125,0000834 -19-27MAR13-5/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=414
 Rear Selective Control Valve

Inspect and Repair SCV Levers and

Linkage—OOS
1. Remove right side control console panel. (See
Remove and Install Right-Side Control Console—Open
Operator Station, in Section 90, Group 10.)

B M
C

D
N
E
H

I
J

G
O

LV19052 —UN—13SEP13
K L

Rear SCV Levers and Linkage—OOS

A—Insert (2 or 3 used) F— SCV II Control Lever (Blue) J— Spring Locking Pin (2 or 3 N—Cable (3 used)
B—Ring (2 or 3 used) G—SCV I Control Lever (Green) used) O—Cable Retaining Nut (2 or 3
C—Nut (2 or 3 used) H—Spacer K—Pivot Pin used)
D—Knob (2 or 3 used) I— Bushing (2 or 3 used) L— Cap Screw
E—SCV III Control Lever (Brown) M—Cable Retainer (2 or 3 used)

NOTE: Rear triple selective control valve (SCV) is shown. 2. Inspect parts (A—O) for wear or damage. Replace
For dual SCV, use same procedure. parts as necessary.
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D79 -19-25OCT13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=415
 Rear Selective Control Valve

3. Before installing SCV cables, inspect cable retaining

nut (O). If loose, apply Thread Lock and Sealer (High
Strength) and tighten securely without damaging outer
edge of retaining nut.
Specification
Cable Retaining
Nut—Torque.................................................. 16—19 N·m (12—14 lb.-ft.)

LV19053 —UN—13SEP13
NOTE: Make sure all levers are aligned when in neutral
position without cable retainers installed.

4. Allow rear SCV to center in neutral position. Position

SCV control levers (E—G) to neutral position and
install cable retainer (M) over cable (N).
Rear SCV Cable Retaining Nut
5. Install right side control console panel. (See Remove
and Install Right-Side Control Console—Open O—Cable Retaining Nut
Operator Station, in Section 90, Group 10.)
SW03989,0001D79 -19-25OCT13-2/2

Remove and Install Dual or Triple Selective

Control Valve (SCV)

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type
The hydraulic lines may leak oil when
of injury should reference a knowledgeable
being disconnected. Catch leaking oil and
medical source. Such information is available
dispose of properly.
in English from Deere & Company Medical
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling Triple SCV is shown. For dual SCV removal and
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636. installation use the same procedures.

IMPORTANT: When removing / installing hydraulic 1. Operate SCV levers to relieve any pressure in the
lines, always support line adapter and system.
fittings with a backup wrench to keep fittings
stationary and prevent damage to line, 2. Remove draft sensing support assembly. (See Inspect
valve and pump housings. and Repair Draft Sensing Support Assembly in Section
70, Group 15.)
NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs. Tag
or label hydraulic lines before disconnecting
to aid during installation.
Continued on next page BB87125,0000837 -19-27MAR13-1/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=416
 Rear Selective Control Valve

3. Loosen cable nut (B). Loosen and remove cable sleeve

(A). Unhook control cable from slot in valve spool.

A—Cable Sleeve (3 used) B—Cable Nut (3 used)

PULV007027 —UN—02FEB10
Cable Sleeve and Nuts
BB87125,0000837 -19-27MAR13-2/7

4. Disconnect hydraulic lines (A and B).

5. Remove mounting bracket cap screws (C), SCV (D),
and mounting bracket.

A—Return Line C—Mounting Bracket Cap

B—Pressure Line Screw (3 used)
D—SCV

LV17186 —UN—26MAR13
SCV Hydraulic Lines
BB87125,0000837 -19-27MAR13-3/7

6. Remove cap screws (A) and mounting bracket (B) as

necessary.
7. Repair or replace SCV. (See Disassemble, Inspect,
and Assemble Dual Selective Control Valve (SCV) or
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Triple Selective
PULV007029 —UN—02FEB10

Control Valve (SCV) in Section 70, Group 20.)

8. If removed, install mounting bracket and cap screws.
Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
SCV Mounting Cap
Screws—Torque........................................................... 55 N·m (41 lb.-ft.)
Mounting Bracket
A—Cap Screw (3 used) B—Mounting Bracket

Continued on next page BB87125,0000837 -19-27MAR13-4/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=417
 Rear Selective Control Valve

9. Install SCV (D), mounting bracket, and cap screws

(C). Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
SCV Mounting
Bracket-to-Differential
Housing Cap
Screws—Torque........................................................... 55 N·m (41 lb.-ft.)

NOTE: Replace all O-rings and seals. Used damaged

O-rings and seals will leak.

10. Connect hydraulic lines (A and B).

A—Return Line C—Mounting Bracket Cap

B—Pressure Line Screw (3 used)

LV17186 —UN—26MAR13
D—SCV

SCV Hydraulic Lines

BB87125,0000837 -19-27MAR13-5/7

11. Before installing SCV cables, inspect retaining nut (A).

If loose, apply Thread Lock and Sealer (High Strength).
Tighten securely without damaging OD of retaining nut.

A—Retaining Nut

LV12307 —UN—17FEB05
SCV Cable Retaining Nut
Continued on next page BB87125,0000837 -19-27MAR13-6/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=418
 Rear Selective Control Valve

12. Slide control cable end into slot in valve spool.

13. Install cable sleeve (A) and cable nut (B). Tighten
cable sleeve and nut to specification.
Specification

PULV007027 —UN—02FEB10
Cable Nut—Torque................................... 16—19 N·m (144—168 lb.-in.)
Cable Sleeve—Torque............................. 16—19 N·m (144—168 lb.-in.)

14. Install draft sensing support assembly. (See Inspect

and Repair Draft Sensing Support Assembly in Section
70, Group 15.)
15. Start engine and operate SCV levers. Check all
connections for leaks.
Cable Sleeve and Nuts
A—Cable Sleeve (3 used) B—Cable Nut (3 used)

BB87125,0000837 -19-27MAR13-7/7

Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Dual

Selective Control Valve (SCV)
1. Remove return-to-sump fitting and pressure inlet
fitting, if still installed, and SCV fitting plug (A).

LV10917 —UN—07OCT04
A—SCV Fitting Plug D—SCV I (Float) Spool
B—Return-to-Sump E—Pressure Inlet Fitting
C—SCV II (Float) Spool

Dual SCV Manifold - Cab and OOS

Continued on next page BB87125,0000838 -19-25MAR13-1/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=419
 Rear Selective Control Valve

2. Remove cap screws (A) and end plate (B).

3. Replace O-ring (C).

A—Cap Screw (2 used) C—O-Ring

B—End Plate

LV10920 —UN—07OCT04
SCV End Plate

LV10921 —UN—07OCT04
SCV End Plate O-Ring
Continued on next page BB87125,0000838 -19-25MAR13-2/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=420
 Rear Selective Control Valve

A B C

E
F
G
H

P O N M L K J
S R Q

LV10918 —UN—07OCT04
Dual SCV Cutaway
A—Check Cap G—Cap M—Pilot Ball R—O-Ring
B—Spring H—Spring N—Back-Up Ring S—Spool
C—O-Ring I— Cap Screw O—O-Ring
D—Load Check J— Washer P—Detent Spring
E—Seal Plate K—Detent Q—SCV Housing
F— Cap Screw (2 used) L— Detent Ball (4 used)

IMPORTANT: Spools and housing are matched 6. Remove spool (S) and parts (H—P) as an assembly
and must be replaced as a unit. Make sure from SCV housing (Q).
spools are installed in their original bores
to ensure proper operation. 7. Remove seal plate (E).

Detents are matched to spool type. Make 8. Remove back-up ring (N) and O-rings (O and R).
sure detents are installed with the spools 9. Hold end of spool with a wrench and remove parts
they are removed from. (H—M) and (P).
NOTE: Parts (A—D) and (E—P) are serviced as separate 10. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
assemblies and are replaced as kits only. necessary.
11. Lightly coat detent spring (P), pilot ball (M) and detent
4. Remove parts (A—D).
balls (L) with multipurpose grease.
5. Remove cap screws (F) and cap (G).
12. Install detent spring (P), pilot ball (M) and detent balls
NOTE: Seal plate (E) may come off with spool assembly. (L) into spool.
Continued on next page BB87125,0000838 -19-25MAR13-3/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=421
 Rear Selective Control Valve

NOTE: Notched detent is used on 6-groove float

spool. Stepped detent is used on 5-groove
regenerative spool.

13. Place detent on spool.

14. Using a small allen wrench (A) gently push in pilot ball
and detent spring.
15. Carefully slide detent (B) over detent balls (C).

A—Allen Wrench C—Detent Balls

B—Detent D—Float Detent (D)

LV17200 —UN—26MAR13
Detent

LV7039 —UN—29MAY01
Detent Install
Continued on next page BB87125,0000838 -19-25MAR13-4/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=422
 Rear Selective Control Valve

A B C

E
F
G
H

P O N M L K J
S R Q

LV10918 —UN—07OCT04
Dual SCV Cutaway
A—Check Cap F— Screw (2 used) L— Detent Ball (4 used) P—Detent Spring
B—Spring G—Cap M—Pilot Ball Q—SCV Housing
C—O-Ring H—Spring N—Back-Up Ring R—O-Ring
D—Load Check I— Cap Screw O—O-Ring S—Spool
E—Seal Plate J— Washer
K—Detent

16. Install parts (H—J). Tighten cap screw (I) to 19. Coat spool and bore with clean transmission/hydraulic
specification. oil.
Specification
Cap Screw—Torque...................................... 26—30 N·m (19—22 lb.-ft.)
20. Install spool.

IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings. 21. Lightly coat detent assembly with multipurpose grease.
Damaged or used seals and O-rings will leak. 22. Apply Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) to
Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal threads of cap screw (F).
parts before assembly. 23. Install cap (G) using cap screws (F) and tighten to
specification.
17. Lubricate and install new O-rings (R and O) and
back-up ring (N). Specification
Spool Cap-Cap
18. Install seal plate (E). Screw—Torque......................................... 12—15 N·m (106—133 lb.-in.)

Continued on next page BB87125,0000838 -19-25MAR13-5/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-15 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=423
 Rear Selective Control Valve

24. Install parts (A—D). Tighten load check cap (A) to Specification
specification. Load Check
Cap—Torque................................................. 34—41 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)
BB87125,0000838 -19-25MAR13-6/8

25. Replace, lubricate and install new O-ring (C).

26. Install end cap (B) and cap screws (A). Tighten cap
screws to specification.
Specification
End Plate Cap

LV10921 —UN—07OCT04
Screw—Torque.......................................... 12—15 N·m (106—133 lb.-ft.)

A—Cap Screw (2 used) C—O-Ring

B—End Cap

End Cap O-Ring

LV10920 —UN—07OCT04
End Cap
BB87125,0000838 -19-25MAR13-7/8

IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings.

Damaged or used seals and O-rings will leak.
Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal
parts before assembly.

27. Replace O-rings and install return-to-sump (B) and

LV10917 —UN—07OCT04
pressure inlet fitting (E). Install SCV fitting plug (A).
Tighten SCV fitting plug to specification.
Specification
SCV Fitting
Plug—Torque................................................. 54—64 N·m (40— 45lb.-ft.)

A—SCV Fitting Plug D—SCV I (Float) Spool Dual SCV Manifold - Cab and OOS
B—Return-to-Sump E—Pressure Inlet Fitting
C—SCV II (Float) Spool

BB87125,0000838 -19-25MAR13-8/8

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-16 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=424
 Rear Selective Control Valve

Triple Selective Control Valve (SCV)

Cross-Sectional View

O
AE
R
H P Q
S

G K

F L
M N

T
E
D AF

LV19043 —UN—13SEP13
B
Z Y X W V U
A AD AC AB AG
AA

Triple SCV Cutaway

A—Socket Head Cap Screw (6 I— Knob (Flow Control) R—Knob AA—O-Ring
used) J— Stem S—Washer AB—Detent Spool
B—Cable Adapter K—Back-Up Ring T— Nut AC—Main Spool Spring
C—Main Spool L— Spring U—O-Ring AD—O-Ring
D—O-Ring M—Poppet V—Arming Piston AE—O-Ring
E—O-Ring N—O-Ring W—Detent Spring AF—Sleeve Spacer
F— O-Ring O—Cap X—Detent Sleeve AG—Pin
G—O-Ring P—Selector Spool Y—Steel Ball
H—Plug (Load Check) Q—Bias Spring Z— Steel Ball (4 used)
SW03989,0001D7A -19-04OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-17 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=425
 Rear Selective Control Valve

Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Triple

Selective Control Valve (SCV)
IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings.
Damaged or used seals and O-rings will leak.
Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal
parts before assembly.

IMPORTANT: Remove dirt, grease, and debris

LV19055 —UN—13SEP13
from valve before disassembling to
prevent contamination.

1. Remove SCV couplers (A).

A—SCV Coupler (6 used)

SCV Couplers
SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-1/18

2. If necessary, remove fittings from outlet port (B), inlet

port (C), and power beyond port (A).

A—Power Beyond Port C—Inlet Port

B—Outlet Port

LV19056 —UN—13SEP13
Power Beyond and Work Ports
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-2/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-18 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=426
 Rear Selective Control Valve

3. Remove load check cap (A), spring (B), and poppet (C).
4. Inspect components; replace as necessary.
5. Install new O-ring on load check cap.
6. Lubricate O-ring and install poppet, spring, and load
check cap and tighten to specification.
Specification
Load Check

LV19057 —UN—13SEP13
Cap—Torque................................................. 34—45 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)

7. Repeat procedure for other load check cap.

A—Load Check Cap C—Poppet

B—Spring

Load Check Cap

LV19058 —UN—13SEP13
Load Check Cap Removed
SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-3/18

8. If leaking, remove housing plug (A).

9. Install new O-ring on plug.
10. Lubricate O-ring and install housing plug and tighten
to specification.
Specification
Housing Plug—Torque.................................. 34—41 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)

A—Housing Plug

LV19059 —UN—13SEP13

Housing Plug
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-4/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-19 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=427
 Rear Selective Control Valve

NOTE: Replace O-ring (B) individually. Valve internal

O-rings and components are available as a repair kit.

11. Remove load check flow control valve assembly (A).

NOTE: If installing flow control valve repair kit
proceed to step 14.

12. If not installing repair kit, install new O-ring (B).

13. Position spring (K) and poppet (L) in place. Lubricate

LV19060 —UN—13SEP13
O-ring (B) and install load check flow control valve
assembly (A) and tighten to specification.
Specification
Load Check Flow
Control Valve
Assembly—Torque........................................ 34—45 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)
Load Check Flow Control Valve
14. Install backup ring (C) and O-ring (D) onto stem (E).
15. Install stem into plug (G).
16. Install knob (I) onto stem with spring pin (J).
17. Install poppet (L) and spring (K).

PULV002527 —UN—29MAY08
18. Install O-ring (F) on plug.
19. Lubricate O-ring (B) and install load check flow control
valve assembly (A) and tighten to specification.
Specification
Load Check Flow
Control Valve
O-Ring
Assembly—Torque........................................ 34—45 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)

A—Load Check Flow Control G—Plug

Valve Assembly H—O-Ring
B—O-Ring I— Knob
C—Back-Up Ring J— Spring Pin
D—O-Ring K—Spring

PULV002528 —UN—16DEC08
E—Stem L— Poppet
F— O-Ring

Load Check Flow Control Valve Repair Kit

PULV002529 —UN—29MAY08

Poppet and Spring

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-5/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-20 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=428
 Rear Selective Control Valve

NOTE: Individual seals on compensator valve are

non-replaceable. If seal replacement is required,
replace compensator valve assembly.

20. Remove flow compensator / priority bypass valve (A).

PULV002530 —UN—29MAY08
21. Lubricate O-ring and seals with clean oil. Install flow
compensator / priority bypass valve and tighten to
specification.
Specification
Flow Compensator
/ Priority Bypass
Valve—Torque............................................... 20—24 N·m (15—18 lb.-ft.)
Flow Compensator / Priority Bypass Valve
A—Flow Compensator / Priority
Bypass Valve

SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-6/18

IMPORTANT: Always use new seals. Damaged

or used seals will leak.

22. Remove nut (A), washer (B), and knob (C).

23. Remove detent selector valve (D) from valve housing.

LV19061 —UN—13SEP13
24. Peel off flat ring under detent selector valve (D) to
remove seal inside.
25. Lubricate O-rings and seals with clean oil and install
detent selector valve.
26. Apply Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) to
internal threads of nut. Install knob (C), washer (B), Detent Knob
and nut (A) and tighten nut to specification.
Specification
A—Nut D—Detent Selector Valve
Detent Knob B—Washer E—Sleeve
Nut—Torque..................................................... 3—4 N·m (27—33 lb.-in.) C—Knob

27. Repeat repair procedure for other detent selector

valves.
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-7/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-21 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=429
 Rear Selective Control Valve

28. Remove cap screws (A) and cable adapter (B).

A—Cap Screw (6 used) C—Spool

B—Cable Adapter

PULV002533 —UN—29MAY08
Cable Adapter Cap Screws

PULV002534 —UN—29MAY08
Cable Adapter
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-8/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-22 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=430
 Rear Selective Control Valve

29. Remove socket head cap screws (A) and float cap (B).
30. Remove float spool detent retainers (C) on cap (B).
NOTE: Float spool detent retainers contain spring
& ball (detent assembly). Remove and push
ball to see if spring compresses.

31. Remove cap screws (D) and end cap sub-assembly

(E).

LV19062 —UN—13SEP13
A—Cap Screw (6 used) D—Cap Screw (6 used)
B—Float Cap E—End Cap Sub-Assembly
C—Float Spool Detent Retainer
(4 used)

Float Cap and End Cap Sub-Assembly

PULV003959 —UN—15JAN09
Float Spool Detent Retainer
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-9/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-23 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=431
 Rear Selective Control Valve

IMPORTANT: Spools and housing are matched and

must be replaced as a unit. Make sure that
spools are installed in their original bores
to ensure proper operation.
Detents are matched to spool type. Make

PULV002537 —UN—29MAY08
sure that detents are installed with the
spools they are removed from.

32. Slide out spool assembly (A) from valve body (E) to
remove O-rings (B, C, and D).
33. Install new O-rings (B, C, and D).

A—Spool Assembly D—O-Ring (3 used) Spool Assembly

B—O-Ring (3 used) E—Valve Body
C—O-Ring (3 used)

PULV002538 —UN—29MAY08
O-Ring
SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-10/18

34. Remove main spool assembly (A), spring (C), and

washer (B) from end cap sub-assembly (D).

A—Main Spool Assembly C—Spring

B—Washer D—End Cap Sub-Assembly

PULV003936 —UN—15JAN09

Main Spool Assembly (like current valve)

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-11/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-24 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=432
 Rear Selective Control Valve

35. Remove retainer nut (A).

36. Take out detent float spool assembly (B).
37. Remove steel balls (C), large steel ball and spring (not
shown) from detent float spool assembly (B).

PULV003934 —UN—31DEC08
38. Inspect for wear or damage. Replace as necessary.
39. Install large steel ball and spring into spool bore.
40. Apply a liberal amount of grease to steel balls (C) and
install into holes in spool.
41. Install detent float spool assembly (B) back into end
cap sub-assembly and tighten retainer nut (A). Retainer Nut (like current valve)

A—Retainer Nut C—Steel Ball (4 used)

B—Detent Float Spool
Assembly

PULV003935 —UN—31DEC08
Detent Float Spool Assembly (like current valve)
SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-12/18

42. Install spring (C), washer (B), and main spool

assembly (A) back into end cap sub-assembly (D).

A—Main Spool Assembly C—Spring

B—Washer D—End Cap Sub-Assembly

PULV003936 —UN—15JAN09

Main Spool Assembly (like current valve)

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-13/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-25 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=433
 Rear Selective Control Valve

43. Place valve body (C) vertically on bench as shown.

44. Install end cap sub-assembly (A) with spool assembly
(B) back onto valve body (C).

A—End Cap Sub-Assembly C—Valve Body

B—Spool Assembly

PULV003937 —UN—13JAN09
Assemble Valve Body (like current valve)
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-14/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-26 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=434
 Rear Selective Control Valve

PULV003959 —UN—15JAN09

LV19062 —UN—13SEP13
Float Spool Detent Retainer

End Cap Sub-Assembly and Float Cap

A—Cap Screw (6 used) C—Float Spool Detent Retainer D—Cap Screw (6 used)
B—Float Cap (4 used) E—End Cap Sub-Assembly

45. Apply Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) to Specification

threads of cap screws (D). Float Cap-Cap
46. Install end cap sub-assembly (E) using cap screws Screw—Torque................................................ 12—15 N·m (9—11 lb.-ft.)
(D). Tighten cap screws to specification.
48. Apply a liberal amount of grease to float spool detent
Specification retainer (C) and install.
End Cap Sub-Assembly
Cap Screw—Torque........................................ 12—15 N·m (9—11 lb.-ft.)

47. Install float cap (B) using cap screws (A). Tighten cap
screws to specification.
SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-15/18

49. Replace O-rings (A) on cable adapter (C).

50. Apply Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) to
threads of cap screws (B).
51. Install cable adapter (C) and cap screws (B). Tighten

PULV002546 —UN—29MAY08
cap screws to specification.
Specification
Cable Adapter Cap
Screw—Torque................................................ 12—15 N·m (9—11 lb.-ft.)

A—O-Ring (3 used) C—Cable Adapter

B—Cap Screw (6 used)
Spool End Cap and Cap Screws
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-16/18

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-27 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=435
 Rear Selective Control Valve

52. If necessary, replace O-rings and install fittings at

outlet port (B), inlet port (C) and power beyond port
(A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Outlet Port—Torque...................................................... 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Inlet Port—Torque........................................................ 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Fitting to Power Beyond
Port—Torque................................................. 54—61 N·m (40—45 lb.-ft.)
Fitting to Line—Torque............................................... 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)

LV19056 —UN—13SEP13
A—Power Beyond Port C—Inlet Port
B—Outlet Port

Power Beyond and Work Ports

SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-17/18

53. Install SCV couplers (A) and tighten to specification.

Specification
SCV Coupler—Torque.................................................. 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)

A—SCV Coupler (6 used)

LV19055 —UN—13SEP13
SCV Couplers
SW03989,0001D7B -19-04OCT13-18/18

Rear SCV Control Cable Adjustment

1. Remove right-side console cover.
2. Loosen both jam nuts (C).
3. Rotate turnbuckle (D) to adjust SCV lever.
NOTE: Rear SCV cable is adjusted correctly when
lever can be moved fully forward or fully
rearward without touching the console.
LV11377 —UN—22OCT04

4. Hold turnbuckle (D) and tighten jam nuts (C).

5. Repeat on remaining cables.
6. Reinstall console cover.

A—Rear SCV Lever D—Turnbuckle

B—Yoke E—Rear SCV Control Cable
C—Jam Nut (2 per cable)

SW03989,0001D7C -19-04OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-28 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=436
 Rear Selective Control Valve

Rear Triple Deluxe SCV Kick-Out Relief Valve

Adjustment

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling
of injury should reference a knowledgeable 1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.
medical source. Such information is available
in English from Deere & Company Medical
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D7D -19-04OCT13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-29 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=437
 Rear Selective Control Valve

NOTE: Selective control valve is factory adjusted to:

Kick-Out Detent—Specification
SCV I Kick-
Out—Pressure........................................................... 17200—18200 kPa
(172—182 bar) (2495—2640 psi)

PULV007213 —UN—11NOV10

PULV007214 —UN—11NOV10
SCV II and III
Kick-Out—Pressure................................................... 16800—17800 kPa
(168—178 bar) (2437—2582 psi)

IMPORTANT: Always set kick-out detent pressure as

per factory specification. It must be less than
operating range of implement/main relief valve,
i.e., 19500 ± 500 kPa (195 ± 5 bar) (2828 ± 73 psi).
Kick-Out Detent Rear SCV
Adjust if:
• Pressure out of specification
• SCV kicks out too early (control lever goes to neutral
too early), or SCV kicks out too late or not at all (lever
moves to neutral too late or not at all)
Proceed as follows:
1. Perform pressure gauge connections as follows. Refer
to Service Tools, in Section 99, Group 10.
a. Use JT07120 load valve. Remove male coupler end
and install 1/2 (m) NPT straight coupling.
b. Install JT03348 tee fitting to the same port of
JT07120 load valve. Reinstall male coupler to the
end.
c. Install R36659 jumper hose to other port of JT07120

PULV007218 —UN—15NOV10
load valve.
d. Install JT03105 connector and JT03261 coupler to
center port on JT03348 tee. Attach JT05497 hose
and JT07117 triple gauge.
e. Install assembly into SCV couplers.
NOTE: For SCV I, turn flow control valve knob (B)
Pressure Gauge
full counterclockwise (full open).

2. Select kick-out detent (A). Turn flow control valve (C)

counterclockwise (full open).
3. Take out the cap (D) and insert Allen wrench. PULV007216 —UN—11NOV10

4. Start engine, run at 1200 rpm.

5. Move SCV control lever to the rear (extend) or to
the front (retract) (the control lever will remain in the
relevant position).
6. Turn flow control valve (C) clockwise slowly until
control lever jumps into neutral. Record pressure.
Hydraulic Connections Not Shown for Illustration Purpose
7. Slightly loosen (3—4 turns) flow control valve (C).
8. If pressure is more than specification: A—Kick-Out Detent C—Flow Control Valve
B—Flow Control Valve Knob D—Cap
□ Turn Allen wrench counterclockwise (slightly loosen
kick-out adjustment screw).
□ Perform procedure 5—8.
If pressure is less than specification:
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D7D -19-04OCT13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-30 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=438
 Rear Selective Control Valve

□ Turn Allen wrench clockwise (slightly tighten kick-out 10. Re-install the cap (D).
adjustment screw).
□ Perform procedure 5—8.
9. Repeat procedure until kick out pressure is within
specification.
SW03989,0001D7D -19-04OCT13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-31 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=439
 Rear Selective Control Valve

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-20-32 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=440
 Group 25
Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37418 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Used on threads of SCV cap screws.
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength)
242 (LOCTITE®)

LOCTITE is a trademark of Henkel Corp.

BB87125,000081F -19-12MAR13-1/1

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Mid-Mount Control Valve Cap Screw Torque 55 N·m (41 lb.-ft.)

Mid-Mount Control Valve Line Nut Torque 69 N·m (50 lb.-ft.)
Cable Bracket Cap Screw Torque 15 N·m (11 lb.-ft.)
Mid-Mount SCV Mounting Cap Screw Torque 55 N·m (41 lb.-ft.)
Mid-Mount SCV Line Nut Torque 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)
Spool—Cap Screw Torque 26—30 N·m (19—22 lb.-ft.)
End Cap—Cap Screw Torque 12—15 N·m (106—133 lb.-in.)
Load Check Plug Torque 34—41 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)
Tank Port Fitting Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Pressure Port Fitting Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Power Beyond Port Fitting Torque 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)
Fitting to Line Torque 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)
Dual Mid-Mount Coupler Torque 80 N·m (59 lb.-ft.)
Load Check Flow Control Valve Torque 34—41 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)
Load Check Flow Control Assembly Torque 34—41 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)
Flow Compensator Valve Torque 20—25 N·m (15—18 lb.-ft.)
Plug Torque 26—30 N·m (19—22 lb.-ft.)
Adapter Plate Cap Screws Torque 12—15 N·m (106—33 lb.-in.)
Solenoid Valve Stem Torque 20—27 N·m (15—20 lb.-ft.)
Coil Nut Torque 3—4 N·m (27—35 lb.-in.)
Plug (Internal Hex) Torque 26—30 N·m (19—22 lb.-ft.)
Spool End Cap-Cap Screw Torque 12—15 N·m (106—133 lb.-in.)
Load Check Cap Torque 34—41 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)
Triple Mid-Mount Coupler Torque 80 N·m (59 lb.-ft.)
BB87125,0000820 -19-20MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=441
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

Inspect and Repair Joystick and Linkage

1. Remove pins (C).
2. Remove jam nuts (B) and control cables (A).

A—Control Cable (2 used) C—Pin (2 used)

B—Jam Nut (2 used)

LV11446 —UN—01NOV04
Remove Mid-Mount Cables
Continued on next page BB87125,0000821 -19-27MAR13-1/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=442
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

3. Remove screw and nut (A). Remove cover.

4. Remove cap screws (B). Route control cables through
floor and remove joystick assembly.

A—Screw and Nut B—Cap Screw

PULV007047 —UN—12FEB10
Cab—Mid-Mount Joystick Assembly

LV15776 —UN—18MAY12
Open Operator Station—Mid-Mount Joystick Assembly
Continued on next page BB87125,0000821 -19-27MAR13-2/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=443
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

A
D

H
K
J
L

P N

Q
LV11442 —UN—05NOV04

Mid-Mount Joystick Assembly

Continued on next page BB87125,0000821 -19-27MAR13-3/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=444
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

A—Cap Screw F— Grip J— Boot P—Housing

B—Cap Screw G—Switch (Triple Mid-Mount K—Screw Q—Piston (2 used)
C—Nut Only) L— Bushing (2 used)
D—Grip H—Cap Screw M—Lever
E—Wire Harness (Triple I— Control Lever N—Ball
Mid-Mount Only) O—Spring

5. Disassemble parts (A—Q). 7. Assemble parts (A—Q).

6. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
necessary.
BB87125,0000821 -19-27MAR13-4/6

8. Route control cables through floor; install joystick

assembly and cap screws (B).
9. Install cover, screw and nut (A).

A—Screw and Nut B—Cap Screw

PULV007047 —UN—12FEB10
Cab—Mid-Mount Joystick Assembly

LV15776 —UN—18MAY12

Open Operator Station—Mid-Mount Joystick Assembly

Continued on next page BB87125,0000821 -19-27MAR13-5/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=445
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

10. Install cables (A), jam nuts (B), and pins (C).
11. Adjust Mid-Mount control cables. (See Mid-Mount
SCV Control Cable Adjustment, in this group.)

A—Control Cable (2 used) C—Pin (2 used)

B—Jam Nut (2 used)

LV11446 —UN—01NOV04
Install Control Cables
BB87125,0000821 -19-27MAR13-6/6

Inspect and Repair Multi-Function Control

Lever and Linkage (with Secondary Brake)
1. Loosen jam nut (A).
2. Remove cap screws (B).

RXA0127190 —UN—19JUL12
3. Screw sleeve (C) rearward on cable.
4. Remove pin (E).
5. Remove sleeve (C), flange (D), and jam nut (A) from
cable.
6. Repeat steps (1—5) for other cable.
Multi-Function Control Lever Cable Flange
7. Cab Tractors:
Remove right-side upholstery. (See Remove and
Install Right-Side Upholstery, in Section 90, Group 20.)
8. Disconnect multi-function control lever harness.

RXA0127191 —UN—19JUL12
A—Jam Nut D—Flange
B—Cap Screw (2 used) E—Pin
C—Sleeve

Multi-Function Control Lever Cable Sleeve

Continued on next page SW03989,0002239 -19-03APR13-1/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=446
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

9. Remove boot (B) from panel.

10. Remove screws and nuts (A). Route control cables (C)
and harness (D) through panel. Remove multi-function
control lever.

A—Screw and Nut (3 used) C—Control Cable (2 used)

B—Boot D—Harness (2 used)

LV16036 —UN—07SEP12
Multi-Function Control Lever Remove
Continued on next page SW03989,0002239 -19-03APR13-2/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=447
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

G
F

LV16041 —UN—20MAR13

Multi-Function Control Lever Assembly

A—Handle D—Control Lever Assembly G—Multi-Function Control Lever
B—Screw (4 used) E—Sleeve Harness
C—Handle Harness F— Screw (2 used) H—Screw (2 used)

11. Disassemble parts (A—H). 13. Assemble parts (A—H).

12. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
necessary.
Continued on next page SW03989,0002239 -19-03APR13-3/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=448
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

14. Route control cables (C) and harnesses (D) through

panel. Install multi-function control lever assembly
using screws and nuts (A).
15. Install boot (B).

A—Screw and Nut (3 used) C—Control Cable (2 used)

B—Boot D—Harness (2 used)

LV16036 —UN—07SEP12
Multi-Function Control Lever Install
SW03989,0002239 -19-03APR13-4/6

16. Install jam nut (A), flange (B), and sleeve (C) onto
cable.
17. Verify spool (D) is in neutral.
18. Install cable into spool and install pin (E).

A—Jam Nut D—Spool

B—Flange E—Pin
C—Sleeve

RXA0127207 —UN—19JUL12
Multi-Function Control Lever Cable
Continued on next page SW03989,0002239 -19-03APR13-5/6

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=449
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

NOTE: Flange should allow sleeve to rotate.

19. Rotate sleeve (A) on cable until it contacts valve

surface (B).
20. Slide flange (C) forward and install cap screws (D)

RXA0127208 —UN—19JUL12
finger tight.
21. Adjust control cables. (See Mid-Mount SCV Control
Cable Adjustment, in this group.)
22. Connect multi-function control lever harnesses.
23. Cab tractors:
Multi-Function Control Lever Cable Sleeve
Install right-side upholstery. (See Remove and Install
Right-Side Upholstery, in Section 90, Group 20.)

A—Sleeve D—Cap Screws (2 used)

B—Valve Surface E—Jam Nut
C—Flange

RXA0127209 —UN—19JUL12
Multi-Function Control Lever Cable Flange
SW03989,0002239 -19-03APR13-6/6

Remove and Install Mid-Mount Selective

Control Valve (SCV)

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type 1. Open rate-of-drop valve and lower rockshaft arms
of injury should reference a knowledgeable completely.
medical source. Such information is available
in English from Deere & Company Medical 2. Move selective control levers through all positions to
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling relieve hydraulic pressure.
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.
Continued on next page BB87125,0000822 -19-27MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=450
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

3. Remove cap screws (A), pins (C), and bracket (B).

NOTE: Tag or label wire connectors before disconnecting
to aid during installation.

4. Disconnect wire connectors for triple mid-mount SCV,

if equipped.
IMPORTANT: When removing and installing
hydraulic lines, always support line adapter

LV11452 —UN—01NOV04
and fittings with a back-up wrench to keep
fittings stationary and prevent damage to
line, valve and pump housings.

NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs. Tag

or label hydraulic lines before disconnecting
to aid during installation. Catch leaking oil
and dispose of it properly. Disconnect Mid-Mount SCV Control Cables

5. Disconnect hydraulic lines at mid-mount SCV. Close

all openings using caps and plugs.
NOTE: Triple mid-mount SCV shown; dual
mid-mount SCV similar.

6. Remove cap screws (D) and mid-mount SCV.

7. Inspect mid-mount SCV for worn or damaged parts.

LV11451 —UN—01NOV04
Replace parts as necessary. (See Disassemble,
Inspect, and Assemble Dual Mid-Mount Selective
Control Valve (SCV) or Disassemble, Inspect, and
Assemble Triple Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve
(SCV), in this group.)

A—Cap Screw (4 used) C—Pin (2 used)

B—Bracket D—Cap Screw (3 used) Remove Mid-Mount SCV

Continued on next page BB87125,0000822 -19-27MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=451
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

8. Install mid-mount SCV using cap screws (D). Tighten

cap screws to specification.
Specification
Mid-Mount Control Valve
Cap Screw—Torque..................................................... 55 N·m (41 lb.-ft.)

9. Connect hydraulic lines at mid-mount SCV. Tighten

line nuts to specification.
Specification

LV11451 —UN—01NOV04
Mid-Mount Control Valve
Line Nut—Torque......................................................... 69 N·m (50 lb.-ft.)

10. Connect wire connectors, if equipped.

11. Install bracket (B), cap screws (A), and pins (C).
Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification Install Mid-Mount SCV
Cable Bracket Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................15 N·m (11 lb.-ft.)

12. Adjust mid-mount SCV control cable. (See Mid-Mount

SCV Control Cable Adjustment, in this group.)
13. Start engine and operate joystick lever. Check for
leaks.

A—Cap Screw (4 used) C—Pin (2 used)

LV11452 —UN—01NOV04
B—Bracket D—Cap Screw (3 used)

Install Mid-Mount SCV Control Cables

BB87125,0000822 -19-27MAR13-3/3

Remove and Install Mid-Mount Selective

Control Valve (SCV) (with Secondary Brake)

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type 1. Open rate-of-drop valve and lower lift arms completely.
of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available 2. Move selective control levers through all positions to
in English from Deere & Company Medical relieve hydraulic pressure.
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.
Continued on next page SW03989,000223A -19-03APR13-1/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=452
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

3. Loosen jam nut (A).

4. Remove cap screws (B).
5. Screw sleeve (C) rearward on cable.
6. Remove pin (E).

RXA0127190 —UN—19JUL12
7. Repeat steps (3—6) for other cable.
NOTE: Tag or label wire connectors before disconnecting
to aid during installation.

8. Disconnect wire connectors for triple mid-mount SCV,

if equipped.
Multi-Function Control Lever Cable Flange
A—Jam Nut D—Flange
B—Cap Screw (2 used) E—Pin
C—Sleeve

RXA0127191 —UN—19JUL12
Multi-Function Control Lever Cable Sleeve
SW03989,000223A -19-03APR13-2/5

IMPORTANT: When removing and installing

hydraulic lines, always support line adapter
and fittings with a back-up wrench to keep
fittings stationary and prevent damage to
line, valve and pump housings.

RXA0127273 —UN—23JUL12
NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs. Tag
or label hydraulic lines before disconnecting
to aid during installation. Catch leaking oil
and dispose of it properly.

9. Disconnect hydraulic lines (A) from mid-mount SCV.

10. Remove cap screws (B) and mid-mount SCV (C). Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve (Bottom View)
11. Inspect mid-mount SCV for worn or damaged parts.
Replace parts as necessary. (See Disassemble, A—Hydraulic Line (2—3 used) C—Mid-Mount SCV
Inspect and Assemble Dual Mid-Mount Selective B—Cap Screw (3 used)
Control Valve (SCV) or see Disassemble, Inspect and
Assemble Triple Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve
(SCV), in this group.)
Continued on next page SW03989,000223A -19-03APR13-3/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=453
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

12. Install mid-mount SCV (C) with cap screws (B).

Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
Mid-Mount SCV Mounting
Cap Screw—Torque..................................................... 55 N·m (41 lb.-ft.)

RXA0127273 —UN—23JUL12
13. Connect hydraulic lines (A) to mid-mount SCV. Tighten
line nuts to specification.
Specification
Mid-Mount SCV Line
Nut—Torque............................................................... 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)

14. Connect wire connectors, if equipped.

Mid-Mount SCV (Bottom View)
15. Verify spool is in neutral.
16. Install cable into spool and install pin. A—Hydraulic Line (2—3 used) C—Mid-Mount SCV
B—Cap Screw (3 used)

SW03989,000223A -19-03APR13-4/5

17. Rotate sleeve (A) on cable until it contacts valve

surface (B).
NOTE: Flange should allow sleeve to rotate.

18. Slide flange (C) forward and install cap screws (D)

RXA0127208 —UN—19JUL12
finger tight.
19. Adjust control cables. (See Mid-Mount SCV Control
Cable Adjustment, in this group.)

A—Sleeve D—Cap Screw (2 used)

B—Valve Surface E—Jam Nut
C—Flange
Multi-Function Control Lever Cable Sleeve

RXA0127209 —UN—19JUL12

Multi-Function Control Lever Cable Flange

SW03989,000223A -19-03APR13-5/5

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=454
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Dual

Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve (SCV)
IMPORTANT: Clean dirt and debris from valve before
disassembly to prevent contamination.
Always use new seals and O-rings. Damaged

LV17142 —UN—25MAR13
or used seals and O-rings will leak.
Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal
parts before assembly.

1. Remove couplers (A) from dual mid-mount SCV, if

equipped.
Dual Mid-Mount SCV Ports
2. If necessary, remove fittings from tank port (B),
pressure port (C) and power beyond port (D). A—Coupler (4 used) (if C—Pressure Port
equipped) D—Power Beyond Port
B—Tank Port

Continued on next page BB87125,0000823 -19-27MAR13-1/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-15 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=455
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

A B C

E
F
G
H

P O N M L K J
S R Q

LV7029 —UN—23MAY01
Dual SCV Cutaway
A—Load Check Plug F— Cap Screw (2 used) K—Detent P—Detent Spring
B—Spring G—End Cap L— Detent Ball (4 used) Q—Housing
C—O-Ring H—Spring M—Pilot Ball R—O-Ring
D—Load Check I— Cap Screw N—Back-Up Ring S—Spool
E—Seal Plate J— Washer O—O-Ring

IMPORTANT: Spools and housing are matched 5. Remove spool (S) and parts (H—P) as an assembly
and must be replaced as a unit. Make sure from housing (Q).
spools are installed in their original bores
to ensure proper operation. 6. Remove seal plate (E).

Detents are matched to spool type. Make 7. Remove back-up ring (N) and O-rings (O and R).
sure detents are installed with the spools 8. Place a screwdriver through cable pin hole of spool.
they are removed from.
9. Clamp screwdriver in a soft-jawed vise.
NOTE: Parts (A—D) and (E—P) are serviced as separate
10. Remove parts (H—M) and (P).
assemblies and are replaced as kits only.
11. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
3. Remove parts (A—D). necessary.
4. Remove cap screws (F) and end cap (G). 12. Lightly coat detent spring (P), pilot ball (M) and detent
balls (L) with multipurpose grease.
NOTE: Seal plate (E) may come off with spool assembly.

Continued on next page BB87125,0000823 -19-27MAR13-2/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-16 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=456
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

13. Install detent spring (P), pilot ball (M) and detent balls
(L) into spool.
BB87125,0000823 -19-27MAR13-3/7

NOTE: Notched detent is used on 6-groove float

spool. Stepped detent is used on 5-groove
regenerative spool.

14. Place detent on spool.

15. Using a small allen wrench (A) gently push in pilot ball
and detent spring. (D)
16. Carefully slide detent (B) over detent balls (C).

A—Allen Wrench D—Regenerative Detent

B—Detent E—Float Detent

PULV007030 —UN—02FEB10
C—Detent Balls

(E)

Detents

LV7039 —UN—29MAY01
Detent Install
Continued on next page BB87125,0000823 -19-27MAR13-4/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-17 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=457
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

A B C

E
F
G
H

P O N M L K J
S R Q

LV7029 —UN—23MAY01
Dual SCV Cutaway
A—Load Check Plug F— Cap Screw (2 used) K—Detent P—Detent Spring
B—Spring G—End Cap L— Detent Ball (4 used) Q—Housing
C—O-Ring H—Spring M—Pilot Ball R—O-Ring
D—Load Check I— Cap Screw N—Back-Up Ring S—Spool
E—Seal Plate J— Washer O—O-Ring

17. Install parts (H—J). Tighten cap screw (I) to 21. Lightly coat detent assembly with multipurpose grease.
specification.
Specification
22. Apply Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) to
Spool—Cap
threads of cap screws (F).
Screw—Torque.............................................. 26—30 N·m (19—22 lb.-ft.) 23. Install end cap (G) using cap screws (F). Tighten cap
IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings. screws to specification.
Damaged or used seals and O-rings will leak. Specification
End Cap—Cap
Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal Screw—Torque......................................... 12—15 N·m (106—133 lb.-in.)
parts before assembly.
24. Install parts (A—D). Tighten load check plug (A) to
18. Lubricate and install new O-rings (R and O) and specification.
back-up ring (N).
Specification
19. Install seal plate (E). Load Check
Plug—Torque................................................. 34—41 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)
20. Coat spool and bore with clean transmission/hydraulic
oil and install spool into bore.
Continued on next page BB87125,0000823 -19-27MAR13-5/7

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-18 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=458
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

25. Replace O-rings and install fittings at tank port (B),

pressure port (C), and power beyond port (D). Tighten
to specification.
Specification
Tank Port
Fitting—Torque............................................................. 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)

LV17142 —UN—25MAR13
Pressure Port
Fitting—Torque............................................................. 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Power Beyond Port
Fitting—Torque........................................................... 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)
Fitting to Line—Torque............................................... 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)

26. Install couplers (A) and tighten to specification.

Dual Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve (SCV) Ports
Specification
Dual Mid-Mount
Coupler—Torque.......................................................... 80 N·m (59 lb.-ft.) A—Coupler (4 used) (if C—Pressure Port
equipped) D—Power Beyond Port
B—Tank Port

BB87125,0000823 -19-27MAR13-6/7

27. Install dust plugs on couplers in the order shown.

A—Bucket Cylinder—Rod End C—Boom Cylinder—Head End

(Black) (Blue)
B—Bucket Cylinder—Head D—Boom Cylinder—Rod End
End (Yellow) (Red)

LV9676 —UN—16AUG04
Dust Plug Locations
BB87125,0000823 -19-27MAR13-7/7

Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Triple

Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve (SCV)
IMPORTANT: Clean dirt and debris from valve before
disassembly to prevent contamination.

PULV002555 —UN—25JUN08
Always use new seals and O-rings. Damaged
or used seals and O-rings will leak.
Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal
parts before assembly.

1. Remove couplers (A) as required.

2. If necessary, remove fittings from tank port (B),
pressure port (C) and power beyond port (D). Triple Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve (SCV) Ports

A—Coupler (6 used) (if C—Pressure Port

equipped) D—Power Beyond Port
B—Tank Port

Continued on next page BB87125,0000824 -19-27MAR13-1/10

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-19 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=459
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

Mid-Mount SCV I Repair

IMPORTANT: Spools and housing are matched
and must be replaced as a unit. Make sure
spools are installed in their original bores
to ensure proper operation.

PULV002556 —UN—29MAY08
Detents are matched to spool type. Make
sure detents are installed with the spools
they are removed from.

NOTE: O-ring (B) may be replaced individually.

Valve internal O-rings and components are
available as a repair kit.
Load Check Flow Control Valve
1. Remove load check flow control valve assembly (A). If
installing flow control valve repair kit, proceed to step 5.
2. If not installing repair kit, install new O-ring (B).
3. Make sure spring (K) and poppet (L) are in place.

PULV002527 —UN—29MAY08
Lubricate O-ring and install load check flow control
valve. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Load Check Flow Control
Valve—Torque............................................... 34—41 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)

4. Install back-up ring (C) and O-ring (D) onto stem (E).
5. Install stem into plug (G). O-Ring

6. Install knob (I) onto stem with spring pin (J).

7. Install poppet (L) and spring (K).
8. Install O-ring (F) on plug (G).

PULV002528 —UN—16DEC08
9. Lubricate O-ring and install load check flow control
assembly. Tighten load check flow control assembly
to specification.
Specification
Load Check Flow Control
Assembly—Torque........................................ 34—41 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)

A—Load Check Flow Control G—Plug Load Check Flow Control Valve Repair Kit
Valve Assembly H—O-Ring
B—O-Ring I— Knob
C—Back-Up Ring J— Spring Pin
D—O-Ring K—Spring
E—Stem L— Poppet
F— O-Ring
PULV002529 —UN—29MAY08

Poppet and Spring

Continued on next page BB87125,0000824 -19-27MAR13-2/10

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-20 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=460
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

NOTE: Individual seals on compensator valve are

non-replaceable. If seal replacement is required,
replace compensator valve assembly.

10. Remove compensator valve (A).

11. Lubricate O-ring and seals with clean oil and install

PULV002557 —UN—29MAY08
flow compensator valve. Tighten flow compensator
valve to specification.
Specification
Flow Compensator
Valve—Torque............................................... 20—25 N·m (15—18 lb.-ft.)

12. Remove internal hex-head plug from rear of valve

block and install new O-ring. Flow Compensator / Priority Bypass Valve

13. Lubricate O-ring and install plug. Tighten plug to

specification. A—Flow Compensator / Priority
Bypass Valve
Specification
Plug—Torque................................................. 26—30 N·m (19—22 lb.-ft.)
BB87125,0000824 -19-27MAR13-3/10

PULV002558 —UN—29MAY08
Disassembling Mid-Mount SCV I
A—Nut E—O-Ring G—Adapter Plate
B—O-Ring F— Cap Screw (2 used) H—O-Ring
C—Coil I— Spring
D—Solenoid Valve Stem

14. Remove coil nut (A). 19. Remove spool. Inspect spool and bore for damage.
15. Remove O-ring (B) and coil (C). Replace is damaged.

16. Using a 3/4 in. wrench on flats of valve, remove 20. Remove spring (I) and inner washer.
solenoid valve stem (D). 21. Remove valve spool from control valve. Inspect spool
17. Remove O-ring from solenoid valve stem. and bore for wear or damage.

18. Remove cap screws (F) and adapter plate (G) along
with O-ring (E).
Continued on next page BB87125,0000824 -19-27MAR13-4/10

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-21 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=461
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

PULV002558 —UN—29MAY08
Assembling Mid-Mount SCV I
A—Nut E—O-Ring G—Adapter Plate
B—O-Ring F— Cap Screw (2 used) H—O-Ring
C—Coil I— Spring
D—Solenoid Valve Stem

22. Install washer and spring onto spool. Install spool in Specification
control valve. Solenoid Valve
23. Install new O-ring onto adapter plate (G). Stem—Torque............................................... 20—27 N·m (15—20 lb.-ft.)

24. Apply Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) to 27. Install coil (C) and new O-ring (B).
threads of cap screws. Install adapter and cap screws. 28. Install coil nut (A). Tighten coil nut to specification.
Tighten cap screws to specification.
Specification
Specification
Coil Nut—Torque.............................................. 3—4 N·m (27—35 lb.-in.)
Adapter Plate Cap
Screws—Torque......................................... 12—15 N·m (106—33 lb.-in.) 29. Repeat steps 16—28 for other solenoid coil.
25. Install new O-ring onto solenoid valve stem (D).
26. Lubricate O-ring and install solenoid valve stem.
Tighten solenoid valve stem to specification.
Continued on next page BB87125,0000824 -19-27MAR13-5/10

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-22 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=462
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

Mid-Mount SCV II and III Repair Spacers are matched to spool type. Spacers
IMPORTANT: Spools and housing are matched must be installed with the spools they
and must be replaced as a unit. Make sure are removed from.
spools are installed in their original bores
to ensure proper operation.

A B C

E
F
G
H

PULV003960 —UN—18JAN09
J
Q P O N M L K
T S R

Mid-Mount SCV Spools II and III Cutaway

A—Load Check Cap F— Cap Screw (2 used) L— Detent (Float Shown) P—O-Ring
B—Spring G—End Cap M—Detent Ball (4 used) Q—Detent Spring
C—O-Ring H—Spring N—Pilot Ball R—Housing
D—Load Check Valve I— Plug O—Back-Up Ring S—O-Ring
E—Seal Plate J— Spacer T— Spool
K—Washer

NOTE: Parts (A—D) and (E—P) are serviced as separate NOTE: Spacer (J) must be assembled with the spool it
assemblies and are replaced as kits only. is removed from. Spool number 2 uses a short
spacer; spool number 3 uses a long spacer.
1. Remove parts (A—D).
Mark or tag spacer for ease of assembly.
2. Remove cap screws (F) and end cap (G).
NOTE: Seal plate (E) may come off with spool assembly. 8. Remove parts (H—N) and (Q).
9. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
3. Remove spool (T) and parts (H—Q) as an assembly necessary.
from housing (R).
10. Lightly coat detent spring (Q), pilot ball (N) and detent
4. Remove seal plate (E), if necessary. balls (M) with multipurpose grease.
5. Remove back-up ring (O) and O-rings (P and S). 11. Install detent spring (Q), pilot ball (N) and detent balls
6. Place a screwdriver through cable pin hole of spool. (M) into spool.

7. Clamp screwdriver in a soft-jawed vise.

Continued on next page BB87125,0000824 -19-27MAR13-6/10

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-23 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=463
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

12. Place detent on spool.

13. Using a small Allen wrench (A) gently push in pilot ball
and detent spring.
14. Carefully slide detent (B) over detent balls (C).

A—Allen Wrench D—Regenerative Detent

B—Detent E—Float Detent (D)
C—Detent Balls

PULV007030 —UN—02FEB10
(E)

Detents

PULV002519 —UN—29MAY08
Installing Detent
Continued on next page BB87125,0000824 -19-27MAR13-7/10

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-24 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=464
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

A B C

E
F
G
H

PULV003960 —UN—18JAN09
J
Q P O N M L K
T S R

SCV Spools II and III Cutaway

A—Load Check Cap F— Cap Screw (2 used) L— Detent (Float Shown) P—O-Ring
B—Spring G—End Cap M—Detent Ball (4 used) Q—Detent Spring
C—O-Ring H—Spring N—Pilot Ball R—Housing
D—Load Check Valve I— Plug O—Back-Up Ring S—O-Ring
E—Seal Plate J— Spacer T— Spool
K—Washer

NOTE: Spacer (J) must be installed on the spool it was 19. Lightly coat detent assembly with multipurpose grease.
removed from. Spool number 2 uses a short spacer;
spool number 3 uses a long spacer. 20. Apply Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) to
threads of cap screws (F).
15. Install parts (H—K). Tighten plug (I) to specification.
21. Install end cap (G) using cap screws (F). Tighten
Specification spool end cap-cap screws to specification.
Plug (Internal
Hex)—Torque................................................ 26—30 N·m (19—22 lb.-ft.) Specification
Spool End Cap-Cap
IMPORTANT: Always use new seals and O-rings. Screw—Torque......................................... 12—15 N·m (106—133 lb.-in.)
Damaged or used seals and O-rings will leak.
22. Install parts (A—D). Tighten load check cap (A) to
Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal specification.
parts before assembly.
Specification
Load Check
16. Install new O-rings (S and P) and back-up ring (O).
Cap—Torque................................................. 34—41 N·m (25—30 lb.-ft.)
17. Install seal plate (E).
18. Coat spool and bore with clean transmission/hydraulic
oil. Install spool into bore.
Continued on next page BB87125,0000824 -19-27MAR13-8/10

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-25 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=465
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

For all SCVs

1. Replace O-rings and install fittings at tank port (B),
pressure port (C), and power beyond port (D). Tighten
to specification.

PULV002555 —UN—25JUN08
Specification
Tank Port
Fitting—Torque............................................................. 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Pressure Port
Fitting—Torque............................................................. 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Power Beyond Port
Fitting—Torque........................................................... 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)
Fitting to Line—Torque............................................... 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)
Triple Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve (SCV) Ports
2. Install mid-mount SCV couplers and tighten to
specification.
A—Coupler (6 used) C—Pressure Port
Specification B—Tank Port D—Power Beyond Port
Triple Mid-Mount
Coupler—Torque.......................................................... 80 N·m (59 lb.-ft.)
BB87125,0000824 -19-27MAR13-9/10

3. Install dust plugs on couplers in the order shown.

A—Bucket Cylinder—Rod End D—Boom Cylinder—Rod End

(Black) (Red)
B—Bucket Cylinder—Head E—Third-Function
End (Yellow) Cylinder—Head End

PULV002559 —UN—29MAY08
C—Boom Cylinder—Head End (Orange)
(Blue) F— Third-Function
Cylinder—Rod End (Green)

Dust Plug Locations

BB87125,0000824 -19-27MAR13-10/10

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-26 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=466
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

Mid-Mount SCV Control Cable Adjustment

1. Disconnect yokes (A) from mid-mount SCV spool.
2. Verify SCV spool is in neutral.
3. Engage single lever control lock (B).
4. Adjust cable jam nuts until hole in cable yoke is
aligned with hole in SCV spool.

PULV002681 —UN—14JUL08
5. Tighten jam nuts (C).
6. Connect yokes (A) to mid-mount SCV.
NOTE: When cables are properly adjusted, yoke pin will
move freely within yoke and SCV spool holes.

7. Disengage single lever control lock (B).

Control Cable-to-Mid-Mount SCV Adjustment
A—Cable Yoke (2 used) C—Jam Nut (2 per cable)
B—Single Lever Control Lock

RXA0098601 —UN—09JUL08
Single Lever Control Lock
SW03989,000223B -19-20MAR13-1/1

Mid-Mount SCV Multi-Function Control Cable

Adjustment (with Secondary Brake)
1. Engage transport locking ring (A).

A—Transport Locking Ring

LV16018 —UN—28AUG12

Transport Locking Ring

Continued on next page SW03989,000223C -19-03APR13-1/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-27 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=467
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

2. Remove nut (C) and cap screw (B) to remove cover (A).

A—Cover C—Nut
B—Cap Screw

LV16037 —UN—07SEP12
Multi-Function Control Lever Cover
SW03989,000223C -19-03APR13-2/9

3. Remove adjuster clips (B) from control cables (C).

A—Transport Locking Ring C—Control Cable (2 used)

B—Adjuster Clip (2 used)

LV16038 —UN—07SEP12
Multi-Function Control Lever Adjuster Clips
Continued on next page SW03989,000223C -19-03APR13-3/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-28 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=468
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

4. Align control cable (D) to pre-adjustment measurement

shown.
NOTE: Always use new adjuster clips with new
control cables.
Adjuster clips must be flush with joystick
housing when installed.

5. Install adjuster clips (A) flush with joystick housing.

A—Adjuster Clips (2 used) C—Measurement 32—36 mm

B—Measurement 6—10 mm (1.26—1.42 in.)
(0.24—0.39 in.) D—Control Cable (2 used)

LV16143 —UN—03OCT12
Control Cable Adjustment
SW03989,000223C -19-03APR13-4/9

6. Disengage transport locking ring (A).

A—Transport Locking Ring

Transport Locking Ring LV16018 —UN—28AUG12

Continued on next page SW03989,000223C -19-03APR13-5/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-29 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=469
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

7. Remove jam nut (A).

8. Loosen cap screws (B).

A—Jam Nut B—Cap Screw (2 used)

RXA0127190 —UN—19JUL12
Multi-Function Control Lever Cable Flange
SW03989,000223C -19-03APR13-6/9

9. Screw sleeve (A) onto control cable away from valve

surface (B) to create a small gap.

A—Sleeve B—Valve Surface

RXA0127208 —UN—19JUL12
Multi-Function Control Lever Cable Sleeve
Continued on next page SW03989,000223C -19-03APR13-7/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-30 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=470
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

10. Rotate sleeve (A) on cable until it contacts valve

surface (B).
NOTE: Flange should allow sleeve to rotate.

11. Slide flange (C) forward and install cap screws (D)

RXA0127208 —UN—19JUL12
finger tight.
NOTE: Check that transport locking ring engages
and disengages smoothly.

12. Rotate sleeve either direction until engaging and

disengaging transport locking ring is smooth and
without resistance.
Multi-Function Control Lever Cable Sleeve
13. Tighten cap screw (D) and jam nut (E) against sleeve.
NOTE: Tightening of cap screws and jam nut could
change adjustment slightly. Recheck that transport
locking ring engages and disengages smoothly.

RXA0127209 —UN—19JUL12
14. Recheck joystick positioning by engaging and
disengaging transport locking ring.
15. Repeat adjustment if necessary.

A—Sleeve D—Cap Screw (2 used)

B—Valve Surface E—Jam Nut
C—Flange
Multi-Function Control Lever Cable Flange
SW03989,000223C -19-03APR13-8/9

16. Install cover (B) and secure with cap screw (B) and
nut (C). Tighten cap screw without distorting housing.

A—Cover C—Nut
B—Cap Screw

LV16037 —UN—07SEP12

Multi-Function Control Lever Cover

SW03989,000223C -19-03APR13-9/9

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-31 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=471
 Mid-Mount Selective Control Valve

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-25-32 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=472
 Group 30
Hydraulic Lines
Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Line Nut-to-Fitting Torque 97—107 N·m (72—79 lb.-ft.)

Rear Wheel-to-Axle Cap Screw Torque 600 N·m (442 lb.-ft.)
(M20)
Hose-to-Fitting Torque 42—48 N·m (31—35 lb.-ft.)
Return-to-Transmission Sump Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Line (E) Fitting
Inlet-from-Implement Pump Torque 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.)
Line (D) Fitting
Outlet-to-Rockshaft Valve Line Torque 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
(C) Fitting
Service Brake Pilot Line (B) Fitting Torque 16 N·m (12 lb.-ft.)
SW03989,0002236 -19-27MAR13-1/1

Inspect and Replace Hydraulic Lines

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type
of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available The hydraulic lines may leak when being
in English from Deere & Company Medical disconnected. Contain leaking oil and
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling dispose of properly.
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.
1. Relieve pressure in all hydraulic systems. Operate
IMPORTANT: When removing/installing hydraulic brake pedals, all SCV controllers, and rockshaft
lines, always support line adapter and controls.
fittings with a back-up wrench to keep 2. Remove right side rear wheel and fender as
fittings stationary and prevent damage to necessary. (See Remove and Install Fenders—Cab or
line, valve and pump housings. Remove and Install Fenders—Open Operator Station,
in Section 80, Group 20.)
NOTE: SCV lines vary depending on SCV configuration
of the machine. Some components may need to be
removed in order to repair or remove SCV lines.
Close all openings using caps and plugs. Tag
or label hydraulic lines before disconnecting
to aid during installation.
Continued on next page SW03989,0002238 -19-27MAR13-1/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-30-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=473
 Hydraulic Lines

LV17195 —UN—26MAR13
Dual Rear SCV Only

LV17196 —UN—26MAR13

Dual Rear SCV and Mid-Mount SCV Ready

Continued on next page SW03989,0002238 -19-27MAR13-2/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-30-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=474
 Hydraulic Lines

LV17197 —UN—26MAR13
Dual Mid-Mount SCV Only (Triple Optional)

LV17198 —UN—26MAR13

Dual Rear and Dual Mid-Mount SCVs

Continued on next page SW03989,0002238 -19-27MAR13-3/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-30-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=475
 Hydraulic Lines

LV17199 —UN—26MAR13
Triple Deluxe Rear and Triple Mid-Mount SCVs
A—Dual Rear SCV E—Hydraulic Oil-to-Implement H—Dual Mid-Mount SCV L— Triple Deluxe Rear SCV
B—Rockshaft Valve Pump Line I— Mid-Mount SCV Supply Line M—Triple Mid-Mount SCV
C—Main Filter F— Rear SCV Supply Line J— Mid-Mount SCV
D—Implement Pump G—Rear SCV Return-to-Main Return-to-Main Filter Line
Pressure-to-Rockshaft Valve Filter Line K—Mid-Mount SCV Power
Line Beyond-to-Rear SCV Line

3. Remove line clamps and retainers as needed. 6. Tighten line nuts to fittings within specification.
Remove other system lines and hoses (brakes, cooler,
Specification
and steering) as necessary.
Line Nut-to-
IMPORTANT: Pumps have to be filled anytime Fitting—Torque............................................ 97—107 N·m (72—79 lb.-ft.)
hydraulic lines are removed from tractor.
7. Install all lines removed.
NOTE: Drain transmission hydraulic oil when 8. Install fender, if removed. (See Remove and Install
removing return lines from hitch valve, rear Fenders—Cab or Remove and Install Fenders—Open
SCV, or mid-mount SCV. Operator Station, in Section 80, Group 20.)

4. Fill hydraulic pumps with oil. (See Remove and Install 9. Install wheel if removed. Tighten wheel-to-axle cap
Hydraulic Pumps, in Section 70, Group 05.) screws to specification.
Specification
IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings. Damaged or
Rear Wheel-to-Axle Cap
used O-rings will leak.
Screw (M20)—Torque.............................................. 600 N·m (442 lb.-ft.)

NOTE: Make sure lines do not touch other components 10. Fill transmission/hydraulic oil to correct level.
and retaining clamps are properly installed.
11. Start engine. Run at idle speed for several minutes to
5. Inspect hydraulic lines and hoses for wear or damage. fill brake valve with transmission/hydraulic oil.
Replace as necessary. 12. Shut off engine. Bleed Brakes. (See Bleed Brakes,
NOTE: When removing/installing hydraulic lines, always in Section 60, Group 10.)
support line adapter and fittings with a back-up 13. Check and adjust transmission/hydraulic oil level.
wrench to keep fittings stationary and prevent
damage to line, valve and pump housings.
SW03989,0002238 -19-27MAR13-4/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-30-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=476
 Hydraulic Lines

Inspect and Replace Implement Pump

Hydraulic Lines

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type stationary and prevent damage to line,
of injury should reference a knowledgeable valve and pump housings.
medical source. Such information is available
in English from Deere & Company Medical NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs.
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling Identify hydraulic lines before disconnecting to
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636. aid during installation. The hydraulic lines may
leak oil when disconnected. Collect leaking
IMPORTANT: When removing / installing hydraulic oil and dispose of properly.
lines, always support line adapter and
fittings with a backup wrench to keep fittings
Continued on next page SW03989,0002241 -19-27MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-30-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=477
 Hydraulic Lines

LV17174 —UN—26MAR13
Implement Pump Hydraulic Lines
A—Implement Pump D—Pressure Supply Line (Rear) F— Rockshaft Valve
B—Supply Line E—Main Hydraulic Filter
C—Pressure Supply Line (Front)

1. Remove right rear wheel and fender. 3. Tighten line nuts to fittings within specification.
IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings. Damaged or Specification
used O-rings will leak. Line Nut-to-
Fitting—Torque............................................ 97—107 N·m (72—79 lb.-ft.)
NOTE: If replacement of lines or hoses is necessary, 4. Install fender and wheel. Tighten wheel cap screws
drain transmission/hydraulic oil. to specification.
2. Inspect hydraulic lines and hoses for wear or damage. Specification
Replace as necessary. Rear Wheel-to-Axle Cap
Screw (M20)—Torque.............................................. 600 N·m (442 lb.-ft.)
NOTE: When removing/installing hydraulic lines, always
support line adapter and fittings with a back-up 5. Check transmission/hydraulic oil level. Add correct
wrench to keep fittings stationary and prevent oil as needed. (See Transmission and Hydraulic Oil
damage to line, valve and pump housings. in Section 10, Group 15.)
SW03989,0002241 -19-27MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-30-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=478
 Hydraulic Lines

Inspect and Replace Steering Lines and

Hoses
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type stationary and prevent damage to line,
of injury should reference a knowledgeable valve and pump housings.
medical source. Such information is available
in English from Deere & Company Medical NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs.
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling Identify hydraulic lines before disconnecting to
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636. aid during installation. The hydraulic lines may
leak oil when disconnected. Collect leaking
IMPORTANT: When removing / installing hydraulic oil and dispose of properly.
lines, always support line adapter and
fittings with a backup wrench to keep fittings
Continued on next page SW03989,0002240 -19-27MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-30-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=479
 Hydraulic Lines

LV17172 —UN—26MAR13
Steering Lines and Hoses
A—Steering Valve D—Steering Pump G—Steering Valve
B—Left Turn Line and Hoses E—Supply Line Return-to-Brake Reservoir
C—Right Turn Line and Hoses F— Steering Valve Supply Hose Hose

1. Relieve system pressure. 3. Tighten line nuts to fittings within specification.

IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings. Damaged or Specification
used O-rings will leak. Line Nut-to-
Fitting—Torque............................................ 97—107 N·m (72—79 lb.-ft.)
NOTE: If replacement of lines or hoses is necessary, Tighten hoses to fittings within specification.
drain transmission/hydraulic oil.
Specification
2. Inspect hydraulic lines and hoses for wear or damage. Hose-to-Fitting—Torque................................ 42—48 N·m (31—35 lb.-ft.)
Replace as necessary.
4. Check transmission/hydraulic oil level. Add correct
NOTE: When removing/installing hydraulic lines, always oil as needed. (See Transmission and Hydraulic Oil
support line adapter and fittings with a back-up in Section 10, Group 15.)
wrench to keep fittings stationary and prevent
damage to line, valve and pump housings.
SW03989,0002240 -19-27MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-30-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=480
 Hydraulic Lines

Inspect and Replace Hydraulic Trailer Brake

(HTB) Valve Lines

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type
The hydraulic lines may leak when being
of injury should reference a knowledgeable
disconnected. Catch leaking oil and
medical source. Such information is available
dispose of properly.
in English from Deere & Company Medical
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling
1. Relieve pressure in hydraulic system.
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636.
2. Remove right side rear wheel and fender as
IMPORTANT: When removing and installing necessary. (See Remove and Install Fenders—Open
hydraulic lines, always support line adapter Operator Station or Remove and Install Fenders—Cab
and fittings with a back-up wrench to keep in Section 80, Group 20.)
fittings stationary and prevent damage to
line, valve, and pump housings.

NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs. Tag

or label hydraulic lines before disconnecting
to aid during installation.
Continued on next page SW03989,0002242 -19-04APR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-30-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=481
 Hydraulic Lines

LV17185 —UN—26MAR13

Hydraulic Trailer Brake (HTB) Valve Lines

A—Hydraulic Trailer Brake (HTB) C—Outlet Line-to-Rockshaft E—Return Line-to-Transmission
Valve Valve Sump
B—Service Brake Pilot Line D—Inlet Pressure-from-
Implement Pump Line

IMPORTANT: Replace all O-rings. Damaged or 3. Inspect hydraulic lines for wear or damage. Replace
used O-rings may leak. as necessary.

NOTE: Make sure lines do not touch other components IMPORTANT: When removing / installing hydraulic
and retaining clamps are properly installed. lines, always support line adapter and
fittings with a backup wrench to keep fittings
Always install HTB return line (E) on the stationary and prevent damage to line,
bottom of HTB valve first. valve and pump housings.

Continued on next page SW03989,0002242 -19-04APR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-30-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=482
 Hydraulic Lines

4. Connect hydraulic lines (E, D, C and B) sequentially. or Remove and Install Fenders—Open Operator
Tighten fittings to specification. Station in Section 80, Group 20.)
Specification Specification
Return-to-Transmission Rear Wheel-to-Axle Cap
Sump Line (E) Screw (M20)—Torque.............................................. 600 N·m (442 lb.-ft.)
Fitting—Torque............................................................. 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.)
Inlet-from-Implement 6. Start engine. Run at idle speed for several minutes to
Pump Line (D) fill brake valve with transmission hydraulic oil. Shut off
Fitting—Torque........................................................... 102 N·m (75 lb.-ft.) engine and check for leaks.
Outlet-to-Rockshaft Valve 7. Bleed brakes. (See Bleed Brakes in Section 60,
Line (C) Fitting—Torque............................................... 69 N·m (51 lb.-ft.) Group 10.)
Service Brake Pilot Line
(B) Fitting—Torque....................................................... 16 N·m (12 lb.-ft.) 8. Check and adjust transmission/hydraulic oil level.
5. Install fender and wheel. Tighten wheel cap screws to
specification. (See Remove and Install Fenders—Cab
SW03989,0002242 -19-04APR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-30-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=483
 Hydraulic Lines

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-30-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=484
 Group 35
Hydraulic Trailer Brake Valve
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM1330902 (U.S.) Thread Locker Medium Strength Apply to threads of plug
243 (LOCTITE™)

Loctite is a trademark of Henkel Corporation

SW03989,000222F -19-18MAR13-1/1

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Adapter (H) Torque 25 N·m (18 lb-ft)

Adapter (I) Torque 69 N·m (51 lb-ft)
Adapter (J) Torque 69 N·m (51 lb-ft)
Adapter (K) Torque 50 N·m (37 lb-ft)
HTB Valve Mounting Cap Screw Torque 30 N·m (22 lb-ft)
HTB Valve Mounting Flanged Nut Torque 30 N·m (22 lb-ft)
Return-to-Transmission Sump Torque 69 N·m (51 lb-ft)
Line (E) Fitting
Inlet-from-Implement Pump Torque 102 N·m (75 lb-ft)
Line (D) Fitting
Outlet-to-Rockshaft Valve Line Torque 69 N·m (51 lb-ft)
(C) Fitting
Service Brake Pilot Line (B) Fitting Torque 16 N·m (12 lb-ft)
Plug (P) to Valve Body Torque 9 N·m (7 lb-ft)
Plug (T) to Valve Body Torque 40 N·m (30 lb-ft)
Coupler (X) to Valve Body Torque 80 N·m (59 lb-ft)
Screws (A) to Valve Body Torque 15 N·m (11 lb-ft)
Bleed Screw (B) to Pilot Block Torque 7 N·m (5 lb-ft)
SW03989,0002230 -19-20MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-35-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=485
 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Valve

Remove, Inspect and Install Hydraulic Trailer

Brake (HTB) Valve

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can

penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before

X9811 —UN—23AUG88
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high-pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type
NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs. Tag
of injury should reference a knowledgeable
or label hydraulic lines before disconnecting
medical source. Such information is available
to aid during installation.
in English from Deere & Company Medical
Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling The hydraulic lines may leak when being
1-800-822-8262 or +1 309-748-5636. disconnected. Catch leaking oil and
dispose of properly.
IMPORTANT: When removing and installing
hydraulic lines, always support line adapter 1. Relieve hydraulic pressure in steering/brake system.
and fittings with a back-up wrench to keep
fittings stationary and prevent damage to
line, valve and pump housings.
Continued on next page SW03989,0002231 -19-04APR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-35-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=486
 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Valve

LV17146 —UN—22MAR13

LV17147 —UN—22MAR13
HTB Valve HTB Valve Adaters

A—Hydraulic Trailer Brake (HTB) D—Inlet-from-Implement Pump G—Flange Nut (2 used) K—ORFS 08xM18 Adapter
Valve Line H—ORFS 04xM12 Adapter
B—Service Brake Pilot Line E—Return-to-Transmission I— ORFS 12xM22 Adapter
C—Outlet-to-Rockshaft Valve Sump Line J— ORFS 12xM22 Adapter
Line F— Cap Screw (2 used)

2. Disconnect hydraulic lines (B, C, D and E) at HTB HTB Valve Mounting

valve. Close all openings using caps and plugs. Flanged Nut—Torque..................................................... 30 N·m (22 lb-ft)

3. Remove HTB valve (A). NOTE: Always install return line (E; at the bottom of
HTB valve) on HTB valve first.
4. Remove adapters (H— K) and all O-rings.
5. Inspect parts for wear and damage. Replace as 9. Connect hydraulic lines (E, D, C and B) sequentially.
necessary. Tighten fittings to specification.
Specification
6. Inspect HTB valve for damage. Inspect holes under
Return-to-Transmission
fittings for debris or wear. Repair or replace as
Sump Line (E)
necessary. (See Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble
Fitting—Torque............................................................... 69 N·m (51 lb-ft)
Hydraulic Trailer Brake (HTB) Valve, in this group.)
Inlet-from-Implement
IMPORTANT: Replace O-rings. Damaged or Pump Line (D)
used O-rings will leak. Fitting—Torque............................................................. 102 N·m (75 lb-ft)
Outlet-to-Rockshaft Valve
7. Install adapters (H— K). Tighten to specification. Line (C) Fitting—Torque................................................. 69 N·m (51 lb-ft)
Service Brake Pilot Line
Specification
(B) Fitting—Torque......................................................... 16 N·m (12 lb-ft)
Adapter (H)—Torque...................................................... 25 N·m (18 lb-ft)
Adapter (I)—Torque........................................................ 69 N·m (51 lb-ft) 10. Start engine. Run at idle speed for several minutes to
Adapter (J)—Torque....................................................... 69 N·m (51 lb-ft) fill brake valve with transmission/hydraulic oil. Shut
Adapter (K)—Torque...................................................... 50 N·m (37 lb-ft) off engine.
8. Install HTB valve (A) using cap screws (F) and flanged 11. Bleed brakes. (See Bleed Brakes in Section 60,
nuts (G). Group 10.)
Specification
HTB Valve Mounting Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................... 30 N·m (22 lb-ft)
SW03989,0002231 -19-04APR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-35-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=487
 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Valve

Disassemble, Inspect and Assemble

Hydraulic Trailer Brake (HTB) Valve

PUPX001407 —UN—03JUN09
HTB Valve - Exploded View
A—Screw H—O-Ring N—HTB Valve Body T— Plug
B—Bleed Screw I— Auxiliary Piston O—Seal U—Seal
C—Pilot Block J— Shim P—Plug V—Spring
D—O-Ring K—Auxiliary Spring Q—Priority Spool W—Plunger
E—Pin L— Poppet R—Reaction Piston X—Coupler
F— Pilot Piston M—Snap Ring S—Spring Y—Dust Cap
G—Seal

1. Thoroughly clean and dry outside of valve. IMPORTANT: Replace all seals and O-rings. Damaged
IMPORTANT: Separate valve sections carefully. Do or used seals and O-rings will leak.
not allow parts to fall out. Keep individual valve
components together as matched sets. NOTE: Lubricate all internal parts with clean
transmission/hydraulic oil during assembly.
NOTE: Mark or number valve components to Apply multipurpose grease to lips of seals.
aid during assembly.
6. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
2. Remove pilot head assembly parts (A—C). necessary.
3. Take out parts (D—M) from valve body (N). 7. Apply medium strength Loctite 243 to plug (P).
4. Remove parts (O—U) from valve body (N). 8. Assemble all valve components with new seals and
5. Remove coupler assembly parts (V—Y). O-rings, aligning all marks made during disassembly.

Continued on next page SW03989,0002233 -19-18MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-35-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=488
 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Valve

Coupler (X) to Valve

9. Tighten parts (A, B, P, T and X) to specifications.
Body—Torque................................................................. 80 N·m (59 lb-ft)
Specification Screws (A) to Valve
Plug (P) to Valve Body—Torque..................................................................15 N·m (11 lb-ft)
Body—Torque..................................................................... 9 N·m (7 lb-ft) Bleed Screw (B) to Pilot
Plug (T) to Valve Block—Torque.................................................................... 7 N·m (5 lb-ft)
Body—Torque................................................................. 40 N·m (30 lb-ft)
SW03989,0002233 -19-18MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-35-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=489
 Hydraulic Trailer Brake Valve

TM128319 (28OCT13) 70-35-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=490
 Section 80
Miscellaneous Repair
Contents

Page

Group 15—3-Point Hitch

Specifications ................................................ 80-15-1
Inspect and Repair Telescoping
Draft Links ................................................. 80-15-2
Inspect and Repair Standard Lift
Link ............................................................ 80-15-3
Inspect and Repair Adjustable Lift
Link ............................................................ 80-15-4
Inspect and Repair Center Link ..................... 80-15-5
Inspect and Repair Hammerstrap
Drawbar ..................................................... 80-15-6
Remove and Install Standard
Drawbar and Support ................................ 80-15-7
Remove and Install Weldment
Drawbar Support ....................................... 80-15-9
Remove and Install Trailer Hitch ................. 80-15-10
Checking the Manually Operated
Trailer Hitch for Wear .............................. 80-15-10
Checking the Drawbar for Wear ................. 80-15-12
Proper Use of Drawbar................................ 80-15-13

Group 20—Fenders
Other Material................................................ 80-20-1
Specifications ................................................ 80-20-1
Remove and Install
Fenders—Cab ........................................... 80-20-1
Remove and Install
Fenders—Open Operator
Station ....................................................... 80-20-3

Group 25—Hood
Remove and Install Hood .............................. 80-25-1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=1
 Contents

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=2
 Group 15
3-Point Hitch
Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Draft Link Support Cap Screw Torque 200 N·m (148 lb.-ft.)
Stabilizer Bracket Cap Screw—Cab Torque 350 N·m (258 lb.-ft.)
Stabilizer Bracket Cap Screw—OOS Torque 1150 N·m (850 lb.-ft.)
Hammerstrap Nut Torque 128—382 N·m (94—282 lb.-ft.)
Hitch Guide Rail Mounting Screw Torque 320 N·m (236 lb.-ft.)
Standard Drawbar Support Rear Torque 275—375 N·m (75—114 lb.-ft.)
Cap Screw
Standard Drawbar Support Torque 275—375 N·m (203—277 lb.-ft.)
Bottom Cap Screw
Standard Drawbar Support Side Torque 200—240 N·m (148—177 lb.-ft.)
Cap Screw
Weldment Drawbar Support Torque 256—384 N·m (188—283 lb.-ft.)
Cap Screw
Drawbar Swing Nut Torque 102—154 N·m (75—114 lb.-ft.)
Shield Nut Torque 15—45 N·m (11—33 lb.-ft.)
Hitch Guide Rail Mounting Screw Torque 320 N·m (236 lb-ft)
Trailer Hitch Pin—Vertical Play (maximum) 6 mm (0.24 in.)
Trailer Hitch Pin Wear Limit Diameter (minimum) 29.0 mm (1.14 in.)
Top and Bottom Receiver Holes Wear Diameter (maximum) 35.0 mm (1.38 in.)
Limit (measured in direction of travel)
Trailer Hitch and Receiver Play (maximum) 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)
Trailer Hitch Guide Rails Width Wear (maximum) 1.2 mm (0.05 in.)
Trailer Hitch Guide Wear (maximum) 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)
Guide Component Push/Pull Play (maximum) 2.4 mm (0.09 in.)
Directional
Drawbar Pin Diameter (minimum) 29.5 mm (1.16 in.)
Drawbar Receiver Pin Hole Diameter (maximum) 35.0 mm (1.38 in.)
SW03989,0001D2B -19-17SEP13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=493
 3-Point Hitch

Inspect and Repair Telescoping Draft Links

LV15789 —UN—22MAY12
Left Side Shown
A—Cap Screw (4 used) E—Flanged Nut I— Draft Link M—Stabilizer Bracket
B—Plate (2 used) F— Pin J— Cotter Pin
C—Pin G—Cap Screw (3 used) K—Sway Chain
D—Spring Pin H—Support L— Cotter Pin

NOTE: Item B is used on Cab only.

3. Tighten stabilizer bracket cap screws (A) to
specification.
1. Inspect draft link assembly for wear or damage.
Replace as necessary. Specification
Stabilizer Bracket Cap
2. Tighten draft link support cap screws (G) to Screw–Cab—Torque................................................ 350 N·m (258 lb.-ft.)
specification. Stabilizer Bracket
Specification Cap Screw–Open
Draft Link Support Cap Station—Torque.......................................................1150 N·m (850 lb.-ft.)
Screw —Torque........................................................ 200 N·m (148 lb.-ft.)
OUO1023,0003695 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=494
 3-Point Hitch

Inspect and Repair Standard Lift Link

1. Remove plugs (I).
2. Thread lift link end (D) in until spring pin (E) is centered
with plug holes.
3. Remove spring pin using a punch and hammer.
4. Thread lift link end out.
5. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
necessary.
6. Assemble all parts.
7. Lubricate lift link assembly at lubrication fittings (G)
using multipurpose grease.

A—Quick-Lock Pin (2 used) F— Lift Link Body

B—Pin G—Lubrication Fitting
C—Ball H—Retainer
D—Lift Link End I— Plug (2 used)
E—Spring Pin J— Pin

LV393AE —UN—15JUL97
OUO1023,0003696 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=495
 3-Point Hitch

Inspect and Repair Adjustable Lift Link

1. Remove plugs (K).
2. Thread lift link body (J) in until spring pin (H) is
centered with plug holes.
3. Remove spring pin using a punch and hammer.
4. Disassemble all parts.
5. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
necessary.
NOTE: Install handle (I) with notches toward
lift link body (J).

6. Assemble all parts.

7. Lubricate lift link assembly at lubrication fittings (E)
using multipurpose grease.

A—Quick-Lock Pin (2 used) H—Spring Pin

B—Pin I— Handle
C—Ball J— Lift Link Body
D—Lift Link End K—Plug (2 used)
E—Lubrication Fitting (2 used) L— Pin
F— Link Rod M—Retainer
G—Spring Pin

LV489AE —UN—26FEB92

OUO1023,0003697 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=496
 3-Point Hitch

Inspect and Repair Center Link

LV9858 —UN—30JUL04
A—Cap Screw (2 used) D—Center Link End G—Center Link End J— Lever
B—Bracket E—Plug (4 used) H—Pin
C—Spring Pin (2 used) F— Center Link Body I— Quick-Lock Pin

NOTE: Bracket (B) is mounted to draft-sensing assembly. 4. Disassemble all parts.

Loosen cap screws (A) to remove bracket.
5. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as
1. Remove plugs (E). necessary.
2. Thread center link ends (D and G) in until spring pins 6. Apply multipurpose grease to ID at both ends of center
(C) are centered with plug holes. link body (F).
3. Remove spring pins using a punch and hammer. 7. Assemble all parts.
OUO1023,0003698 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=497
 3-Point Hitch

Inspect and Repair Hammerstrap Drawbar

G
E

LV19118 —UN—19SEP13
H

LV19119 —UN—19SEP13
K
J

A—Hammerstrap Drawbar D—Spring G—Pin K—Cap Screw (M16 x 200)

B—Flange Nut (M16) E—Retainer H—Drawbar
C—Spacer F— Cap Screw (M16 x 140) I— Spacer
J— Nut (M16) (2 used)

1. Remove flange nut (B), spacer (C), spring (D), and 6. Install cap screws (F and K) using nuts (J). Tighten
retainer (E). nuts to specification.
2. Remove pin (G). Specification
Hammerstrap
3. Remove nuts (J) and cap screws (F and K). Remove
Nut—Torque............................................ 128—382 N·m (94—282 lb.-ft.)
drawbar (H) and spacer (I) from hitch drawbar.
4. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace as 7. Install pin (G).
necessary. 8. Install retainer (E), spring (D), spacer (C), and flange
5. Position spacer (I) and drawbar (H) on hitch drawbar. nut (B). Tighten flange nut until spring is engaged.
SW03989,0001D2C -19-17SEP13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=498
 3-Point Hitch

Remove and Install Standard Drawbar and

Support

D
C
B
E
O

F
N

I
M

F K

LV9859 —UN—02AUG04
J
L

Standard Drawbar and Support

A—Shield F— Side Plate (2 used) I— Pin N—Latch
B—Nut (4 used) G—Cap Screw (M16 x 25) (6 used) J— Drawbar O—Pin
C—Washer (4 used) H—Cotter Pin K—Support
D—Bushing (4 used) L— Cap Screw (M14 x 30) (6 used)
E—Cap Screw (4 used) M—Cap Screw (M16 x 40) (4 used)

1. Remove parts (A—E). 4. Install floor jack under support (K) and remove cap
screws (G and M) to remove support assembly.
2. Lift latch (N) and pull pin (O) upward.
5. Remove cap screws (L) to remove side plates (F).
3. Remove drawbar (J).
6. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace if
NOTE: Use a floor jack under support (K) to support necessary.
weight during removal.

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D27 -19-17SEP13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=499
 3-Point Hitch

7. Install support (K) and side plates (F) using cap screws
(L, G, and M). Tighten to specification. 8. Install shield (A) using cap screws (E), bushings (D),
Specification washers (C), and nuts (B). Tighten nuts to specification.
Standard Drawbar Specification
Support Rear Cap Shield Nut—Torque....................................... 15—45 N·m (11—33 lb.-ft.)
Screw—Torque........................................ 275—375 N·m (75—114 lb.-ft.)
Standard Drawbar 9. Install latch (N) using pin (I) and cotter pin (H). Lift
Support Bottom Cap latch (N) and insert pin (I) into drawbar.
Screw—Torque...................................... 275—375 N·m (203—277 lb.-ft.)
Standard Drawbar
Support Side Cap
Screw—Torque...................................... 200—240 N·m (148—177 lb.-ft.)
SW03989,0001D27 -19-17SEP13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=500
 3-Point Hitch

Remove and Install Weldment Drawbar

Support

B
C

L
I

H K
J
A
M

LV19120 —UN—19SEP13
G

Weldment Drawbar Support

A—Weldment Drawbar Support D—Cap Screw (M16 x 30) (10 H—Cap Screw (M8 x 40) (4 used) K—Nut (M8) (4 used)
B—Shield used) I— Bushing (4 used) L— Pin
C—Cap Screw (M12 x 80) (2 used) E—Cotter Pin J— Washer (4 used) M—Latch
F— Pin
G—Lock Nut (M12) (2 used)

1. Remove cap screws (H), bushings (I), washers (J), Specification

nuts (K), and shield (B). Weldment Drawbar
2. Lift latch (M) and pull pin (L) upward to remove drawbar. Support Cap
Screw—Torque...................................... 256—384 N·m (188—283 lb.-ft.)
3. Remove cotter pin (E), pin (F), and latch (M).
8. Install nuts (G) and cap screws (C). Tighten drawbar
4. Remove drawbar swing cap screws (C) and nuts (G). swing nuts to specification.
NOTE: Use a floor jack under weldment drawbar support Specification
(A) to support weight during removal. Drawbar Swing
Nut—Torque............................................ 102—154 N·m (75—114 lb.-ft.)
5. Install floor jack under weldment drawbar support (A)
and remove cap screws (D). 9. Install shield (B) using cap screws (H), bushings (I),
washers (J), and nuts (K). Tighten nuts to specification.
6. Inspect all parts for wear or damage. Replace if Specification
necessary. Shield Nut—Torque....................................... 15—45 N·m (11—33 lb.-ft.)
7. Install weldment drawbar support (A) using cap screws 10. Install latch (M) using pin (F) and cotter pin (E). Lift
(D). Tighten cap screws to specification. latch (M) and insert pin (L) into drawbar.
SW03989,0001D29 -19-17SEP13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=501
 3-Point Hitch

Remove and Install Trailer Hitch

PUPX001040 —UN—08JUN09

PUPX001408 —UN—08JUN09
Trailer Hitch–Manual Trailer Hitch–CUNA-C
1. Lift trailer hitch (B) with handle (A). Slide out from
guide rails (D).
2. Support hitch guide rail (D) and remove screws (C).
3. Remove hitch guide rail (D).
4. Check parts for wear and damage. Repair or replace
as necessary. (See Checking the Manually Operated
Hitch for Wear, in this Group.)
5. Install hitch guide rail (D). Tighten screws (C) to
specification.

LV18869 —UN—27AUG13
Specification
Hitch Guide
Rail Mounting
Screw—Torque........................................................... 320 N·m (236 lb-ft)

6. Install trailer hitch (B) into hitch guide rail at suitable

height.
Trailer Hitch–CUNA-D2
A—Handle C—Cap Screw (6 used)
B—Trailer Hitch D—Guide Rail

SW03989,0001D2A -19-17SEP13-1/1

Checking the Manually Operated Trailer

Hitch for Wear
IMPORTANT: Parts that have reached or exceeded
their wear limit must be replaced with new parts.

Check permissible vertical play of the trailer hitch pin.

LV16086 —UN—21SEP12
Specification
Trailer Hitch
Pin—Vertical—Play
(maximum)....................................................................... 6 mm (0.24 in.)

A—Trailer Hitch Pin Latch B—Vertical Play

Continued on next page SW03989,00016D8 -19-25SEP12-1/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=502
 3-Point Hitch

Check wear of the trailer hitch pin diameter (C).

Specification
Trailer Hitch Pin
Wear Limit—Diameter
(minimum)................................................................... 29.0 mm (1.14 in.)

LV16087 —UN—21SEP12
C—Trailer Hitch Pin Diameter

SW03989,00016D8 -19-25SEP12-2/4

Check wear of the receiver hole diameter (D).

Specification
Top and Bottom Receiver
Holes Wear Limit
(measured in direction
of travel)—Diameter

LV16088 —UN—21SEP12
(maximum).................................................................. 35.0 mm (1.38 in.)

D—Trailer Hitch Pin Receiver

Hole Diameter

Continued on next page SW03989,00016D8 -19-25SEP12-3/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=503
 3-Point Hitch

Determine play (E) between trailer hitch and receiver.

Specification
Trailer Hitch and
Receiver—Play
(maximum).................................................................... 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)

LV16089 —UN—21SEP12
Determine trailer hitch guide rails width wear (F), trailer
hitch guide wear (H), and guide component push/pull
directional play (G).
Specification
Trailer Hitch Guide
Rails Width—Wear
(maximum).................................................................... 1.2 mm (0.05 in.)
Trailer Hitch
Guide—Wear
(maximum).................................................................... 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)
Guide Component
Push/Pull
Directional—Play

LV16090 —UN—21SEP12
(maximum).................................................................... 2.4 mm (0.09 in.)

E—Trailer Hitch and Receiver G—Guide Component

Play Push/Pull Directional Play
F— Trailer Hitch Guide Rails H—Trailer Hitch Guide Wear
Width Wear

SW03989,00016D8 -19-25SEP12-4/4

Checking the Drawbar for Wear

IMPORTANT: Parts that have reached or exceeded
their wear limit must be replaced with new parts.

Check diameter (A) of drawbar pin.

LV16099 —UN—21SEP12
Specification
Drawbar Pin—Diameter
(minimum)................................................................... 29.5 mm (1.16 in.)

A—Diameter of Pin

Continued on next page SW03989,00016DB -19-25SEP12-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=504
 3-Point Hitch

Check diameters (B) of both top and bottom drawbar

receiver pin holes. Measure receiver holes in direction
of travel.
Specification
Drawbar Receiver
Pin Hole—Diameter

LV16100 —UN—21SEP12
(maximum).................................................................. 35.0 mm (1.38 in.)

B—Diameter of Receiver Pin

Hole (2 used)

SW03989,00016DB -19-25SEP12-2/2

Proper Use of Drawbar

IMPORTANT: Comply with local traffic regulations
when using the drawbar. Use suitable,
approved hitch pins only. Combine
drawbars as shown only.

LX1036188 —UN—02MAY05
OU12401,0001205 -19-02MAY05-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=505
 3-Point Hitch

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-15-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=506
 Group 20
Fenders
Other Material
Number Name Use
PM37521 (U.S.) Silicone Sealer Used to seal gaps between fender
and cab frame mating surfaces.

OUO1023,000369A -19-20DEC12-1/1

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Rear Wheel-to-Axle Cap Screw M20 Torque 600 N·m (442 lb-ft)
OUO1023,000369B -19-20DEC12-1/1

Remove and Install Fenders—Cab

1. Remove rear wheels.
2. Remove upholstery on both sides. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Upholstery and see Remove and

PULV003838 —UN—10DEC08
Install Right-Side Upholstery, in Section 90, Group 20.)
3. Remove screws (A) and inner fender cover (B). Retain
for reuse.

A—Screw B—Inner Fender Cover

Continued on next page OUO1023,000369D -19-27MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-20-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=507
 Fenders

NOTE: Slow moving vehicle sign, license plate (if

equipped), bracket, and tail light assembly need
to be removed only if replacing fender.

4. Remove tail light assembly (B).

5. Remove slow moving vehicle sign (A).
6. Route tail light wiring harness away from fender.
7. Remove cap screws, nuts, and washers (E).
8. Remove cap screws and washers (C).
9. Remove fender (D) from tractor.
10. Remove sealant from fender and cab frame mating

LV17009 —UN—13MAR13
surfaces.
11. Check all parts for wear or damage. Replace parts as
necessary.
12. Install fender with Silicone Sealer PM37521, on tractor
using cap screws and washers (C).
13. Install cap screws, nuts, and washers (E).
14. Route tail light wiring harness through hole in fender.
15. Install tail light assembly (B).
16. Install slow moving vehicle sign (A).

A—Slow Moving Vehicle Sign D—Fender

B—Tail Light Assembly E—Cap Screw, Nut, and
C—Cap Screw and Washer (7 Washer (6 used)
used)

LV17010 —UN—13MAR13
Continued on next page OUO1023,000369D -19-27MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-20-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=508
 Fenders

17. Install inner fender cover (B) and screws (A).

18. Install upholstery on both sides. (See Remove and
Install Left-Side Upholstery and see Remove and
Install Right-Side Upholstery, in Section 90, Group 20.)

PULV003838 —UN—10DEC08
19. Install rear wheels. Tighten wheel cap screws to
specification.
Specification
Rear Wheel-to-Axle Cap
Screw M20—Torque................................................... 600 N·m (442 lb-ft)

A—Screw B—Inner Fender Cover

OUO1023,000369D -19-27MAR13-3/3

Remove and Install Fenders—Open Operator

Station
Right-Side Fender
1. Remove right-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Right-Side Control Console—Open Operator
Station, in Section 90, Group 10.)
2. Remove right rear wheel.
3. Remove hardware (A—F).
NOTE: Disconnect right-side control console harness
prior to fender removal.

4. Remove right-side fender. Make repairs as necessary.

LV17018 —UN—13MAR13
5. Install fender in reverse order of removal.
6. Install rear wheel. Tighten wheel cap screws to
specification.
Specification
Rear Wheel-to-Axle Cap
Screw M20—Torque................................................... 600 N·m (442 lb-ft)
A—Nut D—Cap Screw and Nut (3 used)
B—Right-Side Control Console E—Cap Screw and Washer (2
C—Cap Screw (2 used) used)
F— Cap Screw and Nut

Continued on next page OUO1023,000369E -19-27MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-20-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=509
 Fenders

Left-Side Fender
1. Remove leftt-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Leftt-Side Control Console—Open Operator
Station, in Section 90, Group 10.)
2. Remove left rear wheel.
3. Remove hardware (A—G).
NOTE: Disconnect fuel level sender harness prior
to fender removal.

4. Remove left-side fender. Make repairs as necessary.

LV15791 —UN—22MAY12
5. Install fender in reverse order of removal.
6. Install rear wheel. Tighten wheel cap screws to
specification.
Specification
Rear Wheel-to-Axle Cap
Left-Side Fender
Screw M20—Torque................................................... 600 N·m (442 lb-ft)

A—Cap Screw and Nut (3 used) E—Cap Screw and Nut

B—Cap Screw (3 used) F— Cap Screw
C—Cap Screw G—Left-Side Fender
D—Cap Screw and Nut

OUO1023,000369E -19-27MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-20-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=510
 Group 25
Hood
Remove and Install Hood
1. Disconnect head lamp wiring harness connector.
2. Remove screw (B) and hood cable (A).

PULV005043 —UN—11FEB10
CAUTION: Support hood before removing
struts or hinge cap screws.

IMPORTANT: Do not completely remove hood

strut clip; damage may occur.

3. Slightly dislodge and lift clips (C) with a small

screwdriver to release struts from both ball studs.
4. Remove cap screws (D).
NOTE: Do not completely remove cap screw (E). They
aid in positioning the hood during reinstallation.

PULV005044 —UN—11FEB10
5. Loosen cap screws (E) and remove hood.
6. Make repairs as necessary.
7. Install hood and cap screws (D and E).
Specification
Hood Cap
Screws—Torque........................................................... 60 N·m (44 lb.-ft.)

8. Slightly dislodge and lift clips (C) with a small

screwdriver and push clips into position to retain struts
on both ball studs.
9. Connect head lamp wiring harness connector.

PULV005045 —UN—11FEB10
10. Install hood cable (A) and tighten screw (B).

A—Cable D—Cap Screws

B—Screw E—Cap Screws
C—Clip

PULV005046 —UN—11FEB10

OUO1023,000369F -19-14MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-25-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=511
 Hood

TM128319 (28OCT13) 80-25-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=512
 Section 90
Operator Station Repair—Cab and Open Operator Station
Contents

Page
Page
Group 05—Seat and Support
Remove and Install Seat and Remove and Install Inner Roof
Support—Cab............................................ 90-05-1 for Air Conditioning Housing
Remove and Install Seat and Repair ...................................................... 90-20-17
Support—Open Operator Remove Cab................................................ 90-20-26
Station ....................................................... 90-05-1 Install Cab.................................................... 90-20-37
Park Position Indicator Installation
Group 06—Roll-Gard (If Equipped) ............................................ 90-20-47
Specifications ................................................ 90-06-1
Remove and Install Roll-Gard ....................... 90-06-1 Group 30—Air Conditioning System
Essential Tools............................................... 90-30-1
Group 10—Control Console and Panel Service Equipment and Tools ........................ 90-30-3
Specifications ................................................ 90-10-1 Other Material................................................ 90-30-4
Remove and Install Right-Side Specifications ................................................ 90-30-4
Control Console—Cab............................... 90-10-1 Adjust A/C Deicing Switch ............................. 90-30-5
Remove and Install Right-Side Recover/Recycle Air Conditioning
Control Console—Open Refrigerant................................................. 90-30-6
Operator Station ........................................ 90-10-3 Replace Air Conditioning
Remove and Install Left-Side Receiver-Dryer .......................................... 90-30-6
Control Console—Cab............................... 90-10-4 Remove, Inspect, and Install Air
Remove and Install Left-Side Conditioning Condenser ............................ 90-30-7
Control Console—Open Remove, Inspect, and Install Air
Operator Station ........................................ 90-10-5 Conditioning Compressor .......................... 90-30-8
Remove and Install Center Control Test Volumetric Efficiency of
Console ..................................................... 90-10-8 Compressor ............................................. 90-30-10
Test Compressor Shaft Seal
Group 20—Cab Components Leakage................................................... 90-30-11
Essential Tools............................................... 90-20-1 Disassemble and Assemble
Service Equipment and Tools ........................ 90-20-1 Compressor Clutch.................................. 90-30-12
Other Material................................................ 90-20-1 Disassemble, Inspect, and
Specifications ................................................ 90-20-2 Assemble Compressor ............................ 90-30-13
Remove, Inspect, and Install Cab Check Compressor Clutch Hub
Interior Recirculating Air Filters.................. 90-20-3 Clearance ................................................ 90-30-15
Remove, Inspect, and Install Inspect Compressor Manifold...................... 90-30-15
Exterior Cab Intake Air Filter ..................... 90-20-4 Remove and Install HVAC Housing
Remove and Install Headliner ....................... 90-20-5 Cover ....................................................... 90-30-16
Remove and Install Instructional Remove Blower Motors ............................... 90-30-16
Seat ........................................................... 90-20-6 Remove Evaporator-Heater Core................ 90-30-17
Remove and Install Left-Side Leak Test Evaporator/Heater
Upholstery ................................................. 90-20-8 Core......................................................... 90-30-17
Remove and Install Right-Side Install Evaporator-Heater Core.................... 90-30-18
Upholstery ................................................. 90-20-9 Service Expansion Valve ............................. 90-30-18
Remove and Install Windshield ................... 90-20-10 Expansion Valve Bench Test ....................... 90-30-20
Remove and Install Front Lower Refrigerant Oil Information .......................... 90-30-21
Windows .................................................. 90-20-12 Check Compressor Oil Charge.................... 90-30-21
Remove and Install Rear Lower Determine Correct Refrigerant Oil
Window.................................................... 90-20-12 Charge..................................................... 90-30-22
Remove and Install Rear Upper Add Refrigerant Oil to System ..................... 90-30-22
Window.................................................... 90-20-13 System Information...................................... 90-30-23
Remove and Install Side Flush Air Conditioning System .................... 90-30-24
Windows .................................................. 90-20-13 Evacuate Air Conditioning
Remove and Install Cab Doors.................... 90-20-14 System..................................................... 90-30-26

Continued on next page

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=1
 Contents

Page

Charge Air Conditioning System ................. 90-30-27

Group 35—Heating System

Adjust Heater Temperature Control
Cable ......................................................... 90-35-1
Replace Heater Temperature
Control Cable............................................. 90-35-2
Remove Heater Control Valve ....................... 90-35-3
Leak Test Heater Control Valve ..................... 90-35-3
Install Heater Control Valve ........................... 90-35-4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=2
 Group 05
Seat and Support
Remove and Install Seat and Support—Cab
1. Disconnect harness connector behind the seat.
2. Remove front cap screws (A) and bracket (B).
3. Loosen rear cap screws (C).
4. Slide seat forward and remove.
5. Install seat in reverse order of removal.

LV17029 —UN—14MAR13
A—Front Cap Screw (2 used) C—Rear Cap Screw (2 used)
B—Bracket

Seat—Cab

SW03989,0001759 -19-27MAR13-1/1

Remove and Install Seat and Support—Open

Operator Station
1. Disconnect harness connector behind the seat.
2. Remove front cap screw (A).
3. Remove rear cap screw (B) and seat assembly.
4. Install seat in reverse order of removal.

LV17030 —UN—14MAR13
A—Front Cap Screw B—Rear Cap Screw

Front Cap Screw—OOS

LV17031 —UN—14MAR13

Rear Cap Screw—OOS

SW03989,000175A -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-05-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=515
 Seat and Support

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-05-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=516
 Group 06
Roll-Gard
Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Roll-Gard™—Cap Screw Torque 500 N·m (369 lb.-ft.)

SW03989,000175C -19-27MAR13-1/1

Remove and Install Roll-Gard

NOTE: Rear wheel is removed only for illus-
tration purposes.

1. Remove fenders. (See Remove and Install

Fenders—Open Operator Station in Section 80, Group
20.)

CAUTION: Approximate weight of Roll-Gard™

LV9887 —UN—05AUG04
crossbar is 20 kg (45 lb.).

2. Attach a suitable lifting device to crossbar (C).

3. Remove locking pin (A).
4. Remove snap ring (D).
Left Side
NOTE: Pivot pin (B) is press fit in outside flange of post.
A—Locking Pin C—Crossbar
5. Remove pivot pin (B) using a brass drift and hammer. B—Pivot Pin D—Snap Ring
6. Repeat steps 3—5 for opposite side of Roll-Gard™.
7. Remove crossbar (C).
Roll-Gard is a trademark of Deere & Company
Continued on next page SW03989,000175B -19-27MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-06-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=517
 Roll-Gard

8. Remove screw (B) and nut (C) to loosen fuel tank

retaining strap (A).
9. Disconnect light harness at bottom of post (D).
10. Remove four cap screws (E) and remove post (D).
11. Repeat steps above to remove left-side post.
NOTE: Remove lights if Roll-Gard™ repair or
replacement is necessary.

LV9888 —UN—05AUG04
12. Inspect all parts for damage. Replace as necessary.
13. Install post (D) and cap screws (E). Tighten cap
screws to specification.
Specification
Roll-Gard™—Cap Fuel Tank Strap and Roll-Gard™ Post
Screw—Torque......................................................... 500 N·m (369 lb.-ft.)

A—Fuel Tank Retaining Strap D—Post

B—Screw E—Cap Screw (4 used)
14. Install fuel tank retaining strap and secure with screw C—Nut
(B) and nut (C).
15. Repeat steps 12 and 13 to install left-side post.
16. Install fenders. (See Remove and Install
Fenders—Open Operator Station in Section 80, Group
20.)
SW03989,000175B -19-27MAR13-2/3

17. Install crossbar (C).

18. Install parts (A, B, and D).

A—Locking Pin C—Crossbar

B—Pivot Pin D—Snap Ring

LV9887 —UN—05AUG04

Left Side
SW03989,000175B -19-27MAR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-06-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=518
 Group 10
Control Console and Panel
Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Screws on Central Panel, Top Panel, Torque 4 N·m (3 lb-ft)

Hand Throttle Assembly
OUO1023,00036E1 -19-20DEC12-1/1

Remove and Install Right-Side Control

Console—Cab
1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable first and then
positive (+) battery cable.
2. Remove cap screws (A).
3. Remove position control lever stop and panel (D).
NOTE: Panel (D) is snap fit with tabs into top panel (C).

LV17039 —UN—14MAR13
4. Remove top panel (C).
NOTE: Top panel (C) is snap fit with tabs into
bottom panel/console.

5. Remove panel (E) and disconnect connector (F).

Mechanical Hitch Control
A—Cap Screw D—Mechanical Hitch Control
B—PTO Switch Panel
C—Top Panel E—PTO Control Panel
F— PTO Switch Harness
Connector

LV17040 —UN—14MAR13
PTO Switch

Continued on next page OUO1023,000398A -19-03SEP13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-10-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=519
 Control Console and Panel

6. Disconnect hand throttle harness connector (B).

7. Remove cap screws (C) and hand throttle assembly
(A).

A—Hand Throttle Assembly C—Cap Screw (3 used)

B—Hand Throttle Harness
Connector

LV17037 —UN—14MAR13
Throttle Control
OUO1023,000398A -19-03SEP13-2/3

PULV003827 —UN—08DEC08

Right Console

LV17038 —UN—14MAR13
Convenience and Power Outlet

A—Cap Screw (2 used) B—Right Console D—Power Outlet

C—Convenience Outlet

8. Remove cap screws (A). 13. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

9. Raise back of right console (B) and pivot end around 14. Install right console in reverse order of removal.
cab post. Lift front of console over levers.
15. Adjust SCV cables if necessary. (See Rear SCV
10. Disconnect 3-terminal convenience outlet (C) and Control Cable Adjustment in Section 70, Group 20.)
power outlet (D) connectors.
16. Connect positive (+) battery cable first and then
11. Disconnect rear wiper switch harness, if equipped. negative (—) battery cable.
12. Remove right console.
OUO1023,000398A -19-03SEP13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-10-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=520
 Control Console and Panel

Remove and Install Right-Side Control

Console—Open Operator Station

LV17047 —UN—14MAR13
LV17046 —UN—14MAR13 Console Cover

Top Panel

A—Top Panel B—Screw (2 used) C—Console Cover

1. Remove top panel (A). NOTE: Console cover (C) is snap fit with tabs.
NOTE: Top panel (A) is snap fit with tabs.

2. Remove screws (B) and lift console cover (C).

SW03989,000175E -19-27MAR13-1/3

3. Disconnect harness from electronic hand throttle (D)

and PTO switch (E). Remove console cover from base.

D—Electronic Hand Throttle E—PTO Switch

LV17048 —UN—14MAR13

Bottom View of Console Cover

Continued on next page SW03989,000175E -19-27MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-10-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=521
 Control Console and Panel

4. Remove SCV lever assembly (A) from console

base. (See Inspect and Repair SCV Levers and
Linkage—OOS in Section 70, Group 20.)
5. Remove cap screws (B), washers (C), and nuts (D).
6. Remove console base from fender.
7. Make repairs as necessary.
8. Install assembly in reverse order of removal.

A—SCV Lever Assembly C—Washer (4 used)

LV17049 —UN—14MAR13
B—Cap Screw (4 used) D—Nut (4 used)

Console Base
SW03989,000175E -19-27MAR13-3/3

Remove and Install Left-Side Control

Console—Cab
1. Remove cover (A) by pressing latch (B).
2. Remove cap screws (C and D).

PULV003951 —UN—05JAN09
3. Raise and remove console (E).
4. Inspect for damage. Replace if necessary.
5. Install cap screws (C and D).
6. Install cover (A).

A—Cover D—Cap Screw (3 used) Console Cover

B—Latch E—Console
C—Cap Screw

PULV003957 —UN—06JAN09

Left-Side Console
SW03989,000175F -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-10-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=522
 Control Console and Panel

Remove and Install Left-Side Control

Console—Open Operator Station
1. Remove cap (A) and knob (B).
2. Remove nut (C), knob (D), screws (E), and wing
screws (F).

LV15772 —UN—18MAY12
A—Cap D—Knob
B—Knob E—Screw (2 used)
C—Nut F— Wing Screw (2 used)

Left-Side Control Console

LV17058 —UN—15MAR13
Left-Side Control Console Hardware
Continued on next page SW03989,0001760 -19-27MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-10-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=523
 Control Console and Panel

NOTE: Left-side wheel removed for clarity of

illustration only.

3. Remove cap screws (A) from left-side fender.

4. Remove seat. (See Remove and Install Seat and
Support—Open Operator Station in Section 90, Group
05.)
5. Remove left-side control console (B). Make repairs as
necessary.
6. Install left-side control console (B) and cap screws (A).

LV15774 —UN—18MAY12
7. Install seat. (See Remove and Install Seat and
Support—Open Operator Station in Section 90, Group
05.)

A—Cap Screw (3 used) B—Left-Side Control Console

Left-Side Fender Shown

LV17193 —UN—21MAR13
Left-Side Control Console
Continued on next page SW03989,0001760 -19-27MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-10-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=524
 Control Console and Panel

8. Install wing screws (F), screws (E), knob (D), and nut
(C).
9. Install knob (B) and cap (A).

A—Cap D—Knob
B—Knob E—Screw (2 used)

LV15772 —UN—18MAY12
C—Nut F— Wing Screw (2 used)

Left-Side Control Console Control Levers

LV17058 —UN—15MAR13
Left-Side Control Console Hardware
SW03989,0001760 -19-27MAR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-10-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=525
 Control Console and Panel

Remove and Install Center Control Console

1. Disconnect battery, negative (—) cable first.

LV17064 —UN—15MAR13

LV17065 —UN—15MAR13
Center Control Console—Top Cowl Center Control Console—Bottom Cowl
2. Remove top cowl (A). Pull on areas where snap fit
tabs (B) are located.
NOTE: Guide pins are molded into the top of the cowl.

3. Remove knob (C).

4. Remove screws (D).
5. Remove cap screws (E) and nuts (F).
6. Disconnect harness from light and starting switches.
7. Rotate bottom cowl up and away from center control
console (H).
8. Remove cap screws (G).

LV17066 —UN—15MAR13
9. Disconnect harness from center control console (H)
and remove.
10. Make repairs as necessary.
11. Install center control console in reverse order of
removal.
Center Control Console
A—Top Cowl E—Cap Screw (2 used)
B—Snap Fit Tab (10 used) F— Nut (2 used)
C—Knob G—Cap Screw (2 used)
D—Screw (2 used) H—Center Control Console

SW03989,0001761 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-10-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=526
 Group 20
Cab Components
Essential Tools
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in
the U.S. SERVICEGARD™ Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

OUO1023,00036E8 -19-26MAR13-1/2

Cab Lifting Bar.................................................... JDG1580 Used to remove and install cab.

OUO1023,00036E8 -19-26MAR13-2/2

Service Equipment and Tools European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in
the U.S. SERVICEGARD™ Catalog or from the

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

OUO1023,00036E9 -19-20DEC12-1/2

Weather Strip Installation Tool............................. JDST-29 Used to install rear lower window seal.
OUO1023,00036E9 -19-20DEC12-2/2

Other Material
Number Name Use
TY22101 (U.S.) PAG Refrigeration Oil Apply to O-ring of A/C lines.

PM38654 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (High Apply to threads of SCV cable before
TY9474 (Canadian) Strength) tightening retaining nut
271 (LOCTITE®)

Loctite is a trademark of Henkel Corporation

OUO1023,00036EA -19-20MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=527
 Cab Components

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Cab Door Hinge Mounting Torque 28 N·m (20 lb-ft)

Flange Nut
Inner Cab Roof Mounting Cap Screw Torque 12 N·m (106 lb-in)
Front Cab Mount Nut Torque 350 N·m (258 lb-ft)
Rear Cab Mount Cap Screw Torque 220 N·m (185 lb-ft)
SCV Cable Nut Torque 16—19 N·m (12—14 lb-ft)
SCV Cable Sleeve Torque 25 N·m (18 lb-ft)
Cab A/C Lines Torque 45 N·m (33 lb-ft)
Brake Line Fitting Torque 16 N·m (12 lb-ft)
Steering Hydraulic Line Nut Torque 50 N·m (38 lb-ft)
Step Mounting Cap Screw Torque 60 N·m (44 lb-ft)
Mounting Bracket and Park Position Torque 10 ± 2 N·m (7 ± 1.4 lb-ft)
Indicator Cap Screws
Cooling System—3.0L Engine Capacity 10 L (2.6 gal.)
Cooling System—4.5L Engine Capacity 11.4 L (3 gal.)
OUO1023,00036EB -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=528
 Cab Components

Remove, Inspect, and Install Cab Interior

Recirculating Air Filters
1. Remove dome light assembly (A) and courtesy light
assembly (B).
2. Remove wing nut (D) and filter retainer (E).
3. Remove filter (C) and inspect for wear and damage.
Replace filter as necessary.
4. Install filter (C).
5. Install filter retainer (E) and wing nut (D).

LV6812 —UN—03MAY01
6. Install dome light assembly (A) and courtesy light
assembly (B).

A—Dome Light Assembly D—Wing Nut

B—Courtesy Light Assembly E—Filter Retainer
C—Filter Dome Light Assembly (Left Side)

LV6813 —UN—03MAY01
Courtesy Light Assembly (Right Side)

LV6815 —UN—12JUL01

Removing Filter

OUO1023,00036EC -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=529
 Cab Components

Remove, Inspect, and Install Exterior Cab

Intake Air Filter
1. Loosen wing screws (A) and remove air filter panel (B).
2. Loosen wing screws (C). Remove air filter bracket (D)
and exterior air filter (E).
3. Inspect exterior air filter (E) and replace if necessary.
NOTE: Install exterior air filter with rubber seal

LV6858 —UN—25SEP01
toward air filter bracket.

4. Install exterior air filter (E) retaining with air filter

bracket (D) on cab. Tighten wing screws (C) securely.
5. Install air filter panel (B) on cab and tighten wing
screws (A).
Right-Side Air Filter Panel
6. Repeat steps for the exterior air filter on opposite side
of cab, if equipped.

A—Wing Screw (2 used) D—Air Filter Bracket

B—Air Filter Panel E—Exterior Air Filter
C—Wing Screw (2 used)

LV12137 —UN—25JAN05
Exterior Air Filter Bracket

LV6859 —UN—25SEP01

Exterior Air Filter

SW03989,0001762 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=530
 Cab Components

Remove and Install Headliner

1. Remove radio and panel from tractor, if equipped.
2. Remove sun visor with mounting bracket and mirror
with mounting bracket.
3. Remove dome light assembly (A) by pulling down on
outer part of assembly and disconnecting dome light
connector.
4. Remove console light assembly (B).
5. Pull vent covers and retaining rings (C and E) from

LV6812 —UN—03MAY01
cab control console (D).
6. Remove mounting screws located behind vent covers
and pull cab control console from headliner. Do not
remove cab control console from tractor.
7. Starting at right front corner of headliner and work to
Dome Light Assembly
the left, pull headliner in and downward from cab roof.
8. Repair or replace headliner as necessary.
9. Install headliner, beginning at right rear corner.
10. Install cab control console (D) using mounting screws.
11. Insert vent covers and retaining rings (C and E).
12. Connect console light electrical connector to console
light assembly (B).
13. Connect dome light electrical connector and install
dome light assembly (A).

LV6813 —UN—03MAY01
14. Install sun visor, mirror, and radio panel with radio,
if equipped.

A—Dome Light Assembly D—Cab Control Console

B—Console Light Assembly E—Vent Cover and Retaining
C—Vent Cover and Retaining Ring
Ring Console Light Assembly

LV6814 —UN—04JUN01

Cab Control Console

SW03989,0001763 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=531
 Cab Components

Remove and Install Instructional Seat

LV12725 —UN—22JUN05
Instructional Seat Seat Belt
A—Seat Belt C—Cap Screw E—Lock Nut
B—Seat Belt Buckle D—Washer

NOTE: If repair to seat belt is not required, it is not 2. Remove cap screws from left-side console. (See
necessary to remove it from the seat frame. Remove and Install Left-Side Upholstery in this group.)
1. Remove the seat belt (A) and seat belt buckle (B).
SW03989,0001764 -19-27MAR13-1/4

IMPORTANT: Do not completely remove cylinder

spring clip. Damage may occur.

3. Slightly dislodge and lift spring clip (D) with a small

screwdriver to release cylinder (C) from ball stud (A).
For alternate method, turn the ball stud hex with a
wrench. This allows the cylinder to remain attached.
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to door, and to
aid during installation of kit parts, hold
LV12718 —UN—15JUN05

cab door open using rope. Do not place

blocks at hinge points.

4. Remove ball stud (A) from cab frame.

5. Remove cap screw and washer (B).

A—Ball Stud C—Door Cylinder Seat Frame To Cab Frame - Upper

B—Cap Screw and Washer D—Spring Clip

Continued on next page SW03989,0001764 -19-27MAR13-2/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=532
 Cab Components

6. Remove cap screws and washers (A) from seat

bracket (B).

A—Cap Screw and Washer (2 B—Seat Bracket

used)

LV13361 —UN—09SEP08
Seat Frame to Cab Frame—Lower

SW03989,0001764 -19-27MAR13-3/4

NOTE: Seat is removed from bracket to clearly show how

seat bracket is routed under upholstery panel.

7. Remove seat and bracket (A) from under upholstery

panel (B).
8. Make repairs as needed.
9. Install seat and bracket under upholstery panel.
10. Install lower cap screws and washers.
11. Install upper cap screw and washer.
12. Install ball stud in cab frame.
13. Attach door cylinder as required.
14. Install seat belt, if removed.

LV13498 —UN—15SEP08
15. Ensure all hardware is securely tightened.

A—Seat Bracket B—Upholstery Panel

Seat Bracket

SW03989,0001764 -19-27MAR13-4/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=533
 Cab Components

Remove and Install Left-Side Upholstery

1. Remove cover (A) by pressing latch (B).
2. If equipped, disconnect Service ADVISOR™
connector (E).

PULV003951 —UN—05JAN09
3. Remove cap screws (C and D).
4. Raise and remove console (F).
5. Slide back the front edge to allow upholstery (G) to
slide out.
6. Inspect for damage. Replace if necessary.
Left-Side Console Cover
NOTE: While installing upholstery, make use of weld
stud at rear on cab floor for positioning.

7. Install upholstery (G) and console (F).

8. Connect Service ADVISOR™ Connector (E).

PULV003952 —UN—05JAN09
9. Install cap screws (C and D).
10. Install cover (A).

A—Cover E—Service ADVISOR™

B—Latch Connector
C—Cap Screw F— Console
D—Cap Screw (3 used) G—Upholstery
Left-Side Console Hardware

PULV003953 —UN—05JAN09
Left-Side Upholstery

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

SW03989,0001765 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=534
 Cab Components

Remove and Install Right-Side Upholstery

1. Remove right-side control console. (See Remove
and Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab in this
section, Group 10.)
2. If equipped, loosen cap screws (B) and slide joystick

PULV003954 —UN—05JAN09
assembly (C) away from upholstery (A).
3. Pull upholstery (A) toward seat slowly until it releases
from weld studs on cab frame.
4. Lift upholstery (A) up and remove.
5. Inspect for damage. Replace as necessary.
Joystick
NOTE: While installing upholstery, make use of weld
stud at rear on cab floor for positioning.

6. Install upholstery (A).

7. Position joystick assembly (C) and tighten cap screws
(B).

PULV003955 —UN—05JAN09
8. Install right-side control console. (See Remove and
Install Right-Side Control Console—Cab in this group.)

A—Upholstery C—Joystick Assembly

B—Joystick Bracket Cap
Screw (3 used)

Upholstery

SW03989,0001766 -19-27MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=535
 Cab Components

Remove and Install Windshield

IMPORTANT: A minimum of two personnel will
be required to remove, position, and
install the windshield.

LV17075 —UN—18MAR13
Work Light

LV17076 —UN—18MAR13
Side Panel

A—Work Light (2 used) B—Cap Screw (4 used) C—Cap Screw (2 used) D—Right Side Panel

1. Remove work lights (A), if equipped. 2. Raise hood. Remove cap screws (C) and right side
panel (D).
SW03989,0001767 -19-27MAR13-1/3

3. Remove cap screws (F) from both sides of windshield

cowl (E).

E—Windshield Cowl F— Cap Screw (4 used)

LV17077 —UN—18MAR13

Windshield Cowl

Continued on next page SW03989,0001767 -19-27MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=536
 Cab Components

4. Remove nut (H) and wiper arm assembly.

5. Remove nut (G) from wiper motor assembly.
IMPORTANT: Support windshield when removing
and loosening mounting brackets or plates
to prevent damage.

6. Remove windshield.
a. Loosen cap screw (I) from retaining bracket (J).

LV17078 —UN—18MAR13
b. Loosen cap screws (L) from retaining plates (K).
c. Remove cap screws (B) and retaining brackets (J).
d. Rotate retaining plates (K).
7. Repair or replace as necessary.
Wiper Hardware
NOTE: Make sure window seal completely contacts
cab frame to prevent leakage.

8. Install windshield in reverse order of removal.

G—Nut J— Retaining Bracket (2 used)

H—Nut K—Retaining Plate (2 used)
I— Cap Screw (1 used) L— Cap Screw (2 used)

LV17079 —UN—18MAR13
Retaining Plate

SW03989,0001767 -19-27MAR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=537
 Cab Components

Remove and Install Front Lower Windows

NOTE: Observe position and location of mounting
hardware and rubber grommets during removal.

1. Remove cap screws (A and B).

2. Remove cap screw (C).

CAUTION: Avoid injury from falling or broken

glass. Prevent window from falling. Support
window while removing cap screws.

3. Remove window (D).

4. Repeat steps 1—3 for opposite side of cab, if

LV17084 —UN—18MAR13
necessary.
NOTE: Make sure window seal completely contacts
cab frame to prevent leakage.

5. Install window (D) and screws (A—C). Tighten all

mounting hardware securely.
Front Lower Windshield
A—Cap Screw C—Cap Screw
B—Cap Screw D—Window

SW03989,0001768 -19-27MAR13-1/1

Remove and Install Rear Lower Window

1. Remove window seal insert (A) from window seal (B).
2. Remove rear lower window (C) into cab.
3. Inspect window seal for wear or damage. Replace if
necessary.

PULV002146 —UN—27MAY08
NOTE: Liquid soap may be used to aid installation
of seal and window.

4. Install window seal (B) around window frame (D).

5. Insert rear lower window (C) into window seal (B).
6. Install window seal insert (A) into window seal (B)
Rear Lower Window
using JDST29 weather strip installation tool.

A—Window Seal Insert C—Rear Lower Window

B—Window Seal D—Window Frame
PULV002147 —UN—27MAY08

Window Seal

SW03989,000176A -19-28MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=538
 Cab Components

Remove and Install Rear Upper Window

1. Release window hand latch.
IMPORTANT: Do not completely remove cylinder
spring clip. Damage may occur.

PULV002140 —UN—27MAY08
2. Slightly dislodge and lift spring clip (C) with a small
screwdriver to release cylinder from ball stud.
IMPORTANT: Support rear upper window to
prevent it from falling when remaining
hardware is removed.

NOTE: Observe position and location of mounting

hardware and rubber grommets during removal. Rear Upper Window

3. While supporting rear window, remove screws (A and A—Screw C—Cylinder Spring Clip
B). Remove rear window assembly. B—Screw

4. Position window assembly against frame and install

screws (A and B). Tighten mounting hardware securely.
5. Slightly dislodge and lift spring clip (C) with a small
screwdriver and push clip into position to retain
cylinder on ball stud.
SW03989,000176B -19-28MAR13-1/1

Remove and Install Side Windows

1. Remove latch pin and retaining clip (A).
NOTE: Observe position and location of mounting
hardware and rubber grommets during removal.

PULV002215 —UN—18JUN08
2. Remove lower mounting hardware (C).
IMPORTANT: Support side window to prevent it from
falling when remaining hardware is removed.

3. Remove upper mounting hardware (B) and remove

window.
4. Repeat steps 1—3 for opposite side of cab, if
necessary.
5. Install window and mounting hardware (B and C).
Tighten all mounting hardware securely.
6. Install window with latch pin and retaining clip (A).
Tighten all mounting hardware securely.

A—Latch Pin and Retaining C—Lower Mounting Hardware

LV12190 —UN—04FEB05

Clip
B—Upper Mounting Hardware

SW03989,000176C -19-28MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=539
 Cab Components

Remove and Install Cab Doors

NOTE: Left door is shown; right door is similar
(if equipped).

IMPORTANT: Do not completely remove cylinder

spring clip. Damage may occur.

1. Slightly dislodge and lift spring clip (A) with a small

screwdriver to release cylinder from ball stud.

LV12191 —UN—04FEB05
2. Remove dome light assembly (B) and center cab
support panel (C).

A—Spring Clip C—Center Cab Support Panel

B—Dome Light Assembly

Door Cylinder

LV8670 —UN—20AUG03
Dome Light Assembly

Continued on next page SW03989,000176D -19-28MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=540
 Cab Components

CAUTION: Avoid injury from falling or broken door

window. Support door while removing hinges.

3. Attach a suitable hoist to cab door. Weight of door is

approximately 23 kg (51 lb).
4. Remove flange nuts from lower door hinge (B) first,
then remove flange nuts from upper door hinge (A).
5. Repair or replace cab door as necessary.
6. Install cab door using flange nuts on upper door hinge
(A) and lower door hinge (B). Tighten flange nuts to
specification.
Specification
Cab Door Hinge Mounting
Flange Nuts—Torque................................................... 28 N·m (20 lb.-ft.)

7. Gently close cab door. Verify smooth operation of door

hinges and latch. Check alignment of door latch and
seal. Adjust hinges and latch striker if necessary.

A—Upper Door Hinge B—Lower Door Hinge

LV8671 —UN—20AUG03
Door Hinges

Continued on next page SW03989,000176D -19-28MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-15 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=541
 Cab Components

8. Install center cab support panel (C) and dome light

assembly (B).
9. Slightly dislodge and lift spring clip (A) with a small
screwdriver and push clip into position to retain
cylinder on ball stud.

A—Spring Clip C—Center Cab Support Panel

B—Dome Light Assembly

LV8670 —UN—20AUG03
Dome Light Assembly

LV12191 —UN—04FEB05
Door Cylinder

SW03989,000176D -19-28MAR13-3/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-16 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=542
 Cab Components

Remove and Install Inner Roof for Air

Conditioning Housing Repair

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from

pressurized cooling system can cause
serious burns.

TS281 —UN—15APR13
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only
when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before
removing completely.
Always pay close attention to battery terminals.
Pressurized fluid safety
If the air conditioning sub-assemblies are not
handled correctly, leaks will result. If leaks occur,
pressurized refrigerant will escape, possibly 2. Recover/recycle air conditioning refrigerant. (See
leading to severe personal injury. Always Recover/Recycle Air Conditioning Refrigerant in
wear appropriate safety gear when working Section 90, Group 30.)
on the air conditioning system.
3. Drain coolant. (See Drain Coolant in Section 20,
1. Disconnect the negative (—) battery terminal. Group 10.)
SW03989,000176E -19-28MAR13-1/12

4. Remove windshield. (See Remove and Install

Windshield in this group.)
5. Remove cab headliner. (See Remove and Install
Headliner in this group.)
6. Remove panel from left center support (B).
7. Disconnect cab roof harness connector (A).
8. Disconnect left door switch harness connector (D) and
remove cap screw (C).

LV8673 —UN—25AUG03
A—Cab Roof Harness C—Cap Screw
Connector D—Door Switch Harness
B—Left Center Support Connector

Cab Roof Harness Connector

LV8674 —UN—25AUG03

Door Switch Harness Connector

Continued on next page SW03989,000176E -19-28MAR13-2/12

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-17 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=543
 Cab Components

IMPORTANT: It is essential to label the heater

hoses before disconnecting.

NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs to

prevent system contamination.

9. Disconnect heater supply hose (A) and return hose (B).

A—Supply Hose B—Return Hose

LV17100 —UN—21MAR13
Heater Supply and Return Hoses

SW03989,000176E -19-28MAR13-3/12

IMPORTANT: When removing air conditioning lines,

always support line adapter and fittings with
a backup wrench to keep fittings stationary
and prevent damage to line.
Seal the air conditioning system disconnection
points with caps and plugs immediately to

PULV002143 —UN—27MAY08
prevent air contamination.

10. Recover/recycle air conditioning refrigerant. (See

Recover/Recycle Air Conditioning Refrigerant in
Section 90, Group 30.)
11. Disconnect air conditioning supply line (A) and air
conditioning return line (B). Close openings using caps
or plugs to prevent contamination. Air Conditioning Lines
12. Disconnect air conditioning lines (C and D) at right
front corner of cab roof and remove both lines from
tractor. Close openings using caps or plugs to prevent
contamination.

A—Air Conditioning Supply C—Air Conditioning Line

Line D—Air Conditioning Line
B—Air Conditioning Return
Line
LV8678 —UN—25AUG03

Air Conditioning Lines

Continued on next page SW03989,000176E -19-28MAR13-4/12

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-18 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=544
 Cab Components

13. Remove right and left drain lines (A) from rear of cab
roof.

A—Drain Line (2 used)

LV6981 —UN—15MAY01
Cab Outer Roof Drain Line

Continued on next page SW03989,000176E -19-28MAR13-5/12

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-19 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=545
 Cab Components

14. Remove front cap screws (A).

15. Remove rear cap screws (B).
16. Remove right-side ground wires (C).
17. Remove cap screws (D) from both sides of cab.

A—Front Cap Screw (4 used) C—Ground Wires

B—Rear Cap Screw (3 used) D—Cap Screw (2 used)

LV6974 —UN—15MAY01
Roof Front Cap Screws

LV8680 —UN—25AUG03
Roof Rear Cap Screws

LV8679 —UN—25AUG03

Roof Right-Side Ground Wires

Continued on next page SW03989,000176E -19-28MAR13-6/12

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-20 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=546
 Cab Components

18. Remove interior and exterior air filters. (See Remove,

Inspect, and Install Cab Interior Recirculating Air
Filters and see Remove, Inspect, and Install Exterior
Cab Intake Air Filter in this group.)
19. Route lifting strap (A) through left air filter opening,
across underside of roof, and through right air filter
opening. Attach both ends to a suitable lifting device.
20. Attach lifting strap (B) to center of lifting strap (A)

LV12195 —UN—04FEB05
under cab roof. Route strap (B) between cab frame
and roof, and connect to lifting device.
IMPORTANT: Do not allow straps to contact cab
flood lights and warn/turn lights while lifting
roof to avoid damage.

21. Route straps through holes in left and right front Remove Roof
corners of roof and attach to lifting device.
NOTE: Guide the heater hoses out of the cab A—Lifting Strap B—Lifting Strap
support column.

22. Lift cab roof from tractor. Repair or replace as NOTE: Lubricate and guide the heater hoses into
necessary. the cab support column.
23. Replace cab roof-to-cab frame seal.
24. Install cab roof on cab frame.
IMPORTANT: Make sure cab roof wiring will not be
pinched while installing cab roof to cab frame.
Continued on next page SW03989,000176E -19-28MAR13-7/12

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-21 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=547
 Cab Components

25. Install front cap screws (A).

26. Install rear cap screws (B).
27. Install right-side cap screw (D) and ground wires (C).
28. Tighten mounting cap screws (A, B, and D) to
specification.
Specification
Inner Cab Roof Mounting
Cap Screw—Torque.................................................. 12 N·m (106 lb.-in.)

LV6974 —UN—15MAY01
A—Front Cap Screw (4 used) C—Ground Wires
B—Rear Cap Screw (3 used) D—Cap Screw (2 used)

Roof Front Cap Screws

LV8680 —UN—25AUG03
Roof Rear Cap Screws

LV8679 —UN—25AUG03

Roof Right Side Ground Wires

Continued on next page SW03989,000176E -19-28MAR13-8/12

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-22 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=548
 Cab Components

29. Install right and left cab roof drain lines (A).

A—Drain Line (2 used)

LV6981 —UN—15MAY01
Cab Outer Roof Drain Lines

SW03989,000176E -19-28MAR13-9/12

CAUTION: Make sure that air conditioning

inlet and outlet hoses/lines are connected
to their respective openings.

IMPORTANT: Install new O-rings on air conditioning

lines. Used or damaged O-rings will leak.

30. Apply a small amount of TY22101 PAG Refrigeration

Oil on O-rings before connecting air conditioning lines.

LV8678 —UN—25AUG03
IMPORTANT: When installing air conditioning lines,
always support line adapter and fittings with
a backup wrench to keep fittings stationary
and prevent damage to line.
Install new O-rings on air conditioning lines.
Used or damaged O-rings will leak.
Air Conditioning Upper Lines

31. Install air conditioning lines (C and D) at right front

corner of cab roof. Tighten lines to specification.
32. Connect air conditioning supply line (A) and
air conditioning return line (B). Tighten lines to
specification.
Specification
PULV002143 —UN—27MAY08

Cab Air Conditioning

Line—Torque.................................................................. 45 N·m (33 lb-ft)

A—Air Conditioning Supply C—Air Conditioning Line

Line D—Air Conditioning Line
B—Air Conditioning Return
Line

Air Conditioning Lines

Continued on next page SW03989,000176E -19-28MAR13-10/12

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-23 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=549
 Cab Components

IMPORTANT: Make sure that heater inlet and

outlet hoses are connected to their
respective openings.

33. Connect heater inlet hose (A) and supply hose (B).

A—Inlet Hose B—Supply Hose

LV17100 —UN—21MAR13
Connect Heater Hoses

Continued on next page SW03989,000176E -19-28MAR13-11/12

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-24 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=550
 Cab Components

34. Connect left door switch harness connector (D).

35. Install cap screw (C) and tighten to specification.
Specification
Inner Cab Roof Mounting
Cap Screw—Torque.................................................. 12 N·m (106 lb.-in.)

36. Connect cab roof harness connector (A).

37. Install panel on left center support (B).

LV8674 —UN—25AUG03
38. Install cab headliner. (See Remove and Install
Headliner in this group.)
39. Install windshield. (See Remove and Install Windshield
in this group.)
40. Fill radiator with coolant.
Door Switch Harness Connector
41. Evacuate and charge air conditioning system. (See
Charge Air Conditioning System in Section 90, Group
30.)
Start engine and allow it to reach proper operating
temperature. Adjust coolant level in recovery tank.
(See Heavy Duty Diesel Engine Coolant in Section
10, Group 15.)

A—Cab Roof Harness C—Cap Screw

Connector D—Door Switch Harness

LV8673 —UN—25AUG03
B—Left Center Support Connector

Cab Roof Harness Connector

SW03989,000176E -19-28MAR13-12/12

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-25 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=551
 Cab Components

Remove Cab
CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from
pressurized cooling system can cause
serious burns.
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only

TS281 —UN—15APR13
when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before
removing completely.
Always pay close attention to battery terminals.
If the air conditioning sub-assemblies are not
handled correctly, leaks will result. If leaks occur,
pressurized refrigerant will escape, possibly
leading to severe personal injury. Always 3. Recover/recycle air conditioning refrigerant. (See
wear appropriate safety gear when working Recover/Recycle Air Conditioning Refrigerant in
on the air conditioning system. Section 90, Group 30.)

1. Open the hood. Disconnect the negative (—) battery 4. Drain coolant. (See Drain Coolant in Section 20,
terminal. Group 10.)

2. Remove hood. (See Remove and Install Hood in

Section 80, Group 25.)
SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-1/20

5. Remove cap screws (A). Remove step assembly.

6. Remove step assembly from right side of tractor, if
equipped.
7. Remove fuel tank. (See Remove, Inspect, and Install
Fuel Tank in Section 30, Group 05.)

PULV005020 —UN—08JAN10
A—Cap Screw (4 used)

Step Assembly

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-2/20

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-26 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=552
 Cab Components

LV17114 —UN—21MAR13

LV17115 —UN—21MAR13
Steering Hoses–View from Left Pump Hose and Panels

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid

under pressure, stop engine and relieve the
pressure in the system before disconnecting or
connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.

IMPORTANT: When removing hydraulic lines, always

support line adapter and fittings with a backup
wrench to keep fittings stationary and prevent
damage to line, valve, and pump housings.

NOTE: Close all openings with caps and plugs. Tag or

label hoses to aid during installation.

8. Remove side panel and disconnect steering hoses

LV17116 —UN—21MAR13
(A and B).
NOTE: Side panel is shown removed.

9. Remove upper and lower side panels (C and D).

10. Disconnect steering valve supply hose (E).
Steering Hose–View from Right
11. Disconnect brake valve hoses (F and G) and lines (H
and I).
A—Left Turn Steering Hose G—Brake Valve Supply Hose
12. Disconnect steering valve return hose (J). B—Right Turn Steering Hose H—Left Service Brake Line
C—Upper Side Panel I— Right Service Brake Line
13. Disconnect foot throttle position sensor (K). D—Lower Side Panel J— Steering Valve Return Hose
E—Steering Valve Supply Hose K—Foot Throttle Position
F— Brake Valve Return Hose Sensor (TPS)

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-3/20

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-27 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=553
 Cab Components

IMPORTANT: Identify heater hoses before

disconnecting.

NOTE: Close all opening using caps and plugs to

prevent contamination.

14. Disconnect heater supply hose (A) and return hose (B).

A—Supply Hose B—Return Hose

LV17100 —UN—21MAR13
Heater Supply and Return Hoses

SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-4/20

IMPORTANT: When removing air conditioning lines,

always support line adapter and fittings with
a backup wrench to keep fittings stationary
and prevent damage to line.
Seal the air conditioning system disconnection
points with caps and plugs immediately to
prevent air contamination.

15. Remove air conditioning lines (A and B).

LV17101 —UN—21MAR13
16. Remove cap screw (C).
17. Set aside air conditioning dryer with retaining clamp
(D).

A—Air Conditioning Supply C—Cap Screw

Line D—Dryer Retaining Clamp
B—Air Conditioning Return Air Conditioning Lines
Line

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-5/20

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-28 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=554
 Cab Components

LV17117 —UN—21MAR13

LV17118 —UN—21MAR13
Left-Side Connections

#3 ECU Connector
18. Disconnect wire harness connectors, ground wires,
and cables (A—H).

A—Air Conditioning Connector E—Harness Connector

B—Grounding Wires F— Cab-to-ECU Connector (#3)
C—Power Cable G—Harness Connector
D—Harness Connector H—Harness Connector

Right-Side Connections LV17119 —UN—21MAR13

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-6/20

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-29 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=555
 Cab Components

19. Disconnect control cables (A and B) from rockshaft

valve.

A—Control Cable B—Control Cable

LV17121 —UN—21MAR13
Mechanical Rockshaft Valve

SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-7/20

PUPX001036 —UN—05MAR09

SCV Control Cables

LV17123 —UN—21MAR13
PTO Linkage

A—Lock Nut (1—3 used) C—SCV Control Cable (1—3 D—PTO Speed Shift Linkage
B—Sleeve (1—3 used) used)

20. Disconnect SCV control cable (C) from spool. (See 21. Disconnect PTO speed shift linkage (D).
Inspect and Repair SCV Levers and Linkage—Cab
in Section 70, Group 20.)
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-8/20

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-30 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=556
 Cab Components

22. Tractors equipped with secondary brakes:

Disconnect secondary brake linkage (A) and
secondary brake cable at bracket (B).

A—Linkage B—Bracket

LV17138 —UN—21MAR13
Secondary Brake Linkage

SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-9/20
PUPX001039 —UN—06MAR09

PUPX001030 —UN—04MAR09
Harness Connector Shift Levers
23. Disconnect connector (I).
NOTE: Shift levers may be kept with drive train
housing while removing cab.

24. Remove screws (B), gearshift lever insert (A), and

PUPX001031 —UN—04MAR09

gearshift lever grip (C).

25. Remove range shift lever insert (D) and inside screw
to remove range shift lever grip (E).
26. Remove screws (F) and retainer (G). Carefully slide
out boots (H). Retain parts for reuse.

A—Gearshift Lever Insert F— Screws Boot Retainer Removed

B—Screws G—Retainer
C—Gearshift Lever Grip H—Boot (2 used)
D—Range Shift Lever Insert I— Hi-Lo Switch Harness
E—Range Shift Lever Grip Connector

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-10/20

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-31 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=557
 Cab Components

27. Remove set screw (A) and remove rate-of-drop valve

knob (B).
28. Remove clip (C) to release control cable from cab.

A—Set Screw C—Clip

PUPX001032 —UN—04MAR09
B—Knob

Rate-of-Drop Valve

SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-11/20

29. Disconnect cab-to-transmission harness connectors

(A and B).

A—Harness Connector B—Harness Connector

LV17125 —UN—21MAR13
Harness Connectors

SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-12/20

30. For triple mid-mount SCV, disconnect harness

connectors (A).
31. Remove pins (D), jam nuts (C), and cables (B). (See
Inspect and Repair Joystick and Linkage or Inspect
and Repair Multi-Function Control Lever and Linkage

PUPX001033 —UN—05MAR09
(with Secondary Brake) in Section 70, Group 25.)

A—Solenoid Valve Harness C—Jam Nut (1—2 used)

Connectors (if equipped) D—Pin (1—2 used)
B—Cable (1—2 used)

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-13/20

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-32 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=558
 Cab Components

32. Lift right and left front corners of cab floor mat to
access cab mount cap screws (A).
33. Remove left and right front cab mount nuts (D).
Isolators (B ) and washers (C) will remain in place
during cab removal.
NOTE: Observe position and location of cab mounting
hardware to aid during installation.

A—Cap Screw (2 used) C—Washer (2 used)

B—Isolator (2 used) D—Nut (2 used)

LV17133 —UN—21MAR13
Front Cab Mount

SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-14/20

34. Remove left and right rear cab mount cap screws (A),
washers (B), and isolators (C).

A—Cap Screw (2 used) C—Isolator (2 used)

B—Washer (4 used)

LV17134 —UN—21MAR13
Rear Cab Mount

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-15/20

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-33 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=559
 Cab Components

35. Disconnect differential lock pedal linkage (A).

A—Differential Lock Pedal

Linkage

LV17135 —UN—21MAR13
Differential Lock

SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-16/20

36. Remove cap screws (A) and washers (B).

A—Cap Screws B—Washers

PULV004174 —UN—06JAN09
Cab Roof

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-17/20

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-34 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=560
 Cab Components

LV8776 —UN—23OCT03
JDG1580 Cab Lifting Bar

LV8777 —UN—23OCT03
37. Install JDG1580 cab lifting bar (A) to a suitable hoist.
38. Remove retaining pins (B), JDG1580-2 eye bolts (C),
and JDG1580-4 nut (D) from JDG1580-4 cab lifting
bar (A). Repeat this step on opposite end of lifting bar.

A—JDG1580 Cab Lifting Bar D—JDG1580-4 Nut (2 used)

B—Retaining Pin (2 used) E—JDG1833 Eye Bolt (2 used)
C—JDG1580-2 Eye Bolt (2 F— Retaining Pin Lock (2 used)
used)

LV8840 —UN—23OCT03
Continued on next page SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-18/20

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-35 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=561
 Cab Components

39. Position hoist with JDG1580 cab lifting bar over tractor.

A—Retaining Pin and Pin Lock B—JDG1833 Eye Bolt (2 used)

(2 used)

LV8778 —UN—23OCT03
SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-19/20

CAUTION: Avoid personal injury or damage to

cab. Use proper lifting equipment.

IMPORTANT: When raising the cab, watch lines,

hoses, cables, and wiring harnesses. There is a
risk of entanglement on other components.

TS226 —UN—23AUG88
40. Raise cab clear of the tractor.

LV12249 —UN—15FEB05

Lift Cab

SW03989,0001D30 -19-09OCT13-20/20

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-36 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=562
 Cab Components

Install Cab
CAUTION: Avoid personal injury or damage to
cab. Use proper lifting equipment.

IMPORTANT: Do not pinch or bend hoses, lines, wires,

cables, or linkages when installing cab.

TS226 —UN—23AUG88
1. Lower cab just above mounts. Be sure isolators and
washers are properly positioned. Observe proper
routing and connections of hoses, lines, wires, cables,
and linkages.

LV12249 —UN—15FEB05
Install Cab

Continued on next page SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-1/19

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-37 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=563
 Cab Components

2. Be sure isolators (B) and washers (C) are properly

positioned. Install left and right front cap screws (A)
and nuts (D).
3. Install cab floor mat.

A—Cap Screw (2 used) C—Washer (2 used)

B—Isolator (2 used) D—Nut (2 used)

LV17133 —UN—21MAR13
Front Cab Mount

SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-2/19

4. Install left and right rear cab mount cap screws (A),
washers (B), and isolators (C).
5. Lower cab completely and tighten cab mount cap
screws to specification.
Specification
Front Cab Mount
Nut—Torque............................................................. 350 N·m (258 lb.-ft.)
Rear Cab Mount Cap
Screw—Torque......................................................... 220 N·m (162 lb.-ft.)

LV17134 —UN—21MAR13
A—Cap Screw (2 used) C—Isolator (2 used)
B—Washer (4 used)

Rear Cab Mount

Continued on next page SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-3/19

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-38 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=564
 Cab Components

6. Remove retaining pin lock and pin. Raise JDG1580

cab lifting bar and remove JDG1822 eye bolts from
cab.

A—Retaining Pin and Pin Lock B—JDG1822 Eye Bolt (2 used)

(2 used)

LV8778 —UN—23OCT03
Cab Lifting Bar-to-Cab

SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-4/19

7. Install washers (B) and cap screws (A).

A—Cap Screws B—Washers

PULV004174 —UN—06JAN09
Cab Roof

Continued on next page SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-5/19

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-39 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=565
 Cab Components

8. Connect differential lock (A) pedal linkage.

A—Differential Lock

LV17135 —UN—21MAR13
Differential Lock

SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-6/19

9. For triple mid-mount SCV, connect harness connectors

(A).
10. Install mid-mount SCV cable (B), jam nut (C), and yoke
pin (D). Adjust cables and linkage as necessary. (See
Inspect and Repair Joystick and Linkage or Inspect

PUPX001033 —UN—05MAR09
and Repair Multi-Function Control Lever and Linkage
(with Secondary Brake) in Section 70, Group 25.)

A—Solenoid Valve Harness C—Jam Nut (1—2 used)

Connectors (if equipped) D—Pin (1—2 used)
B—Cable (1—2 used)

Mid-Mount SCV—Triple Shown

SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-7/19

11. Connect cab to transmission harness connectors (A

and B).

A—Harness Connector B—Harness Connector

LV17125 —UN—21MAR13

Cab Harness Connectors

Continued on next page SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-8/19

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-40 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=566
 Cab Components

12. Install rate-of-drop valve knob (B) and secure with set
screw (A) and install clip (C).

A—Set Screw C—Clip

B—Knob

PUPX001032 —UN—04MAR09
Rate-of-Drop Valve

SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-9/19

PUPX001039 —UN—06MAR09

PUPX001030 —UN—04MAR09
Harness Connector Shift Levers
13. Install boots (H) carefully over shift levers.
14. Install retainer (G) and screws (F).
15. Install grips (C and E) and inserts (A and D).

PUPX001031 —UN—04MAR09
16. Tractors equipped with PowrReverser Plus:
Connect harness connector (I).

A—Gearshift Lever Insert F— Screws

B—Screws G—Retainer
C—Gearshift Lever Grip H—Boot
D—Range Shift Lever Insert I— Hi-Lo Switch Harness
E—Range Shift Lever Grip Connector

Boot Retainer Removed

Continued on next page SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-10/19

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-41 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=567
 Cab Components

17. Tractors equipped with secondary brakes: Connect

secondary brake cable to bracket (B).
NOTE: Be sure secondary brake indicator light on
instrument panel is turned ON when brake lever is
engaged and turned OFF when lever is released.

18. Connect secondary brake linkage (A). Adjust brake as

necessary.

A—Harness Connector B—Bracket

LV17138 —UN—21MAR13
SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-11/19

19. Before installing rear SCV cables, inspect retaining

nut (A). Apply thread lock and sealer (high strength)
and tighten securely without damaging outer edge of
retaining nut.

A—Retaining Nut

PULV003867 —UN—16DEC08
Rear SCV Cable Retaining Nut

Continued on next page SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-12/19

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-42 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=568
 Cab Components

PUPX001036 —UN—05MAR09
SCV Control Cables

LV17123 —UN—21MAR13
A—Retaining Nut C—SCV Control Cable D—PTO Speed Shift Linkage
B—Sleeve

20. Install cable sleeve (B) and retaining nut (A). Tighten
21. Adjust control cables as necessary. (See Hydraulics
to specification.
- Rear SCV Cable Adjustment in Section 270, Group
Specification 50AA.)
SCV Retaining
Nut—Torque.................................................... 16—19 N·m (12—14 lb-ft) 22. Connect PTO speed shift linkage (D).
SCV Cable
Sleeve—Torque.............................................................. 25 N·m (18 lb-ft)
SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-13/19

23. Connect control cables (A and B) to hitch valve.

24. Adjust cables and linkage as necessary. (See
Hydraulics - Rockshaft Draft-Sensing and Position
Control Cable Adjustment in Section 270, Group
50AA.)

A—Control Cable B—Control Cable

LV17121 —UN—21MAR13

Continued on next page SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-14/19

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-43 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=569
 Cab Components

LV17117 —UN—21MAR13

LV17118 —UN—21MAR13
Left Side Connections

#3 ECU Connector
25. Connect wire harness connectors, cables, and wires
(A—H).

A—Air Conditioning Connector E—Harness Connector

B—Grounding Wires F— Cab-to-ECU Connector (#3)
C—Power Cable G—Harness Connector
D—Harness Connector H—Harness Connector

Right Side Connections LV17119 —UN—21MAR13

Continued on next page SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-15/19

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-44 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=570
 Cab Components

LV17114 —UN—21MAR13

LV17115 —UN—21MAR13
Steering Hoses–View from Left Pump Hose and Panels

IMPORTANT: When installing hydraulic lines, always

support line adapter and fittings with a backup
wrench to keep fittings stationary and prevent
damage to line, valve, and pump housings.
Always use new O-rings. Damaged or
used O-rings will leak.

26. Connect foot throttle position sensor (K).

27. Connect steering valve return hose (J) and supply
hose (E). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Steering Hydraulic Line
Nut—Torque................................................................. 50 N·m (38 lb.-ft.)

LV17116 —UN—21MAR13
28. Connect brake valve hoses (F and G) and lines (H and
I). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Brake Line
Fitting—Torque............................................................. 16 N·m (12 lb.-ft.)

29. Install upper and lower side panels (C and D). Steering Hose–View from Right
30. Connect steering hoses (A and B) and install side
panel. Tighten to specification. A—Left Turn Steering Hose G—Brake Valve Supply Hose
B—Right Turn Steering Hose H—Left Service Brake Line
Specification C—Upper Side Panel I— Right Service Brake Line
Steering Hydraulic Line D—Lower Side Panel J— Steering Valve Return Hose
Nut—Torque................................................................. 50 N·m (38 lb.-ft.) E—Steering Valve Supply Hose K—Foot Throttle Position
F— Brake Valve Return Hose Sensor (TPS)
NOTE: Side panel is shown removed.

Continued on next page SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-16/19

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-45 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=571
 Cab Components

IMPORTANT: When removing/installing air

conditioning lines, always support line adapter
and fittings with a backup wrench to keep
fittings stationary and prevent damage to line.
Install new O-rings on air conditioning lines.
Used or damaged O-rings will leak.
Apply a small amount of refrigeration oil on
O-rings before connecting air conditioning lines.

LV17101 —UN—21MAR13
31. Install dryer with retaining clamp (D) and cap screw (C).
32. Install air conditioning lines (A and B). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Air Conditioning
Line—Torque................................................................ 45 N·m (33 lb.-ft.) Air Conditioning Lines

A—Air Conditioning Supply C—Cap Screw

Line D—Dryer Retaining Clamp
B—Air Conditioning Return
Line

SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-17/19

CAUTION: Make sure that heater inlet and outlet

hoses are connected to their respective openings.

33. Connect heater supply hose (A) and return hose (B).

A—Supply Hose B—Return Hose

LV17100 —UN—21MAR13

Heater Supply and Return Hoses

Continued on next page SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-18/19

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-46 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=572
 Cab Components

34. Install fuel tank. (See Remove, Inspect, and Install

Fuel Tank in Section 30, Group 05.)
35. Install step assembly on both sides. Tighten cap
screws (A) to specification.
Specification
Step Mounting Cap

PULV005020 —UN—08JAN10
Screw—Torque............................................................. 60 N·m (44 lb.-ft.)

36. Fill radiator with coolant.

Specification
Cooling System—Capac-
ity........................................................................................ 11.4 L (3 gal.)

37. Evacuate and charge air conditioning system. (See

Step Assembly
Charge Air Conditioning System in Section 90, Group
30.)
A—Cap Screws
38. Install hood. (See Remove and Install Hood in Section
80, Group 25.)
39. Connect the negative (—) battery terminal. 41. Bleed brakes. (See Bleed Brakes in Section 60,
Group 10.)
40. Run engine at operating temperature. Check for
coolant and hydraulic leaks. Adjust coolant level in 42. Check and adjust hydraulic oil level.
recovery tank.
SW03989,0001770 -19-03APR13-19/19

Park Position Indicator Installation (If

Equipped)
1. Place gearshift lever in park. Starting in neutral “home”
position, move gearshift lever as mentioned below.
a. Move lever straight outward (until internal stop is
reached).
b. Move lever straight forward (until internal stop is
reached).
c. Move lever straight inward (until internal stop is
reached).
d. Move lever straight rearward (until internal stop is
reached).
2. Install park position indicator (A) using cap screws (B).
3. Adjust park position indicator fore-or-aft. Tighten cap

LV17166 —UN—21MAR13
screws.

A—Park Position Indicator B—Cap Screw (2 used)

SW03989,0001D32 -19-20SEP13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-47 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=573
 Cab Components

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-20-48 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=574
 Group 30
Air Conditioning System
Essential Tools
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in
the U.S. SERVICEGARD™ Catalog or from the
European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC).

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

SW03989,0001D51 -19-20SEP13-1/11

Recovery/Recycling, and Charging Station ...... JDG10974

Used to service air conditioning system using
R134a refrigerant.

RW21613 —UN—15APR13
SW03989,0001D51 -19-20SEP13-2/11

Recovery/Recycling Station.............................. JDG10555

Used to service air conditioning system using
R134a refrigerant.

RW21613 —UN—15APR13
SW03989,0001D51 -19-20SEP13-3/11

RW19932 —UN—19MAY92
A/C Compressor Clutch Spanner ........................ JDG747
Removing compressor clutch.

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D51 -19-20SEP13-4/11

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=575
 Air Conditioning System

RW40022 —UN—08SEP93
Pulley Remover ................................................ D05277ST
Removing compressor pulley.

SW03989,0001D51 -19-20SEP13-5/11

RW19935 —UN—19MAY92
Jaws ..................................................................... JDG748
Used with D05277ST pulley remover to remove
compressor pulley.

SW03989,0001D51 -19-20SEP13-6/11

RW21598 —UN—17AUG92
Forcing Screw Pilot............................................... JDG771
Removing compressor clutch.

SW03989,0001D51 -19-20SEP13-7/11

RW19943 —UN—19MAY92
Compressor Seal Protector .................................. JDG746
Installing seal on compressor.

SW03989,0001D51 -19-20SEP13-8/11

Air Conditioning Flushing Unit ..............................JT02075

Flushing air conditioning system.

RW25566 —UN—16DEC96

Continued on next page SW03989,0001D51 -19-20SEP13-9/11

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=576
 Air Conditioning System

RW40022 —UN—08SEP93
Flushing Attachment Kit........................................JT02078
Flushing air conditioning system.

SW03989,0001D51 -19-20SEP13-10/11

RW40022 —UN—08SEP93
Air Conditioning R12/R134a Fitting Kit .................JT02098
Connecting flushing, purging, and pressure equipment.

SW03989,0001D51 -19-20SEP13-11/11

Service Equipment and Tools European Microfiche Tool Catalog (MTC). Some
tools may be available from a local supplier.
NOTE: Order tools according to information given in
the U.S. SERVICEGARD™ Catalog or from the

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

OUO1023,00036FD -19-20DEC12-1/10

Adapter .................................................................JT02099 Connecting gauge set to suction port of compressor.

OUO1023,00036FD -19-20DEC12-2/10

Cap .......................................................................JT03194 Closing suction port adapter during compressor

volumetric efficiency test.
OUO1023,00036FD -19-20DEC12-3/10

Adapter .................................................................JT02100 Connecting gauge set to discharge port of compressor.

OUO1023,00036FD -19-20DEC12-4/10

Adapter .................................................................JT02121
Connecting gauge set to discharge port of compressor.
OUO1023,00036FD -19-20DEC12-5/10

Hose .....................................................................JT02109
Connecting gauge set to discharge port of compressor.
OUO1023,00036FD -19-20DEC12-6/10

Electronic Leak Detector ......................................JT02081

Detecting refrigerant leaks.
Continued on next page OUO1023,00036FD -19-20DEC12-7/10

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=577
 Air Conditioning System

Compressor Holding Fixture.............................. DFRW201 Holding compressor during repair.

1
Dealer fabricated tool. See Section 99 Group 05 for in-
structions to make tool.
OUO1023,00036FD -19-20DEC12-8/10

Adapter .................................................................JT02102 Connecting flusher outlet hose to inlet connection of

compressor discharge line for flushing condenser.
OUO1023,00036FD -19-20DEC12-9/10

Adapter .................................................................JT03197 Attaching return hose and aerator nozzle to receiver/dryer

inlet line connection for flushing condenser.
OUO1023,00036FD -19-20DEC12-10/10

Other Material
Number Name Use
TY22025 (U.S.) R134a Refrigerant Oil Used to lubricate O-rings, gaskets,
and lip seal during assembly
of compressor.

TY15949 (12 oz) (U.S.) Refrigerant R134a Used to charge the air conditioning
TY15950 (15 lb) (U.S.) system.
TY15951 (30 lb) (U.S.)

JT02077 (U.S.) ART338 A/C Flushing Solvent Used to flush air conditioning system.

GENESOLV 2004 Solvent® Used to flush air conditioning system.

Naphtha 673 Parts Solvent Used to flush air conditioning system.

GENESOLV 2004 is a registered trademark of the Micro Care

Corporation (800-638-0125).
OUO1023,00036FE -19-20DEC12-1/1

Specifications
Item Measurement Specification

Receiver-Dryer Lines Torque 14—20 N·m (10—15 lb.-ft.)

Condenser Outlet Line Torque 14—20 N·m (10—15 lb.-ft.)
Condenser Inlet Line Torque 33—39 N·m (24—29 lb.-ft.)
Compressor Suction Line Torque 35—42 N·m (25—31 lb.-ft.)
Compressor Discharge Line Torque 33—39 N·m (24—29 lb.-ft.)
Clutch Hub Retaining Cap Screw Torque 14 N·m (10 lb.-ft.)
Compressor Through Bolt Torque 26 N·m (19 lb.-ft.)
Hub-to-Pulley Clearance 0.35—0.65 mm (0.014—0.026 in.)
Manifold Cap Screw Torque 26 N·m (19 lb.-ft.)
Compressor Relief Valve Torque 12—16 N·m (9—12 lb.-ft.)
OUO1023,00036FF -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=578
 Air Conditioning System

Adjust A/C Deicing Switch

NOTE: A/C deicing switch is located in evaporator/heater
core housing in cab roof.

1. Turn A/C temperature control knob counterclockwise

to full cool position.
2. Loosen set screw (A) and move A/C deicing switch
arm to full open position (B). Tighten set screw.
3. Turn A/C temperature control knob to OFF (CW). A/C
deicing switch arm should be in the full closed position
(C). Adjust arm as required.

A—Set Screw C—A/C Deicing Switch

LV6464 —UN—07MAR01
B—A/C Deicing Switch Arm—Full Closed Position
Arm—Full Open Position

Full Open Position

LV6465 —UN—07MAR01
Full Closed Position

MS30225,0000032 -19-28MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-5 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=579
 Air Conditioning System

Recover/Recycle Air Conditioning

Refrigerant
If the compressor is operable, operate the air conditioning
system for 10 minutes with engine at 2000 rpm. Set
temperature control for maximum cooling and blower
switch at high. This allows the refrigerant oil to be
circulated through the system and indicates the quantity
of oil in the compressor.
Stop the engine and use the following procedure to
recover and recycle the A/C refrigerant.

LV15388 —UN—25JAN12
IMPORTANT: Use only R134a refrigerant recovery,
recycling, and charging stations. Do not
mix R134a equipment, refrigerant, and
refrigerant oils with R-12 systems to prevent
compressor damage.

1. Connect JDG10555 Recovery/Recycling Station and

JT02051 Manifold with Gauges.
A—Discharge Fitting (High B—Suction Fitting (Low Side)
NOTE: JDG10555 Recovery/Recycling Station can be Side)
substituted for the JT02046 and JT02050.

2. Connect low-side hose (blue) from the charging station 3. Follow the manufacturer's instructions and discharge
to suction fitting (B) on the compressor. Connect the system. Cap the fittings to prevent contamination
high-side hose (red) to discharge fitting (A) on the from entering the system.
discharge line.
SW03989,0001D52 -19-20SEP13-1/1

Replace Air Conditioning Receiver-Dryer

NOTE: The receiver-dryer is not serviceable. If
malfunction is suspected, install new receiver/dryer.

1. Recover/recycle air conditioning refrigerant. (See

PULV004182 —UN—31DEC08
Recover/Recycle Air Conditioning Refrigerant in this
group.)
NOTE: Receiver-dryer is located along the right
side of transmission.

2. Disconnect lines (A and C) from receiver-dryer. Close

all lines with caps and plugs to prevent contamination.
3. Remove cap screw and nut (B).
A—Line to Evaporator C—Line from Condenser
NOTE: When a new receiver-dryer is installed and B—Cap Screw and Nut
there were no leaks found in the system, add
15 mL (0.5 oz) of R134a refrigerant oil. If leaks
are evident in the system, follow procedure 4. Install receiver-dryer with area marked top in up
for checking and adding refrigerant oil. (See position. Install cap screw and nut (B).
Determine Correct Refrigerant Oil Charge and Add
Refrigerant Oil to System in this group.) 5. Connect lines (A and C). Tighten to specification.
Specification
IMPORTANT: When installing a new receiver-dryer Receiver-Dryer
after replacing the air conditioning compressor, Line—Torque................................................... 14—20 N·m (10—15 lb-ft)
flush the air conditioning system before
installing the new receiver-dryer. See Flush 6. Evacuate and charge the system. (See Charge Air
Air Conditioning System in this group. Conditioning System in this group.)
OUO1023,0003702 -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-6 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=580
 Air Conditioning System

Remove, Inspect, and Install Air Conditioning

Condenser
1. Recover/recycle air conditioning refrigerant. (See
Recover/Recycle Air Conditioning Refrigerant in
Repair Technical Manual.)
2. Remove left-hand fan guard (A).
3. Release belt tension and remove belt (F) from
compressor pulley.

LV15392 —UN—25JAN12
4. Disconnect suction line (D) and discharge line (C).
5. Disconnect electrical connector (B).
6. Remove cap screws (E).
7. Repair or replace compressor, if necessary.
8. Flush the complete system if the compressor was
repaired or replaced. (See Flush Air Conditioning
System in Repair Technical Manual.)
9. Install a new receiver-dryer if the compressor was
repaired or replaced. (See Replace Air Conditioning
Receiver-Dryer in Repair Technical Manual.)
IMPORTANT: A new compressor already has the
required amount of PAG oil installed. Failure to
flush the air conditioning system before the new
compressor is installed will create excess PAG
oil in the system, resulting in excessive high
pressure, which can lead to compressor failure.

LV15393 —UN—25JAN12
10. Determine correct compressor oil charge. (See
Determine Correct Refrigerant Oil Charge in Repair
Technical Manual.)
11. Install compressor with cap screws E).
12. Connect electrical connector (B).
13. Connect suction line (D) and discharge line (C) to
compressor.
A—Left-Hand Fan Guard D—Suction Line (Low Side)
14. Install belt (F) on compressor pulley. B—Connector E—Cap Screw (3 used)
C—Discharge Line (High Side) F— Belt
15. Evacuate and recharge system. (See Charge Air
Conditioning System in Repair Technical Manual.)
IMPORTANT: If new compressor clutch was installed, 16. Install left-hand fan guard (A).
turn compressor on and off (with engine
running) in one-second intervals for five
seconds (cycle five times in five seconds). This
will burnish clutch and hub drive surfaces.
OUO1023,0003703 -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-7 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=581
 Air Conditioning System

Remove, Inspect, and Install Air Conditioning

Compressor
1. Recover/recycle air conditioning refrigerant. (See
Recover/Recycle Air Conditioning Refrigerant in this
Group.)
2. Remove cap screw (A).
3. Remove clamps (B).

PULV002181 —UN—27MAY08
4. Remove pipe (D).
5. Remove clamps (C).
6. Remove hose (E).
7. Release belt tension and remove belt from compressor
pulley.

A—Cap Screw D—Pipe

B—Clamp E—Hose
C—Clamp

OUO1023,0003704 -19-26MAR13-1/4

8. Disconnect suction line (A) and discharge line (B).

9. Disconnect electrical connector (C).
NOTE: Note location of compressor ground wire
to aid during assembly.

10. Remove cap screws (D).

PULV002182 —UN—27MAY08
11. Repair or replace compressor, if necessary.
12. Flush the complete system if the compressor was
repaired or replaced. (See Flush Air Conditioning
System in this group.)
13. Install a new receiver-dryer if the compressor was
repaired or replaced. (See Replace Air Conditioning
Receiver-Dryer in this group.)
IMPORTANT: A new compressor already has the
required amount of PAG oil installed. Failure to
flush the air conditioning system before the new
compressor is installed will create excess PAG
oil in the system, resulting in excessive high
pressure, which can lead to compressor failure.
PULV002183 —UN—09JUN08

14. Determine correct compressor oil charge. (See

Determine Correct Refrigerant Oil Charge in this
group.)

A—Suction Line (Low Side) C—Connector

B—Discharge Line (High Side) D—Cap screw (3 used)

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003704 -19-26MAR13-2/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-8 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=582
 Air Conditioning System

NOTE: Install compressor ground wire with cap screw (D).

15. Install compressor with cap screws (D).

16. Connect electrical connector (C).
17. Connect suction line (A) and discharge line (B) to
compressor.

PULV002182 —UN—27MAY08
18. Install belt on compressor pulley.
19. Evacuate and recharge system. (See Charge Air
Conditioning System in this group.)

A—Suction Line (Low Side) C—Connector

B—Discharge Line (High Side) D—Cap Screw (3 used)

PULV002183 —UN—09JUN08
OUO1023,0003704 -19-26MAR13-3/4

20. Connect hose (E) and secure clamps (C).

21. Connect pipe (D) and secure clamps (B).
IMPORTANT: If new compressor clutch was installed,
turn compressor on and off (with engine
running) in one-second intervals for five
seconds (cycle five times in five seconds). This
will burnish clutch and hub drive surfaces.

PULV002181 —UN—27MAY08
A—Cap Screw D—Pipe
B—Clamp E—Hose
C—Clamp

OUO1023,0003704 -19-26MAR13-4/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-9 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=583
 Air Conditioning System

Test Volumetric Efficiency of Compressor

1. Drain oil from compressor and record amount.
2. Remove front cover from compressor pulley and rotate
drive shaft using a speed wrench and 10 mm socket,
30 turns.
3. Drain remaining oil from compressor and record
amount.
If oil was drained in steps 1 and 3, go to step 4.
If no oil was drained, add 60 mL (2 oz.) of R134a
refrigerant oil in suction port and slowly turn
compressor shaft in each direction at least two times.
Repeat steps 1—3.

LV12282 —UN—18FEB05
4. Secure compressor in a vise with ports upward.
5. Install JT02099 adapter in suction port with JT03194
cap.
6. Connect suction hose coupler of gauge set to suction
test port (A) on manifold.
7. Close discharge side valve of gauge set and open A—Suction Test Port
valve on suction side of gauge set.
8. Rotate compressor drive shaft with speed wrench to
obtain peak vacuum on low-side gauge. Check for If compressor does not hold peak vacuum for three
even suction (no pulsing) while turning wrench at a seconds, inspect compressor valve plates and cylinder
slow rate to maintain peak vacuum at 63.5 cm Hg (25 walls for damage. Repair compressor.
in. Hg) minimum.
10. Open suction port of compressor to atmosphere.
9. Stop rotating shaft and check leak-down time.
Compressor should hold peak vacuum for three
seconds minimum.
OUO1023,0003705 -19-26MAR13-1/2

11. Connect gauge set suction hose to discharge port (A)

using adapters JT02100 and JT02121, and JT02109
hose.
12. Close gauge set suction side valve.
13. Rotate drive shaft no faster than two turns per second
for six turns.
14. Record pressure after six complete turns. Pressure
should be 380 kPa (3.8 bar) (55 psi) minimum.
LV12283 —UN—18FEB05

NOTE: Pressure normally leaks down when rotation stops.

15. Continue to rotate compressor at a uniform speed to

obtain peak pressure. Compression pressure should
increase smoothly and should not vary more than 34
kPa (0.34 bar) (5 psi) at peak pressure. Bleed off
pressure and repeat steps 12—15 four times.
A—Discharge Port
NOTE: Pressure varying more than 34 kPa (0.34 bar)
(5 psi) indicates a leaking reed valve or piston
seal. Inspect compressor valve plates and cylinder
16. Leak test compressor. (See Test Compressor Shaft
walls for damage. Repair compressor.
Seal Leakage in this group.)
OUO1023,0003705 -19-26MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-10 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=584
 Air Conditioning System

Test Compressor Shaft Seal Leakage

1. Remove front plate from compressor pulley.
2. Remove clutch hub and screw.
IMPORTANT: Do not lose inner clutch hub shims.

3. Install JT02099 adapter in suction port and JT02100

adapter in discharge port. Plug discharge port adapter
using JT03194 cap.
4. Connect gauge set and/or container of R134a
refrigerant to suction port of compressor as shown.
5. Open valves to pressurize compressor.

LV12284 —UN—18FEB05
IMPORTANT: Do not exceed range of low
pressure gauge.

6. Check the following for leaks using JT02081 electronic

leak detector or 50-50 mixture of soap and water:
• Shaft seal
• Manifold seal
• Housing seals at front, rear, and midsection of
compressor body 7. Assemble compressor and add required oil. (See
• Relief valve Determine Correct Refrigerant Oil Charge in this
• Suction coupler Schrader valve group.)
Leakage should not exist. Repair compressor, if
required, and repeat test.
OUO1023,0003706 -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-11 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=585
 Air Conditioning System

Disassemble and Assemble Compressor

Clutch
1. Mount compressor on DFRW20 compressor holding
fixture using two 155 x 5.0 mm (6 x 1/4 in.) eye bolts
with nuts as illustrated. (See DFRW20—Compressor
Holding Fixture in Section 99, Group 05.)
2. Remove dust cover.
3. Hold clutch hub using JDG747 compressor clutch
spanner (A) and remove clutch hub retaining cap
screw (B).
4. Remove clutch hub (C). Remove shims (H) from clutch
hub and save for installation.

RW21157 —UN—24JUN92
5. Remove and discard pulley snap ring (D). Remove
pulley (E) using a plastic hammer or D05277ST pulley
remover, JDG748 jaws, and JDG771 forcing screw
pilot.
6. Disconnect clutch coil lead wire. Remove and discard
clutch coil snap ring (F) and remove clutch coil (G).
NOTE: The bearing in the pulley is NOT serviceable.

7. Check pulley bearing operation. Replace pulley and

bearing as required.
8. Install clutch coil (G) and new clutch coil snap ring (F)
with flat side of snap ring down. Connect clutch coil
lead wire.
9. Install pulley (E) and new pulley snap ring (D) with flat

RW21158 —UN—29JUL98
side of snap ring down. Apply grease to shims (H) and
install to clutch hub (C).
10. Install clutch hub (C) and retaining cap screw (B), and
tighten to specification. Install dust cover.
Specification
Clutch Hub Retaining
Cap Screw—Torque....................................................... 14 N·m (10 lb-ft)
A—JDG747 Compressor E—Pulley
Clutch Spanner F— Clutch Coil Snap Ring
B—Clutch Hub Retaining Cap G—Clutch Coil
11. Check clutch hub clearance. (See Check Compressor Screw H—Shim
Clutch Hub Clearance in this group.) C—Clutch Hub
D—Pulley Snap Ring

OUO1023,0003707 -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-12 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=586
 Air Conditioning System

Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble

Compressor

RW21161 —UN—24JUN92
A—Rear Pin F— Rear Suction Reed Valve K—Front Discharge Reed Valve Q—Felt Holder
B—Rear Housing G—Rear O-Ring L— Front Gasket R—Felt
C—Rear Gasket H—Front O-Ring M—Snap Ring S—Front Housing
D—Rear Discharge Reed Valve I— Front Suction Reed Valve N—Seal T— Front Pin
E—Rear Valve Plate J— Front Valve Plate O—Washer
P—Through Bolt

1. Clean compressor using solvent before disassembly. 3. Inspect valves for an even wear pattern, and cylinders
Mount compressor on holding fixture and remove for scoring or excessive wear. Replace compressor
clutch. (See Disassemble and Assemble Compressor as required.
Clutch in this group.)
4. Remove shaft seal snap ring (M). Turn housing over
IMPORTANT: When removing front and rear housings, and remove felt holder (Q) and felt (R) from front
be careful NOT to damage sealing surfaces. housing (S).

2. Disassemble compressor, as illustrated, and discard 5. Remove shaft seal (N) from front housing (S) using a
O-rings, gaskets, seal, snap ring, and through bolt small tool with 16 mm (5/8 in.) OD.
washers. Replace parts. 6. Wash all parts in clean solvent and dry, using
NOTE: Valve plates, reed valves, cylinders, and cylinder moisture-free compressed air before assembly.
housing are NOT serviceable. Some cylinder
scuffing (light scratches) is normal.
Continued on next page OUO1023,0003708 -19-26MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-13 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=587
 Air Conditioning System

IMPORTANT: Lubricate O-rings, gaskets, and

seals using only TY22025 (R134a) refrigerant
oil during assembly. Other oils could
damage the compressor.

7. Apply R134a oil to the bore of the front housing and

install new seal (N) to the bottom of the bore using a
socket. Install new snap ring (M) flat side down.
IMPORTANT: Bushing spacer (U) must be in position
before assembling the compressor.

8. Install pins (A) and new O-ring (G) in the rear cylinder.
NOTE: The rear valve plate is marked with an “R”
and is installed face up.

RW21162 —UN—24JUN92
9. Install parts (F—D) over the pins on the rear cylinder.
10. Install a new rear gasket (C) flat side down and
the rear housing (B) on the rear cylinder. Mount
compressor onto holding fixture.
11. Install front pins (T) and new front O-ring (H) in the
front cylinder.
NOTE: The front valve plate is marked with an “F”
and is installed face up.

12. Install parts (I—K) over the pins on the front cylinder.
13. Install a new front gasket (L) flat side down. Put
JDG746 compressor seal protector on the shaft and
lubricate with R134a refrigerant oil.
14. Install the front housing (S) on the front cylinder and
remove seal protector. Install through bolts (P) and
new washers (O).
15. Partially tighten through bolts, and then tighten to

RW21163 —UN—24JUN92
specification.
Specification
Compressor Through
Bolt—Torque................................................................... 26 N·m (19 lb-ft)

16. Install the felt (R) and felt holder (Q) using the clutch
hub.
C—Rear Gasket F— Rear Suction Reed Valve
17. Install the pulley-clutch hub and check clearance. D—Rear Discharge Reed Valve U—Bushing Spacer
(See Disassemble and Assemble Compressor Clutch E—Rear Valve Plate
in this group.)
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage, flush the
complete air conditioning system and install 19. Install a new receiver-dryer. (See Replace Air
a new receiver-dryer. Conditioning Receiver-Dryer in this group.)
20. Add correct amount of oil before installing compressor.
18. Flush the complete system before installing repaired (See Refrigerant Oil Information in this group.)
compressor. (See Flush Air Conditioning System in
this group.)
OUO1023,0003708 -19-26MAR13-2/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-14 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=588
 Air Conditioning System

Check Compressor Clutch Hub Clearance

NOTE: The clutch coil is NOT polarity sensitive.

1. Check pulley-to-clutch-hub clearance using a dial

indicator. Mount the gauge to the pulley as shown and
connect a set of jumper wires from the compressor
to a 12-volt battery.
2. Rotate the pulley and check for proper clearance
specification in three equally spaced locations around
the clutch hub. Add or remove shims as required.
Specification
Hub-to-Pulley—Clear-
ance....................................................0.35—0.65 mm (0.014—0.026 in.)

3. Tighten clutch hub retaining cap screw to specification

after correct clearance is obtained.
Specification
Clutch Hub Retaining

RW21159 —UN—24JUN92
Cap Screw—Torque....................................................... 14 N·m (10 lb-ft)

OUO1023,0003709 -19-26MAR13-1/1

Inspect Compressor Manifold

1. Remove cap screws (A) and manifold (B).
2. Remove and discard manifold seal (C). Inspect porting
surfaces.
NOTE: Lubricate new manifold seal with R134a
refrigerant oil.

3. Lubricate and install a new manifold seal (C).

4. Install manifold (B) and tighten manifold cap screws
(A) to specification.
Specification
Manifold Cap
RW21160 —UN—24JUN92

Screw—Torque............................................................. 26 N·m (19 lb.-ft.)

A—Cap Screw (4 used) C—Manifold Seal

B—Manifold

OUO1023,000370A -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-15 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=589
 Air Conditioning System

Remove and Install HVAC Housing Cover

1. Remove screws and HVAC housing cover (A).
2. Make repairs as necessary.

PUPX001167 —UN—07APR09
3. Check HVAC housing cover seal, and replace if
needed.
4. Install HVAC housing cover (A) and screws.

A—HVAC Housing Cover

OUO1023,000370C -19-26MAR13-1/1

Remove Blower Motors

1. Remove HVAC housing cover. (See Remove and
Install HVAC Housing Cover in this group.)
2. Disconnect blower motor wiring connector (A).
3. Remove two screws (B) and blower motor. Repeat
this procedure for blower motor on opposite side, if
removal is necessary.

LV6941 —UN—11MAY01
A—Wiring Connector B—Screw (2 used)

OUO1023,000370D -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-16 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=590
 Air Conditioning System

Remove Evaporator-Heater Core

1. Remove HVAC housing cover. (See Remove and
Install HVAC Housing Cover in this group.)
2. Recover/recycle air conditioning refrigerant. (See
Recover/Recycle Air Conditioning Refrigerant in this
group.)

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from

LV8834 —UN—26AUG03
pressurized cooling system can cause
serious burns.
Shut off engine. Remove radiator filler cap only
when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure
before removing cap completely.

3. Drain approximately 7.6 L (2 gal) coolant from radiator.

4. Disconnect battery, negative (—) cable first.
NOTE: Close all openings using caps and plugs.

5. Disconnect coolant hoses (A) from heater core.

6. Remove socket head screw (C) and clamping plate.
Remove A/C lines (D and E). Close all openings using

LV12134 —UN—21JAN05
caps and plugs to prevent contamination.
7. Remove two cap screws (B) from each side of core.
8. Disconnect ground wire (G).
9. Lift evaporator/heater core and expansion valve (F)
from housing as a unit.
10. Disconnect expansion valve (F) from core. Close
all openings using caps and plugs to prevent A—Coolant Hose (2 used) E—A/C Line
B—Cap Screw (4 used) F— Expansion Valve
contamination. C—Socket Head Screw G—Ground Wire
D—A/C Line

OUO1023,000370E -19-26MAR13-1/1

Leak Test Evaporator/Heater Core NOTE: Minor leaks may be eliminated, but
1. Install JT02106 test block using JT02098 air evaporator/heater core should be replaced if
conditioning R12/R134a fitting kit, JT02124 and there is a major leak or restriction.
JT02123 plates, JT02126 and JT02125 screws, and
JT02105 and JT02103 adapters. Close one adapter 3. Repair or replace evaporator/heater core as required.
with JT03194 cap. Connect shop air to other adapter.
2. Apply shop air pressure and spray surface using 50-50
mixture of liquid soap and water to check for leaks.
OUO1023,000370F -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-17 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=591
 Air Conditioning System

Install Evaporator-Heater Core

1. Make sure evaporator/heater cavity drain outlets are
not plugged.
2. Flush evaporator core if evaporator was air tested.
3. If evaporator was completely flushed or replaced
with a new unit, and no major system leaks were
found, add 60 mL (2.0 oz) of R134a refrigerant oil
before installation. If leaks are found in the system,

LV8834 —UN—26AUG03
check refrigerant oil charge. (See Determine Correct
Refrigerant Oil Charge in this group.)
NOTE: Install new O-rings at all A/C connections during
assembly. Used or damaged O-rings will leak.

4. Attach expansion valve (F) to evaporator core.

5. Install evaporator/heater core in housing and tighten
screws (B).
6. Connect A/C lines (D and E) to expansion valve (F)
and install clamping plate using socket head screw (C).
7. Connect coolant hoses (A) to heater core.
8. Connect ground wire (G).
9. Connect battery, negative (—) cable last.

LV12134 —UN—21JAN05
10. Add coolant to radiator as necessary. Start engine
and run the heating system to check for leaks. Check
coolant level again and add as necessary.
11. Install HVAC housing cover. (See Remove and Install
HVAC Housing Cover in this group.)
12. Charge air conditioning system. (See Charge Air
Conditioning System in this group.) A—Coolant Hose (2 used) E—A/C Line
B—Screw (4 used) F— Expansion Valve
C—Socket Head Screw G—Ground Wire
D—A/C Line

OUO1023,0003710 -19-26MAR13-1/1

Service Expansion Valve 3. Replace expansion valve as required and assemble

NOTE: The expansion valve is assembled to the to evaporator/heater core.
evaporator/heater core prior to installation 4. Install expansion valve and evaporator/heater core as
and is removed as a unit. a unit in the cab roof. (See Install Evaporator/Heater
Core in this group.)
1. Remove expansion valve. (See Remove
Evaporator/Heater Core in this group.)
2. Test expansion valve. (See Expansion Valve Bench
Test in this group.)
OUO1023,0003711 -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-18 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=592
 Air Conditioning System

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-19 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=593
 Air Conditioning System

Expansion Valve Bench Test

RW40024 —UN—27AUG93
A—Regulator G—Hose (JT02108) M—Screw (AT127259/JT02125) R—Screw (M67175/JT02126)
B—Tee (JT03191) H—Regulator Inlet (#218887) N—Tube (JT02109) S—Air Inlet Tee Assembly
C—Orifice Cap (JT02111) I— Tube (JT02103) O—Elbow (JT05483) (JT02112)
D—Hose (JT02109) J— Tube (JT02105) P—Orifice Cap (JT02111) T— Power Head
E—Tube (JT02105) K—Cap (JT03194) Q—Plate (L77942/JT02124)
F— Expansion Valve L— Plate (R115927/JT02123)

1. Connect expansion valve (F) to regulator (A) which • Install tube (N) with 90° elbow (O) and orifice cap (P)
can support 820 kPa (8.2 bar) (120 psi). on expansion valve outlet. Secure tubes with plate
(Q) and screw (R).
• Install tee (B) with 0.05 cm (0.020 in.) orifice cap (C)
at regulator outlet. NOTE: Both orifice caps used must have a 0.05 cm (0.020
• Connect blue hose (D) between tee (B) and tube (E) in.) orifice. Any other size will provide false results.
on inlet side of expansion valve (F).
• Connect red hose (G) between elbow of regulator 2. Fill container with ice water.
inlet (H) and tube (I) of expansion valve inlet.
3. Attach regulator assembly to air inlet tee assembly (S)
• Install tube (J) with cap (without orifice) (K) on
of 620 kPa (6.2 bar) (90 psi) minimum.
expansion valve outlet. Secure tubes with plate (L)
and screws (M). 4. Adjust regulator until air flowing from outlet side of
expansion valve (F) is shut off. Air should stop flowing
at 520—590 kPa (5.2—5.9 bar) (75—85 psi).
Continued on next page OUO1023,0003712 -19-26MAR13-1/2

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-20 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=594
 Air Conditioning System

5. Adjust regulator to approximately 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 7. Repeat step 6, adjusting regulator to 480 kPa (4.8 bar)
psi). Hold power head (T) of expansion valve in ice (70 psi).
water and slowly adjust regulator to increase pressure.
Air flow from orifice cap (P) should stop at 170—240 8. Replace valve if any test failed. Install valve.
kPa (1.7—2.4 bar) (25—35 psi). 9. Perform diagnostic checks. (See Tests and
6. Adjust regulator to 280 kPa (2.8 bar) (40 psi). Valve Adjustments in Diagnostic Manual, Section 290,
should close when power head of expansion valve is Group 15.)
dipped in ice water. Valve should open after removing
valve from water and warming power head.
OUO1023,0003712 -19-26MAR13-2/2

Refrigerant Oil Information Typically, 21 mL (0.7 fl. oz.) of oil covers internal surfaces
of the compressor exposed to refrigerant gas and cannot
CAUTION: New compressors are charged be drained.
with a mixture of nitrogen, R134a refrigerant,
and TY22025 (R134a) refrigerant oil. Wear The oil level will be above the drive shaft when 245 mL
safety goggles and discharge compressor (8.2 fl. oz.) is put in a dry compressor.
slowly to avoid possible injury. The normal operating oil level of a compressor is 30—45
mL (1.0—1.5 fl. oz.) and cannot be seen through the
New compressors contain 230—245 mL (7.7—8.2 fl. oz.) suction port.
of new oil. The oil level visible through the suction port is
normally below the drive shaft. The amount of trapped oil
is 81 mL (2.7 fl. oz.). Approximately 60 mL (2.0 fl. oz.) will
seep into the cylinders during shipping and storage.
OUO1023,0003713 -19-26MAR13-1/1

Check Compressor Oil Charge solvent to internally wash out oil if compressor is
serviceable. (See Test Volumetric Efficiency of
1. Remove compressor. (See Remove, Inspect, and Compressor in this group.)
Install Air Conditioning Compressor in this group.)
• Remove, clean, and bench test expansion valve, but
2. Remove manifold caps and drain oil. Record amount. do not disassemble valve. (See Expansion Valve
Bench Test in this group.)
NOTE: Save oil if compressor is new. • Remove and discard receiver-dryer. (See Replace
Air Conditioning Receiver-Dryer in this group.)
3. If MORE than 6 mL (0.2 fl. oz.) of oil was drained • Install a new receiver-dryer.
and appears normal, or any other components • Flush complete system. (See Flush Air Conditioning
were replaced or flushed. (See Determine Correct System in this group.)
Refrigerant Oil Charge in this group.) • Install required oil. (See Determine Correct
Refrigerant Oil Charge in this group.)
If LESS than 6 mL (0.2 fl. oz.) of oil was drained or
appears very black: • Connect all components.
• Purge, evacuate, and charge system. (See
• Perform a volumetric efficiency test on compressor Evacuate Air Conditioning System and Charge Air
to determine serviceable condition. Flush with Conditioning System in this group.)
OUO1023,0003714 -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-21 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=595
 Air Conditioning System

Determine Correct Refrigerant Oil Charge

IMPORTANT: Use care in checking and adding oil.

Too much oil will reduce cooling capacity. Too
little oil will result in poor lubrication of the Remove compressor to determine correct oil charge if any
compressor, leading to early failure. components have been removed, drained, and flushed.

NOTE: Determine amount of oil charge for system Use the following chart as a guide for adding oil:
prior to installation of compressor. NOTE: If the complete system was purged with
all components in place, the amount of
Compressors are divided into three categories when oil lost is negligible.
determining correct oil charge:
Component Oil Charge
• New compressor.
• Used compressor, not flushed. Evaporator 60 mL (2.0 fl. oz.)
• Used compressor, flushed. Condenser 60 mL (2.0 fl. oz.)
Receiver-Dryer 15 mL (0.5 fl. oz.)
1. If complete system, lines, and components were
Compressor 60 mL (2.0 fl. oz.)
flushed, add correct amount of oil:
Hoses 50 mL (1.7 fl. oz.)
• New compressor contains correct amount of new oil,
230 +15/-0 mL (7.7 +0.5/-0 fl. oz.). NOTE: Hoses = 2 mL per 30 cm (0.06 fl oz per 1 ft).
• Used compressor (drained) Approximate total length equals 600 cm (20 ft).
- Not flushed, add 210 mL (7.1 fl. oz.) of new oil.
- Flushed, add 230 +15/-0 mL (7.7 +0.5/-0 fl. oz.) If any section of hose is removed and flushed or replaced,
of new oil. measure length of hose and use the formula to determine
correct amount of oil to be added.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT leave the system or R134a
2. If complete system was not flushed, add correct compressor oil containers open. Oil easily
amount of oil for compressor, plus amount of oil for absorbs moisture.
each component serviced:
DO NOT spill R134a compressor oil on
• New compressor contains 230 +15/-0 mL (7.7 acrylic or ABS plastic. Oil will deteriorate
+0.5/-0 fl. oz.) of new oil. Connect battery to clutch these materials rapidly.
coil and rotate drive shaft to remove all oil. Return
25 mL (0.85 fl. oz.) of oil to compressor. Label R134a oil containers and take measures
• Used compressor (drained) to eliminate accidental mixing of different oils.
- Not flushed, add 40 mL (1.4 fl. oz.) of new oil.
- Flushed, add 60 mL (2.0 fl. oz.) of new oil.
OUO1023,0003715 -19-26MAR13-1/1

Add Refrigerant Oil to System

1. Add approximately 170 mL (5.6 fl. oz.) of R134a 2. Install manifold to compressor, if removed. Tighten
refrigerant oil through compressor suction port and cap screws to specification.
85 mL (2.9 fl. oz.) into discharge port when system Specification
has been completely flushed. (See Determine Correct Manifold Cap
Refrigerant Oil Charge in this group.) Screw—Torque............................................................. 26 N·m (19 lb.-ft.)
IMPORTANT: Use only TY22025 (R134a) refrigerant oil.

NOTE: Some oil may have to be added through

compressor line and fitting.
OUO1023,0003716 -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-22 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=596
 Air Conditioning System

System Information

FLUSHING • System was left open to the atmosphere long enough

for dirt, moisture, or debris to enter the tubing or
Flushing the system or a component is a cleaning process components.
using a liquid solvent to wash out oil and debris. Purging
is always necessary after flushing to remove solvent from
• System has an internal blockage.
the system or component. WHEN TO PURGE AN AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM?
PURGING • After flushing system with solvent, to prevent oil dilution.
Purging the system or a component is a cleaning process
• System was contaminated with nitrogen or two
refrigerants.
using a gas to force liquid from the system. Purging alone • System was left open to the atmosphere and flushing
will not force refrigerant oil out of the system. could not be performed.
EVACUATING • A repair required installation of new lines, condenser, or
evaporator.
Evacuating the system is a process to draw air and
moisture from the system with a vacuum. SOLVENTS

WHEN TO FLUSH AN AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM? The following three solvents are recommended for
flushing air conditioning systems. Each adequately
• The compressor has an internal failure. dissolves oil and sludge but at a different rate. Use only
• No oil remains in used compressor. solvents with an equivalent MSDS.
• Oil drained from compressor appears or smells
overheated. • GENESOLV 2004® Solvent
• System was contaminated with a mixture of refrigerant • ART338 A/C Flushing Solvent (JT02077)
oils. • Naphtha 673 Parts Solvent
GENESOLV 2004 is a registered trademark of the Micro Care
Corporation (800-638-0125).
OUO1023,0003717 -19-20DEC12-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-23 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=597
 Air Conditioning System

Flush Air Conditioning System

RW40023 —UN—27AUG93
1— Compressor Manifold Suction 7— Receiver-Dryer Inlet Hose, 13— Expansion Valve Pressure 19— Expansion Valve Outlet
Port Inlet End Inlet Port Hose, Inlet End
2— Compressor Manifold 8— Receiver-Dryer Inlet Hose, 14— Expansion Valve Pressure 20— Expansion Valve Outlet
Discharge Port Outlet End Outlet Port Hose, Outlet End
3— Compressor Discharge Hose 9— Receiver-Dryer Inlet Port 15— Evaporator Inlet Tube 21— Compressor Inlet Hose, Inlet
Inlet Port 10— Receiver-Dryer Outlet Port 16— Evaporator Outlet Tube End
4— Compressor Discharge Hose 11— Receiver-Dryer Outlet Hose, 17— Expansion Valve Return 22— Compressor Inlet Hose,
Outlet Port Inlet End Inlet Port Outlet End
5— Condenser Inlet Port 12— Receiver-Dryer Outlet Hose, 18— Expansion Valve Return
6— Condenser Outlet Port Outlet End Outlet Port

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM FITTING—REFERENCE CHART

Location SERVICE GUARD aNumber
Compressor Manifold
1. Suction port JT02099
2. Discharge port JT02100
Compressor Discharge Hose
3. Inlet end JT02102
4. Outlet end JT03180 & JT03183
Condenser
5. Inlet port JT03195 & JT03181
6. Outlet port JT03183
Receiver-Dryer Inlet Hose
7. Inlet end JT03188
8. Outlet end JT03197
Receiver-Dryer
9. Inlet port JT02110
10. Outlet port JT03183
Receiver-Dryer Outlet Hose
11. Inlet end JT03188
12. Outlet end JT02106 & JT02104

Continued on next page OUO1023,0003718 -19-26MAR13-1/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-24 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=598
 Air Conditioning System

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM FITTING—REFERENCE CHART

Location SERVICE GUARD aNumber
Expansion Valve Pressure
13. Inlet port JT02103
14. Outlet port JT02104
Evaporator
15. Inlet tube JT02106 & JT02103
16. Outlet tube JT02106 & JT02105
Expansion Valve Return
17. Inlet port JT02105
18. Outlet port JT02105
Expansion Valve Outlet Hose
19. Inlet end JT02106 & JT02105
20. Outlet end JT03187
Compressor Inlet Hose
21. Inlet end JT03182
22. Outlet end JT02101
a
SERVICE GUARD

Review air conditioning system diagram showing adapters

used at each hose and component connection. Connect flusher outlet hose to inlet connection
of compressor discharge hose (3) using JT02102
Add flushing solvent to system with JT02075 air adapter to flush condenser.
conditioning flushing unit and JT02078 flushing
attachment kit. Use JT02098 air conditioning R12/R134a 7. Attach a return hose and aerator nozzle to connection
fitting kit, and JT02138 update kit. of receiver/dryer inlet hose (8) using JT03197 Adapter.
Put nozzle in container to collect flushing solvent.
1. Discharge system. (See Recover/Recycle Air
Conditioning Refrigerant in this group.) 8. Fill flusher tank with 4 L (1 gal) of solvent and fasten
all connections.
2. Remove compressor and measure oil drained from
both manifold ports. NOTE: Air pressure must be at least 620 kPa (6.2 bar)
(90 psi) for flushing and purging.
3. Clean compressor as follows:
9. Connect a supply line of moisture-free compressed air
• Pour 240 mL (8 fl. oz.) of JT02077 Flushing Solvent or dry nitrogen to flusher air valve.
into suction port and 120 mL (4 fl. oz.) into discharge
port. Plug both ports in compressor manifold, using 10. Open air valve to force flushing solvent into condenser
JT02099 and JT02100 adapters with JT03194 caps. circuit. Flusher tank is empty when hose pulsing stops.
• Turn compressor end for end and roll it side to side. Additional flushing cycles are required if system is
• Remove both plugs from manifold ports and drain heavily contaminated with burned oil or metal particles.
solvent from compressor.
11. Purging the condenser circuit takes 10—12 minutes to
• Connect battery power to compressor clutch coil.
thoroughly remove solvent.
Rotate pulley at least five revolutions to move
solvent out of cylinders. 12. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to check circuit
• Invert compressor, roll to all sides, and drain for solvent. Hold hose close to a piece of cardboard;
thoroughly. continue purging until discharge air on cardboard is dry.
• Let compressor sit inverted for three to five minutes.
• Repeat previous two steps at least three times. 13. Go to step 27 if evaporator does not require flushing.
4. Remove and discard receiver/dryer. 14. FLUSH EVAPORATOR:
5. Flushing can be performed on tractor. Divide system Remove expansion valve to flush evaporator if system
into two circuits: is contaminated with burned refrigerant oil or debris.

• Condenser, including inlet and outlet hoses (see Go to step 23 to flush evaporator through expansion
steps 6—13). valve if oil appears normal.
• Evaporator, including inlet and outlet hoses (see
Remove evaporator/heater core housing cover to
steps 14—30).
access expansion valve. (See Remove and Install
IMPORTANT: DO NOT attempt to flush through HVAC Housing Cover in this group.)
compressor or receiver/dryer. Flushing through
NOTE: JT02106 flushing block, JT02101 adapter and
expansion valve or an orifice tube is acceptable if
JT03188 adapter can be found in JT02098 air
refrigerant oil has a normal odor and appearance.
conditioning R12/R134a fitting kit.
6. FLUSH/PURGE CONDENSER:
Continued on next page OUO1023,0003718 -19-26MAR13-2/3

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-25 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=599
 Air Conditioning System

15. Install JT02106 flushing block in place of expansion

valve. Connect flusher outlet hose to connection of
receiver-dryer outlet hose (11) using JT03188 adapter.
16. Connect flusher outlet hose to compressor suction
hose (22) using JT02101 adapter. 24. Attach a hose and aerator nozzle to connection of
compressor suction hose (22) using JT02101 adapter.
17. Attach a hose and aerator nozzle to receiver/dryer Put nozzle in a container to collect solvent.
outlet hose (11) connector using JT03188 adapter. Put
nozzle in container to collect flushing solvent. 25. Repeat steps 8—10 to flush evaporator.

18. Repeat steps 8—10 to flush evaporator. 26. Repeat steps 19 and 20 to purge evaporator.

19. Purging the evaporator circuit takes 12—15 minutes 27. Install a new receiver/dryer compatible with R134a
to thoroughly remove solvent. refrigerant. Fasten connections and mounting
brackets.
20. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to check circuit
for solvent. Hold hose close to a piece of cardboard; 28. Add required oil. (See Determine Correct Refrigerant
continue purging until discharge air on cardboard is dry. Oil Charge in this group.)

21. Reinstall expansion valve, and reconnect heater 29. Install compressor. Connect refrigerant lines to
coolant tubing. Clean up spilled antifreeze in manifold.
evaporator housing and return coolant to radiator. 30. Connect clutch coil wire. Install drive belt.
Install operator seat.
31. Purge system.
22. Go to step 27.
23. FLUSH EVAPORATOR THROUGH EXPANSION
VALVE:
OUO1023,0003718 -19-26MAR13-3/3

Evacuate Air Conditioning System

IMPORTANT: Use only R134a refrigerant recovery,
recycling, and charging stations. Do not
mix R134a equipment, refrigerant, and
refrigerant oils with R12 systems to prevent
compressor damage.

1. Connect JDG10555 Recovery/Recycling Station and

JT02051 Manifold with Gauges.
NOTE: JDG10555 Recovery/Recycling Station can be

LV15388 —UN—25JAN12
substituted for the JT02046 and JT02050.
Pump must be capable of pulling at least 72.6 cm
Hg (28.6 in. Hg) vacuum at sea level. Deduct 2.54
cm Hg (1 in. Hg) from 75.9 cm Hg (29.9 in. Hg) for
each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level.

2. Connect low-side hose (blue) from charging station to

suction fitting (B) on compressor. Connect high-side
hose (red) to discharge fitting (A) on discharge line. A—Discharge Fitting B—Suction Fitting (Low-Side)
(High-Side)
IMPORTANT: Do not operate compressor
during evacuation.

3. Follow manufacturer's instructions and evacuate Evacuate system for 30 minutes if ambient
system. Evacuate system for 15 minutes if ambient temperature is above 30°C (85°F).
temperature is below 30°C (85°F) to remove nitrogen 4. Charge system. (See Charge Air Conditioning System
and air. in Repair Technical Manual.)
SW03989,0001D53 -19-20SEP13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-26 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=600
 Air Conditioning System

Charge Air Conditioning System

1. Evacuate system. (See Evacuate Air Conditioning 6. Begin charging through discharge port first. As suction
System in this group.) pressure nearly equals discharge pressure, open
IMPORTANT: Use only R134a refrigerant recovery, suction valve.
recycling, and charging stations. Do not IMPORTANT: Close discharge valve on gauge
mix R134a equipment, refrigerant, and manifold before starting engine and
refrigerant oils with R12 systems to prevent compressor, to prevent over-pressurizing
compressor damage. refrigerant container.
2. Connect JDG10974 Recovery/Recycling, and 7. Continue charging system until 1.58 kg (3.50 lb.) is
Charging Station to charge system. installed. Start engine to complete charging system if
NOTE: JDG10555 Recovery/Recycling Station can a heated cylinder is not being used.
be substituted for JT02045. 8. Close both gauge manifold valves and perform a
system operational check as follows:
3. Connect low-side hose (blue) to suction fitting
on compressor. Connect high-side hose (red) to • Engine at 2000 rpm. Close door and all windows.
discharge fitting on discharge line. • Compressor operating with temperature control at
maximum cooling and blower at purge.
IMPORTANT: Do not run engine. System must
hold a minimum vacuum of 72.6 cm Hg (28.6
• Check ambient air temperature and cab air duct
temperature, along with suction and discharge
in. Hg). Deduct 2.54 cm Hg (1 in. Hg) from pressures. Compare to the temperature-pressure
75.9 cm (29.9 in.) for each 300 m (1000 ft.) chart and temperature drop specifications. (See
elevation above sea level. Tests and Adjustments in Diagnostic Manual,
Section 290, Group 15).
4. Follow manufacturer's instructions and charge system.
5. Weigh refrigerant supply tank and invert so refrigerant
enters system as a liquid.
SW03989,0001D54 -19-20SEP13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-27 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=601
 Air Conditioning System

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-30-28 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=602
 Group 35
Heating System
Adjust Heater Temperature Control Cable
NOTE: Heater cable adjuster (A) is located in the
evaporator/heater core housing, in the cab roof.
Remove HVAC housing cover for adjustment.

1. Turn heater temperature control knob (CW) to full heat

position.
2. Adjust cable adjuster (A) until heater valve arm is in
full open position (B).
3. Adjust cable position with retainer clip (D).
4. Turn heater temperature control knob to OFF (CCW).

LV6673 —UN—24APR01
5. Verify heater valve arm is in full closed position (C).
Repeat all steps if readjustment is required.

A—Heater Cable Adjuster C—Heater Valve Arm—Full

B—Heater Valve Arm—Full Closed Position
Open Position D—Retainer Clip
Heater Control Cable Adjuster

LV6675 —UN—24APR01
Full Open Position

LV8774 —UN—02SEP03

Full Closed Position

OUO1023,000371B -19-26MAR13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-35-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=603
 Heating System

Replace Heater Temperature Control Cable

1. Disconnect battery negative (—) cable.
2. Pull vent covers and retaining rings from cab control
console. Remove three mounting screws located
behind vent covers and pull cab control console from
headliner.
3. Remove heater control knob.

LV6944 —UN—14MAY01
4. Remove nut (A).
5. Disconnect control cable (B).

A—Nut B—Control Cable

OUO1023,000371C -19-26MAR13-1/4

6. Remove HVAC housing cover. (See Remove and

Install HVAC Housing Cover in this Section, Group 30.)
7. Remove cable retaining clip (B) and disconnect control
cable (C) from heater control valve (A).
NOTE: Follow routing path of control cable before
removing to aid during installation.

8. Replace heater control cable (C).

LV8836 —UN—26AUG03
A—Heater Control Valve C—Control Cable
B—Clip

OUO1023,000371C -19-26MAR13-2/4

9. Connect cable (B) and tighten nut (A).

10. Install headliner and screws.
11. Install heater control knob.

A—Nut B—Control Cable LV6944 —UN—14MAY01

Continued on next page OUO1023,000371C -19-26MAR13-3/4

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-35-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=604
 Heating System

NOTE: Make sure the heater control knob and the

heater control valve (A) are in the closed position
as shown before installing clip (B).

12. Connect cable (C) and install clip (B).

13. Adjust heater control cable. (See Adjust Heater
Temperature Control Cable in Diagnostic manual
Section 290, Group 15.)
14. Install HVAC housing cover. (See Remove and Install

LV8836 —UN—26AUG03
HVAC Housing Cover in this Section, Group 30.)
15. Connect battery negative (—) cable.

A—Heater Control Valve C—Control Cable

B—Clip

OUO1023,000371C -19-26MAR13-4/4

Remove Heater Control Valve

1. Remove HVAC housing cover. (See Remove and
Install HVAC Housing Cover in this Section, Group 30.)
NOTE: A small amount of coolant will leak out of
valve and heater core.

2. Disconnect hoses (C and E).

3. Remove clip (B) and disconnect control cable (D).

LV8837 —UN—26AUG03
4. Remove heater control valve (A) and test for leakage.
(See Leak Test Heater Control Valve in this Group.)

A—Heater Control Valve D—Control Cable

B—Clip E—Heater Valve Outlet Hose
C—Heater Valve Inlet Hose

OUO1023,000371D -19-20DEC12-1/1

Leak Test Heater Control Valve

NOTE: The heater control valve is not serviceable.
1. Connect water pressure hose to control valve inlet and
turn the valve arm to closed position. 3. Replace valve as required.
2. Turn water pressure on and check for leakage from
the valve outlet.
OUO1023,000371E -19-20DEC12-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-35-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=605
 Heating System

Install Heater Control Valve

1. Inspect heater hoses and replace as necessary.
NOTE: Make sure the heater control knob and the
heater control valve are in the closed position
before connecting cable.

2. Install heater control valve (A) and connect heater

control cable (D) and hoses (C and E).

LV8837 —UN—26AUG03
3. Adjust heater control cable. (See Adjust Heater
Temperature Control Cable in Diagnostic manual
Section 290, Group 15.)
4. Add coolant to radiator if necessary. Start engine and
run the heating system to check for leaks.
5. Install HVAC housing cover. (See Remove and Install
HVAC Housing Cover in this Section, Group 30.)
A—Heater Control Valve D—Control Cable
B—Clip E—Heater Valve Outlet Hose
C—Heater Valve Inlet Hose

OUO1023,000371F -19-20DEC12-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 90-35-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=606
 Section 99
Special Tools
Contents

Page

Group 05—Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFLV1A—Final Drive Turning
Tool ............................................................ 99-05-1
DFRW20—Compressor Holding
Fixture........................................................ 99-05-2
DFT1162—Snap Ring Removal
Tool ............................................................ 99-05-3

Group 10—Service Tools

Essential and Recommended
Tools .......................................................... 99-10-1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 99-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=1
 Contents

TM128319 (28OCT13) 99-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=2
 Group 05
Dealer Fabricated Tools
DFLV1A—Final Drive Turning Tool

LV12304 —UN—25FEB05
A—Rod B—Cap Screw

Use: Tool is used to rotate final drive housing to determine • M8 x 15 mm Cap Screw
rolling drag torque. • Drill two 12 mm (0.472 in.) and one 9 mm (0.354 in.)
holes as shown
Material Required:
• Weld rods (A) and cap screw (B) to flat steel stock as
• 40 x 10 x 380 mm (1.575 x 0.394 x 14.961 in.) Flat shown
Steel Stock
• 12 x 50 mm long (0.472 x 1.969 in. long) Round Steel
Stock (2 used)
OUO1023,0003720 -19-20DEC12-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 99-05-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=609
 Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFRW20—Compressor Holding Fixture

RW13619 —UN—20SEP89
A—102 mm (4 in.) E—19 mm (0.75 in.) I— 12.7 mm (0.5 in.) x 178 mm (7
B—76 mm (3 in.) F— 152 mm (6 in.) in.) Threaded Rod
C—70 mm (2.75 in.) G—254 mm (10 in.) J— Weld
D—6.4 mm (0.25 in.) H—114 mm (4.5 in.) K—12.7 mm (0.5 in.) Hole (2 used)

Use: Tool is used to hold air conditioner compressor • 2—Threaded Steel Rods (0.5 x 7 in.)
during disassembly and assembly. • 4—Matching Lock Washers and Nuts
Material Required:
• 2—Eye Bolts (6 x 1/4 in.)
• 2—Steel Plates (4 x 2.27 in.) and (10 x 6 in.) • 2—Matching Washers and Nuts
OUO1023,0003721 -19-20DEC12-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 99-05-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=610
 Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1162—Snap Ring Removal Tool

Use: Tool is used to remove and install snap ring from
MFWD drop gearbox output shaft, and PTO pinion shaft.
Material Required:
• 2 in. ID x 8 in. Long Pipe
(203.2mm)
8.0in.
A—Fabricated Tool

(50.8mm)
2.0in.

(31.7mm)
A
1.25in.

LV11907 —UN—07DEC04
(50.8mm)
2.0in.

OUO1023,0003722 -19-20DEC12-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 99-05-3 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=611
 Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM128319 (28OCT13) 99-05-4 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=612
 Group 10
Service Tools
Essential and Recommended Tools JDG1177 Terminal Extraction Tool
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™ JDG1580 Cab Lifting Bar
online tool catalog.
JDG10555 Recovery/Recycling Station
Below are tools listed in this Manual.
JDG10974 Recovery/Recycling, and Charging Station
D05277ST Pulley Remover
JDST29 Weather Strip Installation Tool
DFRW20 Compressor Holding Fixture
JT01748 Lifting Bracket
KJD10580 Filling Reservoir
JT02075 Air Conditioning Flushing Unit
JDE83 Flywheel Turning Tool
JT02078Flushing Attachment Kit
JDG19 Lifting Bracket
JT02081 Electronic Leak Detector
JDG23 Engine Lifting Sling
JT02098 Air Conditioning R12/R134a Fitting Kit
JDG364 Extraction Tool
JT02099 Adapter
JDG746 Compressor Seal Protector
JT02100 Adapter
JDG747 A/C Compressor Clutch Spanner
JT02102 Adapter
JDG748 Jaws
JT02109 Hose
JDG771 Forcing Screw Pilot
JT02121 Adapter
JDG776 WEATHER PACK™ Extractor (Wide)
JT03194 Cap
JDG777 WEATHER PACK™ Extractor (Narrow)
JT03197 Adapter
JDG783 Terminal Applicator
JT07195B Technician’s Electrical Repair Kit
JDG865 Crimping Tool
SW03989,0001D9D -19-09OCT13-1/1

TM128319 (28OCT13) 99-10-1 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=613
 Service Tools

TM128319 (28OCT13) 99-10-2 5085E, 5095E and 5100E Tractors

102913

PN=614